Long Beach Police Department Policy ManualLong Beach Police Department
Policy Manual
October 1, 2024
Wally Hebeish
Chief of Police
LAW ENFORCEMENT CODE OF ETHICS
As a Law Enforcement Officer my fundamental duty is to serve mankind; to safeguard
lives and property; to protect the innocent against deception, the weak against oppression
or intimidation, and the peaceful against violence or disorder; and to respect the
Constitutional rights of all men to liberty, equality and justice.
I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all; maintain courageous calm in the
face of danger, scorn, or ridicule; develop self-restraint; and be constantly mindful of the
welfare of others. Honest in thought and deed in both my personal and official life, I will
be exemplary in obeying the laws of the land and the regulations of my department.
Whatever I see or hear of a confidential nature or that is confided to me in my official
capacity will be kept ever secret unless revelation is necessary in the performance of my
duty.
I will never act officiously or permit personal feelings, prejudices, animosities, or
friendships to influence my decisions. With no compromise for crime and with relentless
prosecution of criminals, I will enforce the law courteously and appropriately without fear
or favor, malice or violence and never accepting gratuities.
I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and I accept it as a public
trust to be held so long as I am true to the ethics of the police service. I will constantly
strive to achieve these objectives and ideals, dedicating myself before God to my chosen
profession...law enforcement.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 GENERAL PROVISIONS .......................................................................... 4
1.1 DEPARTMENT MANUAL ............................................................................................ 4
1.2 LEGALITY .................................................................................................................... 6
1.3 DELETED ..................................................................................................................... 7
1.4 POLICE DEPARTMENT PUBLICATIONS .................................................................. 8
1.5 UNIFORM & EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL ........................................... 9
1.6 DEFINITION OF TERMS ............................................................................................ 10
1.7 ORDERS - TYPES OF ............................................................................................... 13
1.8 CORRESPONDENCE REFERENCE NUMBER DESIGNATIONS ........................... 14
1.9 FLAGS - DISPLAY OF ............................................................................................... 15
2 STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................ 16
2.1 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE ............................................................................ 16
2.2 RANK ......................................................................................................................... 17
2.3 THE CHIEF OF POLICE ............................................................................................ 20
2.4 ASSISTANT CHIEF OF POLICE ............................................................................... 21
2.5 DEPUTY CHIEF OF POLICE OR BUREAU MANAGER ...................................... 22
2.6 POLICE COMMANDER OR ADMINISTRATOR ....................................................... 23
2.7 POLICE LIEUTENANT .............................................................................................. 24
2.8 POLICE SERGEANT ................................................................................................. 25
2.9 MISCONDUCT OBSERVED BY SUPERVISOR ....................................................... 28
3 PERSONAL CONDUCT .......................................................................... 29
3.1 PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT & RESPONSIBILITIES .............................................. 29
3.2 GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES - EMPLOYEES ...................................................... 31
3.3 TRUTHFULNESS ....................................................................................................... 32
3.4 CONDUCT TOWARD THE PUBLIC .......................................................................... 33
3.5 CONDUCT ON-DUTY - PROHIBITED ACTIVITY ..................................................... 34
3.6 PERSONAL CONDUCT ............................................................................................. 35
3.7 STANDARD OF CONDUCT ...................................................................................... 36
3.8 COOPERATION ......................................................................................................... 37
3.9 RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN EMPLOYEES ............................................................ 38
3.10 UNLAWFUL HARASSMENT COMPLAINTS ............................................................ 39
3.11 WORKPLACE THREATS AND VIOLENCE (Also see 3.6) ..................................... 44
3.12 ORDERS - MANNER OF ISSUING ........................................................................... 46
3.13 DUTY RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................................................... 48
3.14 LOYALTY ................................................................................................................... 49
3.15 ASSISTANCE IN THE FACE OF DANGER .............................................................. 50
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department TABLE OF CONTENTS
3.16 ASSISTING CRIMINALS ........................................................................................... 51
3.17 PERSONAL PREFERMENT ...................................................................................... 52
3.18 AVAILABILITY ON-DUTY ......................................................................................... 53
3.19 CALLS FOR SERVICE .............................................................................................. 54
3.20 CARING FOR NEEDY PERSONS ............................................................................. 55
3.21 IDENTIFICATION AS POLICE OFFICER/SECURITY OFFICER ............................. 56
3.22 GENERAL UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS .................................................................. 57
3.23 CLOTHING, APPEARANCE AND GROOMING ....................................................... 59
3.24 INTOXICANTS - DEPARTMENT PREMISES ........................................................... 64
3.25 ALCOHOL AND DRUG USE ..................................................................................... 65
3.26 LOITERING ................................................................................................................ 67
3.27 GIFTS, GRATUITIES & REWARDS .......................................................................... 68
3.28 PHYSICAL FITNESS FOR DUTY .............................................................................. 69
3.29 SMOKING AND SMOKELESS TOBACCO ............................................................... 71
3.30 MEMBERSHIP IN ORGANIZATIONS ....................................................................... 72
3.31 PROFESSIONAL JOURNAL PUBLICATION POLICY ............................................ 73
3.32 TESTIFYING............................................................................................................... 74
3.33 COMMERCIAL TESTIMONIALS ............................................................................... 75
3.34 CORRESPONDENCE RESTRICTIONS .................................................................... 76
3.35 CITY COUNCIL - EMPLOYEE ON-DUTY APPEARANCE ....................................... 77
3.36 TELEPHONES ........................................................................................................... 78
3.37 DEPARTMENTAL BUSINESS - SECURITY OF ....................................................... 79
3.38 FILING OF REPORTS ............................................................................................... 80
3.39 BLANK ....................................................................................................................... 81
3.40 CHAIN OF COMMAND .............................................................................................. 82
3.41 RELIEF FROM ASSIGNMENT .................................................................................. 83
3.42 ORAL BOARDS - APPEARANCE ON ...................................................................... 84
3.43 EMPLOYMENT - COLLATERAL............................................................................... 85
3.44 BUSINESS CARDS - DEPARTMENT ....................................................................... 86
3.45 DEPARTMENT ADDRESS - PRIVATE USE OF ....................................................... 87
3.46 ADDRESS & TELEPHONE NUMBERS – EMPLOYEES ......................................... 88
3.47 NOTIFICATION – CONTACT WITH OTHER AGENCIES ........................................ 89
3.48 INTERNET USAGE .................................................................................................... 90
3.49 FAIR AND BIAS-FREE POLICING............................................................................ 91
3.50 EARLY INTERVENTION PROGRAM (EIP) .............................................................. 93
3.51 SOCIAL MEDIA ......................................................................................................... 97
3.52 POLICY TRACKER .................................................................................................. 100
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department TABLE OF CONTENTS
4 CHIEF OF POLICE ............................................................................... 101
4.1 INTERNAL AFFAIRS DIVISION .............................................................................. 101
4.2 ADMINISTRATIVE SECURITY SECTION ............................................................... 112
4.3 DEPARTMENT PSYCHOLOGIST ........................................................................... 113
4.4 EMPLOYEE TRANSFER SELECTION PROTOCOL .............................................. 115
5 (BLANK) ............................................................................................... 118
6 ADMINISTRATION ............................................................................... 119
6.1 COMMUNITY RELATIONS ...................................................................................... 119
6.2 COURT AFFAIRS .................................................................................................... 135
6.3 AUTOMATED LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION (ALPR) ..................................... 137
6.4 ADMINISTRATION – RECORDS DIVISION ........................................................... 141
6.5 JAIL OPERATIONS – BOOKING AND CUSTODY ................................................ 153
6.6 PERSONNEL ........................................................................................................... 188
6.7 SUPPLIES & MAINTENANCE................................................................................. 212
6.8 TRAINING ................................................................................................................ 225
6.9 UNIFORMS & PERSONAL EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 242
6.10 PEER SUPPORT PROGRAM.................................................................................. 250
7 PATROL BUREAU – FIELD OPERATIONS......................................... 256
7.1 FIELD OPERATIONS .............................................................................................. 256
7.2 CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION (CIS) .......................................................... 314
7.3 COMMUNICATIONS ................................................................................................ 316
7.4 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION & TRAFFIC .............................................................. 328
7.5 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS/CRITICAL INCIDENTS ........................................... 336
7.6 EQUIPMENT ISSUE ................................................................................................ 356
7.7 CANINE UNIT (CU) .................................................................................................. 359
7.8 BODY WORN CAMERA (BWC) .............................................................................. 368
7.9 STOP DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................... 377
8 INVESTIGATIONS ................................................................................ 381
8.1 INVESTIGATIONS ................................................................................................... 381
8.2 SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS DIVISION (SID) ........................................................ 390
8.3 FORENSIC SCIENCES ........................................................................................... 423
8.4 JUVENILE ................................................................................................................ 435
8.5 SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS ................................................................................... 441
8.6 VICE INVESTIGATIONS .......................................................................................... 463
8.7 SPECIAL VICTIMS INVESTIGATIONS ................................................................... 466
9 LEGAL .................................................................................................. 479
9.1 COMPENSATION FOR INJURIES INCURRED ON-DUTY .................................... 479
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department TABLE OF CONTENTS
9.2 NOTIFICATION TO SCHOOL AUTHORITIES OF THE ARREST OF SCHOOL
EMPLOYEES ........................................................................................................... 480
10 USE OF FORCE .................................................................................... 481
10.1 USE OF FORCE – DEFINITIONS ............................................................................ 482
10.2 USE OF FORCE – LEGAL AUTHORITY TO USE FORCE .................................... 483
10.3 USE OF FORCE - GENERAL .................................................................................. 485
10.4 USE OF FORCE – FIREARMS ................................................................................ 487
10.5 POLICE OFFICER – FORCE POLICY .................................................................... 488
10.6 SPECIAL SERVICES OFFICER (SSO) – FORCE POLICY .................................... 491
10.7 PHYSICAL CONTROL ............................................................................................. 497
10.8 USE OF FORCE – REPORTING AND REVIEW ..................................................... 498
10.9 USE OF FORCE – RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................. 501
10.10 USE OF FORCE – EXTERNAL REPORTING ......................................................... 508
10.11 AR-15 RIFLES.......................................................................................................... 509
10.12 PHYSICAL RESTRAINTS ....................................................................................... 513
10.13 LESS LETHAL LAUNCHERS AND MUNITIONS ................................................... 514
10.14 CONDUCTED ELECTRICAL WEAPONS (CEW) .................................................. 518
10.15 IMPACT WEAPONS – BATON, POLICE UTILITY FLASHLIGHT & SAP ............. 520
10.16 CHEMICAL AGENTS ............................................................................................... 523
10.17 EXPECTORANT SHIELD ........................................................................................ 525
10.18 HOBBLE RESTRAINT DEVICE .............................................................................. 526
10.19 SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES ................................................................................. 527
APPENDIX A: ACTIVE SPECIAL ORDERS ................................................... 528
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
Revised October 15, 2002
1.1 DEPARTMENT MANUAL
The Department Manual describes the Police Department's organizational structure, sets
the policy and procedures, and identifies Bureau responsibilities. The objectives,
principles, policies, procedures, rules and regulations set forth in the Department Manual
are guides to the actions of all Department employees. All employees of the Department
are to conform to the rules and provisions described in the Department Manual. It is
recognized that due to the fluid nature of police work, the Chief of Police may authorize
policy and procedures outside of the guidelines set forth in the Department Manual.
Those authorized changes shall be incorporated into the Department Manual once
Manuals and Orders has been advised of the changes.
This Department Manual supersedes all existing manuals, orders, and other regulations,
which are in conflict with the contents contained herein.
1.1.1 MANUAL REVISION
All requests for Manual Section revisions, additions, or deletions shall be submitted
through the applicable Bureau Deputy Chief of the employee initiating the request. All
requests shall then be forwarded to the Office of the Chief of Police. The Office of the
Chief of Police shall review and determine if the request will be forwarded to the Support
Bureau.
Support Bureau shall assign the project to the Training Division, which will conduct an
analysis of the Manual Section and draft a Manual Insert to submit for Bureau-level and
appropriate recognized employee labor organization input.
Training Division shall ensure that all Bureau Deputy Chiefs/Managers or their designees
have reviewed and signed for their respective Bureaus, either concurrence or objection,
relative to the subject policy and procedures. Bureau Deputy Chiefs shall comment in
writing regarding any changes or concerns they may have.
All documents subject to review by the Bureau shall accompany the final draft Manual
Insert submitted to Chief of Police for review and signature. Upon approval by the Chief
of Police, Support Bureau will distribute a copy of the revision to the Bureaus, which will
ensure appropriate assigned personnel receive a copy of the insert.
The final, signed Manual Insert shall remain in effect as policy and will be immediately
integrated with the Department Manual.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
1.1.2 RESPONSIBILITY OF EMPLOYEES
All employees shall be responsible for maintaining up-to-date copies of the Department
Manual and other appropriate Department publications and are required to familiarize
themselves with their contents.
1.1.3 MANUAL DISTRIBUTION
A copy of the Long Beach Police Department Manual shall be made available to all sworn
employees. Copies shall also be available to all Divisions and to offices where repeated
reference to the Department Manual is required. The Manual is also available to Police
Department employees on the Intranet.
The Chief of Police shall authorize the distribution of Department publications. Upon
request, the following publications shall be available to the Civil Service Department for
consideration in the preparation of Police promotional examinations:
• Manual of the Long Beach Police Department
• Training Bulletins
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
1.2 LEGALITY
If any content contained in any Department publication is found to be illegal or otherwise
inapplicable, such findings shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of the
publication.
The absence of a prohibitive order does not mean that the Department has approved of
any act contemplated or carried out.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
1.3 DELETED
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
1.4 POLICE DEPARTMENT PUBLICATIONS
Official publications of the Long Beach Police Department issued under authority of the
Chief of Police are as follows:
• Bureau Orders – issued by a Bureau Chief/Manager
• Division Manuals - issued by a Division Commander/Administrator
• Divisional Orders - issued by a Division Commander
• Legal Information Bulletins - issued by the Training Division Commander
• Training Bulletins - issued by the Training Division Commander
• Manual of the Long Beach Police Department - issued by the Training Division
Commander
• Uniform and Equipment Specifications Manual - issued by the Training Division
Commander
• Personnel Orders - issued by the Personnel Division Administrator
• Special Orders - issued at the Division or Bureau level
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
1.5 UNIFORM & EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL
The Uniform and Equipment Specifications Manual identifies all the uniform and
equipment regulations of the Department. Only those items described shall be authorized
for use by employees. The Support Bureau is responsible for the revision, update and
continual maintenance of the Uniform and Equipment Specifications Manual.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
1.6 DEFINITION OF TERMS
The definitions herein govern the terminology used in all communications and whenever
reference is made to any organizational unit of the Department. These terms will provide
uniformity and clarity when discussing the operation and organization of the Long Beach
Police Department.
The following words and terms shall have the meanings assigned.
• Adult – shall mean any person 18 years of age or older
• Beginning of Day and Week – shall mean the workday shall begin at 0001 (12:01
A.M.) and conclude at 2400 (12:00 Midnight). The work week shall commence at
0001 (12:01 A.M.) each Saturday
• Booking – shall mean the process of registering in Department records the custody
of persons or property
• Business Hours – shall mean 0800 hours to 1700 hours, Monday through Friday,
excluding legal holidays
• Call – shall mean a response made by an employee to a station assignment, a request
from a private person, a Department communication, or in the furtherance of a
Department investigation or assignment
• Charter – shall mean the Charter of the City of Long Beach
• Chief Officer - shall mean a Deputy Chief or Chief
• City – shall mean the City of Long Beach
• Civilian Employee – shall mean any employee of the Department and of the City of
Long Beach, other than a Police Officer
• Command Officer - shall mean a Commander, Deputy Chief, or Chief
• Commanding Officer - shall mean a Commander, Deputy Chief, or Chief
• County – shall mean the County of Los Angeles
• Department – shall mean the Long Beach Police Department
• Department Property – shall mean any City-owned property controlled by the
Department
• Employee/Personnel – these terms are used interchangeably and apply to any
person employed by the Department. These terms also apply to reserve officers while
on-duty
• Incident Commander - shall mean the person of any rank who has taken charge of
an emergency to deploy resources in order to manage the event. The Incident
Commander shall remain in charge until relieved by a higher ranking officer
• Intoxication – shall mean any employee who is found under the influence of
intoxicating liquor or drugs – see Under the Influence
• Juvenile – shall mean any person under the age of 18 years
• Lawful Order – shall mean any written or oral directive issued by a superior officer to
any subordinate or group of subordinates in the course of police duty which is not in
violation of Federal or State law, City Ordinance and/or Department rule or regulation
• Manual, Department Manual, or Procedures Manual - shall mean the Manual of the
Long Beach Police Department
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
• May – shall mean the action is permissive
• Minor – shall mean any person under the age of 18 years
• Exception: A person under the age of 21 years shall be considered a minor with
respect to the following:
• Sentencing and commitment of persons to the California Youth Authority
• Veteran’s benefits
• Alcoholic Beverage Control Act
• Officer/Sworn Personnel – are used interchangeably and apply to those employees
of the Department, regardless of rank, who are “…sworn in, as provided by law, to
perform the duties of a regular police officer of the City of Long Beach.” These terms
also apply to reserve officer while on-duty
• Permanent Employee – shall mean any person employed by the Long Beach Police
Department who has completed entry level employment probation
• Rank – shall mean the Civil Service title of the classification held by an officer
• Reporting District – shall mean a predetermined geographical area designated for
crime analysis. The district is based on population density, urban development,
recorded criminal history and calls for service (CFS)
• Right – shall mean, in reference to conditions of employment, conditions specifically
outlined by State or Federal law, the City Charter, City Ordinances, Civil Service Rules
and regulations, and the Memorandum of Understandings of recognized
representative employee labor organizations
• Rules/Regulations – shall mean the Manual of the Long Beach Police Department
and other Department documents consisting of detailed directives and/or orders
binding employees of all ranks in terms of authority, responsibility, and conduct
• Seniority Definitions – Seniority is established as the employee’s most recent hire
date. Time in grade for seniority purposes shall be date of promotion. Application –
Seniority and/or time in grade shall be considered as pertaining to the following:
• Vacation
• Days off
• Shift
• Holidays
• Shall/Will – means that the action required is mandatory
• Under the Influence – If there is at any time 0.08% by weight of alcohol in the
person’s blood, it shall be presumed that the person is under the influence of
intoxicating liquor
• If there is at any time 0.05% or more but less than 0.08% by weight of alcohol in
the person’s blood, such fact shall not give rise to any presumption that the person
is or is not under the influence of intoxicating liquor, but such fact may be
considered with other competent evidence in determining whether the person was
under the influence of intoxicating liquor at the time of any alleged offence
• If there is at any time 0.08% or more by weight of alcohol in the person’s blood, it
shall be presumed that the person is under the influence of intoxicating liquor
• Watch Report - shall mean a communication consisting of memoranda of interest to
all personnel or multiple Divisions
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
• Watch/Shift – shall mean a designated span of time within a 24-hour period during
which personnel are engaged in the performance of their assigned duties
• Work Day – shall mean the day in which the employee is directed to perform his/her
duties. In situations where an employee works eight to ten consecutive hours and the
hours cover portions of two successive days, the following rule will apply:
• If the majority of the hours worked are prior to twelve midnight, the day
commencing work shall be considered the “Work Day”.
• If the majority of the hours-worked are after twelve midnight, the day of ending
work shall be considered the “Work Day”.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
1.7 ORDERS - TYPES OF
• SPECIAL ORDERS - Special Orders affect the entire Department but are by nature
self-canceling due to time constraints, special situations, or objectives. Special Orders
indicate the Office of Origin and require the signature of the Chief of Police. Special
Orders may be issued in the format of a Watch Report.
• BUREAU ORDERS - Bureau Orders are orders governing the operations and
procedures specific to a particular Bureau. Bureau Orders are intended to be included
in Bureau Manuals. Bureau Orders shall be signed by the Bureau Chief and shall be
approved by the Chief of Police.
• DIVISIONAL ORDERS - Divisional Orders are orders governing the operations and
procedures specific to a particular Division or portion of a Division. Divisional Orders
are intended to be included in Division Manuals. Divisional Orders shall be signed by
the Commander of that Division and shall be approved by the Bureau Chief.
• PERSONNEL ORDERS - Assignment, reassignment, or special detail of personnel to
or within the Department is accomplished by Department Personnel Orders authorized
by the Chief of Police and issued by the Administrator of the Personnel Division.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
1.8 CORRESPONDENCE REFERENCE NUMBER DESIGNATIONS
Reference number designations, as indicated in Training Bulletin #1, shall be used on all
outgoing correspondence to indicate the point of origination. The designation is intended
to simplify identification and distribution of any replies received.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
1.9 FLAGS - DISPLAY OF
Display of the United States flag at Department facilities and by individuals representing
the Department shall be in accordance with the provisions of the National Flag Law. See
Protocol Manual for further.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2 STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
Office of the Chief of Police
• Administrative Investigations Detail
• Department Psychologist
• Employee Relations
• Internal Affairs Division
Administration Bureau
• Community Relations Division
• Fiscal Division
• Personnel Division
• Records Division
Investigations Bureau
• Detective Division
• Special Investigations Division (SID)
• Youth Services Division
Patrol Bureau
• East Division
• North Division
• South Division
• West Division
• Field Support Division
Support Bureau
• Jail Division
• Port Police Division
• Security Services Division
• Training Division
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.2 RANK
As peace officers, sworn members of the Department have a special responsibility to act
or take command in situations calling for law enforcement action. These situations may
be regular operations such as the command of a patrol shift or might be an emergency
situation such as a disaster.
Sworn police personnel are distinguished by rank, which is assigned in terms of level of
responsibility within the chain of command. The descending order of rank in the
Department is as follows:
• Chief of Police
• Assistant Chief
• Deputy Chief
• Police Commander
• Police Lieutenant
• Police Sergeant
• Police Corporal
• Police Officer
Civilian Chain of Command
• Manager
• Administrator
• Supervisor
2.2.1 COMMAND AUTHORITY – WATCH COMMANDER
Revised March 2, 2015
In the absence of the Chief of Police and/or sworn command staff, the on-duty Watch
Commander shall be the ranking authority of the Department. This authority includes,
functional responsibility and supervision for all on-duty personnel in the Department and
incidents citywide. The on-duty Watch Commander will remain on-duty until relieved by
a subsequent Watch Commander, who shall carry the same authority and responsibility.
2.2.2 COMMAND OF SCENE – INCIDENT COMMAND
At the start of any police incident, the senior patrol officer or ranking patrol officer present
shall assume command and direction of police personnel in a manner to assure the most
orderly and efficient accomplishment of the police task. When two or more share the
highest rank and no one has been designated as in command, the officer having seniority
in rank shall be in command. This officer shall remain in command until relieved by a
supervisory or command officer of higher rank. The mere presence of a ranking or senior
officer at the scene shall not indicate his/her assumption of command. The ranking or
senior officer shall remain in an advisory capacity unless he/she specifically assumes
command. Supervisory or command officers should consider assuming the role of
incident commander when any of the following circumstances exist:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
• Multiple crime scenes or related incidents
• Significant deployment of resources
• When the current incident commander could be better used in a different capacity,
e.g., operations officer
• When the ranking supervisor or command officer determines that their expertise would
be better served as incident commander
• When other agencies are involved
• When significant political circumstances exist
• When he/she has begun to give direction and/or orders
Careful consideration should always be given prior to assuming the role of incident
commander to ensure a smooth transition of incident leadership.
Assumption of Command
The senior or ranking officer assuming command at the scene must advise the officer in
command at the time he/she is being relieved. When an officer assumes command,
he/she also assumes all responsibility for the successful completion of the operation.
At the conclusion of the tactical phase of the incident, command may be relinquished to
the ranking officer from the investigative detail that will conduct any required follow up
investigation.
2.2.3 DUTY CHIEF ON CALL
Unusual or emergency situations may require the attention of the Department’s senior
command staff. In order to facilitate the handling of unusual situations that occur, an On-
Call Duty Chief will be designated as the first senior level command officer to be notified.
The Duty Chief will be a resource to the Watch Commander via pager or telephone on a
daily basis during the hours of 1700 to 0800 Monday through Friday and 24 hours on
weekends and holidays. The Watch Commander shall refer to the Critical Incident
Notification Guide for mandatory notifications to the Duty Chief.
The Office of the Chief of Police will compile the Duty Chief roster from the ranks of
Deputy Chief and Commander. The Duty Chief roster will be distributed to all command
personnel, patrol lieutenants, the Communications Division, and the headquarters
business desk four weeks in advance of the assignment dates.
Duty Chief Responsibilities
• Assist the Watch Commander in evaluating the situation and ensure the necessary
procedures are being taken to resolve the problem
• Make the necessary notifications as outlined in the Duty Chief Notification Guide
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
• May use the Watch Commander or Communications supervisor to help make the
notifications. Some of the notifications may be made by other means at a later time
based upon the circumstances of the event as determined by the Duty Chief.
• Must respond to particular situations to assist the Watch Commander as identified on
the Duty Chief Notification Guide
• Shall call the Chief’s Office each morning, prior to 0800 hours, to verify that
appropriate notifications have been made
Select this link for the most current CRITICAL INCIDENT NOTIFICATION GUIDE.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.3 THE CHIEF OF POLICE
Revised July 22, 2021
The Office of the Chief of Police shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed July 22, 2021
The Chief of Police is the Chief Executive Officer of the Department and the final
Department authority relative to policy, budget, operations, and discipline. The Chief
exercises all lawful powers of the office and issues such lawful orders as are necessary
to assure the effective operation of the Department.
General Responsibilities
In addition to those responsibilities identified in Government Code §41601-41612, the
Chief of Police is required to manage and lead the Department, which includes enforcing
all laws and ordinances within the City’s legal jurisdiction; planning, directing,
coordinating, and staffing all operations of the Department; enforcing all rules and
regulations within the Department; completing and forwarding such reports as may be
required by proper authority; and maintaining the Department’s relationships and lines of
communication.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.4 ASSISTANT CHIEF OF POLICE
Revised July 22, 2021
The Office of the Chief of Police shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed July 22, 2021
The Assistant Chief of Police is appointed by the Chief of Police after the appointment
is confirmed by the City Manager. The Assistant Chief is responsible for Department
operations and other responsibilities as assigned by the Chief of Police. Subject to the
authority of the Chief of Police, the Assistant Chief of Police shall issue such orders
as may be required to promote the effective performance of all Department
operations.
In the absence of the Chief, the Assistant Chief of Police assumes the duties of the Office
of the Chief with the authority to act in accordance with City and Department policy.
General Responsibilities
The Assistant Chief of Police is required to manage and lead, which includes enforcing
all laws and ordinances within the City’s legal jurisdiction; planning, directing,
coordinating, and staffing all operations of the Department; enforcing all rules and
regulations within the Department; completing and forwarding such reports as may be
required by proper authority; and maintaining the Department’s relationships and lines of
communication.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.5 DEPUTY CHIEF OF POLICE OR BUREAU MANAGER
Revised July 22, 2021
The Office of the Chief of Police shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed July 22, 2021
A Deputy Chief of Police or Bureau Manager is appointed by the Chief of Police after
the appointment is confirmed by the City Manager. A Deputy Chief of Police or
Bureau Manager provides administrative and executive assistance to the Assistant
Chief of Police or the Chief of Police. Subject to the authority of the Assistant Chief
of Police or the Chief of Police, a Deputy Chief of Police or Bureau Manager shall
issue such orders as may be required to promote the effective performance of all
operations within their Bureau.
A Deputy Chief of Police may be assigned to act as the Assistant Chief of Police in the
absence of the Assistant Chief of Police.
General Responsibilities
A Deputy Chief of Police or Bureau Manager at the direction of the Assistant Chief of
Police or the Chief of Police, is required to manage and lead, which includes
planning, directing, controlling, and coordinating all operations within their Bureau.
A Deputy Chief of Police or Bureau Manager shall report directly to the Assistant
Chief of Police.
A Deputy Chief of Police or Bureau Manager may be assigned additional duties by
the Assistant Chief of Police or the Chief of Police.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.6 POLICE COMMANDER OR ADMINISTRATOR
Revised July 22, 2021
The Office of the Chief of Police shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed July 22, 2021
A Police Commander or Administrator is appointed by the Chief of Police after the
appointment is confirmed by the City Manager. Subject to the authority of their assigned
Bureau Deputy Chief of Police or Bureau Manager, Police Commanders and
Administrators ensure the effective utilization of police resources in an efficient manner
within their respective divisions while ensuring that City, Department, and Divisional goals
and objectives are achieved.
Police Commanders may be assigned to act as a Deputy Chief of Police in the absence
of a Deputy Chief. Administrators may be assigned to act as a Bureau Manager in the
absence of a Bureau Manager.
General Responsibilities
A Police Commander or Administrator may be assigned additional duties by their
Bureau Deputy Chief of Police/Bureau Manager.
Police Commanders and Administrators are required to manage and lead which includes
planning, directing, supervising, and coordinating operations within their assigned
Divisions. A Police Commander or Administrator shall report directly to their Bureau
Deputy Chief of Police/Bureau Manager.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.7 POLICE LIEUTENANT
Lieutenants are appointed by the Chief from a certified promotional eligibility list provided
by the Civil Service Department in rank order, per Article IV Section 29 of the Civil Service
Rules and Regulations. Under direction, a lieutenant will command or assist in the
command of a functional unit of the Police Department. A lieutenant directs, supervises,
and inspects and coordinates the activities of all law enforcement and support personnel
in a functional or specialized unit or unit watch.
General Responsibilities
• Command
Direction and control of personnel under their command, typically a watch or section, to
assure the proper performance of duties and adherence to established rules, regulations,
policies, and procedures. Schedules, assigns, supervise, and reviews the work of
assigned personnel. Provides for continuation of command and/or supervision in their
absence.
• Discipline & Morale
Enforces rules, regulations, and orders; recommends and carries out disciplinary actions.
Maintains discipline and morale within their command and is responsible for the
investigation of personnel complaints not assigned elsewhere.
• Inter-Divisional Action
Promotion of team effort and cooperation with other Divisions and units within the
Department. Initiation of action in cases not regularly assigned to their command when
a delay to inform the proper unit may result in a failure to perform. Confers with
commanding officers and acts for them in their absence and performs other related duties
as required.
Specialized Responsibilities
• Patrol - Squad Meeting - Conducts roll calls and communicates all orders or other
information at roll call. Inspection and correction of their command as necessary
• Reports & Records - Preparation of correspondence and reports. Maintenance of
records relating to the activities of their command
• Investigations - Performs specialized work in law enforcement investigations,
communications, training, community relations and related police assignments
• Training – Coordinates the activities or regular and special police training programs,
including safety and the use of emergency vehicles
• Maintenance - Assurance that offices, equipment, supplies and material assigned to
their command are correctly used and maintained
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.8 POLICE SERGEANT
Revised October 24, 2014
Sergeants are appointed by the Chief from a certified promotional eligibility list provided
by the Civil Service Department in rank order per Article IV, Section 29 of the Civil Service
Rules and Regulations. Where assigned, sergeants work under the direction of a
Lieutenant, Commander, Administrator, Manager, Deputy Chief or Chief of Police.
Sergeants supervise one or more employees. In addition to the routine and individual
responsibilities of all employees, each sergeant is specifically responsible for the
following:
2.8.1 GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised October 24, 2014
A sergeant may be assigned to either field or station duties. They shall closely supervise
the activities of their subordinates, making corrections when necessary and commending
when appropriate. The field sergeant shall monitor his/her radio at all times. The field
sergeant shall log all significant dispatches and dispositions on the Patrol Bureau’s
Sergeant’s Daily Log.
See also section 7.1.9.1 – Field Situations Requiring Field Sergeant Response
2.8.2 DIRECTION
Revised October 24, 2014
Sergeants shall exercise direct command to assure order, conduct, discipline and
efficiency. Exercise of command may extend to subordinates outside the usual sphere
of supervision if the objective or reputation of the Department requires. If a sergeant
requires a subordinate other than their own to leave a regular assignment, the directing
sergeant shall inform the subordinate’s own sergeant or supervisor as soon as possible.
2.8.3 ENFORCEMENT OF RULES
Revised October 24, 2014
Sergeants must enforce Department rules, regulations and orders and ensure compliance
with Department policies and procedures.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.8.4 INSPECTION
Revised October 24, 2014
Sergeants are responsible for the inspection of activities, personnel, facilities and
equipment under their supervision. They are responsible to initiate appropriate action in
the event of failure, error, violation, misconduct, or neglect of duty by a subordinate.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.8.5 TRAINING SUBORDINATES
Revised October 24, 2014
A sergeant shall have a working knowledge of the duties and responsibilities of their
subordinates. They shall observe public contacts made by subordinates and be readily
available to provide assistance or instruction as required. The sergeant shall observe the
conduct of assigned personnel and take pro-active command as necessary.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department STRUCTURE, RANK & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.9 MISCONDUCT OBSERVED BY SUPERVISOR
Whenever any command or supervisory officer observes or is informed of misconduct of
another employee that indicates the need for disciplinary action, they shall take
authorized and necessary action and render a complete report of the incident and their
actions. The report will be directed to their Commanding Officer, who shall forward it as
provided in 4.2.5.4 entitled “Reports Enforcement & Forwarding.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3 PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.1 PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT & RESPONSIBILITIES
Knowledge of Laws & Regulations
Employees are required to establish and maintain a working knowledge of all appropriate
State laws, all laws and regulations of the Department, all Orders and Directives of the
Department and Divisions thereof, and the City of Long Beach Civil Service Rules and
Regulations. In the event of improper action or breach of discipline, it shall be assumed
that the employee was familiar with the law, rule, or policy in question.
Obedience to Laws & Regulations
Employees are required to obey all State laws, all laws and regulations of the Department,
all Orders and Directives of the Department and Divisions thereof, and the City of Long
Beach Civil Service Rules and Regulations. Employees shall have all the duties,
obligations, responsibilities, and rights assigned to them by law, including the
Memorandum of Understanding.
Authority for Enforcing Obedience
Pertaining to the knowledge of and obedience to laws and regulations, the disciplinary
process is influenced by, and the authority for the enforcement of the preceding, is found
specifically in Article III, Section 302, of the Long Beach City Charter, and Article VIII,
Sections 75 and 76 of the Civil Service Rules and Regulations, which states in part as
follows:
• Powers and Duties of the City Manager
Article III, Section 302, Long Beach City Charter: "The City Manager shall have
the following powers and duties: (b) To appoint, suspend and remove all City
employees in both the classified and unclassified service; except for the classified
service, such powers shall be pursuant to the Civil Service provisions of this Charter,
Civil Service rules, regulations and ordinances; and except the City Clerk's
Department and the elective officers and their appointees and such officers and
employees as shall be subject to appointment by the City Council."
• Specific Charges
Article VII, Section 75, Civil Service Rules and Regulations: "Prior to suspending,
dismissing or demoting a permanent classified employee for disciplinary reasons, the
appointing authority or his/her designated representative shall afford the employee an
opportunity to respond to the allegations that caused the disciplinary action to be
considered. Should the employee fail to provide sufficient reasons to cause a
reconsideration of the contemplated discipline, a written letter of charges, which shall
set forth the acts or omissions with which the employee is charged, shall be served
upon the employee by, or on behalf of, the appointing authority. The letter of charges
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
shall cite the rules and/or regulations the employee is alleged to have violated.
Service of the letter of charges may be accomplished by either personally delivering
a copy to the employee or by mailing a copy via certified United States Mail with a
return receipt. The letter of charges shall inform the employee of his or her right to
appeal the disciplinary action to the Civil Service Commission and shall advise the
employee that a written notice of appeal must be filed with the Commission: (1) no
later than 10 days after the date the letter of charges was personally delivered; or (2)
no later than 10 days after the date of delivery recorded on the certified mail return
receipt; or (3) not later than 25 days after the date of mailing if the certified mail return
receipt is not returned and the letter of charges was mailed to the employee's address
on file."
• Employee Appeal of Discipline Imposition
Article VII, Section 76, Civil Service Rules and Regulations: "With the exception
of summary suspensions under Section 87, any permanent employee who is
suspended, dismissed, or demoted for disciplinary reasons or pursuant to Section 40,
shall be entitled to an appeal under Section 1103 of the City Charter and/or these
Rules. If an employee desires to appeal, he/she must file a written notice of appeal
and request for a hearing: (1) no later than a 10 days after the date the letter of charges
was personally delivered; or (2) no later than 10 days after the date of delivery
recorded on the certified mail return receipt; or (3) no later than 25 days after the date
of mailing if the certified mail return receipt is not returned and the letter of charges
was mailed to the employee's address on file. The Commission may, for good cause,
grant an additional five days in which to file an appeal. In the absence of a timely
appeal, the order of suspension, dismissal or demotion shall be final without any action
of the Commission."
Article XI Section 1103: City Charter Disciplinary Appeals: "No employee in the
classified service shall be suspended, discharged or reduced in classification for
disciplinary reasons until the employee has been presented with the reasons for such
action specifically stated in writing. The employee shall have the right to appeal such
action to the Commission in accordance with the procedures specified in its rules. The
reasons for such action and any reply thereto by the employee, shall be filed in writing
with the Commission."
• Establishing Elements of Violation
Existence of facts establishing a violation of the law, ordinance or rule, is all that is
necessary to support any allegation of such a violation as a basis for a charge under
this section. It is not necessary that a formal criminal complaint be filed or sustained.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.2 GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES - EMPLOYEES
Revised 12/21/2007
While on-duty, employees shall take appropriate action at all times to:
• Treat all persons equally and with fairness, regardless of race, ethnicity, creed, sexual
orientation, disability or social status
• Be responsible for the protection of life and property from criminal attack and in
emergency situations when the welfare of the community is threatened
• Enforce all State and local laws in a reasonable and prudent manner
• Enforce local ordinances relating to the control of crime and regulation of conduct
• Take such action as may be necessary and operate in such a manner as to assure
the citizens of the City that orderly activities of the community may proceed without
disruption from criminal and irresponsible elements
• Cooperate with and assist citizens of the community and units of the City, County,
State and Federal Government with such problems and in such situations as customs
and traditions dictate, in matters both criminal and non-criminal
• Be responsible for the care, handling, security and proper disposition of property
obtained during the performance of their duties. The arresting officer is responsible
for the security of all personal property in the possession or under the control of the
arrestee at the time of arrest. With the exception of vehicles, this responsibility is
transferred to Booking Desk personnel or transporting officers when they accept
custody of the arrestee
• Unless otherwise directed, employees shall report to their daily assignment at the time
and place specified and shall be properly uniformed and equipped. They shall give
careful attention to orders and instructions, avoiding unnecessary talking or movement
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.3 TRUTHFULNESS
Employees are required to be truthful at all times. Employees shall not knowingly falsify
any official report or enter or cause to be entered any inaccurate, false or improper
information on the books, records or registers of the Department.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.4 CONDUCT TOWARD THE PUBLIC
Employees shall be courteous and orderly when working with the public. Employees shall
perform their duties quietly, avoiding harsh, violent, profane or insolent language, and
shall always remain in control of their behavior regardless of provocation. On request,
employees are required to supply their names and Departmental ID Number (DID #) or
the names and DID # of other employees. Employees shall respond to requests from the
public quickly, efficiently and in a courteous and professional manner, avoiding
unnecessary referral to other parts of the Department.
Impartial Attitude
Employees shall remain impartial toward all individuals with whom they come in contact.
All citizens are guaranteed equal protection under the law. Exhibiting partiality for or
against a person because of race, sex, national or ethnic origins, age, influence, or for
any other reason, is considered conduct unbecoming an officer. Similarly, unwarranted
interference in the private business of others when not in the interests of justice is also
considered conduct unbecoming an officer.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.5 CONDUCT ON-DUTY - PROHIBITED ACTIVITY
Employees are prohibited from engaging in the following activities while on-duty:
• Consumption of alcohol/intoxicants by Departmental personnel unless consumed to
further a police purpose. (Also see 3.24, 3.25)
• Sleeping
• Recreational reading (excluding lunch hour)
• Conducting personal business (excluding lunch hour)
• Gambling (unless to further a police purpose)
• Loafing (failure to be attentive to police business)
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.6 PERSONAL CONDUCT
Employees shall be courteous and civil at all times in their relationship with one another.
On-duty, and particularly in the presence of other officers, employees or the public,
officers shall be referred to by rank. (Also see 3.11)
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.7 STANDARD OF CONDUCT
Employees shall conduct their private and professional lives in such a manner as not to
harm the integrity or reputation of the Department.
3.7.1 PROHIBITED CONDUCT – PARTICIPATION IN A LAW ENFORCEMENT
GANG
Revised February 23, 2023
The Office of the Chief of Police will have review responsibility.
A “Law enforcement gang” means a group of peace officers within a law enforcement
agency who may identify themselves by a name, may be associated with an identifying
symbol, and engage in a pattern of on-duty behavior that intentionally violates the law or
fundamental principles of professional policing [Penal Code §13670 (a)(2)].
Whether on or off-duty, employees shall not participate in a law enforcement gang. A
violation of this section shall constitute grounds for termination.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.8 COOPERATION
Cooperation between the ranks and units of the Department is essential to effective law
enforcement. Therefore, all members are strictly charged with establishing and
maintaining a high spirit of cooperation with the Department.
3.8.1 COOPERATING IN DEPARTMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS
Employees are required to answer questions or provide material and relevant statements
to the proper authority in a Departmental personnel investigation, when directed. Failure
to comply may result in the employee being found insubordinate and subject to
disciplinary action.
3.8.2 ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE
The Chief of Police retains the discretion to assign any employee to Administrative Leave
during the course of an investigation into allegations of serious misconduct.
Investigations involving an assignment to Administrative Leave will be completed as
quickly as possible. While assigned to Administrative Leave an employee will continue
to receive pay and benefits.
When assigned to Administrative Leave, employees must remain at their residence (or
other location approved by the Internal Affairs Division Commander or his or her
designee), during a set schedule as determined by the Internal Affairs Division
Commander or his or her designee. An employee on Administrative Leave is required to
perform any work they are assigned, to remain on call at the assigned location of
Administrative Leave and report in to the assigned Department representative at the
directed times. Additionally, an employee assigned to Administrative Leave is required
to physically report to any work location as directed by the Internal Affairs Division
Commander or his or her designee.
Employees on Administrative Leave may request the use of holiday time, vacation time
or banked overtime by contacting their assigned Department representative and obtaining
prior approval. Employees assigned to Administrative Leave who become ill and are
unable to fulfill their work duties may use sick time by notifying their assigned Department
representative. Employees assigned to Administrative Leave are not permitted to engage
in collateral employment during their scheduled hours.
While assigned to Administrative Leave, employees are prohibited from acting in an
official capacity. Employees are prohibited from representing themselves as a law
enforcement officer, and from donning any department uniform or equipment. Employees
who are directed to do so must return department issued equipment, uniforms, badges
and identification to the Department.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.9 RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN EMPLOYEES
Camaraderie among employees is healthy for the employing organization and a
necessary ingredient in a successful, productive and fulfilling occupation. However,
public trust requires that employees avoid a conflict between their professional
responsibilities and their personal relationships with other employees.
Corrected 05/26/04
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.10 UNLAWFUL HARASSMENT COMPLAINTS (2.2 Human Relations Personnel Policies & Procedures)
It is the policy of the City of Long Beach to actively promote employment opportunities to
all persons on all matters affecting City employment. The City of Long Beach reaffirms
that no person shall be harassed on the basis of race, religion, color, national origin,
ancestry, physical or mental disability, medical condition, marital status, age, sex, sexual
orientation, or on any other basis inconsistent with federal or state statutes, the City
Charter, or City ordinances, resolutions, rules, or regulations.
Unlawful Harassment - Harassment that creates a hostile, intimidating, or offensive work
environment, and occurs because of an employee's protected status (i.e. race, religion,
national origin, ancestry, physical or mental disability, medical condition, marital status,
age, sex, or sexual orientation), is unlawful.
Sexual Harassment - Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination. It is conduct
of a sexual nature that is unwelcome, not asked for, and not returned.
Sexual harassment may consist of any form or combination of verbal, non-verbal, visual,
or physical conduct. It need not be explicit, nor even specifically directed at an individual.
Such behavior includes, but is not limited to: Sexually offensive comments, offers, slurs,
innuendoes, leering, ogling, posters, cartoons, or drawings; physical contact such as
touching, pinching, or brushing against another's body; or demands for sexual favors.
Unwelcome sexual conduct which is sufficiently severe and pervasive as to create a
hostile, intimidating, or offensive work environment, or when an employment decision is
based on whether an employee submitted or refused to submit to some form of sexual
conduct, is considered harassment.
The following are three criteria that shall be utilized as guidelines for determining whether
or not certain conduct constitutes unlawful sexual harassment:
• Submission to the conduct is made either as an explicit or implicit condition of
employment; or,
• Submission to or rejection of such conduct is the basis for employment decisions
affecting an individual, such as, continued employment or decisions affecting pay,
benefits, and/or advancement opportunities, or other terms and conditions of
employment; or,
• Such conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an individual's
work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working
environment
Retaliation - Retaliation against an individual for having initiated a complaint of
harassment or discrimination is considered unlawful harassment. To discipline, transfer,
shun, or deny a promotional opportunity, training, or assignment to an employee, after
he/she has filed a complaint, may be viewed as retaliation.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.10.1 COMPLAINT RESOLUTION PROCESS
The following procedures are intended to facilitate the timely resolution of complaints of
unlawful harassment. They are designed to administratively resolve complaints in a
timely manner, ensure that appropriate action is taken, and minimize the financial impact
upon both the complainant and the City.
A City employee, job applicant, or third party, such as a member of the public, has several
administrative processes available to him/her for resolution of a complaint. An individual
may present a complaint either to an appropriate supervisor/manager, a designee, or the
City's Equal Employment Opportunity Office.
Each Department head designates an Equal Opportunity Counselor who acts as liaison
between management and the Department's employees. The Administrator of the
Personnel Division is the Police Department's Counselor. The counselor serves as the
Department's primary contact person on equal employment opportunity issues, and
assists employees in the resolution of problems and concerns related to equal
employment opportunity matters.
Upon request, employees shall be permitted to use scheduled work hours in order to meet
with their Equal Opportunity Counselor, appropriate supervisor/manager, or the City's
Equal Employment Opportunity Office. No employee shall fear reprisal or retaliation
because of reporting an alleged act of harassment.
It is important that complainants be apprised of their rights to file a complaint with an
external regulatory agency. They should, however, be encouraged to first utilize the City's
internal procedure to seek resolution.
3.10.2 PROCEDURES
Any employee, who believes he/she has experienced any type of unlawful harassment,
should immediately notify the appropriate supervisor/manager, Department Equal
Employment Counselor, or the City's Equal Employment Opportunity Office.
Departmental Investigation
• Upon being made aware that an issue exists regarding harassment, the Department
shall immediately contact the City's Equal Employment Opportunity Office for
direction, prior to proceeding with any investigation, and before taking ANY action.
This will help verify that the policy is being correctly interpreted and the procedures
are properly followed. It will also provide uniformity in the City's response to
allegations regarding unlawful harassment and ensure that immediate and
appropriate action is taken
• In the event a complaint is filed with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission
(EEOC) or the Department of Fair Employment and Housing (DFEH), by following this
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
procedure, the Equal Employment Opportunity Office will be fully informed and in
agreement with all prior action taken
• With the concurrence of the Equal Employment Opportunity Office, the Department
shall proceed with an investigation
During this entire process, it is critical that, to the extent possible, strict confidentiality
be maintained. Any individual contacted during an investigation is to be instructed to
maintain confidentiality regarding all matters related to the complaint. All records
pertaining to the complaint are strictly confidential and are to be maintained apart from
any personnel file
As part of the investigation, the complainant must advise the Department what he/she
would consider a resolution of the complaint
• Upon completion of an investigation and prior to drawing any conclusion, the
Department shall again contact the Equal Employment Opportunity Office. In
cooperation with the Equal Employment Opportunity Office, the course of action will
be determined, including any corrective action, if appropriate
• Upon completion of the corrective action, the Department shall notify the complainant,
complete records, then report the action taken to the Equal Employment Opportunity
Office
3.10.3 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OFFICE INVESTIGATION
The Equal Employment Opportunity Office acts as a neutral third party in a complaint,
and is responsible for investigating, examining the facts, and determining whether
unlawful harassment did occur. The role of the Equal Employment Opportunity Office is
not to serve as an advocate of either the City or the complainant, but to determine the
truth of the matter and protect the City against needless liability.
• An employee or job applicant always has the option of filing a complaint directly with
the City's Equal Employment Opportunity Office
• An employee shall be allowed to use scheduled work hours for meeting with the Equal
Employment Opportunity Officer/designee
• The Equal Employment Opportunity Office shall contact and advise the Department
head that an employee/applicant has filed an unlawful harassment complaint. Then,
following discussion with the Department, the Equal Employment Opportunity Office
will decide whether the Department or the Equal Employment Opportunity Office will
proceed with an investigation. The Department head will be notified of the course of
action
• In order to seek resolution, any person(s) having knowledge of the incident(s) may be
contacted directly by the Equal Employment Opportunity Office/designee. When this
occurs, and when it is appropriate, the Equal Employment Opportunity Office will notify
the appropriate Department Manager of the contact and the information received from
the employee(s)
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
Because an investigation may ultimately be conducted by an outside regulatory
agency, it is imperative that the Equal Employment Opportunity Office receive all
comments uncensored and as stated by the employee(s). Under no circumstances
will information be altered or withheld. This could impede the City's ability to properly
respond to the charges and ultimately result in additional liability to the City.
• Upon completion of the investigation, the Equal Employment Opportunity Office shall
contact and advise the Department of the results and the appropriate corrective action
that will be recommended to the City Manager/designee
• Following the completion of any corrective action, the Department is to advise the
Equal Employment Opportunity Office of the action taken. The Equal Employment
Opportunity Office shall then inform the complainant of the resolution and closure of
the complaint. The complainant shall also be advised of his/her right to file a complaint
with an external regulatory agency
Outside Regulatory Agencies
An individual may elect to file a complaint with an outside regulatory agency. The state
agency is the Department of Fair Employment and Housing (DFEH) and the federal
agency is the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC).
• The City's Equal Employment Opportunity Office is responsible for handling and
responding to all complaints filed with outside regulatory agencies. Should the
Department receive a complaint, it is to be immediately forwarded to the Equal
Employment Opportunity Office
• Once a complaint is received from an outside agency, communication with the
individual/ complainant ceases and all further communication takes place between the
Equal Employment Opportunity Office and the regulatory agency. It then becomes
the responsibility of the Equal Employment Opportunity Office, on behalf of the City,
to prepare a response to the complaint
• Upon receipt of a complaint, the Equal Employment Opportunity Office shall provide
the Department head with a copy of the complaint. The Department then assigns an
individual to respond to the allegations contained in the complaint, provides any
additional information that might assist in preparing the City's response, and returns it
to the Equal Employment Opportunity Office within the time specified
• Upon receipt of the Department's response, the Equal Employment Opportunity Office
prepares the City's response to the regulatory agency. As with internal investigations,
this often requires that individuals, who may be able to provide additional information
or clarification, will be contacted directly, following notification of appropriate
Department management
• Once the City's response is completed, it is forwarded to the City Attorney's Office for
review. When concurrence is obtained, the response is forwarded to the appropriate
agency and a copy of the City's response is forwarded to the Department
• Prior to the resolution of a complaint, agencies often contact the Equal Employment
Opportunity Office and request additional information and/or meetings with specific
individuals. This will be coordinated through the Equal Employment Opportunity
Office. There should not be any contact between the Department and an agency,
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
without the prior knowledge of the Equal Employment Opportunity Office and the
approval of the City Attorney's Office
Should an agency, attorney, or union representing a complainant contact the
Department or individual, they are to be referred to the Equal Employment Opportunity
Office.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.11 WORKPLACE THREATS AND VIOLENCE (Also see 3.6)
The City of Long Beach is committed to providing a safe work environment that is free of
violence or the threat of violence. Threats, threatening behavior, or acts of violence
against employees, visitors, or other individuals by anyone on City property will not be
tolerated. Violations of this policy by City employees will lead to disciplinary action, up to
and including termination, and may include arrest and prosecution. Violations by non-
City employees may result in arrest and prosecution as well.
This policy is applicable to all City departments and offices reporting to the City Manager,
and to all City locations under the City Manager's authority. It is further requested that
elective offices and other City departments comply with the provisions of the policy.
Responsibility
The City has formed a Threat Management Team to implement this policy and monitor
issues dealing with workplace threats and violence. This team is responsible for
implementing this policy, managing violence prevention programs, and crisis intervention.
The Police Department's management representative to the Threat Management Team
is the Personnel Administrator.
All Department managers, supervisors and employees are responsible for reporting
threats or incidents of violence to their management representative.
Definitions of Threats and Violent Behavior
• The actual or implied threat of harm to an individual, group of individuals, or relatives
of those individuals. These threats may be made in person, over the telephone,
through the mails, or by electronic communication
• The possession, on City property, of weapons of any kind, unless specifically
authorized by the Police Department or appointing authority, or the brandishing of any
object that could reasonably be construed as a weapon
• Loud, disruptive or angry behavior or language that is clearly not part of the typical
work environment
• Blatant or intentional disregard for the safety or wellbeing of others
• Willful destruction of City or personal property
• Commission of a violent felony or misdemeanor on City property
• Any other act that a reasonable person would perceive as constituting a threat of
violence
Procedures
Emergency Incidents – Any employee who is subjected to, witnesses, or has knowledge
of actions that pose immediate danger to themselves or others must report these acts to
appropriate authorities at once. When the incident constitutes an emergency, the
employee should immediately notify a supervisor and/ or the Watch Commander.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
The primary objective in dealing with an incident in-progress is to stabilize the situation,
de-escalate the potential for violence, and ensure that there is no harm to person or
property. Once the emergency has passed, the designated management representative
shall be responsible for conducting a thorough investigation of the incident, and reporting
findings to the department head and the City Safety Officer, using the Threat Incident
Report as a guide.
Non-emergency Incidents – When an employee becomes aware of a potential violation
of the policy which does pose an immediate threat of violence, he/she is responsible for
notifying their immediate supervisor and the designated management representative.
No employee who, acting in good faith, initiates a complaint or reports an incident under
this policy will be subject to retaliation or harassment. Any employee reported to be in
violation of this policy will be entitled to due process.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.12 ORDERS - MANNER OF ISSUING
Revised May 2, 2013
The Office of the Chief of Police will have audit responsibility.
Orders from supervisors to subordinates shall be in clear and understandable language,
civil in tone, and shall be used only in regard to Department business. Orders may be
written or oral and in the form of a directive or instruction.
3.12.1 ORDERS – CRITICISM OF
Revised May 2, 2013
Employees shall not publicly criticize orders from supervisors.
3.12.2 ORDERS - UNLAWFUL
Revised May 2, 2013
No command or supervisory officer shall knowingly issue an order that is in violation of a
law, ordinance or Department policy.
3.12.2.1 OBEDIENCE TO UNLAWFUL ORDERS
Revised May 2, 2013
Employees issued orders that they feel are unjust or contrary to policies and regulations
must first obey the order to the best of their ability except when ordinary and prudent
knowledge would indicate that the order would be detrimental to the Department, the City,
or physical well-being of an employee or a private citizen.
3.12.3 ORDERS – CONFLICT OF
Revised May 2, 2013
In the event of a conflict of orders, employees shall respectfully call such conflict to the
attention of the supervisor giving the last order. Should the latter not change his/her order,
the order shall be obeyed. The employee shall not be held responsible for disobedience
of any former order or for any violation of the rules in obeying the last order given.
3.12.4 ORDERS, FAILURE TO OBEY - INSUBORDINATION
Revised May 2, 2013
Failure or deliberate refusal of any employee to obey a lawful order given by a supervisor
shall be considered insubordination. Ridiculing a supervisor or the orders given by a
supervisor, in or out of their presence is also considered insubordination. Employees in
doubt as to the nature of their assignment shall seek clarification from their supervisor by
going through the chain of command.
Employees assigned to the Internal Affairs Division and investigating potential acts of
misconduct shall be considered to be acting at the direction of the Chief of Police.
Employees shall follow orders given by employees assigned to the Internal Affairs
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
Division as if the orders were given by the Chief of Police. Failure to do so shall be
deemed insubordination.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.13 DUTY RESPONSIBILITIES
Employees of the Department are always subject to duty. Employees shall, at all times,
respond to the lawful orders of superior officers and other proper authorities. Appropriate
police action must be taken whenever required. Employees assigned to special duties
are not relieved from taking proper action outside the scope of their specialized
assignment when necessary.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.14 LOYALTY
Loyalty to the Department and to associates is an important factor in Departmental morale
and efficiency. Employees shall maintain loyalty to the Department and their associates
consistent with the law and personal ethics.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.15 ASSISTANCE IN THE FACE OF DANGER
Officers are required to take appropriate police action toward aiding fellow police officers
exposed to danger or in situations where danger may be impending.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.16 ASSISTING CRIMINALS
Employees shall not communicate directly or indirectly information that may assist
persons guilty of criminal or quasi-criminal acts in avoiding arrest or punishment.
Employees shall not use information systems for the purpose of assisting persons
accused of crimes without legal justification.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.17 PERSONAL PREFERMENT
Employees shall not, unless within the scope of their assignment, seek the influence or
intervention of individuals outside the Department for purposes of personal preferment,
advantage, transfer or advancement.
Private Gain
Employees shall not participate in activities that involve the use, for private gain or
advantage, of the Department's time, facilities, equipment or supplies; nor shall
employees in any way use the badge, uniform, prestige or influence of the Department
for private gain or advantage.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.18 AVAILABILITY ON-DUTY
Employee’s on-duty shall not conceal themselves except as required in a specific police
function. Employees shall be immediately available to the public during duty hours.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.19 CALLS FOR SERVICE
While on-duty, employees of the Department shall respond without unnecessary delay to
all calls for police assistance from citizens or other police employees. Emergency calls
shall take precedence; however, all calls shall be answered as soon as possible
consistent with normal safety precautions and California vehicle laws. Failure to respond
to a call for police assistance promptly, without justification, is considered misconduct.
Except under the most extraordinary circumstances or when otherwise directed by
competent authority, employees shall not fail to answer any telephone or radio call
directed to them.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.20 CARING FOR NEEDY PERSONS
Employees shall always be alert to assist lost, helpless, injured or ill individuals.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.21 IDENTIFICATION AS POLICE OFFICER/SECURITY OFFICER
Officers shall identify themselves by displaying the official badge and/or identification
card, if requested to do so, before taking action except when impractical, not feasible, or
where the identity is obvious.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.22 GENERAL UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS
See Special Order – Bullet Resistant Vests 5-4-17
All police employees of the Department, except non-uniformed civilian employees, shall
maintain a regulation uniform in good order. Officers in uniform shall wear badge and
nameplate identification at all times.
All articles of uniform shall conform to the Long Beach Police Department Uniform and
Equipment Specifications Manual. Civilian clothing will not be worn with any
distinguishable part of the uniform. Employees shall not wear the uniform off-duty without
the permission of a commanding officer, with the exception of traveling to and from work.
Wearing the Uniform
Uniforms shall be kept neat, clean and well pressed at all times; leather and shoes
polished, badges and metal shined.
3.22.1 Minimum On-Duty Uniform/Equipment Requirements
The Chief’s Office has Audit Responsibility
Effective date: April 16, 2007
Patrol Officer
• Uniform – Badge – Nametag
• Body Armor/Protective Vest (in the event of a medical condition that temporarily
precludes an officer from wearing a vest, exceptions will be made on a case by case
basis)
• Sam Browne
• Lethal Weapon
• Impact Weapon
• Taser if issued
• Flashlight
• Handcuffs
Field Detective
• Uniform – Approved for the specific assignment worked – Badge – Nametag
• Body Armor/Protective Vest
• Sam Browne/Utility/Tactical belt
• Lethal Weapon
• Impact Weapon
• Taser if issued
• Flashlight
• Handcuffs
Investigative Detective
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
• Suit and tie or approved soft uniform and
• Badge or Department ID
• Lethal Weapon (when away from desk and outside Public Safety Building)
• Handcuffs
• Undercover officers are not required to comply
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.23 CLOTHING, APPEARANCE AND GROOMING
Revised February 7, 2019
The Office of the Chief of Police has audit responsibility.
3.23.1 DEFINITIONS
Revised February 7, 2019
1) Tattoo – The act or practice of marking the skin with indelible designs, forms,
figures, art, etc., by making punctures in the skin and inserting pigment. Tattoo also
includes the act or practice of marking the skin with non-permanent ink, designs,
forms, figures, art, etc. (e.g., airbrush, henna, temporary tattoo, etc.).
2) Scarification – The act of intentional cutting of the skin for the purpose of creating
a design, form, figure, or art.
3) Branding – The act of intentional burning of the skin for the purpose of creating a
design, form, figure, or art.
4) Piercing – The act of creating a hole in any part of the body for the purpose of
inserting an object, jewelry, or ornamentation.
3.23.2 FINAL AUTHORITY AND POLICY EXCEPTIONS
Revised February 7, 2019
The final authority for interpretation and compliance with all provisions contained within
LBPD Manual § 3.23 regarding clothing, appearance, tattoos, body piercing and grooming
will rest with the Office of the Chief of Police, or appointed designee.
Sworn personnel in undercover assignments may deviate from the established clothing,
grooming, and appearance standards otherwise mandated by this policy with the approval
of their division commander, or designee.
Pregnant women or employees with medical restrictions, as documented by a medical
professional, may deviate from the dress code with the approval of their division
commander, administrator, or designee.
3.23.2.1 GROOMING AND APPEARANCE STANDARD
Revised February 7, 2019
The following grooming standards apply to all Department personnel:
1) Employees will present a neat and clean appearance;
2) Hair will be neat, clean, and trimmed;
3) Hair coloring is permitted in natural hair colors only;
4) Any employee required to use respirators shall not have facial hair that interferes
with the proper functioning of the respirator;
5) Makeup may be worn in moderation and shall be consistent with a professional and
businesslike appearance.
Determination of hairstyle within the following criteria is an individual decision. The
following grooming standards apply to all sworn and uniformed civilian personnel:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
1) Head hair shall be neat and clean, and shall not interfere with the proper wearing of
the uniform, hat, or use of protective equipment (i.e., mobile field force helmet, gas
mask, or Class A cover, etc.).
2) Head hair shall not be worn, or arranged in a way that would be advantageous for a
suspect to grab and constitute a safety hazard for the employee.
3) Wigs or hairpieces may be worn. The wig or hairpiece shall conform to the
Department’s general hair standards.
4) Sunglasses shall be conservative in style, and professional in appearance.
5) Male employees
a. Head hair shall be neatly trimmed and may be worn full at the sides and back,
but shall not extend over the shirt collar of the uniform.
b. Sideburns shall not extend below the bottom of the earlobe, will be of even
width, not flared, and will end with a clean-shaven horizontal line.
c. Mustaches shall not extend below the natural smile line.
d. Beards shall be permitted only for non-uniformed civilian personnel, or for a
bonafide medical condition.
6) Female employees
a. Hair may be worn full at the sides and back, but shall not extend over the shirt
collar of the uniform;
i. While dressed in civilian attire, hair may extend over the collar of civilian
clothing, as long as it presents a well-groomed appearance.
b. Women’s hair control devices shall be in neutral colors only.
3.23.3 BODY PIERCING OR ALTERATION
Revised February 7, 2019
Males are not permitted to wear any visible piercings. Females with pierced ears are
permitted to wear one (1) small stud-type earring per earlobe. With the exception of the
earlobe for female employees, body piercing shall not be visible while an employee is on
duty or representing the Department in any official capacity.
Alteration to any visible area of the body, while in any authorized uniform or attire that is
a deviation from normal anatomical features, and is not the result of an accident, a
medical condition or medically required, is prohibited. Such body alterations include, but
are not limited to:
1) Tongue piercing or splitting; or,
2) Abnormal shaping of the ears, eyes, nose or teeth.
3.23.4 Tattoos, Brands, Scarifications
Revised February 7, 2019
All Department personnel, while on-duty, shall not display any tattoo, brand, or
scarification. Visible tattoos on the neck, face, head, tongue, lips, scalp, or hands are not
authorized. A single-band tattooed ring, on one finger, on one hand, is authorized and
does not require covering.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
The display of any tattoo, scarification or brand considered offensive, regardless of its
location, by any member of the Department, while in any Department facility, is not
permitted and shall be covered with a Department approved uniform or authorized cover
at all times. Examples of offensive tattoos, scarifications, or brands prohibited by this
policy include, but are not limited to, the following:
1) Those that exhibit or advocate discrimination against gender, race, religion,
ethnicity, or national origin;
2) Those that exhibit gang, supremacist, or extremist group affiliation; or
3) Those that exhibit or depict drug use, sexually explicit acts, or other obscene
material.
3.23.4.1 TATTOOS, BRANDS, SCARIFICATIONS – AUTHORIZED COVERS
Revised February 7, 2019
Employees shall cover all tattoos, brands, and scarifications by wearing an authorized
long-sleeved uniform shirt or appropriate business attire. The following additional
coverings are approved:
1) Employees with visible tattoos, brands or scarifications that extend below the elbow
may wear a compression sleeve in black for sworn officers, tan for special service
officers, or in a color similar to the specific uniform shirt worn.
2) If an employee has tattoos, brands or scarifications covering a three-inch square
area or less, that is visible on the arm or leg; the employee may opt to cover the area
with one adhesive patch, of a color as close to the employee’s skin color as
reasonably available. Only one patch per arm or leg is authorized and may not
exceed three-inches by three-inches in size.
3.23.4.2 Tattoos, Brands, Scarifications – Exceptions
Revised February 7, 2019
Employees hired prior to January 4, 2007, shall be exempt from the restriction in LBPD
Manual § 3.23.4 TATTOOS, BRANDS, SCARIFICATIONS on tattoos, scarifications, or
brands already in existence as of July 5, 2007. Any member of the Department who, after
July 5, 2007, obtained a visible tattoo, scarification, or brand shall:
1) Lose their previously held grandfather exemption; and,
2) Cover all visible tattoos, scarifications, or brands with a Department approved cover;
or,
3) Remove the tattoo, scarification, or brand at their own expense.
3.23.5 Clothing Standard
Revised February 7, 2019
3.23.5.1 Clothing Standard – Non-Uniformed Sworn Personnel
Revised February 7, 2019
Male employees, who are not working undercover assignments and who are permitted to
wear civilian clothes on duty, shall wear either a business suit or sports coat and trousers,
with a dress shirt and tie, or a Department approved uniform for that assignment. Cargo
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
pants, sweatpants, athletic shoes, or sandals shall not be worn. All shoes shall be
secured at the heel of the foot or have a support strap.
Female employees, who are not working undercover assignments and who are permitted
to wear civilian clothing, shall conform to the standards normally worn by office personnel
in the private business sector, or a Department approved uniform for that assignment.
Cargo pants, sweatpants, shorts, t-shirts, bare midriffs, blouses, and shirts that are see-
through or have revealing necklines, athletic shoes, or beach-type sandals shall not be
worn. All shoes shall secure at the heel of the foot or have a support strap.
3.23.5.2 Clothing Standard – Non-Uniformed Civilian Personnel
Revised February 7, 2019
Civilian employees shall conform to the standards normally worn by office personnel in
the private business sector unless otherwise directed by the division commander,
administrator, or designee. Cargo pants, sweatpants, jeans, shorts, t-shirts, tank tops,
bare midriffs, blouses, and shirts that are see-through or have revealing necklines, athletic
shoes or beach type sandals shall not be worn.
3.23.5.3 CLOTHING STANDARD – Manner of Dress in Court
Revised February 7, 2019
Appearance in court is a duty assignment; when appearing in court, employees must wear
a Department approved uniform, specific to the employee’s duty assignment, or a coat,
with a dress shirt and tie for male employees and business attire for female employees.
Employees must not appear in undercover attire unless so directed by the District
Attorney or City Prosecutor. Weapons shall not be displayed unless the uniform is worn.
3.23.5.4 CLOTHING STANDARD – Manner of Dress at Training
Revised February 7, 2019
Attendance at training is a duty assignment; employees are required to comply with the
stated dress code appropriate to the specific training. If not specified, employees shall
dress in a manner that presents a professional image. The following shall not be worn
while attending training:
1) Tank tops,
2) T-shirts with inappropriate logos or images,
3) Shorts,
4) Sandals or bare feet, or
5) Any attire deemed inappropriate by the division commander, administrator, or
designee.
Personnel who report to training inappropriately attired or groomed will be ordered to
leave and make a suitable change. Any time incurred as absent from training for this
purpose will not be reflected as scheduled hours on the Employee Time Record.
3.23.6 REQUEST FOR MEDICAL OR RELIGIOUS EXEMPTION
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
Revised February 7, 2019
To request a medical or religious exemption from this policy, an employee shall contact
the Personnel Administrator to schedule a meeting to discuss the need for an exemption.
The Personnel Administrator will review the issues, and possible accommodations. A
recommendation will be provided to the Chief of Police, or his/her designee, for final
approval.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.24 INTOXICANTS - DEPARTMENT PREMISES (Also see Definitions "Under the Influence")
Employees shall not bring into or keep intoxicating liquor on Department premises
except:
• When necessary in the performance of a police task
• Packaged goods for temporary storage in locker space when the seals are unbroken
Liquor brought into Department premises in the furtherance of a police task shall be
properly identified and stored according to current policy.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.25 ALCOHOL AND DRUG USE (Also see 3.5)
The Department has a zero tolerance for illegal drug use, or any other substance that
would interfere with the employee's safe and effective job performance. Employees shall
not ingest illegal drugs. The possession of illegal drugs by employees shall be limited to
legitimate and previously sanctioned police purposes.
Employees shall not be intoxicated while on-duty.
In accordance with the Department of Human Resources, Personnel Policies &
Procedures, Alcohol and Drug Use, Number 1.10:
• Employees shall not consume alcohol, be under the influence of alcohol, or possess
an open container of alcohol, or unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess,
or use illegal drugs while at City work locations or elsewhere during work hours, during
meal and rest periods, while in or operating City vehicles or equipment, while wearing
clothing that identifies the individual as a City employee, while foreseeably subject to
being called to duty, or at any time that would foreseeably interfere with the
employee's safe and effective job performance. Exceptions pertaining to alcohol may
be allowed while performing an approved police task.
• Employees may be required to take a drug and/or alcohol test if there is a reasonable
suspicion of violation of this policy.
Definitions
• Foreseeably Subject to Being Called to Duty - When an employee has been placed
on standby status, or placed on call to appear in court, or given notice to return to work
the same day
• Foreseeably Interfere - When any reasonable person should have known that using
a drug, medication, alcohol, or any other substance could cause drowsiness,
potentially hazardous side effects, or have mind or mood altering properties that could
interfere with the employee's safe and effective job performance or operation of City
vehicles or equipment
• Illegal Drug - Any controlled substance, drug, narcotic or immediate precursor
specified or referenced in any provision of the California Uniform Controlled
Substance Act (Division 10 of the Health and Safety Code) which may subject an
individual to criminal penalties, or a legal drug that has not been legally obtained or is
being used by an individual for whom it was not prescribed, or is not being used in a
manner, combination, or quantity for which it was manufactured, prescribed, or
intended
• Reasonable Suspicion - A suspicion based on objective facts and reasonable
inference drawn from those facts, that an employee is under the influence of drugs
and/or alcohol so that the employee's ability to perform the functions of the job is
impaired or so that the employee's ability to safely perform his/her job is reduced
• Workplace - At City work locations or other assigned locations during work hours, or
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
while in or operating City vehicles or equipment
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.26 LOITERING
On-Duty
Officers on-duty or in uniform shall not enter taverns, theaters or other public places
except to perform a police task. Loitering and unnecessary conversation in such locations
is forbidden.
Off-Duty
Employees off-duty and not on official standby shall not loiter in Department areas other
than those normally designated for use as recreation areas.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.27 GIFTS, GRATUITIES & REWARDS
Soliciting
Employees shall not under any circumstance solicit any gift, gratuity, loan, or fee where
there is a direct or indirect connection between the solicitation and their Departmental
employment.
Acceptance
Employees shall not accept either directly or indirectly any gift, gratuity, loan, fee or any
other thing of value arising from or offered because of Police employment or any activity
connected with their employment. Employees shall not accept any gift, gratuity, loan, fee
or other thing of value, the acceptance of which might tend to influence directly or
indirectly the actions of said employee or any other employee in any matter of Police
business; or which might tend to cast an adverse reflection on the Department or its
employees. No employee of the Department shall receive any gift or gratuity from other
employees junior in rank without the express permission of the Chief of Police.
Disposition
Any unauthorized gift, gratuity, loan, fee, reward or other thing of value falling into any of
these categories and coming into the possession of any employee shall be forwarded to
the office of the Chief of Police with a written report detailing the circumstances.
Free Admissions & Passes
Employees shall not solicit or accept free admission to theaters or other places of
amusement for themselves or others, except in the line of duty.
Other Transactions
Employees are prohibited from buying or selling anything of value from or to any
complainant, suspect, witness, defendant, prisoner or other person involved in any case
which has come to their attention or which has arisen out of their Departmental
employment, except as may be specifically authorized by the Chief of Police.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.28 PHYSICAL FITNESS FOR DUTY
Revised May 20, 2004
The Support Bureau has review responsibility.
All sworn employees of the Department shall maintain good physical condition so they
can handle the strenuous physical contacts often required of a law enforcement officer.
3.28.1 PHYSICAL FITNESS PROGRAM
Revised August 21, 2024
3.28.1.1 PURPOSE
The Physical Fitness Program was implemented to encourage sworn officers to monitor
their individual health and achieve their highest level of strength, flexibility, and
cardiovascular endurance. Regular exercise and physical activity promote strong
muscles and bones, help improve brain health, reduce the risk of disease, and improve
an individual’s overall mental and physiological well-being. The program is a voluntary
monetary incentive for all sworn personnel and is contingent on the inclusion of the
program in the relevant Memorandum of Understanding (MOU).
3.28.1.2 PROGRAM GUIDELINES
• The Physical Fitness Program shall be facilitated by the Training Section.
• The Training and Tactical Support Division Commander shall authorize and designate
trained Program Coordinators to facilitate and administer the program.
• In the first quarter or at the first reasonable time before the start of the program, the
Training and Tactical Support Division Commander or their designee shall establish
and disseminate the program schedule Department-wide via Watch Report.
• Sworn officers may voluntarily participate in the Physical Fitness Program during the
designated schedule each calendar year.
3.28.1.3 PROGRAM PHASES
There are two phases in the evaluation. All officers who volunteer to participate in the
program shall complete Phase l (Medical) before they perform Phase 2 (Physical Fitness).
Officers may participate in Phase l and opt out of Phase 2: however, the potential
monetary compensation increases for each event an officer completes.
Phase I - Medical
To participate in the program, officers shall have an annual physical examination
completed by a physician to assess the required medical history categories. The officer
shall submit the Physical Fitness Program Medical Report signed by the physician who
conducted the examination to the Training Section Program Coordinator.
Phase II - Physical Fitness
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
Phase 2 is comprised of various events designed to assess the officer’s physical fitness
level. Officers may participate in some or all of the events, which shall be proctored by
the Program Coordinators.
3.28.1.4 PROGRAM PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS
Participating officers shall ensure the following:
• All personal information provided to the Physical Fitness Program is true and correct.
• All events are completed in accordance with the program guidelines. For further see
Training Bulletin 50 – Physical Fitness Program.
3.28.1.5 PROGRAM COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
The Physical Fitness Program Coordinator(s) shall do the following:
• Coordinate and facilitate the program according to policy, including verifying the
officer’s performance of each event.
• Ensure the medical report is accurately transcribed onto the test form for each officer.
• Proctor the fitness events of Phase 2 and accurately record the results on the test
form for each officer.
• Ensure personal information from the officer’s medical form is consistent with
information provided for the body fat analysis of that officer.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.29 SMOKING AND SMOKELESS TOBACCO
Revised July 11, 2013
The Office of the Chief of Police has audit responsibility.
DEFINITIONS
Smoking is defined as the combustion of any cigar, cigarette, pipe, or other similar article,
using any form of tobacco or other combustible substance, whether through inhalation or
taste.
Smokeless Tobacco refers to tobacco products that are used orally but are not burned
or smoked. These products include, but are not limited to, snuff and chewing tobacco.
Smokeless tobacco is unhygienic and raises health concerns caused by the expectoration
of saliva mixed with tobacco onto the ground or into “spit cups.”
POLICY
Employees shall not smoke or use smokeless tobacco on-duty, while in direct contact
with the public, or in any City owned or operated facility or vehicle.
Employees who smoke or use smokeless tobacco products shall dispose of related waste
products in a lawful, healthy, clean and safe manner.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.30 MEMBERSHIP IN ORGANIZATIONS
Except for the Armed Forces Reserve components enumerated in the California Veterans
Code, employees shall not affiliate themselves with any organization or group, the
constitution or bylaws of which in any way exacts prior consideration or which would
prevent its members from rendering proper and efficient service to the Department.
• Trade Unions - Employees shall not affiliate themselves with a labor union, trade
association or federation which would in any way exact an allegiance which would
conflict with the loyalty owed to the Department or City or would prevent them from
performing their full and complete police duties
• Subversive Organizations - Employees shall not knowingly become a member of or
be connected with any subversive organization, except when necessary in the
performance of a police duty and then only under the direction of the Chief of Police
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.31 PROFESSIONAL JOURNAL PUBLICATION POLICY
It is the policy of this Department to encourage employees to share their professional
knowledge and experiences by publishing articles in professional journals.
Written material proposed for publication in professional journals may be submitted to the
Office of the Chief of Police for assistance in language usage, accuracy of facts and
possible legal ramifications. The author may have the article reviewed by qualified
individuals in or out of the Department. The Office of the Chief of Police shall make all
reasonable attempts to arrange for a review, and to maintain the anonymity of all parties
concerned. If the article contains material which falls within any of the restrictions, the
author will be apprised and have the opportunity to make appropriate corrections.
The Office of the Chief of Police shall offer the author assistance in achieving publication
but cannot guarantee the acceptance of any article that has not previously been
contracted for by a journal.
It is not required to submit written material for review. However, in maintaining the
Department's obligation to the community and in order to preserve the Department's
efficiency and integrity, employees may not publish material or make such material
available to unauthorized individuals which:
• Impairs, in any manner, the efficiency of the Department or the administration of the
Department
• Breaches the right of privacy of either private citizens or employees of the Department
• Impairs or impedes pending Department investigations
• Violates any official rule, regulation, or policy of the Department
The only exception shall be articles that are an assignment made by the Department and
intended for Department use. All such articles must be submitted first to the Chief of
Police for authorization to publish.
Publicity
Employees shall not seek personal publicity by any means other than through publication
in professional journals.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.32 TESTIFYING
Process Service - Departmental Responsibilities
In its capacity as employer, the Police Department is the legal agency of last resort in the
serving of civil or criminal processes on employees. Therefore, if all reasonable attempts
on the part of the process server have failed, the process may legally be served on the
Administrator of the Personnel Division, who then must serve the named employee.
Civil Depositions & Affidavits
Employees shall consult with the City Attorney, before giving a deposition or affidavit on
a civil case arising out of police business.
Civil Cases
Employees shall not serve processes or assist in civil cases, except as legally required,
particularly those where they may be personally involved. Employees shall avoid entering
into civil disputes, particularly while performing their police duties, but shall prevent or
abate a breach of the peace or crime in such situations.
3.32.1 TESTIFYING FOR THE DEFENSE
An employee subpoenaed to testify for the defense in any trial or hearing, or against the
City or Department in any trial or hearing, shall notify his/her Bureau Chief and Court
Affairs upon receipt of the subpoena. The employee shall also notify the District Attorney,
City Prosecutor, or City Attorney's Office, whichever is appropriate.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.33 COMMERCIAL TESTIMONIALS
Employees shall not permit use of their names or photographs to endorse products or
services that are in any way connected with law enforcement without prior authorization
by the Chief of Police. Employees shall not allow use of their names or photographs in
any commercial testimonial that alludes to their position or employment with the
Department without prior approval by the Chief of Police.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.34 CORRESPONDENCE RESTRICTIONS
Employees shall not use Departmental letterhead or stationery for private purposes or for
sending correspondence out of the Department over their signatures with the exception
of official Departmental business and with the permission of the Chief of Police.
Department correspondence to the City Manager and City Council members shall be sent
only over the signature of the Chief of Police or Acting Chief of Police.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.35 CITY COUNCIL - EMPLOYEE ON-DUTY APPEARANCE
An on-duty employee who desires to appear at a City Council meeting, sub-committee
and/or hearing shall request permission by memorandum to the Chief of Police. The
memorandum shall contain the employee's name, rank/job classification, current
assignment and a brief description of their reason for appearance.
The memorandum shall be forwarded to and received in the Office of the Chief of Police
24 hours prior to the requested appearance. After a determination by the Chief of Police,
the employee shall be notified that the request has been approved or denied.
An on-duty employee shall NOT appear at a City Council meeting, sub-committee and/or
hearing without prior approval of the Chief of Police except in an emergency response.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.36 TELEPHONES
Department telephone equipment shall be used for conducting City and police related
business. The use of Department telephone equipment for personal use shall be limited
to essential communications and used in moderation.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.37 DEPARTMENTAL BUSINESS - SECURITY OF
Employees shall not release police information outside the Department or assist any
relative, friend, or acquaintance to obtain unauthorized information, except as provided in
this Manual or as required by law or competent authority. Specifically, information
contained in police records ordinarily accessible only to employees, and names of
informants, complainants, witnesses and other persons known to the police, are
considered confidential.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.38 FILING OF REPORTS
Employees are required to file the following reports prior to end of Watch:
• Arrest Reports and related Incident Reports
• Incident Reports with named suspects
Other reports may be carried over until the next scheduled work shift with the permission
of a supervisor.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.39 BLANK
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.40 CHAIN OF COMMAND
The chain of command shall be respected in all matters. Information and communications
shall move up and down through channels, or horizontally with prior approval. It shall be
the responsibility of each level to forward information and communications to the next
higher or lower level together with approval, disapproval, recommendation or action
taken.
3.40.1 FORWARDING OF COMMUNICATIONS TO HIGHER COMMANDS
Any employee receiving a written communication for transmission to a higher command
shall in every case forward such communication. An employee receiving a
communication from a subordinate directed to a higher command shall endorse it
indicating approval, disapproval, or acknowledgement.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.41 RELIEF FROM ASSIGNMENT
Employees are to remain at their assignment and on-duty until properly relieved by
another employee or until dismissed by proper authority.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.42 ORAL BOARDS - APPEARANCE ON
An employee receiving a request to participate on any type of personnel or oral interview
board shall instruct the requesting party to forward a written request to the Office of the
Chief of Police. The Personnel Division shall process such request, where a permanent
record will be maintained, and necessary notifications will be made to the Long Beach
Civil Service and City Human Resources Director.
The Administrator of the Personnel Division with the approval of the Chief of Police will
assign employees in response to such requests.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.43 EMPLOYMENT - COLLATERAL
An employee may engage in collateral employment or business activity with the approval
of the employee's department head and the appointing authority.
Procedure
• Permanent full time or part time employees must request approval to engage in
collateral employment or business activity
• An approved "Collateral Employment/Business Activity Authorization Request" form
is required prior to engaging in any collateral employment or business activity. A
memorandum describing the nature of the collateral employment or business activity,
and the duties, acts, and functions to be performed shall be attached to the request
• Each collateral employment or business activity requires a separate form. The total
hours to be worked for all requests by an employee must be provided in the
"Hours/Week" section on each separate form
• Previously approved collateral employment or business activity requests must be
renewed on later than April 1 each year
Conditions and Limitations
• An employee shall not engage in any employment, activity, or enterprise for money or
other personal gain which is inconsistent, incompatible, inimical, or in conflict with the
employee's duties and responsibilities of employment with the City
• An employee will not be permitted to accept off duty employment in any capacity when
such employment is by an establishment where the primary purpose is the selling or
serving of alcoholic beverages, unless specifically authorized by the Chief of Police
• The employment shall not exceed 20 hours per week
• The employment shall not in any way conflict with the objectives of the Department,
impair the reputation of the Department, or abuse the City's police power
• The police uniform shall not be worn, nor shall police equipment be used, unless so
authorized by the Chief of Police
• An employee, who is absent because of an on the job injury or illness, must obtain
written permission from the department head or designee to engage or to continue in
collateral employment or business activity during such an absence
Issuance of Permit
The decision of the Chief of Police and City Manager to issue or deny a permit to work
outside of the Department is final.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.44 BUSINESS CARDS - DEPARTMENT
Personalized business cards shall be issued to employees with the rank of Lieutenant
and above, and to civilian employees in comparable positions. Cards shall be printed
with the individual's name, rank and organization unit.
The Department shall furnish utility business cards for use by employees assigned to any
organizational units authorized by the Chief of Police. The card will contain spaces for
entering the employee's name and telephone extension.
The Chief of Police may authorize issuance of personalized business cards to employees
whose duties require continual contact with other law enforcement agencies, government
officials, media, or private vendors, and to any other member of the Department at his
discretion.
Notations shall not be made to any Department business card to confer or suggest special
consideration to the recipient. Employees coming into possession of such cards shall
forward the card to the Office of the Chief of Police with a report detailing the
circumstances under which the card was obtained.
All business cards authorized by the Department shall state on the reverse side (in small
print):
"This card was issued in the course of official Police Department business. No special consideration is intended or
implied. Misuse of this card may result in the violation of Penal Code section 146(d), a misdemeanor."
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.45 DEPARTMENT ADDRESS - PRIVATE USE OF
Employees shall not use the Department as a mailing address for private purposes.
However, the Department shall recognize Section 1808.4 of the State of California
Vehicle Code as it relates to the confidentiality of public officers' addresses.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.46 ADDRESS & TELEPHONE NUMBERS – EMPLOYEES
Immediately upon reporting for duty at the Police Department, employees shall record
their correct address of residence and telephone number with the Personnel Office.
Should the employee have a second permanent address and telephone number, they
shall provide this information to the Personnel Office as well. Changes in address or
telephone number shall be reported to the Personnel Office within 24 hours of the change.
This shall be done in writing on the appropriate form and within the specified time whether
the employee is working or on leave.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.47 NOTIFICATION – CONTACT WITH OTHER AGENCIES
There are certain instances when a Department employee shall be required to notify the
Police Department regarding contact with another law enforcement agency.
PROCEDURE
A Department employee shall notify the Watch Commander, as soon as possible, when
any of the following conditions exist:
• When a Department employee is arrested by another law enforcement agency; this
includes being issued a misdemeanor citation and released; or
• When a Department employee becomes aware that he/she is a subject of any criminal
investigation by any law enforcement agency or government body; or
• When a Department employee becomes aware that he/she is served with any
restraining order or protective order
WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITY
The Watch Commander who receives notification regarding a Department employee’s
involvement in any of the above situations shall immediately notify the Duty Chief and the
commanding officer of the Internal Affairs Division.
INTERNAL AFFAIRS RESPONSIBILITY
At the direction of the commanding officer of the Internal Affairs Division, Internal Affairs
investigators shall conduct a preliminary investigation, and may respond to the arrest
location. Internal Affairs shall also notify the Bureau Chief and Commander of the involved
employee.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.48 INTERNET USAGE
It is the policy of the City of Long Beach as well as the Long Beach Police Department to
make every effort to provide employees with the best technology to conduct official
business. In this regard, the city has installed hardware and advanced technology
systems, which include the Internet. This policy is created to ensure proper use and
advise all employees regarding access to and disclosure of information created,
transmitted, received, and stored via the Internet.
All employees shall comply with the following conditions of Internet usage.
• All Long Beach Police Department computers and technology systems are formal
communication tools
• The Internet shall only be used for city related business purposes
• All Internet usage shall be conducted in a professional and courteous manner
• All data, including any that is stored or printed as a document, and Internet usage is
subject to audit and review. There is no expectation of personal privacy. The personal
computers and software allowing access to the Internet are the sole and exclusive
property of the City of Long Beach and shall be monitored
• Employees are strictly accountable for the Internet E-mail password issued to them
as it provides an audit trail for Internet E-mail activity. This password shall not be
shared with anyone
• All employees with Internet access shall sign the Long Beach Police Department
Internet Policy Statement for inclusion in their personnel file
Restricted Activities
• Data that discloses sensitive, personal, confidential or proprietary information shall not
be sent, provided, or accessed without appropriate supervisory authorization
• The Internet shall not be used for the following without prior written authorization from
the Chief of Police:
• Personal or recreational activities
• Commercial activities
• Bargaining unit activities
• Political activities outside an employee’s job scope
• Employees shall not use city technology to transmit, download, forward, store, or view
obscene or pornographic material of any kind unless in the course of an investigation
and then only with supervisory approval. Employees shall notify their supervisor in
the event obscene or pornographic material is unintentionally accessed or has been
received
• Employees shall not transmit or forward defamatory, unprofessional, threatening,
offensive, or harassing messages of any kind unless in the course of an investigation
and then only with supervisory approval
• Employees shall not create or forward chain letter E-mails unless in the course of an
investigation
• Employees shall not use the Internet for illegal activities
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.49 FAIR AND BIAS-FREE POLICING
Revised March 25, 2021
The Office of the Chief of Police shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed March 25, 2021
The purpose of this policy is to memorialize the Long Beach Police Department’s
commitment to professional, fair and bias-free treatment of all people and to clarify the
circumstances in which personnel may consider specified characteristics when carrying
out duties.
Fair and bias-free policing enhances legitimate law enforcement efforts and promotes
trust within the community.
3.49.1 DEFINITIONS
Revised March 25, 2021
Biased Policing – Discrimination in the performance of law enforcement duties or
delivery of police services, based on personal prejudices or partiality of an employee
toward classes of individuals based on specified characteristics.
Fair and Bias-Free Treatment – Conduct of an employee wherein all people are treated
in the same manner under the same or similar circumstances irrespective of specified
characteristics.
Police Services – Enforcement of the law and other actions and activities that contribute
to the overall well-being of the public.
These include, but are not limited to, welfare checks, death notification, public assistance
to persons who may be lost, confused or affected by mental or physical illness, traffic
control, medical emergencies, lifesaving services, crime prevention, public information,
and community engagement.
Racial Profiling – The practice of detaining a subject based on specified characteristics
that casts suspicion on an entire class of people without any individualized suspicion on
the particular person being stopped.
Specified Characteristics – Real or perceived personal characteristics, to include but
not limited to race, ethnic background, national origin, immigration status, gender, gender
identity/expression, sexual orientation, religion, socioeconomic status, age, disability, or
affiliation with any political or non-criminal group (protected characteristics).
3.49.2 BIASED POLICING AND RACIAL PROFILING
Revised March 25, 2021
Biased policing and racial profiling are prohibited both in the enforcement of the law and
the delivery of other police services.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
Employees who are authorized to take enforcement action must be able to articulate
specific facts, circumstances, and conclusions that support probable cause or reasonable
suspicion for any non-consensual detention and/or search or seizure, as applicable. The
articulable facts may include descriptors such as gender, age, race or ethnicity if it
supports individualized probable cause or suspicion on that particular person. Nothing in
this order shall limit an employee’s ability to interview witnesses nor discourage routine
conversations or consensual contacts with the public.
The employees shall inform the subject regarding the reason for the contact if it will not
compromise the safety of employees or other persons or an investigation. The employee
should inform the subject preferably at the point of contact or by the conclusion of every
interaction. This is important to avoid misunderstandings as to the reason for the contact.
3.49.3 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised March 25, 2021
Supervisors are responsible for ensuring compliance and shall initiate an investigation of
any alleged violation of this order. For further refer to LBPD Manual § 4.1.1.2 Complaint
Procedure – Watch Commander/Any Supervisor.
Supervisors shall ensure that employees who report instances of biased policing are not
subject to retaliation. Supervisors shall take prompt and reasonable steps to address any
retaliatory action taken against any member of this Department who discloses information
concerning biased policing.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.50 EARLY INTERVENTION PROGRAM (EIP)
Revised July 22, 2021
The Office of Constitutional Policing shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed July 22, 2021
The Early Intervention Program (EIP) is designed to assist supervisors with early
recognition of employees who have been involved in a higher than average number of
performance indicators as compared to other members of the employees’ peer group.
Identifying those employees will give supervisors an opportunity to conduct a detailed
review of the employee’s actions to see if any performance trends exist that should be
modified and improved.
The EIP represents the Department’s commitment to provide mentorship to its employees
and hold the entire chain of command accountable for addressing employee performance
and to manage risk to officers.
The EIP also represents the Department’s goal to deliver maximum performance in
servicing the community and builds public trust.
EIP employs a management strategy that is neither punitive nor disciplinary in nature.
EIP is separate from and does not replace the existing disciplinary processes as outlined
in the Department Manual.
The Department’s EIP applies to all sworn employees and Special Services Officers of
the Long Beach Police Department.
All data recorded and related to EIP is considered a confidential personnel record.
3.50.1 EARLY INTERVENTION PROGRAM COMPONENTS
Revised July 22, 2021
The Department will utilize peer-based purview monitoring within EIP which entails the
comparison of one employee to their peers in the same Division, Section or Detail. This
will be achieved through the software application EIPro that is programmed to highlight
certain performance indicators of employee activity that appear higher in number than the
average of their peer group. The supervisor will be alerted to employees whose activities
have been highlighted by EIPro when they log into the program. These performance
indicators are listed below.
EIP will consist of the following components:
• Performance Indicators
• Inspection Guidelines
• Employee Mentoring Process
• EIP Documentation
3.50.1.1 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Revised July 22, 2021
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
Performance indicators are data that represent the categories of employee performance
activity that will be monitored. These indicators include:
• Use of Force
• Firearm Discharges
• In Custody Deaths
• Vehicle Pursuits
• Citizen Complaints
• Administrative Complaints
• Vehicle Accidents
• Forced Entries
• Civil Litigation
• EEO complaints
3.50.1.2 EIP INSPECTION GUIDELINES
Revised July 22, 2021
Quarterly Review:
Supervisors will conduct a “Peer Analysis” review, using the attached EIP REVIEW FORM, of
their employees and identify those whose performance indicators are higher than the
average of their peer group.
EIPRO utilizes color coding in each performance indicator category to highlight a higher
than average number. Employees who are shaded in either yellow or red in any specific
performance indicator have a higher than average number of reported incidents in that
category. The color coding DOES NOT indicate the quality of the employee’s
performance on any given incident or in total. It is only a visual cue to show the
relationship of the number of incidents in relationship to a given peer average.
Supervisor Review:
Supervisors will conduct a thorough review of any employee whose critical performance
indicators are above the peer average as indicated by EIPro’s color coding. The review
process should include:
• Obtain relevant documentation or information regarding the specified performance
indicator.
• Identify factual circumstances surrounding the initiation, progression, and conclusion
of those incidents.
• Consider mitigating factors surrounding those incidents.
• Determine if there are any relevant repeated issues or trends.
• Consider any additional factors that may be relevant to identified issues that may
potentially impact work performance including:
- An employee’s work history within the Department, outside employment, or any
prior interventions or mentoring plans.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
- The outcome of prior incidents that have already gone through separate EIP
reviews and consider whether the employee has followed through with any training
recommendations or is scheduled to do so.
3.50.1.3 EMPLOYEE MENTORING PROCESS
Revised July 22, 2021
After the supervisor performs the above review, he/she will meet with the employee and
inform them of their findings, sharing any concerns that were identified from the review
and offer mentoring, guidance and/or training options.
Prior to the meeting with the employee, the employee's Supervisor shall be responsible
for identifying topics to be reviewed and include specific examples of any areas of
concern, along with performance expectations and areas in need of development.
During the meeting with the employee, the supervisor should:
• Discuss goals and objectives.
• Discuss training needs and requirements.
• Discuss performance trends and provide guidance.
• If necessary, supervisors should identify the activities, support systems, and
resources that are available to assist the employee.
• Employees are encouraged to provide input on any identified performance
improvement assistance; however, supervisors are never permitted to ask questions
related to an employee’s medical information.
• Supervisors shall be mindful of the provisions of the Public Safety Officers Procedural
Bill of Rights Act (POBR) and shall not question employees on matters that are
potentially pending disciplinary review. The purpose of the meeting is only to discuss
performance related concerns and not allegations of misconduct.
If an employee only has one incident type outside of the peer group average, the
supervisor may, but is not required to, conduct the employee review process. If the
supervisor decides that a review is not necessary, this decision must still be documented
in the Review Form.
Division Commanders will be responsible for ensuring that employee reviews take place
and are documented on the EIP Review form.
Options the supervisor should consider offering the employee include:
• Refresher Training options:
- Defensive Tactics
- Legal Updates
- Report Writing
- Anger Management
- Cultural Diversity
- Tactical Communication
- Driver/Pursuit Training
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
- Physical Fitness Training
- Field Training Program
- De-escalation Techniques
• Support options available:
- Supervisor Coaching or Counseling
- Peer Support
- Employee Assistance Program or other counseling options
• Recommended Departmental change options:
- Review/Modify Training
- Review/Modify Policy
- Equipment Purchase
3.50.1.4 EIP DOCUMENTATION
Revised July 22, 2021
Each supervisor who conducts an EIP review shall complete an EIP Review form.
After reviewing an employee’s EIP record and if a determination is made that no action is
required (i.e., the employee only had one incident in any one group), the supervisor will
complete the form and submit it through their chain of command. The employee is not
required to sign the form.
When the supervisor meets with the employee and provides resources, or together the
employee and supervisor agree on a course of action, the supervisor will complete the
form and have the employee sign to acknowledge the review. The supervisor will then
forward the form to the employee’s chain of command for signatures.
Once the form has been signed off by the Division Commander, an entry will be completed
in EIPro. The form will be uploaded to BlueTeam and attached to the corresponding
incident. The employee will have program access to view this incident type.
3.50.2 EIP SYSTEM ACCESS
Revised July 22, 2021
EIP contains performance indicators that relate to confidential information. Department
employees may only access EIP in accordance with their assigned access levels. Misuse
of the EIP, including the unauthorized sharing of information from EIP, may result in
disciplinary action.
The Internal Affairs Division will only be responsible for granting access to the application
and setting employee purviews on what they can see/view.
The peer analysis data and review form shall not be used for performance evaluations. It
also shall not be accessed, used, or considered when the Department makes
determinations on promotions, transfers or requests by employees for transfer or special
assignments.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.51 SOCIAL MEDIA
Revised July 22, 2021
The Administration Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed July 22, 2021
3.51.1 SOCIAL MEDIA – PURPOSE
Revised July 22, 2021
The City of Long Beach Administrative Regulation (AR8-34) establishes guidelines for the
use of social media by the City as a means of conveying information about the City and
its events and activities to the public, for further refer to AR8-34 – City Social Media
Policy. This policy is supplemental to AR8-34 and establishes the Department’s position
on the use of social media when referencing matters related to the Long Beach Police
Department.
The intent of this policy is to ensure employees use appropriate discretion when posting
photographs or speech that does not jeopardize investigations or discredit the
Department. It is not the intent of this policy to prohibit employees from engaging in
conduct that constitutes protected speech under state or federal constitutions, as well as
labor or other applicable laws.
3.51.2 SOCIAL MEDIA – POLICY
Revised July 22, 2021
Authorized Department members may use social media to communicate with the public
about investigations, public services, or other relevant events. Authorized Department
members shall ensure their use of social media is professional and protects the
constitutional rights of all.
3.51.3 SOCIAL MEDIA – SAFETY
Revised July 22, 2021
Employees shall not disseminate or post information on social media or networking sites
that could compromise the safety of others. Employees shall take necessary precautions
not to disclose confidential information or jeopardize the privacy rights of others.
3.51.4 SOCIAL MEDIA – ON-DUTY DEPARTMENT APPROVED USAGE AND
GUIDELINES
Revised July 22, 2021
The Department encourages the use of electronic communication technology and social
media networking sites to share and gather information in support of its organizational
mission and for work-related purposes.
3.51.4.1 INVESTIGATIVE ACCOUNTS
Revised July 22, 2021
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
An employee shall only create and use a social media account for investigative purposes
with authorization from their Division Commander.
All employees who create social media accounts for investigative purposes shall provide
the account username and password to their supervisor. The supervisor shall maintain
a list of all social media accounts and passwords.
The Deputy Chief of each bureau authorizing the use of social media accounts for
investigative purposes shall ensure that an annual review is conducted.
3.51.4.2 PUBLIC-FACING ACCOUNTS
Revised July 22, 2021
For public-facing accounts, authorization shall be requested through the Media Relations
Detail prior to the creation of the account. A public-facing account is a social media profile
that is created to be available to the general public and represents or depicts on-duty
personnel, police facilities, and Department sanctioned activities.
Authorized employees who use social networking platforms to conduct Department
business as part of their normal duty assignment, shall use a public-facing social
networking account and not their private personal account.
The following shall apply to the use of public-facing social media:
• Authorized employees shall ensure social media content posted serves the public in
a civil and unbiased manner.
• All content placed on a public-facing social networking platform shall reflect the
mission and core values of the organization and conform to all policies regarding the
release of information per LBPD Manual § 6.1.1 Media Relations Policy and
Procedures.
• The Media Relations Detail has administrative oversight on all public-facing social
media accounts and will track all usernames and passwords.
• The Media Relations Detail reserves the right to remove without notice any comments
or submissions that meet the standards set forth, by the City’s Social Media Terms
and Conditions.
• The removal of any content on public-facing social media accounts must be requested
through the Media Relations Office, prior to the removal of the content.
3.51.5 SOCIAL MEDIA – PROHIBITED ACTIVITY AND GUIDELINES
Revised July 22, 2021
Employees who choose to participate in public-facing social media or social networking
platforms shall conduct themselves in a manner that aligns with City standards of
appropriateness, style and decorum.
Employees are prohibited from posting confidential or sensitive work activities or
assignments, employee work schedules, inmate transportation schedules, or other
operationally sensitive information.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
Employees shall not post, transmit, reproduce, or disseminate information or links that
are inappropriate or harmful to the City, the Department or its operations.
3.51.6 PRIVACY EXPECTATION
Revised July 22, 2021
Employees have no reasonable expectation of privacy with regards to anything published
or maintained on an internet site open to public view. Employees forfeit any expectation
of privacy with e-mails, texts, or anything published, or maintained through file-sharing
software or any internet site that is accessed, transmitted, received, or reviewed on any
Department technology system.
The Department reserves the right to access, review, and disclose, for any reason, all
information transmitted over any technology that is issued or maintained by the
Department, including the Department e-mail system, computer network, or any
information placed into storage on any Department system or device.
Access to a database, service, or website that requires a username or password does
not create an expectation of privacy if an employee accesses the database, service, or
website through a Department computer or network. However, the Department may not
require an employee to disclose a personal username or password or open a personal
social website, except when access is reasonably believed to be relevant to the
investigation of allegations of work-related misconduct (Labor Code Sec. 980).
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONAL CONDUCT
3.52 POLICY TRACKER
3.52.1 USE OF THE POLICY TRACKER APPLICATION
The Policy Tracker (PT) application distributes and tracks receipt of information to
employees, including but not limited to new and revised policy sections, Special Orders,
Training Bulletins, In-Service Training, or legal updates.
3.52.2 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES
• All employees shall review received PT packets and acknowledge their receipt within
the specified timeframe
• If an employee becomes aware they are not receiving PT releases in their work email
or PT application, they shall notify their supervisor and advise Office of Constitutional
Policing.
3.52.3 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES
Supervisors shall advise employees under their purview when a new packet is released
on PT.
3.52.4 OFFICE OF CONSTITUTIONAL POLICING RESPONSIBILITIES
The Office of Constitutional Policing Administrator or their designee shall oversee the
management of PT. The administrator shall be responsible for the following:
• Ensure appropriate access is provided to selected employees who are authorized to
manage and distribute documents via PT
• Coordinate amongst relevant bureaus to ensure employees are receiving their
relevant PT packets
• Conduct biennial policy compliance reviews to ensure employee acknowledgement of
PT releases
3.52.4 BUREAU RESPONSIBILITIES
Each bureau shall conduct PT compliance reviews every quarter to ensure their
employees are acknowledging the PT releases.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
4 CHIEF OF POLICE
4.1 INTERNAL AFFAIRS DIVISION
4.1.1 PERSONNEL COMPLAINTS
4.1.1.1 PERSONNEL COMPLAINTS - EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITY
Citizen complaints may be filed with any supervisor or directly with the Internal Affairs
Division. Any employee who becomes aware of an allegation of misconduct or is
personally aware of another employee's misconduct shall immediately notify his/her
supervisor, or in that supervisor's absence, the Watch Commander. Failure to make such
notification(s) constitutes misconduct. The "Personnel Complaint Form," PD Form
1010.008(a), is the computerized personnel complaint form that shall be utilized for the
receipt of all citizen complaints taken in person. Complaints received telephonically
and/or anonymously shall be taken. (California Penal Code Section 832.5)
4.1.1.2 COMPLAINT PROCEDURE – WATCH COMMANDER/ANY
SUPERVISOR
The Watch Commander/Supervisor shall recognize that the employee's immediate
supervisor shall have the primary responsibility for investigating complaints in most
instances.
The Watch Commander/Supervisor has the primary responsibility for assisting the citizen
and resolving the complaint when possible. Doubt about the legitimacy of a complaint
shall be resolved by accepting the complaint for further investigation.
• The Supervisor receiving the information or discovering acts of misconduct shall
immediately notify his or her supervisor and complete the Personnel Complaint Form
(PD Form 1010.008(a))
– Explain the admonishment to the complainant and obtain their signature
• The Watch Commander/Supervisor, after receiving a complaint from a citizen, shall
complete the Personnel Complaint Form. The first page of the Personnel Complaint
Form is designed to briefly and clearly record the citizen's complaint along with other
necessary information about the complaint. Some cases may require additional pages
for the citizen's complaint. In those cases, the supervisor shall use blank paper for
supplemental pages. (Do not write on the reverse side of the personnel complaint
forms.)
NOTE: A copy of the complaint (page 1) shall be sent to the complaint via US
Mail, after a case number is assigned, when the complaint is not received in
person (telephonically or in writing). The supervisor taking the complaint is
responsible for ensuring the copy of the complaint is mailed to the complainant.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
• The personnel Complaint Follow-up portion of the form shall be used by the supervisor
to document the details of the preliminary investigations. The follow-up portions of the
form shall not be copied or given to the citizen
• Both portions of the Personnel Complaint Form and any other related documents shall
be immediately forwarded to Internal Affairs Division.
• The Watch Commander/Supervisor shall note on his/her respective log that a
personnel complaint has been received. The notation shall include the complainant's
name, address, telephone number, nature of the complaint and accused employee's
name(s), if known
The Watch Commander/Supervisor may determine that because of the nature and
urgency of a complaint, the Internal Affairs Division should investigate it. If so, the Watch
Commander/Supervisor shall complete the Personnel Complaint Form and implement the
Internal Affairs call-out procedure.
All applicable Arrest Reports, Incident Reports, Evidence Reports, investigative
memoranda, statements, CAD printouts, or other relevant information shall be attached
to the complaint form.
4.1.1.3 COMPLAINT PROCEDURE – INTERNAL AFFAIRS
The Internal Affairs Division shall be responsible for the daily tabulation of all citizen
complaints and shall forward an annual report to the State of California, Department of
Justice.
All citizen complaints received by the Department shall be forwarded immediately to the
Internal Affairs Division. Internal Affairs will assign a number to each complaint for control
and assignment purposes.
The Chief of Police, a Bureau Chief or the Commanding Officer of the Internal Affairs
Division may initiate an Internal Affairs investigation.
Internal Affairs shall apprise the employee's Bureau Chief and Division Commander
whenever a unit other than the accused employee’s Bureau initiates an investigation.
The Commanding Officer of Internal Affairs may determine that because of the nature of
a complaint, the most appropriate means of investigation would be at the Bureau-level.
In these instances, the Internal Affairs Division shall assign the complaint to the accused
employee's Bureau for investigation. See Special Order – Alternate Internal Affairs
Process – 2024-5.
Investigations shall be completed within 30 days from the date the Department received
the complaint. The Internal Affairs Commander must approve all extensions.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
All investigations of alleged employee misconduct shall be maintained in the Internal
Affairs Office. All records of investigations shall be maintained pursuant to the
Department's approved records retention schedule.
4.1.2 INVESTIGATIONS OF ALLEGED MISCONDUCT
4.1.2.1 EMPLOYEE INTERVIEW
The Supervisor of a sworn employee, against whom allegations have been made, may
counsel that employee for the purpose of correcting unacceptable behavior. If during a
counseling interview, a supervisor determines that the interview may lead to disciplinary
action, the Police Officers' Bill of Rights (3300 C.G.C.) admonitions shall be given.
Adherence to the Police Officers' Bill of Rights applies only to interviews that may lead to
the imposition of discipline.
Additional Supervisory Responsibilities
A Supervisor at the scene of an incident that may involve employee misconduct shall:
• Evaluate the need for emergency suspension and assume responsibility for making
that determination
• Apprise his/her supervisor of the incident as soon as possible
• Obtain names, addresses and telephone numbers of complainants and witnesses
• Collect & file appropriate physical evidence
• Determine the need to implement the Internal Affairs call-out procedure
• Assist Internal Affairs investigators until relieved
• File a complete and accurate report regarding the incident
4.1.2.2 COOPERATING IN DEPARTMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS
Employees are required to answer questions or provide material and relevant statements
to the proper authority in a Department personnel investigation, when directed. Failure
to comply may result in the employee being found insubordinate and subject to
disciplinary action.
4.1.2.3 INVESTIGATIONS – EMPLOYEE REPRESENTATIVES
• Personnel assigned to investigate complaints of misconduct shall not be a subject of
the same investigation
• During the course of the investigation, personnel assigned to investigate complaints
of misconduct shall not act as an employee representative for any personnel involved
in the investigation
4.1.2.4 INTERNAL AFFAIRS INVESTIGATIONS CALL-OUT PROCEDURES
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
The Internal Affairs Division is responsible for the investigation of complaints alleging
misconduct, whether the incident occurs on-duty or off-duty, on the part of any employee
of this Department.
Internal Affairs Division personnel shall be notified at any time of the day or night including
weekends and holidays, in any of the following circumstances:
• Whenever an employee of this Department is arrested or an arrest is pending by this
Department or any other agency
• Whenever there is an implication of any serious criminal conduct alleged against any
employee of this Department
• Whenever an officer is served a Domestic Violence Restraining Order that will affect
the officer's ability to possess a firearm
• Whenever an incident occurs which is of such serious nature and magnitude that, in
the opinion of the Field and/or Station Commander, it will require an immediate
Internal Affairs investigation
The Internal Affairs investigator, upon being notified, will evaluate the incident and
determine if response to the scene is necessary. In order for the Internal Affairs
investigator to evaluate the incident, the following information will be required:
• A brief summary of the incident
• The location and time of occurrence of the incident
• The location of the involved employee
The Internal Affairs investigator who responds to the scene shall assume the
responsibility of directing and coordinating an Administrative investigation. Internal Affairs
personnel will not interfere in an ongoing criminal investigation. Officers shall give
information, however, which the Internal Affairs investigator determines is necessary, to
the Administrative investigation.
The Watch Commander shall call the on-call Internal Affairs Investigator. A current roster
of Internal Affairs Investigators shall be located in the Communications center.
4.1.2.5 FINDINGS – ALLEGED MISCONDUCT
Revised August 3, 2023
One of the findings listed below shall be included in the report of investigation of an
alleged act of misconduct. The standard of proof used in reaching these findings is by a
preponderance of the evidence.
Unfounded means that the investigation clearly established that the allegation is not true,
per CPC § 13012(a)(5)(B)(iv).
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
Exonerated means that the investigation clearly established that the actions of the
personnel that formed the basis of the complaint are not a violation of law or agency
policy, per CPC § 13012(a)(5)(B)(ii).
Not-Sustained means that the investigation failed to disclose sufficient evidence to
clearly prove or disprove the allegation in the complaint, per CPC § 13012(a)(5)(B)(iii).
Sustained means that the investigation disclosed sufficient evidence to prove the truth
of the allegation in the complaint by preponderance of the evidence, per CPC §
13012(a)(5)(B)(i).
Other - The investigation reveals that the alleged act was not misconduct, service;
employee was a witness only, or other statement by the Chief of Police.
Not PD Employee means the allegation is not regarding an LBPD employee and the
allegation is forwarded to the relevant agency if possible.
Policy and Procedure means the allegation is directed against Department policy or
procedure and is not directed against the actions of an employee of the Long Beach
Police Department.
4.1.2.6 REPORTS BY INTERNAL AFFAIRS DIVISION
Reports of investigations by the Internal Affairs Division shall contain basically the same
information as those submitted by other units, except that NO recommendation for or
against disciplinary action shall be made.
Investigations by the Personnel and Training Divisions are limited to fact finding and
evaluation of the complaint.
4.1.2.7 REPORTS BY OTHER DIVISIONS/SECTIONS
Whenever any Division or Section other than Internal Affairs opens, investigates and
concludes a disciplinary matter on an employee of that Division or Section, and especially
whenever discipline is imposed as a result, a full set of reports and findings shall be
forwarded to the Internal Affairs Division for storage in official files.
4.1.3 DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION OF PEACE OFFICERS DETAINED
FOR CRIMINAL OFFENSES
California Labor Code Section 432.7 allows limited disclosure of arrest information
pertaining to peace officers. The Watch Commander or Commanding Officer of the
Internal Affairs Division shall be authorized to notify other law enforcement agencies when
a peace officer from that agency has been detained for a criminal offense by members of
this Department. In incidents that do not result in an arrest, the Watch Commander may
use his/her discretion whether or not to contact that officer's agency. In incidents that
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
result in a misdemeanor citation, an arrest, or would normally lead to an arrest for a
misdemeanor or felony, the arresting officer shall notify the Watch Commander who in
turn shall notify the other agency.
• Custodial - When it is learned that members of this Department have detained a
peace officer from another agency for a criminal offense, the Watch Commander shall
be notified. The Watch Commander shall be responsible for notifying the appropriate
agency of the incident and logging the incident in the Watch Commander log
• Non-Custodial - When it is learned that a peace officer from another agency has been
identified as a suspect in a criminal investigation, which was conducted by members
of this Department, the Commanding Officer of Internal Affairs shall be notified. The
Commanding Officer of Internal Affairs Division shall give advice and provide liaison
assistance between Department investigators and the other agency
4.1.4 DELETED
4.1.5 DISCIPLINE
Disciplinary Action
Employees who violate their oath and trust by committing an offense punishable under
the laws or statutes of the United States, the State of California or the ordinances of the
City of Long Beach, or who violate any provision of the Rules and Regulations of the Long
Beach Police Department or of the Civil Service Rules and Regulations, or who disobey
a lawful order, or who are incompetent to perform their duties, are subject to appropriate
disciplinary action.
Departmental Authority to Discipline
Final Departmental discipline, authority and responsibility rests with the Chief of Police or
his/her designee. Except for emergency suspensions, the Chief of Police shall approve
all Department discipline.
4.1.5.1 DISCIPLINE - PENALTIES
Subject to the provisions of the Long Beach City Charter, the Civil Service Rules and
Regulations and, where necessary, the approval of the City Manager, the following
penalties may be assessed against any employee of the Department as disciplinary
action:
• Written reprimand
• Suspension
• Demotion
• Dismissal from service
Acts of gross misconduct shall be subject to severe discipline including dismissal
from service.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
Employees suspended from employment shall be required to surrender their Department
issued badge, weapon and identification to their commanding officer. The commanding
officer will secure the property until the employee is returned to duty.
An employee who resigns or is terminated from the Department shall deliver all City
owned property in his/her possession to the Personnel Division.
4.1.5.2 DISCIPLINE - INTER-UNIT ACTION
When the improper conduct of an employee of one unit is of such a nature that immediate
or emergency disciplinary action is required of a Supervisor or Command Officer of
another unit, such action may be taken at once within the following limitations:
• Emergency suspension until the next business day
Inter-Unit Admonition
When a Supervisor or Command Officer of one unit finds it necessary to admonish or
adversely criticize in any manner an employee of another unit, he/she shall notify that
employee's supervisor as soon as possible. He/she shall also submit a written report
detailing the reasons for this action to his/her Commanding Officer and to the
Commanding Officer of the employee.
4.1.5.3 REVIEW DISCIPLINARY RECOMMENDATIONS
The letter of transmittal shall be prepared by the officer recommending disciplinary action
and placed in the case file for review through the chain of command.
4.1.5.4 REPORTS - ENFORCEMENT & FORWARDING
Each level in the chain of command must endorse and forward reports received bearing
on disciplinary matters. Such endorsement may be one of approval, disapproval or
recommended modification. No employee shall alter or cause to be altered or
withdrawn any disciplinary report. Disciplinary reports in transit through the chain of
command shall not be delayed but must be reviewed, endorsed, and forwarded as soon
as possible. Disciplinary reports shall be filed in accordance with current Department
orders.
4.1.5.5 DISCIPLINARY ACTION – INFORMING EMPLOYEE
An employee who is accused of misconduct shall be informed of the charges when they
are filed. The employee shall have the benefit of responding to proposed discipline in a
Skelly Hearing before discipline is imposed and shall be informed in writing of the charges
and penalties when actually imposed.
Exception: An employee receiving a written reprimand as the form of discipline is not
entitled to a Skelly Hearing, but shall have the right to respond in writing and have the
response attached to the reprimand in the employee's personnel file. Sworn personnel
may appeal a letter of reprimand to Human Relations.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
4.1.5.6 DISCIPLINE - APPEALS
Appeals from penalties imposed as disciplinary measures may be taken as provided in
the Long Beach City Charter and in accordance with the Civil Service Rules and
Regulations.
4.1.5.7 ALTERNATIVE DISCIPLINE PROGRAM
The Alternative Discipline Program provides employees the opportunity to participate in
the determination and administration of their corrective-action discipline when deemed
appropriate by the Chief of Police. The Chief of Police has the ultimate authority to
determine and administer corrective action. Employees may either decline
participation in the program and accept the imposed discipline, or appeal in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Civil Service Rules and
Regulations.
The Administration recognizes that in some instances where an employee has failed to
perform his/her work in an appropriate manner, the interests of both employee and
Department are better served by allowing the employee to participate in counseling,
training, or other means of self-help, rather than endure a suspension. Employee
involvement in the structuring of alternative discipline provides a positive approach toward
correcting inappropriate behavior.
In situations where alternative discipline is utilized, the employee's record will reflect the
misconduct and the term of suspension, along with a notation that Alternative discipline
was implemented. At the end of a six-month period, a follow-up letter, which includes a
statement that the program was successfully (or unsuccessfully) completed for that
period, will be included in the employee's Personnel and Internal Affairs files.
Procedures
• The decision to allow the alternative discipline shall be made subsequent to the
decision of a recommendation penalty (i.e., suspension). A Commander or Bureau
Chief may recommend the program; however, the final decision rests with the Chief
of Police
• If the program is not suggested, or the employee decides not to participate, the
traditional system of administrative discipline will be followed
• A Corrective Action Questionnaire will accompany a Skelly letter, if alternative
discipline is available to the employee
• Employees who enter the Alternative Discipline Program may choose training,
counseling, or other means of self-help. To obtain assistance in designing their
discipline/corrective action, employees should contact the Department Organizational
Psychologist, Department Training Coordinator, Employee Assistance Program or
other professional
• An employee who selects the program shall, at the Skelly hearing, be in possession
of a completed Corrective Action Questionnaire. The employee and his/her Bureau
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
Chief will discuss the questionnaire and proposed corrective action. An employee
may accept the program within five calendar days after the Skelly hearing
• In most situations, personnel within either the Police Department or the Department
of Health and Human Services will conduct alternative discipline. Payment by the
Department of any costs that result from an Alternative Discipline Program must be
approved by the Chief of Police
• Implementation of the alternative discipline system begins when the Chief or designee
agrees on the contents of the Corrective Action Questionnaire. In the event there is
no agreement, the traditional system of administrative discipline shall be followed
• Upon implementation of alternative discipline, the employee's full suspension will not
be imposed. An Alternative Discipline Disposition Letter shall be prepared and served.
The length of the proposed suspension and the employee's participation in the
program shall be included in the disposition letter and on the employee's Internal
Affairs History Card
• At the end of a six-month period, the Bureau Chief will make a determination as to the
employee's successful completion of their Corrective Action Plan (alternative
discipline) for that period. A letter of successful, or unsuccessful, completion will be
prepared by the employee's Bureau Chief and entered into the employee's Personnel
and Internal Affairs files
• If, prior to completing the program, it is determined the employee has failed to comply
with the terms and conditions agreed upon, the Bureau Chief will notify the Internal
Affairs Division. The employee will be notified that he/she must complete the original
discipline, or portion thereof, at the discretion of the Chief of Police. Whenever formal
discipline is imposed, the employee is entitled to the Civil Service Appeal process
• Circumstances under which employees may not be given the option of volunteering
for the program include, but are not limited to, the following:
− Failure to perform satisfactorily during probationary period
− Job abandonment
− Failure to abide by the Employee Assistance Program rules and regulations when
made as a condition of continued employment
− Serious criminal offenses or immoral act
− Blatant offenses of discrimination
− Drug abuse
− Previous failure to conform to alternative discipline
− Misconduct compounded by lying or insubordination
4.1.5.8 ADMINISTRATIVE APPEAL PROCEDURE / WRITTEN REPRIMAND
Chief of Police or Designee - Step One
The written reprimand shall include the following statement:
• "You may, if you so desire, within five working days after service upon you of this
written reprimand, appeal on the standard appeal form to the Chief of Police,
otherwise, the written reprimand shall stand"
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
The officer may submit a completed appeal form to the Chief of Police within five working
days of receipt of the written reprimand.
The Chief of Police or designee shall meet with the officer within 10 working days from
the receipt of the completed appeal form.
A representative may accompany the officer at his/her request.
Parties shall agree that every attempt will be made in good faith to resolve the matter and
all known information relevant to the matter shall be made known to the Chief of Police
or designee.
A decision shall be made, in writing, within 30 calendar days.
City Manager or Designee - Step Two
If the Chief of Police does not resolve the appeal regarding the written reprimand to the
satisfaction of the officer, the officer may request a hearing with the City Manager or
designee within five working days of the decision of the Chief of Police.
The City Manager or designee shall hear the matter within 10 working days from the
receipt of the notification of the appeal, and affirm, reverse or modify the decision of the
Chief of Police.
A decision shall be made, in writing, within 30 calendar days.
If the decision is to affirm, the officer shall have 30 calendar days within which to file a
written response to any adverse comment entered into his/her personnel file. Such
written response shall be attached to, and shall accompany, the adverse comment.
Presentation of Appeal
Officers shall have the right to present their own appeal or do so with the assistance of
their Police Officers Association (POA) representative. The POA shall not be allowed to
appeal any written reprimand on behalf of the officer without written approval by the
officer. The officer receiving the written reprimand shall be present during Steps One and
Two of these procedures.
Appeal Forms
The appeal shall be processed on the "Administrative Appeal Form," (PD Form
2000.012), provided by the Police Department and shall contain information which:
• Identifies the officer;
• Contains the specific reason for appeal;
• Identifies witnesses, if applicable, and;
• States the corrective action desired. These may include revising or removing the
written reprimand
Time-Off for Processing Appeal
The preparation for an appeal hearing shall not be considered City business. The time
spent by the officer and the City shall not compensate representative.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
The officer shall receive time-off from regularly scheduled duty hours to participate in the
appeal hearing at Steps One and Two, without loss of pay.
If the officer's representative is also a City employee, the representative shall receive
time-off from regularly scheduled duty hours to participate in the appeal hearing at Steps
One and Two, without loss of pay.
Participation in any appeal hearing by the officer or representative during off-duty hours
will not be compensated.
Cost of Appeal Presentation
Each party shall bear the expense of presenting their own case.
Tape-Recording of the Appeal Hearing
If any tape recordings are made, the party who elects to tape-record these proceedings
shall allow the other party access to the tapes upon request.
Cost of Witnesses at Appeal Hearing
The cost of the witnesses called by either party shall be borne by the party who requests
the witnesses.
The cost of the witnesses called by both parties shall be shared equally by both parties.
City employees called as witnesses, on-duty at the time, shall receive time-off from duty
to participate in the appeal hearing, without loss of pay for the time so spent.
City employees called as witnesses, not on-duty at the time, may receive compensation
by the party or parties who request the witnesses.
Number of Witnesses at Appeal Hearing
Calling of witnesses by either party shall be accomplished with a reasonable amount of
constraint.
Each party may call approximately three or four witnesses.
In the event that either party desires more witnesses, the Chief of Police/City Manager or
designee, shall determine the number of witnesses permitted.
Extension of Time Limits
All time periods specified in this procedure may be extended by mutual, written consent
of the aggrieved officer and the Chief of Police/City Manager or designee.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
4.2 ADMINISTRATIVE SECURITY SECTION
The Administrative Security Section provides information to the Chief of Police enabling
him to make informed judgments and decisions necessary to counter and control the
activities of organized crime. The Administrative Investigations Section also maintains
liaison with State, Federal and local agencies having similar purposes.
The Administrative Security Section includes the Organized Crime Detail.
4.2.1 ORGANIZED CRIME DETAIL
• Collect, evaluate and analyze data pertaining to organized criminal activity within the
City of Long Beach
• Keep the Chief of Police apprised of this data and disseminate it at his discretion
• Conduct special investigations as directed by the Chief of Police
Information regarding organized crime gathered by Department personnel shall be
forwarded to the Administrative Security Section.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
4.3 DEPARTMENT PSYCHOLOGIST
Long Beach Police Department Psychologist
The Police Psychologist is a member of the Chief of Police staff and reports directly to
the Chief.
4.3.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEPARTMENT PSYCHOLOGIST
• Education: Doctorate Degree in psychology
• Current Professional License: California Department of Consumer Affairs, Board of
Psychology
• At least five years of postgraduate experience in the diagnosis and treatment of
emotional and mental disorders (per POST Administrative Manual – Commission
Procedure C-2)
• At least three years working in a psychological capacity with a police department with
experience in screening, counseling and consulting with employees
• Professional psychological education, training and experience in both clinical and
social/organizational psychology
4.3.2 DUTIES
The five major duties of the Department Psychologist include:
• Psychological Screening for police recruits, reserve officers, lateral police officers,
Marine Patrol Security Officers, communication dispatchers; CCW applicants, and
under contract or other agreement for the Long Beach Fire Department; Parks,
Recreation and Marine Department, Harbor Department, Long Beach City College
and Long Beach Unified School District
• Psychological Counseling for Department employees and their family members.
Coordination of the Department’s Peer Support and Critical Incident Stress Debriefing
Team and the "Proactive Peer Counseling Program” where employees who have
experienced some kind of trauma are contacted. Liaison to the Chaplain’s Program.
Maintains links to mental health web sites from the Department website. Works with
the Officer-Involved Shooting (OIS) Team to follow-up on officers and dispatchers
involved in hit shootings
• Organizational Consulting and Team Building with supervisors, managers and
chiefs. Meets weekly with the Chief and Deputy Chiefs, and the Internal Affairs
commander to review personnel complaints. Member of the Employee Advisory
Committee, the Strategic Plan Recommendations Committee and facilitates the Policy
Steering Committee. Participates in the following Advisory Committees to the Chief
of Police: Black, Hispanic, Asian, Gay and Lesbian, Youth, Chaplain, Medical and
Chairpersons. Does formal consulting on a daily basis with supervisors and managers
as requested. Consults with the Chief of Police on a frequent basis about the overall
emotional and mental health of the Department
• Conducts Training with recruits, reserves, Civilian Police Academy participants,
dispatchers, crime lab staff and others as requested. Serves on the Training Advisory
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
Committee with involvement in the Professional Development Institute at the
Academy. Attends annual conferences of the following: California Psychological
Association, American Psychological Association, International Association of Chiefs
of Police and the California Peace Officers Association
• Social and Behavioral Science Research through the Academic Education and
Action Research Advisory Committee to the Chief of Police. This committee is made
up of several leaders in the Department as well as faculty members of universities and
colleges in the Long Beach area. Encourages students, faculty members and
employees to conduct research projects within the Department. Coordinates college
student interns who review and distribute behavioral science research findings that
can be applied in the Department. Provides research findings from literature, which
are summarized and distributed through written “Research Updates” and
Management Training Day programs
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
4.4 EMPLOYEE TRANSFER SELECTION PROTOCOL
Revised November 16, 2016
The Administration Bureau will have audit responsibility.
The purpose of this policy is to establish a uniform and fair procedure for the selection of
employees desiring transfer to open positions within the Department. Transfer is defined
as movement from one division to another, into the same classification in which the
applicant is currently employed. For transfer purposes, the geographic patrol divisions
shall be considered one division.
4.4.1 PUBLISHING AN OPENING
Revised November 16, 2016
Job openings shall be advertised via a Watch Report containing the following information:
1) Description of position duties (e.g., serving warrants, filing cases, staff work, etc.);
2) Description of working conditions (e.g., shift, hours, days off, holidays worked, skill
pay, dress code, location, etc.);
3) Required (Minimum) and preferred qualifications (e.g., experience, education,
training, language skills, etc.);
4) Filing deadline;
5) Resume submission deadline; and
6) Description of the selection process.
The Watch Report shall be distributed a minimum of two weeks prior to the beginning of
the selection process.
4.4.2 SELECTION PROCESS
Revised November 16, 2016
Information gathered during the selection process shall be confidential. Those
participating in the selection process shall be discreet in their handling and discussion of
this information, as well as the decision making process.
In addition to an applicant’s requirement to submit a resume, the selection process should
include, but is not limited to:
1) Review of work performance evaluations;
2) Review of Internal Affairs history;
3) Discussion with current and past supervisors;
4) Interviews may be conducted;
5) Review of candidate’s written work (previously filed reports, memorandums, etc.).
4.4.2.1 RESUME SCREENING
Revised November 16, 2016
A resume must be submitted by all applicants. This will allow for an initial resume
screening, with the option of limiting interviews to the top qualified candidates. Before
reviewing the resumes, the supervisor should ensure that the candidate meets the
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
required qualifications published in the Watch Report, followed the instructions to file for
the position, and submitted a complete application packet in a timely manner. In the event
interviews are scheduled, those candidates not selected to continue in the process shall
be notified of this fact prior to the scheduling of interviews.
4.4.2.2 SENIORITY
Revised November 16, 2016
Seniority is a factor that should be taken into consideration when making a selection.
Although seniority alone should not be the deciding factor, when all other strengths and
qualifications are close or equal between two candidates, seniority may be used as the
determining factor in selection.
4.4.2.3 INTERVIEWS
Revised November 16, 2016
No less than two persons shall conduct the interviews. It is preferred that at least one of
the members of the interview panel be of higher rank and at least one should be from the
division to which the candidate is applying. The same interviewers should be used for all
interviews when possible. A standardized list of questions or scenarios will be utilized for
all applicants.
4.4.2.4 PROHIBITED AREAS OF INTERVIEW QUESTIONING
Revised November 16, 2016
There are a number of areas an interviewer is prohibited from asking or referencing by
law. These areas include the following:
1) Marital status or children (e.g., divorced, pregnant, childcare issues, etc.);
2) Hobbies, interests and outside activities;
3) Physical or mental disability (including workers’ compensation issues);
4) Legally protected status (i.e., race, religion, age, ancestry, gender or sexual
orientation);
5) Union activity, grievances or other legally protected complaints, and
6) Any other question that falls outside the scope of evaluating the candidate’s skills,
knowledge and abilities to perform the duties of the position for which he or she
applied.
4.4.2.5 SELECTION
Revised November 16, 2016
The commander of the detail with the job opening shall contact the selected candidate’s
commander and determine a suitable date for transfer and complete a Change of
Assignment form with the agreed upon date. The Change of Assignment form will then
be forwarded to the Commander’s Bureau Chief, who will ultimately forward it to the Chief
of Police. No transfers will take place until the Chief of Police has signed the Change of
Assignment.
4.4.2.6 CANDIDATE NOTIFICATION AND TRANSFER
Revised November 16, 2016
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department CHIEF OF POLICE
Under no circumstances shall any of the interviewed applicants be advised of who was
or was not selected until the Chief of Police has signed the Change of Assignment form.
Once the Chief of Police has signed the Change of Assignment form, the division with the
job opening shall notify the selected candidate and advise him or her of the date of
transfer. It will be the responsibility of the receiving detail to ensure the selected candidate
has all necessary information and equipment to make the transition smooth and efficient.
The Detail with the job opening shall also be responsible for notifying candidates that
were not chosen of their non-selection. Non-selected candidates will have the opportunity
to discuss the selection process further.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department BLANK
5 (BLANK)
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
6 ADMINISTRATION
6.1 COMMUNITY RELATIONS
6.1.1 MEDIA RELATIONS POLICY & PROCEDURES
Revised March 2008
The Department shall seek to establish a cooperative relationship with the media. The
basis of that relationship shall be the timely provision of information in a manner that does
not impede Department operations. Department employees shall cooperate with
members of the press by providing accurate and timely information on newsworthy
events.
The PIO shall assume primary responsibility for coordinating and maintaining
communication between the Department and the media. All Department personnel are
responsible for complying with the outlined procedures below.
6.1.1.1 MEDIA ACCESS TO REPORTS & INFORMATION
Revised March 2008
• The media may review the Booking Log maintained in the Records Division. Juvenile
information, however, shall not be accessible
• When requested, members of the media shall be permitted to review Arrest and Crime
Reports in accordance with §6254(F), Government Code. All requests received per
6254(F), Government Code shall be forwarded to the Department’s Custodian of
Records. Excluded from review shall be investigative follow-up reports and reports of
a sensitive nature. Either the on-duty records supervisor or the investigator of the
case shall approve all such requests
• Media members shall not be provided or permitted to make duplicate copies of reports
• Media members requesting more detailed information relative to a crime or unusual
occurrence should be referred to the Media Relations Office during business hours.
Requests during non-business hours should be referred to the Business Desk at 570-
7236 who will issue the pager number of the on-call Public Information Officer (PIO)
6.1.1.2 RELEASE OF LAW ENFORCEMENT INFORMATION
Revised March 2008
See Special Order – Public Records Act Request 12-27-18
§6254(F) of the California Government Code requires that certain information be made
available to the public.
Any of the following information shall be released to the public, except to the extent
that disclosure of a particular item of information would endanger the safety of a
person involved in an investigation or would endanger the successful completion
of the investigation or a related investigation:
• Time, circumstance, and location of all complaints or requests for assistance
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• Time and nature of police response including the extent that such information is
recorded
• Time, date, and hundred block of location (except in sexual assaults)
• Victim age and city of residence
• The factual circumstances surrounding the crime or incident
• General description of:
− Injuries involved
− Weapons involved
− Property involved
NOTE: The name of a victim of any crime defined by §261, 264, 264.1, 273(a), 273(d),
286, 288, 288(a) or 289 of the Penal Code may be withheld at the victim’s request, or at
the request of the victim’s parent or guardian if the victim is a minor.
Crime Reports may be released to:
• The victim of the incident
• An authorized representative of the victim (attorney or victim’s designee)
• An insurance carrier against which a claim has been or may be made
• An individual suffering bodily or property damage as a result of the incident
• Categories of crime reports subject to release under this section are: Arson, Burglary,
Fire, Explosion, Robbery, Vehicle theft, Crimes of violence, Vandalism, Larceny
NOTE: In some cases, certain information is not released such as information from an
informant and conclusions of the investigating officer.
Arrest Reports
The following information shall be made public:
• The full name, current address, and occupation of every person arrested. Detailed
information on name, date of birth, exact address, and booking number of
juvenile offenders shall not be disclosed, except for age, gender, and city of
residence
• The arrestee’s physical description including:
− Date of birth
− Sex
− Height
− Weight
− Color of eyes & hair
• Date and time of arrest
• Date and time of booking
• Location of arrest
• Factual circumstances surrounding arrest
• Amount of bail set
• Time and manner of release or location where the arrestee is being held
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• Probation/parole holds
NOTE: Nothing in 6254(F) of the California Government Code (CGC) requires the release
of information by which a juvenile offender’s identity may be disclosed. Juvenile
information can only be obtained through the Superior Court juvenile system.
Traffic Accidents (20012 CVC)
• Traffic Accident Reports may be released to an involved party, insurance carrier, or
the attorney of the involved party to the accident. Involved parties include the drivers
of the vehicles, registered or legal owner, passengers, witnesses, or anyone who has
sustained property loss or injury as a result of the accident. The opinions and
conclusions of the officer will not be released. Release of fatality, hit and run, or City
Property Damage Reports requires prior approval of the Accident Investigation Detail
Traffic Accident Reports need not be stamped with the “Confidential” warning stamp
Prior to releasing information, approval shall be obtained from one of the following
individuals:
• The investigator in charge of the crime scene or investigation
• PIO at the scene
• Incident Commander
The Investigator in charge and the Public Information Officer shall work together to
determine what information may be released without jeopardizing the ongoing
investigation.
Department personnel shall NOT release the following information:
• Information that could jeopardize the safety of victims, witnesses, or suspects
• Information that may hinder an investigation or interfere with the successful
apprehension and prosecution of the suspect(s)
• Information/reports regarding incidents/investigations of a sensitive nature
• Observations about an accused’s character
• Statements, admissions, confessions, or alibis attributable to the accused, or the
refusal or failure of the accused to make a statement
• Information regarding the performance of an examination or test, or the accused’s
failure or refusal to submit to an examination or test
• Statements concerning the identity, address, testimony or credibility of prospective
witnesses
• Opinion as to the accused’s guilt or speculation concerning his/her possible plea to
criminal charges
• Information concerning an accused’s prior criminal record
• The name or address of any victim of a sex offense. It is sufficient to provide the age
and sex of the victim and the general vicinity of the occurrence
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• The name or address of any victim of a crime where a substantial possibility of
retaliation exists
• The identification of individuals under the age of 18 who are suspects or victims in an
investigation or who are taken into custody. It is sufficient to provide the age and sex
of the individual
• Information concerning an Internal Affairs investigation without the authorization of a
Bureau Chief or higher ranking officer
• Information concerning the amount of loss resulting from a theft, burglary or robbery
or other information that may lead to a recurrence of a particular crime
• Information relative to the cause of death, identity of the victim or other specific facts
of an investigation such as the location of a wound and statements of witnesses
• Information relative to an officer-involved shooting without prior authorization by the
on-call homicide team supervisor, or Chief of Police
• Information relative to a homicide prior to a formal press release or authorization by
the on-call homicide team supervisor, Bureau Chief or higher ranking officer
• Information regarding another law enforcement or other government agency’s
investigation or suspect without that agency’s approval
6.1.1.3 PROCEDURES FOR RELEASE OF INFORMATION TO THE PUBLIC
AND MEDIA
Revised March 2008
The Department shall release information to the public, when requested, in writing on the
Report Receipt/Application for Release of Report form, PD 2300.003 or written CPRA
request, in accordance with 6254(F) of the Government Code. Complete copies of all
reports will not be routinely available. The Records Administrator, and/or his/her
designee shall approve all such requests with concurrence of the Investigator.
Crime Reports & Arrest Reports
• Citizens desiring to purchase a copy of a report will be required to complete a Report
Receipt/Request for Release of Report (PD form 2310.003) and submit the
appropriate fees (6257 GC). The report will be sent to the investigator handling the
case for review and approval
• Upon approval of release, the Records Division will mail the report. All Crime and
Arrest Reports will be stamped with the “Confidential” warning stamp
• Only arrested individuals or their attorneys may purchase copies of the arrests reports,
if approved by the investigating officers. If litigation is pending in Court, they should
be referred to the City Prosecutor or District Attorney’s Office or City Attorney for
complete copies of the reports. Subpoena Duces Tecum will be accepted via the
Department’s Court Affairs Office
• Booking Log – The Records Division will maintain this log for the press and the public
to review. The booking log report will be run once per week on Tuesday. Juvenile
information will not be included in the report
Dispatch Printouts & Tapes
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• Dispatch Tapes – Citizens requesting copies of dispatch tapes will be required to
submit a Subpoena Duces Tecum to the Court Affairs Office. This request will be
forwarded to the Custodian of Records for further processing (a fee may be charged)
• Dispatch Printouts – Citizens requesting dispatch printouts must present a
Subpoena Duces Tecum or CPRA request. This request will be forwarded to the
Custodian of Records for further processing (a fee may be charged)
Records Division Responsibilities
• Records Division personnel will complete all file searches. The Records Division will
not interpret or summarize reports for interested parties
• Any file pulled will be referred to the investigator in charge, or in his/her absence, the
investigative detail sergeant. Any information released will be logged out in the front
of the jacket
• Citizens desiring to purchase a copy of a report will be required to complete a Report
Receipt/Application for Release of Report, PD form 2310.003, and submit it to the
Records Division with the appropriate fees
• The Records Division will notify the assigned investigator of the request. After
approval, the report will be mailed. Reports will not be released over the counter
unless approved by a Senior Records Clerk and/or the Watch Commander
• Telephone requests from citizens, attorneys or insurance companies for copies of
reports will not be accepted
The following items will not be released:
• Local or State Criminal History (Show-up)
• Booking Photograph (Bail bonds personnel may receive a photo with the name,
Booking Number and date portion cut-off)
• Investigation follow-up reports
• Fingerprint Cards
• Suspect information (i.e., name, vehicle license number) except as specifically
authorized by the Chief of Police or his designee
Sexual Assault Incidents
Investigations Bureau personnel shall notify the Media Relations Detail in a timely manner
and assist in creating a news release regarding sexual assault cases in which the
following circumstances exist:
• In any case where the Lead Investigator and/or the Detail Supervisor determines that
notification could assist with the investigation and/or alert the public of potential danger
• When several cases exist that may be linked by modus operandi (MO) or other
evidence as having been committed by the same suspect
In accordance with §6254 of the Government Code, information that could endanger the
successful completion of any investigation or endanger a person’s safety shall not be
released. If the Lead Investigator or Detail Supervisor determines that notification to the
public could be detrimental to the case, the Division Commander and Media Relations
shall be notified.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
The following criteria shall be used in the preparation of Public Information News
Releases with the understanding that the identity of sex crimes victims are to be protected
in accordance with §293 of the Penal Code:
• The name, address or date of birth of victim(s) shall NOT be revealed
• To further protect the victim’s identity, the relationship between the victim and suspect
shall NOT be revealed (e.g. son, daughter, wife, etc.…)
• A major intersection or commonly known area shall designate the location of the
crime(s), NOT the specific address or hundred block of a particular street
• Witness identities shall NOT be revealed
• Criminal Information Bulletins (CIB) distributed to police personnel are confidential and
shall NOT be released to the media or public
• A Public Information Bulletin (PIB) may be distributed to the community
Officer Involved Shootings
The on-call PIO will coordinate logistics with all media representatives. Preliminary
information such as acknowledgement of the incident and general call information (i.e.
time, type of call, location) will be released at the PIO’s discretion. A member of the
Command Staff, the Incident Commander, the Lead Investigator, or the PIO may give a
formal statement to the media.
The PIO will prepare a News Release and obtain final approval from the OIS Supervisor
or their designee, prior to its release.
In situations where there is an administrative review of an officer’s actions, such as an
Internal Affairs review, a Shooting/In-Custody Death Review Board, or an Accident
Review Board, the officer’s name will not be released to the media absent his/her consent.
6.1.1.4 MEDIA ACCESS TO INCIDENT SCENES
Revised March 2008
Officers shall notify the Incident Commander when the media is on-scene. The media
representatives should be directed to an established staging area determined by the
officer, Incident Commander, or PIO. The Incident Commander shall notify the on-scene
PIO or the on-call PIO. All media shall be given equal access to information and locations.
If necessary, a media pool will be established.
NOTE: The media is not required to respond to or remain at the media staging area. They
shall have freedom of movement outside the perimeter, just as the general public would.
If a conflict develops between department personnel and the media, or a member of the
media is detained or arrested, a supervisor and/or the on-scene or on-call PIO shall be
notified immediately.
Media members shall present media credentials issued by the Los Angeles County
Sheriff’s Department, the Los Angeles Police Department, the Orange County Sheriff’s
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Department, or any other law enforcement agency upon request at a crime scene or
incident location.
CRIME SCENES
Media access to crime scenes must be restricted. The media does not have right of
access past the inner perimeter of the crime scene tape. With permission of the Lead
Investigator or the Incident Commander, the media may be allowed past the outer
perimeter tape, while on the outside of the inner crime scene tape. If possible, the Incident
Commander or on-scene PIO should facilitate. The media must be allowed access to
any public areas where the general public has freedom of movement.
The media does not have access to operational areas that are part of crime scenes (i.e.
Command Posts – Patrol, SWAT and Fire). The media cannot interfere with areas of
operation where rescue and recovery are taking place, and areas where police and fire
equipment is set up. The media must obtain permission from the property owner in order
to access areas of private property.
TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS
The media does not have access to the inner perimeter of crime scenes (including traffic
fatalities, 20001’s, 20002’s, 23152’s, and termination areas of pursuits). The media does
have access to areas where the general public has freedom of movement. They can
access areas of minor injury and non-injury accidents as long as there is no interference
with emergency operations and equipment.
DISASTER SCENES
Penal Code section 409.5(d) allows duly authorized members of the media access to
areas closed to the general public. Areas include those closed due to riot, fire, flood,
earthquake and other disasters. At the scene of a disaster, news media personnel must
act in a responsible manner and their actions may not interfere with public safety efforts.
This section does not allow media access to Command Posts (i.e. Patrol, SWAT, and
Fire) and/or operational areas. Safety cannot be the basis for excluding access to a
disaster scene.
If an officer comes into contact with media personnel entering a disaster area, the officer
shall advise the media of any safety hazards and shall request that the Communications
Center document the advisal, and the media representatives name and station in the call
history.
6.1.1.5 NOTIFICATIONS TO PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER
Revised March 2008
The Critical Incident Notification Guide shall be followed for notification to the PIO. In
addition, it is the Incident Commander’s responsibility to notify the on-call PIO if any of
the following occur:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Telephone Notification
• Media on-scene requesting interview with PIO, Incident Commander, or Supervisor
• Incident or arrest that has potential to become high profile
• Conflict between media and department personnel
• Media representative is detained or arrested
Watch Commander Log Entry
• Media responds to an incident (no interview requested, general information provided)
6.1.1.6 DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEE COMMUNICATION WITH MEDIA
Revised March 2008
All Department employees must obtain prior approval from the Office of the Chief of Police
before representing themselves as an employee of the Long Beach Police Department to
any media outlet/publication (i.e. Letter to the Editor, articles in print publications,
TV/cable shows, internet sites, and radio broadcasts). This includes the release or
posting of any photograph/video of any department employee or event.
6.1.1.7 DEPARTMENT DISCLAIMER STATEMENT
Revised March 2008
Employees responsible for the preparation and issuance of initial memoranda relative to
press releases, unusual occurrences and officer-involved shootings (hit and no-hit), shall
always include the following disclaimer:
• “The following information is preliminary and has not been completely confirmed. The
information is based, in part, on hearsay and is intended for early informational use
rather than as a formal investigative report.”
The disclaimer statement shall be stamped at the beginning of all transmittals
disseminated regarding press releases, unusual occurrences and officer involved
shootings.
Disclaimer stamps will be located in the Accident Investigation Detail and the Homicide
Detail.
6.1.2 RELEASE OF CRIMINAL STATISTICS TO THE PUBLIC
Revised November 8, 2017
Information contained in the monthly statistical report may be released to the general
public. The following reports are available at the Long Beach Main Library:
• Reported Crime Monthly, Quarterly and Annual
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
To release criminal statistics or other crime information for a specific address or area,
employees shall adhere to the following procedures:
6.1.2.1 RELEASE OF CRIMINAL STATISTICS – COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
Revised November 8, 2017
• Requests for reports compiled for the City Council should be referred to the Library.
• The Community Relations Division may release information to the public by reporting
district only. Requests may be made in person, by telephone, or in writing, and are
limited to one month’s worth of one reporting districts’ statistics. Requests for multiple
reporting districts or multiple month statistics should be directed to the Library.
• If information is requested for a specific address, or for crime information not contained
in the monthly Statistical Report, or by reporting district, a letter for the request shall
be submitted to the Chief of Police. Upon approval, the Chief of Police may charge
the requesting party the actual cost of collecting and duplicating the data prior to the
release of information per City policy.
6.1.2.2 RELEASE OF CRIMINAL STATISTICS – CRIME ANAYLSIS UNIT
Revised November 8, 2017
• All non-law enforcement requests for criminal statistics will be directed to the Office of
the Chief of Police for approval.
• Upon approval by the Chief of Police, the Crime Analysis Unit will process the request
and return to the Chief’s Office.
• Only criminal statistical information and reports approved by the Office of the Chief of
Police may be released to the public from the Crime Analysis Unit. The Chain of
command shall be strictly adhered to with these reports.
6.1.5 SEXUAL ASSAULT - MEDIA POLICY
Revised: August 5, 2002
Audit Responsibility Administration Bureau
Investigations Bureau personnel shall notify the Community Relations Public Information
Detail in a timely manner and assist in creating a Press Release regarding sexual assault
cases in which the following circumstances exist:
• In any case where the Lead Investigator and/or the Detail Supervisor determines that
notification could assist with the investigation and/or alert the public of potential danger
• When two or more cases exist which may be linked by modus operandi (MO) or other
evidence as having been committed by the same suspect
• In accordance with §6254 of the Government Code, information that could endanger
the successful completion of any investigation or endanger a person's safety shall
NOT be released. If the Lead Investigator or Detail Supervisor determines that
notification to the public could be detrimental or dangerous, the Division Commander
shall be notified.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
The following criteria shall be used in the preparation of Public Information Press
Releases with the understanding that the identity of sex crimes victims are to be protected
in accordance with §293 of the Penal Code:
• The name, address or date of birth of victim(s) shall NOT be revealed
• To further protect the victim’s identity, the relationship between the victim and suspect
shall NOT be revealed (e.g. son, daughter, wife, etc.)
• A major intersection or commonly known area shall designate the location of the
crime(s), NOT the specific address or hundred block of a particular street
• Witness identities shall NOT be revealed
• Criminal Information Bulletins (CIB) distributed to police personnel are confidential and
shall NOT be released to the media or public
6.1.7 CHAPLAINCY PROGRAM
The Long Beach Department Chaplain's Advisory Group is one of several advisory groups
that report directly to the Chief of Police. The Chaplains Group is open to all
denominations. Members must conform to the by-laws, which in part require that
Chaplain responsibilities be discharged in a non-sectarian manner, and that they refrain
from unsolicited proselytizing.
The mission of the Police Chief's Chaplain's Advisory Group is to function as a liaison
between the Long Beach Police Department and the community in which they serve. The
goals of this committee include, but are not limited to:
• Counseling employees of the Police Department and their families
• Providing assistance to victims as part of a Crisis Response Team
• Advise and assist the members of the Police Department to recognize differences in
the community that may affect the timely and effective enforcement of the laws
Executive Committee
• An Executive Committee comprised of six clergy from a variety of religious affiliations
shall be formed from members of the Chaplain's Advisory Group. The Chief of Police
will approve all members. The Executive Committee shall recruit Chaplains and
promote the program throughout the community
• A thorough background investigation will be conducted on each prospective Chaplain
Call Out Procedures
• Chaplains will be indexed in the Communications Division Watch Commander's Call
out Book. A current list will be maintained identifying each Chaplain's contact number
and religious affiliation. Police employees should advise the Communications Center
when a Chaplain is needed and Communications personnel will make the necessary
notifications
• The on-call Chaplain will be notified by paging the 24-hour Alpha Numeric pager which
is indexed in the call out book
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• All Chaplains responding to a crime scene will promptly report to the Incident
Command Post/Incident Commander to receive further instructions
• Patrol Assignments
• Chaplains will participate in patrol assignments with police officers. A minimum of one
10-hour shift per month is required and must be scheduled in cooperation with each
divisional patrol scheduling sergeant
• Chaplains will pursue and participate in relevant training in order to maintain and
advance their skill level
6.1.8 COMMENDATIONS BOARD
The Commendations Board shall be comprised of 10 Civilian Executive Committee
members. The Chief of Police shall appoint these committee members and they serve at
his discretion. Commendation Board members shall appoint a Chairperson from among
its members who will preside over the selection process. The Commanding Officer of the
Community Relations Division shall be Co-Chairperson of the Board and serve as the
Department’s liaison to the Board. The Chief of Police shall make the final award
selections.
The Commendations Board shall convene during the second week of November each
year to consider recommendations for commendations. All members of the
Commendations Board shall classify police and citizen recommendations for
commendations.
The Board shall determine by majority vote whether the reported act is within one of the
following award categories:
• Medal of Honor
• Medal of Valor
• Meritorious Award – Class A
• Meritorious Award – Class B
• Meritorious Award – Class C
• Citation to a Citizen
After the Commendations Board has made its initial selections, a Director of the Long
Beach Police Officers’ Association (selected by the POA President) shall review the
Board’s selections and recommend changes, if necessary. These recommendations
shall be considered by the Board, but will not be binding.
The final decisions of the Commendations Board shall be reviewed and the Chief of Police
shall make final approval of award recipients. The Chief of Police shall present these
awards at the Annual Awards Banquet.
6.1.9 COMMENDATIONS – ADMINISTRATION OF THE PROGRAM
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
The Department shall promote and administer a continuous program recognizing officers
and other City employees who have performed acts of meritorious service or
accomplishment.
To obtain maximum benefit from the Commendations Awards Program and to ensure all
meritorious are promptly and properly recognized, all levels of command and supervision
shall understand its importance.
6.1.9.1 OFFICER AWARDS
An officer of the Long Beach Police Department or a Long Beach Police Department
Reserve Officer is eligible to receive the following meritorious awards: Medal of Valor,
Purple Heart Award, Meritorious Award Class A, Meritorious Award Class B and
Meritorious Award Class C.
6.1.9.2 MEDAL OF HONOR
The award shall be presented to the family of any officer killed in the line of duty.
6.1.9.3 MEDAL OF VALOR
This award is presented to an officer for an extraordinary act of heroism extending above
and beyond the normal demands of police service. The award is also presented for police
service performed at great risk to the officer’s life or safety in an effort to preserve human
life, whether in an on-duty or off-duty status.
“Above and beyond the normal demands of police service” is defined to include ALL of
the following:
• Outstanding bravery above and beyond that which is normally expected
• Failure to take such action would not be deemed a dereliction of duty
• Threat to the officer’s life existed, and the officer had sufficient time to evaluate the
threat
• The objective is of sufficient importance to justify the risk
• The officer accomplished the objective or was prevented from doing so by incurring a
disabling injury or by circumstances beyond the officer’s control
6.1.9.4 PURPLE HEART AWARD
Any employee of this Department, as well as any private individual, may submit a written
recommendation to the Commendations Board nominating a police officer to receive a
Purple Heart Award.
Nominees must meet the following standards in order to qualify as a recipient of the
Purple Heart Award:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• The officer must have been a member of this Department at the time of the incident
• The officer must have been injured while on-duty, or if off-duty, he/she must have
placed themselves in an on-duty status by taking action as a law enforcement officer
• The injured officer’s actions at the time of the injury must have been directly related to
a law enforcement function
• The officer must have sustained a significant physical injury
• Eligibility is determined by the Commendations Board, based on the officer’s actions
as applied to the aforementioned criteria.
All Purple Heart Awards will be awarded at the Department’s Annual Awards Banquet.
Officers are encouraged to wear their awards as part of their uniform.
6.1.9.5 MERITORIOUS AWARD – CLASS A
This award is presented for an act of heroism by an officer extending above and beyond
the normal demands of police service performed at great risk to the officer’s safety in an
effort to preserve human life.
6.1.9.6 MERITORIOUS AWARD – CLASS B
This award is presented for an act of heroism by an officer extending above and beyond
the normal demands of police service or a service performed at great personal risk.
6.1.9.7 MERITORIOUS AWARD – CLASS C
This award is presented for the performance of an act, or acts over a period of time, under
conditions where bravery or other outstanding performance of duty is involved but which
is not above and beyond the normal demands of police service.
6.1.9.8 REVIEW BY CITY MANAGER
The City Manager will review recommendations received from the Chief of Police and
may authorize the award of the Medal of Valor presented at the Annual Awards Banquet.
6.1.9.9 WEARING OF AWARDS
Officers authorized to wear the Medal of Valor and the Meritorious Awards Classes A, B,
or C, shall be encouraged to do so when in uniform.
6.1.9.10 PERSONNEL RECORD
The record of any member or employee having received awards described shall be
placed in the recipient’s personnel jacket.
6.1.10 CERTIFICATE OF COMMUNITY SERVICE
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
This award is presented to private citizens or City employees for performance of the
following:
• An act of bravery aiding, or attempting to aid, a private individual or officer of this
Department
• An act where necessary assistance is rendered to save the life of a private citizen or
an officer of this Department
• Outstanding assistance rendered to the community or Department
6.1.11 EMPLOYEE RECOGNITION PROGRAM
The intent of the Employee Recognition Program is to identify and acknowledge
exemplary performance by sworn and civilian employees. It is designed to be an on-
going program by which the Department identifies individuals for employee of the quarter
and year.
Selection Criteria
The following criteria should be considered when evaluating nominees for employee
recognition:
• Nominee holds a sworn or non-sworn position below the rank of lieutenant
• Maintains a consistently high level of work performance
• Maintains a consistently high degree of initiative and job interest
• Takes complete responsibility for work assignments
• Demonstrates a positive attitude
• Demonstrates a high degree of dependability
• Provides informal leadership by continually setting a good example
• Learns from experience and is responsive to training
• Understands and practices a fair work ethic
• Looks for opportunities to improve our organization and communicates positive
suggestions
• Possesses a high degree of personal integrity
• Maintains a professional appearance
• Exhibits responsiveness
Nomination Procedures
Any member of the Department may nominate an individual for consideration by their
respective Bureau’s Employee Recognition Committee by completing PD form 1000.025.
The completed form shall be forwarded to their Bureau Chief who will retain it until the
next meeting of the Bureau’s Recognition Committee. Upon convening of the committee,
all current nominations shall be reviewed and acted upon.
Employee Recognition Committee
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Selection Procedures
Each Bureau Chief shall establish an Employee Recognition Committee shall be chaired
by a Commanding Officer. No less than two peer members shall be assigned to the
committee and the committee size shall not exceed five members.
The committee shall meet quarterly and shall review all nominations from their Bureau.
A report shall be immediately forwarded to the Bureau Chief articulating the
recommendation of individual(s) for recognition. The committee shall have the latitude to
indicate in their report that no employee will be recommended for the evaluation period.
The committee recommendations shall be forwarded to the Chief of Police after approval
by the Bureau Chief and after the employee has been appropriately acknowledged.
Annually, the Department shall identify an Employee of the Year. The selection of this
individual shall be accomplished in the following manner:
• Each Bureau Committee shall make a recommendation for Employee of the Year and
forward it to their respective Bureau Chief
• Upon approval, the Bureau Chief shall forward their Bureau’s recommendations to the
Commander, Community Relations Division. Recommendations shall be due to
Community Relations, no later than October 10th of each year
• The Deputy Chief of the Administration Bureau shall compile the recommendations
and present to the Bureau Chief’s at a Deputy Chief’s meeting. The Bureau Chiefs
shall come to consensus on a selection
• The Commander, Community Relations Division, shall draft a report and forward it to
the Chief of Police by November 20th of each year for final approval
• Quarterly selections shall be forwarded to the Chief of Police as follows:
January – March due April 10
April – June due July 10
July – September due October 10
October – December due January 10
Recognition
It shall be the responsibility of each Bureau Chief to provide suitable recognition for their
employees. The form of recognition should be commensurate with the level of
achievement. All selectees shall receive a letter of commendation signed by the Chief of
Police, in addition to any other form of recognition. Display of photographs will be at the
discretion of the awardees.
The Bureau Chief shall also ensure that all Department employees are made aware of
their Bureau’s awardees. If appropriate, they shall also be responsible for press releases.
6.1.12 PROCEDURE FOR SUBMITTING SUGGESTIONS
Employees shall submit their suggestions to their immediate supervisors. The supervisor
shall review the report and forward it to the employee’s commanding officer. The
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
concerned commanding officer shall review the suggestion and complete an evaluation
and recommendation to the Commendations Board.
6.1.13 BULLETIN BOARDS – PUBLIC SAFETY BUILDING
No information will be posted or displayed anywhere in the Public Safety Building except
on Departmental bulletin boards. Do not use walls and glass windows for posting
• “For Sale” information will be posted on bulletin boards located in the basement area
only, not on the other floors of the building
• “For Sale” information posted in the basement area will be removed after two weeks
• All building bulletin boards may be used for Department and social notices
• All posted information shall display a posting date. Information not having a date will
be removed immediately
• The Community Relations Division will have the responsibility for monitoring the
bulletin boards and ensuring compliance
Department bulletin boards have been placed in the following locations:
• Basement
• 1st floor
• 2nd floor
• 3rd floor
• 4th floor
Any complaints or suggestion regarding the use of these bulletin boards should be
forwarded to the Community Relations Division.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
6.2 COURT AFFAIRS
Revised July 11, 2013
The Support Bureau has audit responsibility.
Only Court Affairs may accept a subpoena duces tecum or a summons intended for
service on department employees. Court Affairs will forward the subpoena or summons
to the LBPD Custodian of Records.
6.2.1 SUBPOENAS AND SUMMONSES
Revised July 11, 2013
A summons is a document served on an employee informing them that they are being
civilly sued. If an employee receives a summons for a civil action brought against them
for an act or action while in the performance of their duties, they shall immediately contact
the City Attorney’s Office for the purpose of obtaining legal representation.
A subpoena is a writ by a government agency that has authority to compel testimony or
the production of evidence under penalty for failure.
6.2.1.1 ACCEPTANCE OF SUBPOENAS AND SUMMONSES
Revised July 11, 2013
All entities delivering subpoenas to the Department must submit them to Court Affairs at
least five days prior to the scheduled court date. Court Affairs will enter any received
subpoena or summons into the Electronic Subpoena Service System for service to the
involved employee.
Court Affairs shall accept all timely civil subpoenas that exhibit a court case number, date,
time and location. Depending on the information requested, Court Affairs may charge the
serving party a fee. The fee shall be received prior to the acceptance of a subpoena.
Business representatives wishing to serve a subpoena or summons shall be directed to
Court Affairs, during normal business hours. Representatives attempting to serve a
subpoena or summons after normal hours or on a holiday shall be directed to return to
Court Affairs on the next scheduled business day during normal business hours.
Subpoenas received via USPS mail, teletype or fax shall be forwarded to Court Affairs for
processing. In the event a subpoena is inadvertently mailed to a substation; the employee
shall immediately forward the subpoena to Court Affairs.
6.2.1.2 ELECTRONIC SUBPOENA SERVICE PROCEDURE
Revised July 11, 2013
Court Affairs shall enter every subpoena they receive into the Court Affairs Electronic
Subpoena System. Employees will log into the system and enter their department ID
number to accept their individual subpoenas. Employees must check the Court Affairs
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Electronic Subpoena Service System on each of their workdays. Employees shall
respond to all subpoenas served on them ordering their presence in court.
6.2.1.3 REFUSAL OF SERVICE
Revised July 11, 2013
An employee may refuse subpoena service for the following reasons:
• If a subpoena is entered into the Court Affairs Electronic Subpoena Service System
with less than five working days of the court hearing, it shall be considered untimely;
however, this does not preclude the employee from accepting service if they are on a
normal workday or are otherwise able to attend.
• Employees on approved vacations, holidays, or overtime days off may be able to
refuse subpoena service if they have forwarded an approved copy of the time off
request to the Court Affairs Office in a timely manner. Court Affairs must receive an
approved vacation request at least 14 days prior to a vacation. They must receive an
approved copy of a holiday or overtime day off request at least 7 days prior. Note:
Employees must honor all subpoenas received prior to the submission of a vacation,
holiday, or overtime day off request. Employees shall contact the Court Affairs
Sergeant if a conflict arises.
• Employees assigned to training on scheduled court appearance days shall provide a
memorandum to Court Affairs advising them of the length and location of the training
assignment. The memorandum should be delivered to Court Affairs at least one
workweek prior to the training class.
• Employees who are military reservists and ordered to active duty shall provide Court
Affairs with a memorandum advising of the length, duty location, and return to work
date no later than one workweek prior to their activation date.
• Employees who are physically unable to attend court due to illness or injury shall notify
Court Affairs as soon as possible. The Personnel Division will notify Court Affairs of
all employees who are IOD. Employees who are IOD, but in a light-duty work status
are still required to accept and honor all served subpoenas.
6.2.2 COURT APPEARANCES
Revised July 11, 2013
When required by subpoena, ordered by a commanding officer or court liaison officer,
attendance at a court or quasi-judicial hearing is considered an official duty assignment.
Failure to appear in court on the date and time ordered, without good cause, may result
in court-mandated or department action.
Employees shall receive overtime compensation for court in accordance with the most
current Memorandum of Understanding from their respective bargaining unit. Employees
are responsible for monitoring their court cases through adjudication.
An employee who receives a subpoena to testify for the defense, against the City, or
against the Department in any trial or hearing, shall notify their Division Commander as
soon as possible. The employee shall notify Court Affairs if the subpoena was received
outside of the Electronic Subpoena Service System.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
6.2.2.1 CONDUCT IN COURT
Revised July 11, 2013
While in court, employees shall avoid mannerisms that might imply disrespect to the
Court, such as: reading, talking, texting or using cell phones, eating, drinking, chewing
gum, wearing hats or sunglasses, or sleeping.
6.2.3 QUASI-JUDICIAL HEARINGS
Revised July 11, 2013
Employees may be required to attend quasi-judicial hearings to provide testimony
concerning their actions, observations or activities. Court Affairs will enter all quasi-
judicial hearings into the Electronic Subpoena Service System. Employees shall conform
to the same standards of conduct and procedures pertaining to all other court
appearances.
Quasi-judicial hearings include:
• Parole hearings
• Probation hearings
• Department of Motor Vehicles hearings
• Alcohol Beverage Control hearings
• Civil Service hearings
• Depositions
6.2.4 COURT CALENDAR
Revised July 11, 2013
Court Affairs shall display one copy of the court calendar outside of the Court Affairs
Office and distribute two copies of the court calendar to the Public Safety Building
Business Desk. Each Division is responsible for printing and displaying the calendar for
employees to view. Court calendars are only valid for the next-court day if printed after
1800 hours.
6.3 AUTOMATED LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION (ALPR)
Revised April 18, 2023
The Strategic Initiatives Bureau shall review this policy on a two-year review cycle.
Reviewed April 18, 2023
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
6.3.1 ALPR PURPOSE AND SCOPE
Revised April 18, 2023
The Long Beach Police Department utilizes automated license plate reader (ALPR)
cameras, technology, and supporting software to gather and analyze data to enable the
rapid identification and location of vehicles for official law enforcement purposes. ALPR
cameras are attached to vehicles or at fixed locations, where they collect license plate
information from vehicles in public view.
6.3.2 DEFINITIONS
Revised April 18, 2023
Hit – A read matched to a license plate that has previously been registered on an
agency’s lists of license plates related to stolen vehicles, wanted vehicles, or other factors
supporting investigation, or which has been manually registered by a user for further
investigation.
Read – Digital images of license plates and vehicles, and associated metadata (e.g.,
date, time, and geographic coordinates associated with the vehicle image capture) that
are captured by the ALPR system.
6.3.3 AUTHORIZED USE OF ALPR DATA
Revised April 18, 2023
The ALPR system and the recording of ALPR data shall only be retained, accessed, and
used for the following official law enforcement purposes:
• Locate stolen, wanted, and or other vehicles that are the subject of investigation
• Assist in apprehending wanted persons
• Assist in locating victims and missing persons, including in response to Amber
Alerts and Silver Alerts
• Provide investigative leads to situational awareness operations and responses to
cognizable threats to public safety
• Provide investigative leads for other law enforcement purposes as authorized by
law
The LBPD has access to commercially collected ALPR data, which shall be treated in
the same manner as LBPD ALPR data.
6.3.3.1 RESTRICTIONS ON COLLECTION OF ALPR DATA AND USE OF ALPR
SYSTEMS
Revised April 18, 2023
ALPR units shall only be used to collect data that is within public view and shall not be
used for monitoring individual activities protected by the First Amendment to the United
States Constitution. It is the personal responsibility of all employees with access to ALPR
data to take reasonable measures to protect the privacy and civil liberties of individuals,
as well as the security and confidentiality of ALPR data.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
ALPR operators shall visually confirm the license plate characters generated by the ALPR
readers correspond with the digital image of the license plate in question. An ALPR hit
alone does not constitute reasonable cause for detention. ALPR hits shall be verified
through JDIC, CLETS or other official law enforcement sources. It is also important for
ALPR operators to consider the time between the last update and the alert provided by
the ALPR system.
6.3.4 RETENTION OF ALPR DATA
Revised April 18, 2023
ALPR records of vehicles having been identified and linked to a criminal investigation
shall be retained in accordance with the applicable criminal statute of limitations. All other
ALPR data collected by the LBPD shall be retained for 24 months.
6.3.5 TRAINING
Revised April 18, 2023
Only personnel trained in the use of the ALPR system, including its privacy and civil
liberties protections, shall be authorized to access the ALPR system.
6.3.6 COMPLIANCE REVIEW
Revised April 18, 2023
Access to, and use of, ALPR data is logged for review purposes. Strategic Initiatives
Bureau shall conduct ALPR system reviews quarterly and on request to supervisory
personnel at the LBPD.
6.3.7 DATA SHARING
Revised April 18, 2023
ALPR data may be shared with other authorized and verified law enforcement officials
and agencies for legitimate law enforcement purposes. Out of state and federal agencies
will not have direct access to the Department’s ALPR data. Requests from out of state or
federal agencies for ALPR data must be reviewed and approved by the Special
Investigations Division Commander to ensure it is not being used for immigration
enforcement. All approved requests shall be forwarded to the Investigations Bureau.
6.3.7.1 DISSEMINATION
Revised April 18, 2023
ALPR data is for official use only. ALPR information shall not be sold, transferred or
disseminated for personal gain or for any other non-law enforcement purpose.
ALPR data may be disseminated to owners and operators of critical infrastructure in
circumstances where such infrastructure is reasonably believed to be the target of
surveillance for the purpose of a terrorist attack or other criminal activity.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
ALPR data shall not be disseminated to members of the public or news media, except in
the following circumstances:
1) A public safety exception where the Department reasonably determines that an
individual or vehicle poses a threat of substantial harm to the public.
a) Limited Release of Information – The release of ALPR data must be limited to
information that could reasonably protect the public from the harm justifying the
dissemination of the data.
2) ALPR images may be used in a photo line-up to further the particular criminal
investigation for which the ALPR image was requested.
ALPR data is not open to public review. Requests for ALPR data by non-law enforcement
or non-prosecutorial agencies will be processed as provided in the applicable law.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
6.4 ADMINISTRATION – RECORDS DIVISION
6.4.1 POSSIBLE SUSPECTS ON CRIME REPORTS
Possible suspects shall not be listed in the suspect on crime reports. This area is to be
used only when information is obtained identifying a known suspect that could result in
an arrest.
Possible suspects shall only be listed in the narrative portion of the report. Include all
information leading to the identification of an individual as a possible suspect.
In order for a wanted felony vehicle to be entered into CLETS, the Detail Sergeant or
detective assigned the case shall notify Auto records. The following information will be
required for the entry:
• Vehicle license number (VIN)
• Make
• Model
• Color
• Pertinent DR#
6.4.2 ASSAULT/BATTERY ON A PEACE OFFICER REPORTS
• A separate crime report shall be filed for each officer/victim involved in an incident.
Officers/victims shall not be listed as additional victims in reports of Assault/Battery on
a police officer
• Only one crime report requires the full narrative of the incident
• Subsequent crime reports for each additional officer/victim shall refer to the initial DR#
in the narrative
• Indicate all DR#s and supplements in the “Connecting Report #” box on the “Crime
Report” form (PD form 23100.001)
• Officers shall not file their own crime report when identified as victim
6.4.3 STANDARDIZED FIRM ABBREVIATIONS
Personnel filing an initial crime report will list the correct and complete title of the victim
on the report. The Record Division will ensure that the proper standardized abbreviation
is used for entry in PSIS. Personnel inquiring of the system will use the appropriate
abbreviation. All punctuation and store numbers will be omitted from the victim’s name
in the computer index.
The following list of standard abbreviations for repeated victims is currently used:
Repeated Victims Standardization of Entries
Alpha Beta Alpha Beta
American Check Cashing Exchange American Check Cashing
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
AM PM Mart AM PM
Any Kind Check Cashing Any Kind Check Cashing
Avis Rent-a-Car Avis
Bank of America B of A
Builder’s Emporium Builder’s Emporium
Church’s Chicken Churchs Chicken
City of Long Beach City of LB
City of Long Beach Fire City of LB Fire
City of Long Beach Gas & Water City of LB Gas & Water
City of Long Beach Harbor City LB Harbor
City of Long Bean Police City of LB Police
City of Long Beach Recreation City of LB Recreation
CVI Cable CVI
Denny’s Restaurant Denny’s
Egyptian Drugs Egyptian Drugs
Farmers and Merchant Bank F & M
General Telephone and Electric GTE
Grocery Warehouse Grocery Warehouse
Hertz Rent-a-Car Hertz
Home Depot (The) Home Depot
In & Out Burgers In & Out
Jack in the Box Jack in the Box
JC Penny JC Penny
JJ Newberry JJ Newberry
Kentucky Fried Chicken ` KFC
K-Mart KMart
Long Beach Public Transportation Co. LB Public Trans Co
Long Beach Plaza Mall LB Plaza Mall
Long Beach Unified School District LBUSD
Lucky Discount Supermarket Lucky
McDonnell Douglas McDonnell Douglas
Montgomery Ward Montgomery Ward
Nix Check Cashing Nix Check Cashing
Nortica’s 32nd Street Market Nortica’s
Pavilions Pavilions
Pic N Save Pic N Save
Ralph’s Grocery Company Ralph’s
Sav On Drug Stores Savon
Savon Express Savon Express
7-Eleven Stores 7 11
Smart & Final Smart & Final
Southern California Edison SCE
So. California Rapid Transit District RTD
State of California State of California
Stop & Go Market Stop & Go
Taco Bell Taco Bell
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Target Stores Target
Thrifty Drug Stores Thrifty
Top Value Top Valu
Vons Grocery Vons
Wards Pharmacy Wards
Wells Fargo Bank Wells Fargo
Wienerschnitzel Wienerschnitzel
6.4.4 SALE OF POLICE REPORTS
In accordance with §6257 of the Government Code of the State of California, the
Department shall charge and collect for the City a fee for each copy of a Police Report
released to authorized persons, regardless of the number of pages contained in the
report. This fee shall apply to persons requesting copies of Incident and Arrest Reports,
including those reports provided via the Civil Subpoena Duces Tecum process. Special
circumstances may warrant waiver of the fee, for which written approval by the
Administrator, Information Management Division, is required.
A fee will NOT be charged to an authorized representative of the Federal, State, County,
and City, District or other political subdivision.
A copy of a report will NOT be issued which is confidential, privileged in nature, or when
the public interest would suffer by disclosure of the report.
Authorized personnel from law enforcement and government agencies, not subject to
payment of fees, may obtain copies of reports by mail or in person. All other requests for
Incident Reports shall be made through the use of PD form 2310.003 (2/93), “Request a
Report by Mail”. The Records Division shall process all such requests and the copies will
be mailed to the requestor.
6.4.4.1 INFORMATION DESK PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITY
Upon request, Information Desk personnel shall give in-person applicants a copy of PD
form 2310.003 (2/93) for each report requested. They will accept the application and a
check, money order or cash and forward it to the Information Management Division.
6.4.4.2 COLLISION REPORTS
Traffic Collision Reports may be released to an involved party, insurance carrier, or
attorney of the involved party to the accident. Involved parties are the drivers of the
vehicles, registered or legal owners, passengers, witnesses or anyone who has sustained
a property loss as a result of the accident. The opinions and conclusions of the officer
shall not be released. Release of fatality, hit and run or City property damage reports
require prior approval by the Accident Investigation Section Traffic accidents are not
required to be stamped with the “Confidential” warning stamp.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
6.4.4.3 INCIDENT & ARREST REPORTS
Citizens wanting to purchase a copy of a report are required to complete a “Request a
Report by Mail” form and submit the appropriate fees (6257 GC). The requested report
shall be sent to the investigator handling the case for review and approval.
Once approved, the Records Division within 10 days (6256 GC) shall mail the report. All
Crime and Arrest Reports shall be stamped with the “Confidential” warning stamp.
Subjects of arrest or their attorneys may purchase copies of the report. If litigation is
pending in Court, they should be referred to the City Prosecutor of District Attorney’s
Office for complete copies of the reports. The Department’s Court Affairs Office shall
accept a Subpoena Duces Tecum.
6.4.4.4 SUMMARY OF CRIMINAL OFFENDER INFORMATION
Individuals wanting to review their records with the Department must apply in person
between the hours of 0800 to 1630, Monday through Friday. Individuals will be identified
through fingerprints and provided with the date, charge and disposition of their local
arrests. A fee is charged for this service. Individuals inquiring of their records with the
California Department of Justice or the Federal Bureau of Investigation must contact
those agencies directly.
Records Division Responsibilities
• Accept applications and fees associated with the report
• Review for completeness and individual’s right to obtain report
• Determine if investigative approval is required
6.4.5 TELEPHONIC CRIME REPORTING/ABBREVIATED CRIME REPORT
See Special Order – Discontinuation of Telephonic Stolen Vehicle Report 7-1-15
Individuals requiring telephonic reports shall be advised to telephone the North Police
Facility to report incidents occurring west of Cherry and north of Wardlow, the East facility
for incidents occurring east of Cherry, the West Facility for incidents occurring west of the
710 freeway and the downtown Station for all other incidents.
Abbreviated Crime Report
All personnel will use the abbreviated Crime Report (PD form 2310.024). The types of
crimes that may be filed on the Abbreviated Crime Report and circumstances surrounding
those crimes are identified as follows:
All misdemeanors
NOTE: In all cases when a suspect is named or there is information in the report that
would lead to the identity of the suspect, the “Investigative Crime Report” (PD form
2310.001) shall be used.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
A unit will be dispatched if any of the following circumstances are present:
• The victim has been injured
• The suspect is at or near the scene, or a crime has just occurred
• There is physical evidence to be collected
• The victim is hysterical or confused
• The victim insists that a unit be dispatched
• In the case of a Hit and Run 20002(a) CVC, when the victim’s vehicle was occupied
Grand Theft Property 487.1 PC – Grand Theft Gun 487.3 PC
A unit will be dispatched if any of the following circumstances are present:
• The suspect is at or near the scene, or the crime has just occurred
• There is physical evidence to be collected
• The victim insists that a unit be dispatched
• The loss totals $5,000.00 or more
Burglary (auto) – Burglary (boat) 459(B) PC
A unit will be dispatched if any of the following circumstances are present:
• The suspect is at or near the scene, or the crime has just occurred
• There is physical evidence to be collected
• The victim insists that a unit be dispatched
• The loss totals $5,000.00 or more
Auto Theft VC – Abbreviated Crime Reports will not be used for Auto Thefts
Officers will respond to and take Stolen Vehicle Reports ONLY when one of the following
conditions exist:
• Suspects are in custody or in the area
• Suspects are named
• Evidence exists at the scene
• Victim insists that a unit be dispatched
Personnel assigned to the Information/Business Desks at all the police substations and
the main station will be responsible for taking telephonic Stolen Vehicle Reports. See
Special Order – Discontinuation of Telephonic Stolen Vehicle Report 7-1-15. However,
the person receiving the call when any of the following conditions exist will refer such calls
to the Auto Theft Detail for evaluation of the circumstances:
• The victim is a rental agency and the suspect in the renter of the vehicle
• The vehicle is taken by means of Forgery, Fraud or Trick and Device (these reports
will be referred to the Forgery/Fraud Detail)
• The victim has loaned the vehicle to another party regardless of the time period
involved
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• The vehicle is alleged to have been embezzled
• If none of the aforementioned conditions exist, Stolen Vehicle Reports will be taken
via telephone at the Information/Business Desk of the appropriate station.
• The employee receiving the report will confirm that the victim is willing to prosecute
and that special circumstances are not present
• The identity of the Victim/Reporting Party and registered owner information with the
Department of Motor Vehicles (CLETS)
• AUTO STATS shall be contacted to determine if the vehicle has been reported stored,
impounded or repossessed, if circumstances indicate that this information may not yet
have been entered into CLETS
• The Vehicle Report (PD form 2310.010) will be completed using information from the
victim. The report should indicate the last driver and that no one was given permission
to use the vehicle
• The word “TELEPHONE” shall be written in the signature box
• The filing employee will obtain a DR#, indicate it on the report and give the victim the
DR#
• The filing employee will forward the written document to the Reporting Office for
review and assignment
General Information
• Recoveries shall not be taken by telephone
• All vehicles associated with missing persons shall be entered by Police Systems at
the time the missing person information is entered
Auto Records personnel shall NOT enter the missing vehicle into the stolen vehicle
system as requested by the Department of Justice. If a missing vehicle card is received,
make a copy of the card and forward to Police Systems for entry into the missing person
system. Auto Records will maintain the card.
• Courtesy reports from other jurisdictions will not be taken telephonically
• IF the identity (via driver’s or identification card number) of the victim/reporting party
and/or ownership information cannot be verified through CLETS, a unit will be
dispatched to take the report
• If DMV shows a “Release of Liability” form on file, this alone does not establish
ownership of the vehicle
• If it is determined that other questionable and unusual circumstances exist regarding
the stolen vehicle, the watch commander shall make the determination to refer the
victim to the Auto Theft Detail, or refer the call to the communications center to
dispatch a unit
6.4.6 INTENTIONALLY BLANK
6.4.7 ROBBERY TELETYPES – PREPARATION & SENDING
Teletypes shall be sent on the following:
• Any robbery indicating a potential series
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• Any robbery with a named suspect or vehicle license number, or unusual descriptive
information, regarding the vehicle
• When the victim is a major market, restaurant, retailer, bank, or commercial business
• Whenever serious injury is sustained, shots are fired, suspects are exceptionally
violent
• Any extensive loss
NOTE: Purse snatch or street robberies should NOT have a Teletype sent unless they
have appropriate suspect or vehicle information.
All teletypes should include basic information; date and time, time of robbery, name of
victim, loss, suspect’s physical description, weapons used, suspect’s vehicle description,
and a brief description of any MO. Be specific regarding unusual actions, unusual dress,
or suspect’s exact comments. All teletypes should be short and direct.
The patrol officer who handles the crime report should hand write the Teletype and
forward it to the watch commander. The officer may KDT the information if he/she is
unable to return to the station in a timely manner. The watch commander will approve or
make any required adjustments on the teletype, enter the information on the watch
commander’s activity log, and deliver the teletype to the Police Systems Office.
Police Systems personnel shall transmit the Teletype to the appropriate jurisdictions and
forward a copy to the Robbery Detail. The copy shall include the date and time the
Teletype was sent.
6.4.8 MARINE SECURITY – NON-VIOLENT CRIME REPORTS TAKEN BY
Long Beach Marine Patrol Security Officers shall be authorized to take police reports for
non-violent crimes where weapons were not used, and Vehicle, Bicycle and Vessel
reports. Marine Patrol Officers may also take Special Accident reports that occur within
the Marina Areas.
When the Marine Patrol Security Officers become aware that a crime involving violence
or weapons was perpetrated in their area, they shall request a police unit to conduct the
investigation. The Detective Division will continue to investigate these reports consistent
with those taken by Long Beach Police Officers.
6.4.9 RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT UNIT
The purpose of Research and Development shall be to develop long-range plans,
environmental evaluations, and to conduct special projects.
Organizational Structure
Research and Development, Administration Bureau, is under the direct supervision of the
Administrator, Information Management Division. A Police Sergeant will be designated
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
as the Coordinator of the Unit. Personnel assigned to the unit will be responsible to the
coordinator for duty functions and assignments.
Responsibilities
Long-Range Planning – Responsible for planning, researching and coordinating projects
within the following areas:
• Research, develop and publish a three- and five-year strategic Department plan
• Analyze appropriate forecasts to assist management in developing Departmental
goals
• Establish and maintain liaison with qualified individuals in the field of long-range
planning
Environmental Evaluation
The unit will be responsible for the preparation of Environmental Impact Reports (EIR) in
response to major commercial developers regarding the effect of projects on police
services by:
• Preparing draft EIR’s on Department originated projects
• Evaluating the various City Master Plans
• Attending community meetings
Special Projects
The unit shall be the Department’s central repository for research and management
information and perform the following functions:
• Conduct staff research and prepare reports
• Review, analyze, summarize and/or coordinate major staff research projects
• Review, analyze and recommend project evaluations
• Receive, study and respond to Departmental employee suggestions directed
• Evaluate equipment options
• Respond to planning surveys from outside agencies
6.4.10 REQUEST FOR STATISTICAL INFORMATION & SPECIAL INQUIRIES
FROM THE SYSTEMS SECTION
All requests for statistical (batch) information, or full file searches must be submitted in
writing to the Administrator, Information Division.
Subsequent to approval, written requests will be forwarded to the Police Project Manager,
Information Services Division, General Services Department. The Police Systems
Section personnel will deliver results to the requesting Section, Division or Bureau.
In the absence of the Administrator, Information Management Division, the Deputy Chief
of Administration Bureau can approve requests for batch process computer runs.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Should an emergency situation arise where statistical information is required immediately,
the Administrator, Information Management Division, will honor an emergency telephone
request. A request memorandum will be required prior to delivery of the statistical
information.
6.4.11 IMPREST CASH/PETTY CASH FUNDS
Utilization and Control Procedure for Advancing Imprest Cash Funds to Individuals for
Expenditures
Individual(s) will request an advance of imprest cash from the Budget Section in a form
approved by both the Bureau Chief and the Administrator, Information Management
Division. The following information shall be included:
• Vendor
• Requesting personnel
• Program/Activity to be charged
• Description of the purchase
• Cost of the purchase
• Reason for the purchase
• The individual will exchange the approved request form for cash from the
Budget Section
The Budget Section will ensure the form is complete and that the purchase meets the
requirements of the imprest cash fund.
When the purchase is completed, the individual will return the following to Budget Section:
• The exact change, if the expenditure was less than the amount advanced
• An ORIGINAL receipt for the expenditure
The Budget Section will maintain all necessary accounting records and the security of the
imprest cash funds.
The Budget Section will report all expenditures to the Financial Management Section and
obtain reimbursement of funds to the imprest cash fund.
Expenditures
There may be incidents when an individual makes a purchase within the requirements of
the imprest cash fund, by using his/her personal cash.
The same procedures will be followed as for the advance of imprest cash funds except,
rather than advancing funds to the individual, the individual will be reimbursed for the
expenditure.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Reimbursement
Reimbursement will not be made for expenditures made by any individual which does not
meet the requirements for the Imprest Cash Fund regulations and have the approval of
the applicable Bureau Chief and Administrator, Information Management Division.
6.4.12 TRAVEL – OUT OF STATE & OVERNIGHT TRAVEL
All out of state or overnight travel requires advance authorization by the Chief of Police
or his designee. Travel by Department employees is defined as a business trip or
attendance at a convention or business meeting which:
• Has a public or municipal purpose, the aims of which are reasonably calculated to aid
the Department in the attainment of its objectives; and
• Requires expenses for transportation to any location farther than one day’s round trip
travel from this City. One day, round trip travel may be approved by the employee’s
Bureau Chief
• Requires expenses for overnight lodging and meals
Types of travel are defined as follows:
• Conventions – A convention is defined as a regularly recurring conference of the
membership of a professional, technical, fraternal or other organization in which the
subject matter broadly relates to Department operations
• Business Meeting – A business meeting is defined as an advisory committee session
or other gathering in which the subject matter broadly relates to Department
operations
NOTE: This definition includes, but is not limited to, training activities, conferences,
panels, seminars or workshops on specific City problems; and appearances before
judicial, quasi-judicial or legislative bodies.
• Business trips – A business trip is defined as travel for other than a convention or
business meeting; the purpose of which is of immediate concern to Department
operations
• Extradition of Fugitives
NOTE: This definition includes investigative travel (i.e., criminal investigation) and
operations travel (i.e., recruiting, real estate and grant negotiations and the
observations of activities of other law enforcement agencies)
All requests for out-of-state and overnight travel shall be submitted in advance on the
memorandum titled, “Request for Out of State and Overnight Travel”, and shall include
the following:
• Name of traveling employee
• Dates and number of days involved
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• Purpose of travel
• Destination
• Mode of transportation to be used
• Authority financing the travel
• A statement of sufficient funds have been allocated for the travel
• A statement that the travel has been budgeted by the Department; or is being financed
by another agency
• If another agency is financing the trip, a statement that the trip is in the best interest
of the City
NOTE: Requests for non-budgeted travel for business meetings and business trips
shall include a statement that the trip is of benefit to the City.
Procedure
• Obtain a written advance authorization from the Chief of Police or his designee by
completing the “Request for Out of State or Overnight Travel” memorandum (PD form
2250.005)
• A request for travel other than investigate should be submitted 30 days prior to
departure
• Requests for travel on a District Attorney’s authorization for out-of-state extradition or
other requests for investigative travel should be submitted as soon as possible, but
must be authorized by the Chief of Police or his designee prior to departure
6.4.13 TRAINING/TRAVEL REIMBURSEMENT
• City regulations require original receipts for reimbursement of all training/travel
expenses. All receipts shall be submitted taped on clean, white, 81/2” x 11” paper.
Receipts shall be in chronological date order with the meal, either breakfast, lunch or
dinner, clearly identified. Reimbursement requests shall be submitted within 14 days
of course completion. Budget staff reserves the right to return to the employee sloppy
or incomplete reimbursement packages.
• Rental vehicle shall be pre-authorized by your Bureau Chief in writing and submitted
with training requests
• At the close of the course, the “Evaluation of School/Seminar” form shall be completed
• All forms, receipts and a copy of your training certificate from the course shall be
submitted to the Training Reimbursement Coordinator in the Budget Section
• Tip and alcohol expenses are not eligible for reimbursement
• Air Travel – Airline tickets shall be obtained through the Department’s Budget Section,
Training Reimbursement Coordinator. Employees shall not make their own
arrangements
• Allow 21-working days from submittal of reimbursement package to the Budget
Section for reimbursement check
Cancellation Policy
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Cancellation of course attendance must be authorized in writing by a Bureau Deputy Chief
or Manager, and submitted to the Budget Section seven working days prior to the course.
If an employee cannot attend a course, every effort should be made to send an alternate.
6.4.14 WATCH REPORT
The Watch Report is a file consisting of memoranda of interest to all personnel or multiple
divisions, issued at the Division or higher level, containing information relative to wanted
persons, crime patterns, other incidents calling for police attention, special notices, et
cetera.
Items placed in the Watch Report file shall be typed on a long form memorandum or
covered by a long form memorandum addressed to the Watch Report and shall be
approved by the office or Division Commander of the Division from which they originate.
In the case of items that are of interest to the Department, but not originated within a
specific Division, it shall be the responsibility of the Watch Commander to review and
approve these items, by signature with photo number.
The Watch Report is a business document. Items that appear in the report should be
presented in a professional and business-like manner.
Notices of intent to employees such as retirement functions, funerals and notices of
employee organization functions should be limited to type of event, date, time, location,
and contact person.
The originator of all Watch Report items shall indicate in the body of the memorandum
how many days the item is to be read in the Patrol Watches.
All approved Watch Report items shall be routed via e-mail by the originator of the report.
The Records Division shall maintain a file of all Watch Reports items for one year from
the date of origin.
Each Department unit shall develop guidelines to ensure that all their personnel receive
Watch Report information in a timely manner.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
6.5 JAIL OPERATIONS – BOOKING AND CUSTODY
Revised February 7, 2019
The Support Bureau will have audit responsibility.
6.5.1 BOOKING PROCEDURES
Revised February 7, 2019
Officers booking an inmate into the Long Beach Police Department Jail shall complete
the Arrest and Booking Information Form (PD 4102.013(A)). Officers shall submit the
Arrest and Booking Information Form prior to completing a Probable Cause Declaration
(ePCD). The Booking Sergeant will provide the Booking Number required for the ePCD
to be completed. The arresting officer is responsible for ensuring that the inmate is
booked for the correct charge level.
At no time is an inmate to be left alone by the arresting officer. The arresting officer is
responsible for the inmate until the inmate is released to the custody of Jail Division
personnel.
All inmates shall remain handcuffed while in Booking except during the routine removal
of property for booking purposes or when deemed medically necessary by Jail Medical
Staff.
Only employees assigned to Booking are allowed behind the Booking Desk, unless
authorized by the Booking Sergeant.
Arresting officers shall inform the Jail Nurse and Detention Officers of any pertinent
information regarding an inmate’s mental and physical status (e.g., if the inmate is sick,
has been injured in anyway, or is suicidal) as soon as possible.
6.5.1.1 BOOKING AREA AND TUNNEL SECURITY
Revised February 7, 2019
The Booking Desk and the access tunnel to the Booking Desk are secure areas. The
general public and the news media are prohibited from entering these areas unless
authorized by the Watch Commander or another member of the Command Staff.
Command Officers who authorize entry into these restricted areas shall notify the Watch
Commander and the Booking Sergeant of the authorization and shall either accompany
or arrange for a member of the Department to escort the visitor. The Department escort
shall remain with the visitor while in the restricted area and until the visit is terminated.
6.5.1.2 BOOKING ON WARRANTS
Revised February 7, 2019
When an inmate is arrested for an outstanding warrant, whether misdemeanor or felony
and the warrant is not an exact match to the inmate, the warrant must be verified through
the inmate’s fingerprints before the inmate is booked for the charges.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
The Booking Clerk will verify the warrant at the time of booking. If the warrant cannot be
verified by computer check, fingerprints are sent to the fingerprint classifier for verification.
In the rare event that an inmate is sent to County Jail without having cleared Livescan,
the County will add charges as needed.
If an inmate is booked on an open charge, a warrant charge will not be added unless the
warrant is an exact match or is verified by fingerprints. Livescan does not verify warrants
that are already added to the booking sheet, therefore any warrant that is not an exact
match shall be verified first by fingerprints before being added as a booking charge.
The Booking Sergeant is responsible for verifying any and all charges added to the
booking sheet.
6.5.1.3 HOLDING CELL USE
Revised February 7, 2019
The holding cell in booking is a temporary housing cell and shall be used only during the
initial booking process. Inmates may be placed in the holding cell at the discretion and
approval of the Booking Sergeant. This may occur if an inmate displays any of the
following behaviors:
1) Poses a threat to the safety and security of the facility;
2) Poses a threat of escape;
3) Presents a threat to themselves or others, including inmates threatening suicide;
4) Assaults officers or others; or
5) Is uncooperative or disruptive during the booking process.
Officers utilizing the holding cell will adhere to the following procedures:
1) The Booking Sergeant must be notified when an inmate is placed in or removed from
the holding cell;
2) All lights must remain on while the holding cell is occupied;
3) Holding cell doors are to remain locked at all times;
- The key for the holding cell will be kept with the Booking Sergeant when the cell
is not in use;
4) All inmates placed in the holding cell shall be restrained at all times;
5) Male and female inmates should not be housed in the holding cell together;
6) Officers placing inmates into the holding cell must maintain constant visual
supervision over the inmate.
6.5.1.4 RESTRAINT CHAIR USE
Revised February 7, 2019
The restraint chair should be considered as an option only when an inmate meets the
following criteria:
1) Displays behavior resulting in the destruction of property; or
2) Reveals intent to cause physical harm to self or others.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
The restraint chair can be used in conjunction with the placement of inmates in the holding
cell. Employees shall adhere to the Jail Standard Operating Procedure Chapter 15 when
using the restraint chair.
6.5.2 IMMIGRATION AND CUSTOMS ENFORCEMENT (ICE)
ADMINISTRATIVE WARRANTS
Revised November 14, 2019
The Support Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Review date November 14, 2019
6.5.2.1 DEFINITIONS
Revised November 14, 2019
ICE administrative warrants or detainers – ICE uses administrative warrants as a
request for local law enforcement agencies to detain an individual until ICE responds and
takes custody of the individual for the purposes of immigration proceedings. ICE
administrative warrants that are entered into the National Crime Information Center
(NCIC) database may appear when officers conduct a want/warrant check of an
individual.
6.5.2.2 ASSISTANCE WITH FEDERAL IMMIGRATION LAW
Revised November 14, 2019
Department personnel shall not detain an individual in response to a hold request or
administrative warrant issued by ICE. Upon receipt of an ICE hold request, Department
personnel shall provide the individual and his or her representative with TRUTH Act Form
#2 ICE Request indicating that LBPD does not intend to comply with the hold request.
Department personnel shall not assist in the enforcement of federal immigration law
unless a valid exception exists as listed in Manual § 6.5.2.4 EXCEPTIONS.
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) 287(g) program refers to an ICE initiative
which allows a state or local law enforcement entity to enter into a partnership with ICE,
under a joint Memorandum of Agreement (MOA), to receive delegated authority for
immigration enforcement within their jurisdictions. The LBPD does not participate in the
DHS 287(g) program.
Prior to responding to a specific request by ICE when they are conducting immigration
related enforcement for law enforcement support services, such as traffic control or
peacekeeping efforts during a federal operation, officers shall receive approval from the
Watch Commander. In the event of an immediate threat to public safety, such approval
is not required.
6.5.2.3 INQUIRIES INTO PLACE OF BIRTH, CITIZENSHIP OR IMMIGRATION
STATUS
Revised November 14, 2019
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Department personnel shall not inquire into an individual’s place of birth, citizenship, or
immigration status unless the information is:
• Necessary for furthering a criminal investigation;
• Needed for processing an arrestee for a criminal offense or directly related to any
other law enforcement or employment purpose unrelated to immigration enforcement;
• Required for providing services to victims of certain crimes (U-Visa) or victims of
human trafficking (T-Visa); or
• Authorized to be collected under federal, state, or local law or policy.
6.5.2.4 EXCEPTIONS
Revised November 14, 2019
An LBPD employee shall not assist in the enforcement of federal immigration law except
under one or more of the following circumstances:
1) Making inquiries into information that is required to certify an individual who has
been identified as a potential crime or trafficking victim for a T- or U-Visa pursuant
to 8 USC § 1101(a)(15)(T) or 1101(a)(15)(U), or to comply with 18 USC § 922(d)(5).
2) Required by state or federal law, or by a valid judicial warrant or subpoena.
3) Conducting enforcement or investigative duties associated with a joint law
enforcement task force, including sharing confidential information with other law
enforcement agencies for task force investigative purposes, provided that such
participation follows state law and:
a) The primary purpose of the joint task force is to enforce non-immigration related
criminal violations, and the LBPD duties are primarily related to violation of
state or federal law unrelated to immigration enforcement.
4) Investigating, enforcing, or detaining upon reasonable suspicion of, or arresting for,
a violation of unlawful re-entry of removed aliens whose removal was subsequent to
a conviction for an aggravated felony, per 8 USC § 1326(a) and 1326(b)(2).
5) Transfers to ICE.
a) Transfers are only permitted under the following circumstances:
i. When authorized by a signed judicial warrant or judicial probable cause
determination, or
ii. When the individual meets any one of the conditions set forth in
Government Code § 7282.5(a):
1. Convicted at any time of a serious or violent felony (defined in
1192.7(c), or 667.5(c) of the California Penal Code).
2. Convicted at any time of a felony that is presently punishable by
imprisonment in state prison.
3. Convicted within the past 15 years of a felony listed in Government
Code § 7282.5(a)(3), or within the past 5 years of a wobbler (a crime
punishable as either a felony or a misdemeanor) listed in
Government Code § 7282.5(a)(3).
4. An individual that is currently on the California Sex and Arson
Registry.
5. An individual has been convicted of specified federal aggravated
felonies identified in 8 USC § 1101(a) (43) (A)-(P).
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
6. An individual identified by ICE as the subject of an outstanding
federal felony arrest warrant for any federal crime.
b) Upon receiving any detainer request from ICE, LBPD shall provide the
individual and his or her representative with TRUTH Act Form #2 ICE Request,
which shall specify whether LBPD intends to comply with the request for
transfer.
6) Responding to a request from federal immigration authorities for information about
an individual’s criminal history such as previous criminal arrests, convictions, or
similar criminal history information obtained through CLETS only where permitted
by State Law.
7) Providing information regarding a person’s release date or responding to requests
for notification by providing release dates or other information only if:
a) One of the following applies:
i. The release date or other information is available to the public,
ii. Is in response to a notification request from immigration authorities
regarding persons meeting one or more of the criminal background
conditions specified under Government Code § 7282.5(a)-(b),
iii. When otherwise required by law, or
iv. In accordance with existing City regulations; and
b) LBPD complies with the California TRUTH Act as follows:
i. If LBPD receives an ICE notification request to provide release date
information, it must provide the individual and his or her representative
TRUTH Act Form #2 ICE Request, which shall specify whether LBPD
intends to comply with the request; and
ii. Where LBPD does provide ICE with notification that an individual is being,
or will be released on a certain date, it must also provide the individual
and his or her representative TRUTH Act Form #3 Notification of Release
to ICE.
8) Providing personal information, as defined in Civil Code § 1798.3, about an
individual, provided that the information is available to the public.
9) Providing immigration authorities access to interview an individual in Department
custody once the LBPD has complied with the California TRUTH Act by providing
the individual with TRUTH Act Form #1 Consent to Interview with ICE.
6.5.2.5 NO CONFLICT – FEDERAL POLICY
Revised November 14, 2019
This policy does not prohibit or restrict any LBPD employee from sending, receiving,
requesting, maintaining, or exchanging information regarding citizenship or immigration
status of an individual to/from federal immigration authorities or any other federal, state
or local entity, in accordance with 8 USC §§ 1373 and 1644.
6.5.3 SEARCHING INMATES
Revised February 7, 2019
It shall be the responsibility of the arresting or transporting Officer to search their inmate,
remove all property, and make a complete inventory of the inmate’s property (including
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
bags, backpacks, and purses) on the Booking or Property form. Arresting or transporting
Officers shall also be responsible for bagging the inmate’s property while at the Booking
desk.
Such searches shall not include personal areas (such as an inmate’s underwear), as
those types of searches will be handled by Jail personnel if warranted.
Nothing in this section shall preclude an Officer from retrieving a weapon or perceived
weapon from an inmate’s personal area for purposes of officer safety.
Instances where an Officer cannot reasonably remove an inmate’s property shall be
communicated to Jail personnel, so the property can be removed during the intake
process.
6.5.3.1 PRISONER’S PROPERTY
Revised February 7, 2019
Officers will place prisoner’s property in the provided clear plastic bag and complete the
Property Inventory section on the Arrest and Booking Information Form.
Prisoner’s property that does not fit into the plastic bag shall be inspected and searched
as appropriate, and if feasible placed into large, brown paper bags. The bag(s) or
property shall be placed into the appropriate bulk property location with the appropriate
property report filed. Entry to this effect shall be made on the Arrest and Booking
Information Form as well as on the bulk property log.
Inmates will not take any money to the jail floors. All money will be counted and placed
into a money envelope. Officers will legibly write their name, DID and the inmate’s
booking number on the money envelope. The envelope will be given to the Booking
Sergeant or placed in the money safe next to the Booking window.
Inmate’s shoelaces will be removed and placed into the plastic property bag. All
prescription and over-the-counter medication will be placed into the plastic bag. Officers
will not take inmate’s medication into the Jail.
Additional charges, which may result from evidence uncovered during the search, shall
be added to the Arrest and Booking Information Form.
6.5.3.2 RELIGIOUS HEAD COVERINGS
Revised February 7, 2019
If an inmate is wearing a religious head covering, all reasonable efforts shall be made to
allow this practice, except where safety and security concerns dictate otherwise. During
intake, or whenever the removal of an inmate’s religious head covering is necessary,
officers shall make every reasonable effort to abide by the following procedures:
1) Utilize Jail personnel of the same gender as the inmate during removal;
2) Keep the inmate out of the view of others, including uninvolved staff;
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
3) Allow the inmate to remove the religious head covering; staff may pat down the head
covering prior to removal.
While in custody, approval of the wearing of religious head coverings will be at the
discretion of the Booking Sergeant. A religious head covering will be permitted except
where removal or confiscation is reasonably required due to security or safety issues. If
the retention of the religious head covering is approved, the article shall be searched, in
accordance with the procedures above, and returned to the inmate. The inmate shall be
allowed to reapply the head covering at the earliest practicable opportunity and before
leaving the private area.
All religious head coverings shall be searched and remain subject to search while the
inmate is in custody. Any item that may pose a threat to the safety or security of the
facility or that may potentially cause harm to the inmate or others shall not be allowed.
In the event an item is not allowed, the reason will be explained to the inmate and
documented in the inmate’s booking record by the Booking Sergeant.
6.5.3.3 STRIP SEARCHES AND VISUAL BODY CAVITY SEARCHES
Revised February 7, 2019
All persons, except for physicians or licensed medical personnel, conducting or otherwise
present during a strip search, or a visual or physical body cavity search shall be of the
same sex as the person being searched.
Persons conducting a strip search, or a visual body cavity search shall not touch the
breasts, buttocks, or genitalia of the person being searched.
In some instances, an arresting officer may request a strip search of an inmate that does
not fit the criteria per 4030(F) PC (i.e. misdemeanor or infraction arrest). The following
must exist to facilitate such a search:
1) There must be a reasonable and articulable suspicion that the inmate is concealing
contraband or a weapon;
2) Officers must complete the Authorization to Strip Search Form, which is available
from the Booking Sergeant.
3) Officers shall provide written justification on the form articulating the reason for the
request.
4) The Authorization to Strip Search Form must then be approved by the Booking
Sergeant.
Once the strip search has been completed, the Authorization to Strip Search Form shall
be attached to the inmate’s paperwork.
6.5.4 DELETED 1/9/23
6.5.5 MEDICAL RECORD FOR IN-CUSTODY PERSONS
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
A “Medical Record for Persons In-Custody” form (PD Form 2100.56) will be completed by
arresting or transporting officers any time a person in-custody (or person to be taken into
custody) is examined or treated by a physician or hospital outside of the Department Jail.
Procedure
All officers transporting a prisoner for examination by a physician, whether from jail after
booking or subsequent to arrest and prior to booking, shall adhere to the following:
• Prepare a copy of the Long Beach Police Department “Medical Record for Persons in
Custody” form
A hospital employee shall complete the second portion of the report. The information is
self-explanatory and may be typed or printed on the form
• The third portion of the report is to be completed and signed by the physician who
actually examines the person in custody. The physician, prior to the patient leaving
the medical facility, must complete this part of the form. A copy of the hospital
emergency report of the in-custody person shall be requested and submitted with all
other related reports
• When booking the injured person, or transporting someone already booked back from
the hospital, the medical report shall be shown to the Booking Supervisor. The
supervisor shall review, initial and write his/her photo number on the medical report if
the booking is approved. The medical report shall be taken, with the prisoner, to the
Jail for review by the Jail Supervisor. If the Jail Supervisor approves the booking, or
readmitting of a person already booked, he/she shall initial and write his/her photo
number on the medical report for injured persons
• The form should accompany the prisoner to the Long Beach Jail and remain there to
be completed by the jail physician. The Jail Division will forward the form to the
Information Management Division to be included in the prisoner’s file
If the prisoner is not kept in LBPD custody, and instead is released to another agency,
this report should be included with reports, which are filed on the prisoner and forwarded
to Information Management. A copy of our form should be made and left with the facility
the prisoner is released to so the prisoner can receive consistent continuing treatment.
6.5.5.1 RELEASE & SECURITY OF JAIL PRISONERS FOR EMERGENCY
MEDICAL TREATMENT
No prisoner shall be transported from the Jail for medical reasons without the knowledge
and consent of the watch commander. The watch commander shall be responsible for
providing security for paramedics transporting a prisoner and for determining if the
prisoner should be released on his/her own recognizance or remain in custody with
appropriate security measures in effect.
Procedure
When a prisoner is in need of immediate medical attention, any employee observing such
a condition shall immediately notify paramedics and a jail supervisor. A prisoner shall be
considered in need of immediate medical attention when:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• An intoxicated prisoner does not react in a normal manner after two hours
• A prisoner is found unconscious
• A delay in medical treatment might result in further complications
When a jail supervisor becomes aware that a prisoner is in need of immediate medical
attention, the jail supervisor shall ensure that paramedics have been called and shall
immediately notify the watch commander.
The watch commander, upon notification, shall immediately assign an officer to respond
to the jail to provide security in the event the prisoner is transported from jail, and to keep
him/her apprised of the prisoner’s medical status.
In the event that the prisoner needs outside medical care, paramedics will determine the
means of transportation.
• If the prisoner is to be transported by paramedics, the officer shall provide security by
accompanying the prisoner to the paramedic van
• If paramedics determine they will not transport, the officer will transport the prisoner
to the hospital
The watch commander shall review the condition of the prisoner and consider releasing
the prisoner from custody on his/her own recognizance. The watch commander at his/her
discretion may elect not to release the prisoner, in which case an officer must be assigned
to guard the prisoner at the hospital until such time as the prisoner can be transported to
a security medical facility.
It is the watch commander’s responsibility to follow-up and ensure the release of a
prisoner in need of medical treatment, prior to leaving at the end of the shift. Delegation
of this task does not relieve the watch commander of this responsibility.
Aspects to be considered relative to an OR or 849(B)(2) PC release include, but are not
limited to, the following:
• Does the prisoner require extended medical examination or care?
• The nature of the charges; i.e., misdemeanor, felony, or warrant
• Was the prisoner able to provide satisfactory identification?
• Is there a reasonable likelihood that the offense would continue?
• Would the safety of persons or property be imminently endangered if the prisoner were
released?
• Is there reason to believe that the prisoner would not appear for Court at the time and
place specified, if released on his/her own recognizance?
The watch commander shall make every effort to make a decision as to whether or not to
release the prisoner, prior to the prisoner being transported from jail.
6.5.5.2 MEDICAL TREATMENT – ADULT ARRESTEES
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Revised September 11, 2008
The Support Bureau has audit responsibility.
Jail Division Responsibilities
The Jail nurse shall medically screen all incoming prisoners prior to the completion of
processing. The actual acceptance or rejection of a prisoner is delegated to the Jail
Supervisor or on-duty nurse. (See Jail Division Policy 8.100, Section 1 – Medical
Responsibility). The Jail supervisor shall record all significant medical problems in the
Jail Division logbook to apprise other personnel in the Division of immediate of potential
problems. Required Jail inspections will be completed to provide adequate monitoring of
each inmate.
Transportation to Medical Facilities
Injured prisoners, mentally unstable individuals (5150 WIC), and violent PCP prisoners,
et cetera, may require transportation to County medical facilities outside the City. These
individuals shall be transported to medical facilities in police vehicles when feasible. If
these individuals require ambulance transport, police officers shall follow the procedures
as outlined below.
• Paramedics shall be called to evaluate and transport from the scene or Jail to a local
hospital if necessary, it will be the option of the paramedics to request a private
ambulance be called for transportation
• If the patient is medically stable for transfer, and is charged with an offense that
precludes an RNB (i.e. 187, 261, etc.) the referring hospital shall place the call to
MEDICAL ALERT CENTER (MAC), telephone (213) 226-6697, advising them of the
name of the patient in custody and requesting transfer. The hospital shall also provide
MAC with the arresting officer’s name, badge number and jurisdiction. After MAC
accepts the transfer, they will dispatch a private ambulance under contract with the
County. A police officer must accompany the prisoner in the ambulance. The officer
must arrange for their return transportation
• Police, paramedics or an ambulance must transport adults who are under the
influence of PCP and exhibit violent behavior to a local hospital. A continuation of
unruly and violent behavior at the hospital shall require transport to the LASD Main
Central Jail by LBPD personnel
6.5.6 HANDLING OF VIOLENT, ON PHENCYCLIDINE (PCP) PRISONERS
The majority of persons arrested for being under the influence of PCP are controllable.
The violent offender, however, presents a danger to himself/herself as well as those
he/she may come in contact with.
All adults under the influence of PCP who are acting in an unruly and violent manner shall
be medically treated at a local hospital and once cleared, shall be booked directly into
either the Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department (LASD) Main Central Jail, or Sybil Brand
Institute for Women. Juveniles shall be taken to Unit 3 at USC Medical Center. All
prisoners taken to these facilities must meet the unruly and violent criteria. If the prisoner
does not appear to have all the classic symptoms of PCP ingestion as described in
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Training Bulletin #89, he/she shall have a medical examination from the nearest medical
facility prior to transportation. Arresting officers must have the approval of a field
supervisor prior to transporting a prisoner to any of these facilities.
Notification
In the case of an adult, the field supervisor will notify the Communications Center and the
Communications Supervisor will notify the appropriate jail with an estimated time of
arrival. The LASD Main jail telephone number is (213) 974-4921; the Sybil Brand
telephone number is (213) 267 2611.
When the arrested party is a juvenile, the field supervisor will notify a Youth Services
Supervisor who will notify the Probation Intercept Officer on-duty and Unit 3 at USC
Medical Center, telephone number (213) 226-5584.
Transportation
Arresting officers shall transport the violent PCP prisoner to the appropriate facility when
possible. Paramedics shall transport only in those instances when it is mandatory that
the prisoner be completely immobilized by strapping the prisoner to a cot or similar device.
Approval for such transportation must be obtained through the Fire Deputy Chief on-call.
6.5.6.1 INJURED PRISONERS UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF PCP
Any violent, injured adult prisoner under the influence of PCP shall be taken to the USC
Medical Center Jail Ward and shall not be taken directly to the County Jail. An injured
juvenile, 16 years of age or older, shall be taken to the USC Medical Center Jail Ward.
The Communications Supervisor will notify USC Medical Center Jail Ward when an adult
is involved. When a juvenile is involved, the Youth Services Section will make the
notification.
When the juvenile is 15 years of age or younger, Youth Services will notify the Probation
Intercept Officer who will assist in obtaining a court order that will permit the juvenile to
be booked at USC Medical Center Jail Ward. If an Intercept Officer is not on-duty, Youth
Services will call the Central Juvenile Hall Intercept Officer at telephone number (213)
226-8506 for assistance. The arresting officers and the field supervisor should give every
consideration to releasing the juvenile to his/her parents when this is an appropriate
disposition. A “Released Not Booked” (RNB) arrest report must be filed if the Juvenile is
released to his/her parents.
Location of Facilities & Responsibilities
• Twin Towers – 450 Bauchet Street, Los Angeles
o North on the Long Beach Freeway to Santa Ana Freeway; North on Vignes
Street (Downtown Los Angeles); North to Bauchet Street
• Officers shall drive to the ambulance entrance on the north side of the complex and
park as near to the door as possible. They shall enter the premises through the
ambulance entrance with the prisoner. Jail personnel shall assume charge of the
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
prisoner at that time. Officers shall stay in the sally port until Jail personnel return their
handcuffs or restraints to them. Transporting officers shall complete the required
forms prior to returning to Long Beach
• USC Medical Center – 1200 North State Street, Los Angeles, Jail Ward, phone #213
226-4563
o North on Long Beach Freeway to San Bernardino Freeway; westbound in
second lane from right; exit State Street northbound into hospital complex, right
turn on Zonal Avenue to Guard house
Officers shall place their handguns inside the gatehouse at the entry gate. Their shotgun
shall be firmly locked in its rack within the vehicle. When the gate opens, the officers shall
drive to the "Reception" entrance and park as near to the door as possible. Jail Deputies
will come to the vehicle and remove the subject. Officers shall accompany the Jail
Deputies to the third floor of the facility. The booking information will be completed by the
officers in the "Reception" area prior to their return to Long Beach. When the prisoner is
a juvenile, the arresting officers must then leave the hospital complex and drive to Central
Juvenile Hall at 1605 East Lake Avenue, which is located behind the hospital complex.
At Central Juvenile Hall, the officers must complete entrance papers before returning to
Long Beach.
6.5.7 RE-ARRESTING OF IN-CUSTODY PRISONERS
POLICY
Any prisoner who is charged with committing an offense while in-custody shall be
rebooked under a new booking number. The prisoner will be charged with the offense
committed while in-custody and the additional charge of 653.75 C.P.C. shall be added to
indicate an in-custody arrest. In addition, all warrant and non-warrant charges will be
transferred to the new booking number as added charges.
Booking Employee Responsibility
The new booking form set shall be stamped “Re-Booking” with the original booking
number and arrest package number cross-referenced on each page of the booking form
set.
Any warrant abstract added to the new booking form set will have the original booking
number lined out with a single line and the new booking number written in above it.
Copies of these changes will be forwarded to the Warrant Detail.
Filing Officer Responsibilities
• File a supplemental report to the original arrest package cross-referencing all booking
numbers and arrest package numbers.
• Ensure the Investigator’s blue copy of the booking form set is immediately placed in
the in-box of the Detail handling the original booking, located in the Information
Management Division.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Senior Records Clerk Responsibility
• Ensure rebooking entries are entered into RMS and all cross-references are made
between the original and new arrest package numbers and booking numbers.
• Ensure fingerprint cards are sent to the Department of Justice (D.O.J.), if necessary.
Bailiff Responsibility
Bailiff personnel will ensure only the new booking number appears on all remands,
release papers, and commitments.
Investigating Detail Responsibility
Two copies of the new booking sheet will be provided to the Investigations Bureau: one
copy to the Detail handling the original case and one copy to the Detail handling the new
case. It will be the responsibility of the Detail Sergeants to determine which Detail will
handle and file both cases.
6.5.8 BAIL DEVIATION
If a determination has been made to increase, decrease, or eliminate the need for the
posting of bail, the Los Angeles Superior Court, Pre-t Services Unit, has recommended
the following procedures.
• To initiate a bail deviation, complete a “Request for Bail Deviation From Felony Bail
Schedule”, PD Form 4102.010 (8/79)
• Telephone Pre-trial Services Unit, at (213) 974-5821, or the District Attorney’s
Command Post (24-hours), at (213) 974-3607
• Inform the representative of your requirement, bail increase, bail decrease, or the
need to eliminate bail. Be prepared to provide the following information:
− Name of suspect
− Booking number
− Charges
− Specific reasons for the Request of Bail Deviation
After Pretrial Service has received authorization from the Commissioner for a bail
deviation, they will generate a Notice of Bail Deviation by Teletype to the Department.
This is the officer’s authorization from the Judge/Commissioner that the request is granted
and will record the name of the Judge/Commissioner granting the request on the Request
for Bail Deviation from Felony Bail Schedule.
Procedure
Felony & Misdemeanor Suspect
The original Teletype authorizing bail deviation and the original Bail Deviation form will
remain with the Booking Supervisor.
A copy of the Teletype authorizing bail deviation and a copy of the Bail Deviation form will
be included with the arrest report.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
A copy of the Teletype authorizing bail deviation and the Bail Deviation form will be placed
in the suspect’s property.
Booking Supervisor
Upon receipt of the Teletype authorizing bail deviation, notification shall be given to
personnel assigned at the Information Desk and Jail Division.
The Teletype authorizing bail deviation and the Bail Deviation form will be routed in the
same manner as a bail bond.
Detectives
Upon receiving a case package, including the Notice of Bail Deviation, be sure that each
package of report copies includes a copy of the record of bail deviation. The record of
bail deviation includes a copy of PD Form 4102.010 (8/79) and a copy of the related
Teletype.
It is important that all report packages delivered to the District Attorney or the City
Prosecutor include a complete record of bail deviation.
Watch Commander
As provided in Section 810 PC, an incarcerated person has the right to request bail
deviation.
Upon receipt of a request for bail deviation made through the court system, a court
appointed Bail Deviation Officer would contact the watch commander.
6.5.9 CERTIFICATE OF RELEASE
TO comply with the requirements of California Penal Code Section 851.6 entitled,
“RELEASED AFTER ARREST WITHOUT A WARRANT CERTIFICATE AS DETENTION
WHEN NO FORMAL CHARGE IS MADE,” the following procedures shall be followed:
• When an individual is ARRESTED and BOOKED by a member of this Department,
and is later released with no criminal charges filed, in compliance with 849(b)(1) or
849(b)(3) of the California Penal Code, he/she SHALL be issued a “Certificate of
Release Form: (PD Form 3000.006)
• The detective assigned to the case shall complete the Certificate of Release Form,
sign the form, and personally deliver it to Booking Desk personnel. The detective will
then complete the Booking Desk procedure authorizing the individual’s release
• Booking Desk personnel shall place the Certificate of Release Form in the prisoner’s
property envelope and deliver the form to the subject along with his/her property
• The detective’s follow-up report shall contain the following statement in the narrative:
“Certificate of Release issued”
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• When an individual is ARRESTED and is RELEASED, NOT BOOKED, and demands
a Certificate of Release Form (PD Form 300.06), the form shall be issued by the
Arresting Officer
• The Arresting Officer shall complete the Certificate of Release Form, sign it and give
it to the subject
• The Arrest and RNB Information Form shall include the following statement in the
narrative: “Certificate of Release issued”
6.5.10 IN-CUSTODY RELEASE/WRITTEN PROMISE TO APPEAR
CITATIONS/OWN RECOGNIZANCE (OR) RELEASE
Arresting officer will check the applicable space on the 853.6 PC compliance section of
the “Arrest/RNB Information Form” (PD Form 4102.013).
The booking sergeant will assure the appropriate space is checked on the 853.6 PC
compliance section of the Arrest/RNB Information Form.
Jail personnel will advise the prisoner of the possibility of a citation release. If qualified,
the prisoner will sign a written promise to appear prior to being released. The jailer will
assist the arrestee in the completion of the citation release information on the Bailiff/Detail
copy. The prisoner will be fingerprinted and photographed consistent with other
prisoners. Upon completion, the information will be sent to the Records Division with the
completed Records Division copy and the fingerprint cards.
Records Division Responsibilities
Records Division personnel responsible for making the identification will forward the
Citation Release form to the jail supervisor with the following: a copy of the arrestee’s
blue arrest face sheet, a list of any prior arrests, and the release card. If the arrestee has
no local record, a notation will be made on the Citation Release Information form.
Jail Supervisor Responsibilities
The jail supervisor SHALL review the Citation Release form, arrest information and the
arrestee’s prior arrest record. If the individual is eligible, considering criteria, and receives
five points from the point system scale sheet, the jail supervisor shall authorize the
Citation Release. The authorized release card will be forwarded to the Booking Desk for
routine release processing, with an approval noted on the Bailiff/Detail copy. It should be
noted that when housing space in the jail becomes critical, certain criteria may be waived
and the release policy liberalized with the approval of the jail supervisor. Reasonable
effort should be made to validate any citation release information furnished by the
arrestee.
Citation Release Criteria: Release will not be executed if one or more of the following
conditions exist:
• The safety of the arrestee or others may be jeopardized by the release, where the
arrestee may return, or there is reasonable likelihood that the cause of the arrest or
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
offense will continue or resume. This includes offenses such as 11550(a)&(b) H&S,
Under the influence of an Opiate or PCP; 647(B) PC, soliciting for prostitution: and
647(A) PC, Lewd Acts; 273.6 PC, Domestic Violence; violation of orders, and any
Domestic Violence case where the victim is injured
• If evidence indicates that the arrestee, if released, will commit any offense causing
injury to persons or damage to property
• If the arrestee fails to properly identify himself/herself
• If the arrestee refuses to sign the Promise to Appear
• If the arrestee is unable to care for his/her safety or the safety of others by virtue of
intoxication or other conditions (release as soon as conditions permit)
• If the arrestee demands to be immediately taken before a magistrate
• If a reasonable likelihood exists that the arrestee will fail to appear in court as promised
• When the arrestee is charged with a violation of Vehicle Code § 23152 (Driving Under
the Influence of Alcohol) or 23153 (Combination of Alcohol and Drugs) of the California
Vehicle Code. The arrestee may be released when he/she has regained sobriety
• When the arrest is for a warrant
• When the arrestee does not attain a minimum point score of five from the point system
scale sheet
• When the prosecution of the offense or offenses for which the person was arrested,
or the prosecution of any other offenses would be jeopardized by immediate release
of the person
Disqualified Applicants
In the event that the arrestee does not qualify for release, the watch commander will note
the denial on the Release Card and forward it to the Booking Desk through normal
channels. The watch commander will also note the denial, and a brief statement as to
the reason, on the Bailiff/Detail copy, which will be forwarded to the Records Division
where it will be filed in the arrestee’s Departmental Record folder.
Jail Personnel Citation Duties
• When the Citation Release card arrives in jail, the jail officer will advise the arrestee
that they have been approved for a Citation Release and that they are to sign a
“Citation Release and Promise to Appear in Court”, PD form 2310.007
• If the arrestee desires to be released on a Citation Release, the jail officer will
complete the form according to the current Bail/Appearance schedule. The jail officer
will complete the form according to the current Bail/Appearance schedule. The jail
officer will then witness the arrestee’s signature as a promise to appear
• The jail officer will give the arrestee a copy and forward the Record’s copy and court
copy to the Records Division
• The arrestee will be released following routine release procedures
• Military arrestees are eligible to the military authorities upon release
6.5.10.1 CITATION RELEASE GRADING SHEET
Length of time resided at present address:
• Over one year 3 points
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
• Over six months 2 points
• Four to six months 1 points
Length of time resided in the State (Award only of no point given for established
residence)
• Over one year 1 point
Length of time employed by present employer
• Current job over one year 3 points
• Current job over six months 2 points
• Current job three to six months or supported by family 1 point
Marital Status
• Married 2 points
• Divorced or single 1 point
• Separated 0 points
Dependents
• Two or more children under 18 years 2 points
• One child under 18 years 1 point
Prior arrests
• No previous arrest 2 points
• One misdemeanor arrest 0 points
• Two misdemeanor or one felony -1 point
• Three misdemeanor or 2 felony -2 points
• Four misdemeanor or 3 felony - -3 points
A total of five points are required for release.
6.5.11 PRISONER COST RECOVERY PROGRAM
Implementation of the Prisoner Cost Recovery Program will allow the Department to
assess a fee to individuals participating in the Court Commitment – Community Service
Program. Under the program, individuals sentenced by the Long Beach Municipal Court
for driving under the influence and public intoxication, will provide custodial and
maintenance functions for the Department including Civic Center grounds maintenance
and detailing of police vehicles. Females assigned to this program will be confined to the
Women’s Jail and will perform maintenance and domestic assignments. Individuals who
cannot perform manual labor will not be accepted into the program. Security Officers
assigned to the Fleet Services function will supervise participants.
General Policy
The Administration Bureau of the Department shall be responsible for administering the
Prisoner Cost Recovery Program as specified herein.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Program Guidelines
Weekenders will initially report to the lobby business desk and pay the appropriate
assessment fee by cash or money order. The fee to cover the commitment will be paid
in advance of each weekend or day to be served. The individual will be given two copies
of his/her receipt. The individual is then authorized to proceed to the basement booking
desk for processing and fingerprinting of all Weekender/Community Service participants.
Processing into the weekender program will not begin until after the number of days to be
served is confirmed with the number of days paid.
One receipt will be given to and maintained by Jail/Booking and the sentenced individual
will retain the second receipt.
Weekenders will report for work at the booking desk at 0500 hours each morning and will
be checked out at 1700 hours.
The parking lot Security Officer will supervise the work detail of all male weekenders.
Female weekenders will work on the 4th floor under the direct supervision of the female
Security Officer in-duty in the Women’s Jail.
New weekenders will be booked into the computer system on their initial weekend. On
that weekend, the Records Division will provide a photograph of the weekender to be
attached to the attendance sheet. The weekender’s name, booking number, payment
receipt, beginning and ending dates of commitment and case number will be written on
the attendance sheet. Booking desk personnel will complete this.
The weekender will sign his/her name on the first line of the attendance roster and will
place a right thumbprint to the right of their name. The Booking Desk Security Officer will
sign under the weekender’s signature and time stamp the roster to the right of the
thumbprint. This roster will be maintained at the booking desk.
At the close of each day, the parking lot Security Officer will return the weekender to the
booking desk to be released. The weekender will again sign after “out”, affix his/her right
thumbprint and the Booking Desk Security Officer will sign below. The roster is time-
stamped by the Booking Desk Security Officer who will maintain the roster in a file. This
file will be kept at the Booking Supervisor’s desk.
The commitment from the court and the original booking slip will be maintained with the
weekender attendance roster at the booking desk.
At the completion of the sentence, the computer will be updated and all rosters will be
given to the Records Division for filing.
Jail Watch I Supervisor will be responsible for the following:
• Booking clerks will book into the computer system every new weekender and fill out
the weekender attendance roster. Complete the handwritten log of the weekend
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
commitment (name, booking number, Departmental Record (DR) number, starting
date, ending date, receipt and amount paid)
• A Booking Desk Security Officer will fingerprint all weekenders as follows:
• Flats (flat hand and fingerprints) on the back of the blue printout sheet (first day only)
• Print and time stamp the weekender attendance roster (daily)
• Processed male weekenders shall line up in the booking tunnel along the south wall;
Female weekenders go directly to the 4th floor
• Notify parking lot Security Officer when weekenders have been processed and are
ready for work. The parking lot Security Officer will assume control of male
weekenders. If needed, the parking lot Security Officer will supervise the lineup of
male weekenders in the booking tunnel
• If a weekender fails to appear for a weekend, it will be the responsibility of the watch
I Booking Desk Supervisor to prepare a “No-Show Weekender Form” and notify the
Court via the Court Affairs Office. The attendance roster will be delivered to the
Records Division for filing
Watch II Jail Supervisor will be responsible for the following:
• Attaining additional fingerprints or photographs of the weekender, if requested.
Fingerprints and photographs will be prepared by 4th or 6th floor personnel
• If the attendance roster does not have a photograph of the weekender, one shall be
secured from the Records Division and attached to the roster
Watch III Supervisor will be responsible for the following:
• Booking Desk Security Officer will checkout all weekenders
• Print and time stamp the weekender attendance roster
• Place the attendance roster into the weekender file to be kept at the Booking
Supervisor’s desk until completion of the sentence or failure to serve the commitment
• At the completion of the sentence, the computer will be updated by Watch III Booking
Clerks and all weekender paperwork will be forwarded to the Records Division for filing
Records Division Procedures
Booking personnel will be responsible for ensuring that Records Division receives the
paperwork (blue booking sheet, attendance sheet and Court commitment) on all first day
weekenders.
The Records Division supervisor will assign a clerk to run each subject on the PSIS, PHI
computers and 3x5 card index file to obtain a Department Record (DR) number and/or
Main number.
If the weekender has a Department Record Number:
• Pull DR and insert a red “out” card with a 3x5 card stating “weekender” and date
• Records Division Supervisor or Fingerprint Classifier will verify fingerprints
• Records Division personnel will run a warrant check on all AKA’s typed on the front of
the DR jacket. If warrants are found, the Booking Sergeant will be notified. If warrants
are not found, indicate on the front of the blue sheet “No Wants/Warrants, date and
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
last name of the employee who ran warrant check. If warrants are found, indicate on
the front of the blue sheet, Booking Sergeant notified, date and last name of employee
• Photograph mug will be stapled to the attendance roster
• Write the DR # on the attendance roster
• If subject does not have a Main number, request one local fingerprint card. Fingerprint
classifiers will issue a main number. Then file in the “weekender” box
• If subject has a DR# and a Main #, file in “weekender” box in DR# order
• A copy of the blue face sheet stating how many weekends to be served will be placed
in the DR and original paperwork will be returned to Booking
• Do not type on Booking Control Log unless Main # is issued
• A conversion sheet will be forwarded to Police Systems. Highlight LBWE in the jail
location box and paperclip all conversion together with a note “weekenders”
If a weekender requires a full fingerprint work up:
• Booking will be notified that subject requires a full fingerprint work-up and what
fingerprint cards are necessary
• Copy both sides of the blue booking sheet and attach to the fingerprint cards when
received. A second copy of the blue booking sheet will be made for conversion
• Original paperwork will be returned to Booking
• The fingerprint classifier will class and search the prints and, if necessary, issue a new
DR# and/or Main number
• A conversion sheet will be turned into Police Systems by the fingerprint classifier.
Highlight “LBWE” in the jail location box and paperclip all conversions together with a
note "weekenders”
• Department Records for workers will go to the DR desk for processing and then are
filed in the “weekender” box
• Put on Booking Control Log if new DR# and/or Main number
• Release cards are not required on any weekender.
• NO show up is required on weekenders.
• “Time Served” paperwork:
• Paperwork is brought to the Records Division by booking desk personnel and put in
“weekender” box to be processed
• Fingerprint classifier pulls Department Record from “weekender” box, identifies prints
and turns a conversion into the Police Systems Section. The conversion will indicate
number of weekends to be served, time served and date of entry by the Police
Systems Section in free field
• Example: Sent 2 WE/Time Served 8-23-87
• “No Show” paperwork:
• When “No show” paper work is brought to the Records Division, it will be verified to
confirm the Court commitment is not the original, but a legible copy. The original
commitment should be forwarded to Booking for them to return to Court
Police Systems will convert the booking numbers with fingerprints and enter note in free
field.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Example: Sent 4 WE/No Show – date
Records Division will not keep “No show” paperwork on subjects unless there are
fingerprints and a blue sheet with booking number.
If the DR has not be converted, it will be forwarded to Police Systems for conversion.
If the DR has been converted, it will be put in “Ready to File” cart by the DR desk.
Fee Deposit
The Budget Section will collect the weekender fees each Monday morning or the next
available business day. The fees collected will be reconciled with the other cash deposit
transactions made at the Business Desk and deposited with the City Treasurer.
6.5.12 SUPERVISION OF INMATE WORKERS
POLICY
Sentenced inmate workers participate in the “trusty” program, which is considered an
alternative sentencing option for the Long Beach Court. It is a minimum security-type
operation and considered a privilege to serve “city time”. In this program, sentenced
inmate workers assist with jail operations by performing janitorial, food preparation duties,
and other tasks throughout the Department such as painting, light maintenance, and
moving furniture. Sentenced inmate workers are sometimes referred to as “trusties”, but
should be regarded as prisoners who need direct supervision.
PROCEDURE
Department employees shall adhere to the following guidelines when utilizing sentenced
inmate worker services:
• For inmate availability, call the Jail Supervisor at extension 87267.
• Report to the Jail to pick up an inmate. The inmate must be signed for, noting the
location and work the inmate will be performing and wear an orange vest as
identification.
• The inmate shall be under the direct supervision of an employee at all times while
performing the designated task.
• When the task is completed, an employee shall escort the inmate worker back to the
Jail. The inmate must be signed-in upon return.
Employees should treat sentenced inmate workers with the appropriate courtesy and
respect. However, since inmate workers have access throughout the building, this creates
several security concerns. When a problem or situation exists, an employee should
question the inmate worker. If there are any doubts about a situation, report the problem
to the Jail Supervisor at extension 87267. A Jail Supervisor is on-duty at all times and
will help with any problems.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Community Service Workers/Weekenders
The Department also utilizes community service workers and weekenders to perform
work. Community service workers and weekenders are supervised by gas pump Security
Officers, not the Jail Division. If a problem occurs with these workers, contact Fleet
Operations at extension 87448, or during the weekend contact the gas pump at extension
87433.
6.5.13 BAIL FUGITIVE RECOVERY AGENTS
Revised April 14, 2015
The Support Bureau will have audit responsibility
A bail fugitive recovery agent is a person who is provided written authorization pursuant
to California Penal Code Sections 1300 and 1301 by the bail or depositor of bail, and is
contracted to investigate, surveil, locate, and arrest a bail fugitive for surrender to the
appropriate court, jail, or police department, and any person who is employed to assist a
bail or depositor of bail to investigate, surveil, locate, and arrest a bail fugitive for
surrender to the appropriate court, jail, or police department (California Penal Code
Section 1299.01(d)).
Bail fugitive recovery agents may attempt to book a fugitive at the Long Beach Police
Department. They often wear uniforms similar to police officers with vests, and badges,
and appear to be official government law enforcement officers.
Bail fugitive recovery agents are private citizens and should not be allowed into the
booking tunnel Manual § 6.5.1.1 BOOKING AREA AND TUNNEL SECURITY, or the
Public Safety Building (PSB), beyond the business desk. If the agent has business in the
PSB, they must be escorted into and out of the building.
6.5.13.1 COMMUNICATIONS SECTION RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised April 14, 2015
Bail fugitive recovery agents may call the Communications Center identifying themselves
as an “agent” with an in-custody warrant suspect, and inquire where to take their prisoner.
The Communications Center employee taking the call should ask the caller their agency
affiliation. Agents from an official government law enforcement agency i.e. Parole, ATF,
etc., should be directed to the booking tunnel. Bail fugitive recovery agents, however,
shall be directed to the PSB business desk.
6.5.13.2 BUSINESS DESK RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised April 14, 2015
When a bail fugitive recovery agent brings in a prisoner to the PSB business desk,
business desk employees must verify that the warrant is a Long Beach Police Department
warrant. Not all warrants issued in the Long Beach Court are from the Long Beach Police
Department, there are many agencies that file criminal cases in the Long Beach Court. If
the warrant is not a Long Beach Police Department warrant, but a warrant issued in Los
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Angeles County direct the bail fugitive recovery agent to the Los Angeles County Men’s
Central Jail or the Women’s CRDF facility. For a warrant issued in another county, refer
them to the originating agency.
If the warrant is a Long Beach Police Department warrant, call for a patrol officer to
respond to the business desk to take custody of the prisoner. Do not allow the bail fugitive
recovery agent to bring their prisoner to booking or to enter the PSB beyond the secure
area of the business desk.
6.5.13.3 PATROL OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised April 14, 2015
When requested to respond to the business desk for a warrant arrest prisoner, ensure
the warrant is a Long Beach Police Department warrant before taking custody of the
prisoner. If the warrant is not an LBPD warrant, refer the bail fugitive recovery agent to
the proper agency or the Sheriff’s Department.
If the prisoner has a Long Beach Police Department warrant, take custody of the prisoner
and complete the booking process. Do not allow the bail fugitive recovery agent to
accompany you into the PSB or booking area. If the agent wants a copy of the booking
paperwork for proof of arrest, have them provide their contact information and the booking
clerk will provide them with a copy of the booking form after completing the booking
process.
6.5.13.4 BOOKING SECTION RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised April 14, 2015
Under no circumstances will bail fugitive recovery agents be allowed to drive into the
booking tunnel or bring their prisoner into the tunnel or booking area. They shall be
directed to the business desk.
The booking clerk will examine the warrant to determine if it is valid and in the warrant
system. If not, the prisoner will be released, and not booked. If the warrant is valid, the
booking sergeant will determine if our Department will accept the prisoner for booking or
issue a citation.
6.5.14 HOSPITALIZATION OF INMATES
Revised October 20, 2015
The Investigations Bureau will have review responsibility.
Last reviewed June 18, 2019
Medical issues may cause an inmate to have an extended stay at a hospital, requiring a
police officer or armed security services officer (SSO) to guard the individual.
When an inmate is transported to a local hospital for treatment, or a person is arrested
and taken directly to a hospital for treatment, an officer will remain with the inmate until
they are transported to the station and released to the custody of the Jail Division.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
Any arrestee who is transported to a local hospital, falls under the same guidelines as if
they were in custody within the Jail Division. The hospital room where the arrestee is
housed, is an extension of the jail and should be considered a jail cell.
The arrestee shall remain handcuffed and/or in leg restraints to ensure he or she does
not escape. Restraints should only be removed if deemed medically necessary and
should be re-applied as soon as medically allowed. Handcuffs and leg restraints can be
obtained from the Jail Division for long term hospitalizations.
For security reasons, arrestees and inmates are logged into the hospital records under
an assumed name. The room number and the fact the subject is in the hospital are not
public records. Officers guarding an inmate shall not disclose the location of the inmate
to anyone other than department employees, nor should they broadcast it over the radio.
6.5.14.1 PHONE CALLS & VIDEO CONFERENCING
Revised October 20, 2015
Last Reviewed June 18, 2019
The phone within the hospital room should be unplugged at all times or kept out of reach
of the inmate to ensure he or she is not receiving or making calls.
Inmates at a hospital, once they are medically able, will be allowed to make three local
outgoing telephone or video calls daily, not to exceed five minutes each per CPC § 851.5.
Incoming calls are not allowed.
An officer guarding an inmate shall dial the telephone number or place the video call for
the inmate. The officer shall record the number or internet contact information and file a
follow-up report documenting this information. In all cases, every attempt should be made
to record the telephone or video call, unless the inmate is speaking to his or her attorney,
clergy, or a doctor, which are all privileged communications. If the call is going to be
recorded, the arrestee and person called shall be notified that the call is being recorded.
Prior to a phone or video call, notify the arrestee that he or she is not allowed to provide
information relative to their hospital room number or which floor they are housed within
the hospital.
Video conferencing may be allowed if the following criteria are met:
1) The hospital provides authorization to ensure the computer equipment will not
interfere with any medical equipment;
2) The requesting party can provide the necessary computer equipment;
3) The requesting party can provide internet access.
6.5.14.2 ATTORNEY VISIT REQUESTS
Revised October 20, 2015
Last Reviewed June 18, 2019
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
California Penal Code § 825(b) states that after an arrest, an attorney may, at the request
of the prisoner, or any relative of the prisoner, visit the prisoner. Any person who refuses
or neglects to allow the visit is guilty of a misdemeanor. Attorney visitation is for licensed
attorneys only, not representatives, investigators, experts, or family members. No one
other than the attorney will be allowed to visit unless authorized by the Investigations
Bureau. If attorney visitation is to occur, refer to, and follow, Manual § 6.5.14.3
AUTHORIZED VISITS.
Prior to authorizing a visit, the handling detective will ensure a representation letter has
been received from the attorney showing they represent the arrestee.
An attorney who asks to visit their client shall not automatically be given such approval
for a visit. Officers who are contacted by an inmate’s attorney will do the following prior
to allowing a visit:
1) Contact the handling detective(s) to determine if they are involved in any
investigative procedures with the inmate. If the handling detective is unavailable,
check with his or her chain of command. If investigative procedures are underway,
such as an interview, notify the attorney of the delay. Investigative procedures may
not unduly delay the attorney’s visit, however, detectives are not required to stop an
interview to allow the visit to commence.
2) Ensure there are no medical procedures being conducted or scheduled during the
time the attorney wants to visit so as not to interfere with medical care.
3) Visits should occur during hospital visiting hours. If outside of visiting hours, the
attorney must obtain approval from the hospital in addition to obtaining approval from
the handling detective. Once initial approval is given, the attorney may visit again
without detective approval unless otherwise specified.
6.5.14.3 AUTHORIZED VISITS
Revised October 20, 2015
Last Reviewed June 18, 2019
If a visit is authorized for a family member, attorney, or clergy the rules listed below shall
be explained to the individual(s) prior to the visit. The length of a visit and how often a
visit will occur will be determined by Investigations Bureau personnel. Visitation by an
attorney, family or clergy member is governed by the California Code of Regulations, Title
15, Subchapter 2, Article 7.
A) Attorneys
1) Must present a valid Bar Association card from the state in which he or she is
licensed to practice;
2) Must submit to a pat-down frisk search and a search of their briefcase, bag,
and any other containers in their possession; the scope of the search is for
weapons and/or contraband only;
3) May not record or photograph due to privacy concerns within the hospital
4) May bring in a pad of paper and pen to write notes;
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
5) May not give their client anything to keep, such as notes or other items, with
the exception of a business card;
6) The officer guarding the inmate will remain in the room during the attorney visit,
but may not record, document or monitor the conversation.
a) The officer may not discuss any conversation that was overheard with
anyone, unless there is discussion of the commission of a future crime, in
which case the visit will be immediately terminated and the Watch
Commander notified.
B) Family or Clergy Members
1) Must be escorted by designated officer at all times;
2) Visitations can be terminated at any time;
3) Visits by family or clergy may be permitted only when the attending physician
has determined that the inmate is likely to die as a result of his or her condition;
4) Visits by family or clergy may be permitted if there are no security concerns
precluding such a visit;
5) Visits must be approved by a Command Officer or Lieutenant within the
Investigations Bureau;
6) No more than two visitors will be allowed at a time;
a) Must possess current Government identification;
b) Must provide name of visitor in advance;
c) May not be a convicted felon;
d) No Long Beach Police Department arrests within last 6 months ;
e) Must submit to a pat-down frisk search, and a search of their briefcase,
bag, and any other containers in their possession; the scope of the search
is for weapons and/or contraband only;
7) May not discuss current case;
8) May not pass notes or other items;
9) No electronic devices are permitted to be used in the room.
6.5.14.4 DISRUPTIVE BEHAVIOR DURING VISITS
Revised October 20, 2015
Last Reviewed June 18, 2019
Disruptions at the hospital involving visitors, will result in the immediate termination of the
visit. If a visitor is asked to leave, or returns without authorization, they must be informed
to leave immediately or they are subject to arrest for trespassing, assuming the hospital
will sign a private person’s arrest. If the hospital does not wish to be a victim of a crime
and probable cause exists, consider arresting for obstruction of justice, CPC §148, or
disturbing the peace, CPC §415.
6.5.15 PRISON RAPE ELIMINATION (PREA)
Revised January 26, 2016
The Support Bureau will have audit responsibility.
6.5.15.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
Revised January 26, 2016
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
This policy provides guidance for complying with the Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003
(PREA) and the regulation that establishes standards (PREA Rule) to prevent, detect
and respond to sexual abuse, harassment and retaliation against detainees or prisoners
in the LBPD Jail (28 CFR 115.111).
A) Definitions
1) Intersex - A person whose sexual or reproductive anatomy or chromosomal
pattern does not seem to fit typical definitions of male or female. Intersex
medical conditions are sometimes referred to as disorders of sex
development (28 CFR 115.5).
2) Sexual abuse - Any of the following acts, if the detainee does not consent, is
coerced into such act by overt or implied threats of violence or is unable to
consent or refuse:
a) Contact between the penis and the vulva or the penis and the anus,
including penetration, however slight.
b) Contact between the mouth and the penis, vulva or anus.
c) Penetration of the anal or genital opening of another person, however
slight, by a hand, finger, object or other instrument.
d) Any other intentional touching, either directly or through the clothing, of
the genitalia, anus, groin, breast, inner thigh or the buttocks of another
person, excluding contact incidental to a physical altercation (28 CFR
115.6).
Sexual abuse, as defined in 28 CFR 115.6, includes abuse by a staff member, contractor
or volunteer as follows, with or without consent of the detainee, prisoner or resident:
a) Contact between the penis and the vulva or the penis and the anus,
including penetration, however slight.
b) Contact between the mouth and the penis, vulva or anus.
c) Contact between the mouth and any body part where the staff
member, contractor or volunteer has the intent to abuse, arouse or
gratify sexual desire.
d) Penetration of the anal or genital opening, however slight, by a hand,
finger, object or other instrument, that is unrelated to official duties, or
where the staff member, contractor or volunteer has the intent to abuse,
arouse or gratify sexual desire.
e) Any other intentional contact, either directly or through the clothing, of
or with the genitalia, anus, groin, breast, inner thigh or the buttocks, that
is unrelated to official duties, or where the staff member, contractor or
volunteer has the intent to abuse, arouse or gratify sexual desire.
f) Any attempt, threat or request by a staff member, contractor or
volunteer to engage in the activities described above.
g) Any display by a staff member, contractor or volunteer of his/her
uncovered genitalia, buttocks or breast in the presence of a detainee,
prisoner or resident.
h) Voyeurism by a staff member, contractor or volunteer (28 CFR 115.6).
3) Sexual harassment - Repeated and unwelcome sexual advances; requests
for sexual favors; verbal comments, gestures or actions of a derogatory or
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
offensive sexual nature by one detainee, prisoner or resident that are
directed toward another; repeated verbal comments or gestures of a sexual
nature to a detainee, prisoner or resident by a staff member, contractor or
volunteer, including demeaning references to gender, sexually suggestive or
derogatory comments about body or clothing, or obscene language or
gestures (28 CFR 115.6).
4) Transgender - A person whose gender identity (i.e., internal sense of feeling
male or female) is different from the person’s assigned sex at birth (28 CFR
115.5).
6.5.15.2 POLICY
Revised January 26, 2016
The Long Beach Police Department has zero tolerance toward all forms of sexual abuse
and sexual harassment (28 CFR 115.111). The Department will not tolerate retaliation
against any person who reports sexual abuse or sexual harassment or who cooperates
with a sexual abuse or sexual harassment investigation.
The Long Beach Police Department will take immediate action to protect detainees and
prisoners who are reasonably believed to be subject to a substantial risk of imminent
sexual abuse (28 CFR 115.162).
6.5.15.3 PREA COORDINATOR
Revised January 26, 2016
The Chief of Police shall appoint an upper-level manager with sufficient time and
authority to develop, implement and oversee department efforts to comply with PREA
standards in the LBPD Jail (28 CFR 115.111). The PREA Coordinator’s responsibilities
shall include:
1) Developing and maintaining procedures to comply with the PREA Rule.
2) Ensuring that any contract for the confinement of detainees or prisoners
includes the requirement to adopt and comply with applicable PREA and the PREA
Rule, including the obligation to provide incident-based and aggregated data, as
required in 28 CFR 115.187 (28 CFR 115.112).
3) Developing a staffing plan to provide adequate levels of staffing and video monitoring,
where applicable, in order to protect detainees and prisoners from sexual abuse (28
CFR 115.113). This includes documenting deviations and the reasons for deviations
from the staffing plan, as well as reviewing the staffing plan a minimum of once per
year.
4) Developing methods for staff to privately report sexual abuse and sexual
harassment of detainees and prisoners (28 CFR 115.151).
5) Developing a written plan to coordinate response among staff first responders,
medical and mental health practitioners, investigators and department leadership to
an incident of sexual abuse (28 CFR 115.165).
6) Ensuring a protocol is developed for investigating allegations of sexual abuse
in the LBPD Jail. The protocol shall include (28 CFR 115.121; 28 CFR 115.122):
a) Evidence collection practices that maximize the potential for obtaining
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
usable physical evidence based on the most recent edition of the U.S.
Department of Justice’s (DOJ) Office on Violence Against Women publication,
“A National Protocol for Sexual Assault Medical Forensic Examinations,
Adults/Adolescents” or a similarly comprehensive and authoritative protocol.
b) A process to ensure a criminal or administrative investigation is completed
on all allegations of sexual abuse or sexual harassment.
c) A process to document all referrals to other law enforcement agencies.
d) Access to forensic medical examinations, without financial cost, for all
victims of sexual abuse where appropriate. Such examinations shall be
performed by Sexual Assault Forensic Examiners (SAFEs) or Sexual Assault
Nurse Examiners (SANEs) where possible. If SAFEs or SANEs cannot be
made available, the examination can be performed by other qualified medical
practitioners. The efforts to provide SAFEs or SANEs shall be documented.
e) In accordance with security needs, provisions to permit, to the extent
available, detainee and prisoner access to victim advocacy services if the
detainee or prisoner is transported for a forensic examination to an outside
hospital that offers such services.
7) Ensuring that detainees and prisoners with limited English proficiency and
disabilities have an equal opportunity to understand and benefit from efforts to
prevent, detect and respond to sexual abuse and sexual harassment. This includes,
as appropriate, access to interpreters and written materials in formats or through
methods that provide effective communication to those with disabilities (e.g., limited
reading skills, intellectual, hearing or vision disabilities) (28 CFR 115.116).
a) The agency shall not rely on other detainees or prisoners for assistance
except in limited circumstances where an extended delay in obtaining an
interpreter could compromise the detainee’s or prisoner’s safety, the
performance of first-response duties under this policy, or the investigation of a
prisoner’s allegations of sexual abuse, harassment or retaliation.
8) Publishing on the department’s website:
a) Information on how to report sexual abuse and sexual harassment on behalf
of a detainee or prisoner (28 CFR 115.154).
b) A protocol describing the responsibilities of the Department and any other
investigating agency that will be responsible for conducting sexual abuse or
sexual harassment investigations (28 CFR 115.122).
9) Establishing a process that includes the use of a standardized form and set of
definitions to ensure accurate, uniform data is collected for every allegation of
sexual abuse at facilities under this agency’s direct control (28 CFR 115.187).
a) The data collected shall include, at a minimum, the data necessary to answer
all questions from the most recent version of the Survey of Sexual Violence,
conducted by DOJ, or any subsequent form developed by DOJ and designated
for lockups.
b) The data shall be aggregated at least annually.
10) Ensuring audits are conducted pursuant to 28 CFR 115.401 through 28 CFR
115.405 for all LBPD Jail facilities used to house detainees or prisoners overnight
(28 CFR 115.193).
11) Ensuring contractors or others who work in the LBPD Jail are informed of the
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
agency’s zero-tolerance policy regarding sexual abuse and sexual harassment (28
CFR 115.132).
6.5.15.4 REPORTING SEXUAL ABUSE AND HARASSMENT
Revised January 26, 2016
Detainees or prisoners may make reports verbally, or in writing, privately or anonymously
of any of the following (28 CFR 115.151):
1) Sexual abuse;
2) Sexual harassment;
3) Retaliation by other detainees or prisoners or staff for reporting sexual abuse or
sexual harassment;
4) Staff neglect or violation of responsibilities that may have contributed to sexual
abuse or sexual harassment.
During intake, the Department shall notify all detainees and prisoners of the zero-
tolerance policy regarding sexual abuse and sexual harassment, and of at least one way
to report abuse or harassment to a public or private entity that is not part of the Department
and that is able to receive and immediately forward detainee or prisoner reports of sexual
abuse and sexual harassment to agency officials. This allows the detainee or prisoner to
remain anonymous (28 CFR 115.132; 28 CFR 115.151).
A) Employee Responsibilities
Department employees shall accept reports from detainees, prisoners and third parties
and shall promptly document all reports (28 CFR 115.151). All employees shall report
immediately to the Jail Supervisor any knowledge, suspicion or information regarding:
1) An incident of sexual abuse or sexual harassment that occurs in the LBPD
Jail.
2) Retaliation against detainees or the member who reports any such incident.
3) Any neglect or violation of responsibilities on the part of any department
member that may have contributed to an incident or retaliation (28 CFR
115.161).
No member shall reveal any information related to a sexual abuse report to anyone other
than to the extent necessary to make treatment and investigation decisions.
B) Jail Supervisor Responsibilities
The Jail Supervisor shall report to the department’s designated investigators all
allegations of sexual abuse, harassment, retaliation, neglect or violations leading to
sexual abuse, harassment or retaliation. This includes third-party and anonymous reports
(28 CFR 115.161).
If the alleged victim is under the age of 18 or considered a vulnerable adult, the Jail
Supervisor shall also report the allegation as required under mandatory reporting laws and
department policy.
Upon receiving an allegation that a detainee or prisoner was sexually abused while
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
confined at another facility, the Jail Supervisor shall notify the head of the facility or the
appropriate office of the agency where the alleged abuse occurred. The notification
shall be made as soon as possible but no later than 72 hours after receiving the
allegation. The Jail Supervisor shall document such notification (28 CFR 115.163).
If an alleged detainee or prisoner victim is transferred from the LBPD Jail to another jail,
prison or medical facility, the Department shall, as permitted by law, inform the receiving
facility of the incident and the prisoner’s potential need for medical or social services,
unless the prisoner requests otherwise (28 CFR 115.165).
The Jail Supervisor will ensure that the Watch Commander is notified regarding
allegations of sexual assault, harassment, retaliation, neglect or violations leading to
sexual assault, harassment or retaliation occurring within the LBPD Jail.
6.5.15.5 INVESTIGATIONS
Revised January 26, 2016
The Department shall promptly, thoroughly and objectively investigate all allegations,
including third-party and anonymous reports, of sexual abuse or sexual harassment. Only
investigators who have received department-approved special training shall conduct
sexual abuse investigations (28 CFR 115.171).
Manual § 6.1.5 SEXUAL ASSAULT - MEDIA POLICY, 8.7.1 DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE/SEXUAL ASSAULT RESOURCES FORM, 8.7.6 SEXUAL ASSAULT
RESPONSE TEAM (SART), 8.7.7 SEXUAL ASSAULT EVIDENCE and Training
Bulletins 78 Sex Crime Reports Part I, 79 Sex Crime Reports Part II, 156 Rape
Investigation Part I, 157 Rape Investigation Part II, 188 Rape, Understanding Motivations
– An Aid in Investigations, comply with all the requirements identified in the following
sections:
• 28 CFR 115.164
• 28 CFR 115.171
• 28 CFR 115.171(e)
• 28 CFR 115.172
• 28 CFR 115.176
• 28 CFR 115.177
• 28 CFR 115.178
• 28 CFR 115.182
6.5.15.6 RETALIATION PROHIBITED
Revised January 26, 2016
All detainees, prisoners and members who report sexual abuse or sexual harassment or
who cooperate with sexual abuse or sexual harassment investigations shall be protected
from retaliation (28 CFR 115.167). If any other individual who cooperates with an
investigation expresses a fear of retaliation, appropriate measures shall be taken to
protect that individual.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
The Jail Administrator or the authorized designee shall employ multiple protection
measures, such as housing changes or transfers for detainee or prisoner victims or
abusers, removal of alleged abusers from contact with victims, and emotional support
services for detainees, prisoners or members who fear retaliation for reporting sexual
abuse or sexual harassment or for cooperating with investigations.
The Jail Administrator or the authorized designee shall identify a staff member to monitor
the conduct and treatment of detainees, prisoners or members who have reported sexual
abuse and of detainees or prisoners who were reported to have suffered sexual abuse.
The staff member shall act promptly to remedy any such retaliation. In the case of
detainees or prisoners, such monitoring shall also include periodic status checks.
6.5.15.7 REVIEWS AND AUDITS
Revised January 26, 2016
A) Incident Reviews
An incident review shall be conducted at the conclusion of every sexual abuse investigation
unless the allegation has been determined to be unfounded. The review should occur
within 30 days of the conclusion of the investigation. The review team shall include
upper-level management officials and seek input from line supervisors and investigators
(28 CFR 115.186).
The review shall (28 CFR 115.186):
(1) Consider whether the allegation or investigation indicates a need to change policy
or practice to better prevent, detect or respond to sexual abuse.
(2) Consider whether the incident or allegation was motivated by race; ethnicity;
gender identity; lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender or intersex identification,
status or perceived status; gang affiliation; or was motivated or otherwise caused
by other group dynamics at the facility.
(3) Examine the area in the facility where the incident allegedly occurred to assess
whether physical barriers in the area may enable abuse.
(4) Assess the adequacy of staffing levels in that area during
different shifts.
(5) Assess whether monitoring technology should be deployed or augmented to
supplement supervision by staff.
The review team shall prepare a report of its findings, including any determinations made
pursuant to this section and any recommendations for improvement. The report shall be
submitted to the Chief of Police and the PREA Coordinator. The Chief of Police or the
authorized designee shall implement the recommendations for improvement or shall
document the reasons for not doing so (28 CFR 115.186).
B) Data Reviews
The facility shall conduct an annual review of collected and aggregated incident-based
sexual abuse data. The review should include, as needed, data from incident-based
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
documents, including reports, investigation files and sexual abuse incident reviews (28
CFR 115.187).
The purpose of these reviews is to assess and improve the effectiveness of sexual abuse
prevention, detection and response policies, practices and training. An annual report
shall be prepared that includes (28 CFR 115.188):
1) Identification of any potential problem areas.
2) Identification of any corrective actions taken.
3) Recommendations for any additional corrective actions.
4) A comparison of the current year’s data and corrective actions with those from
prior years.
5) An assessment of the department’s progress in addressing sexual abuse.
The report shall be approved by the Chief of Police and made readily available to the
public through the department website or, if it does not have one, through other means.
Material may be redacted from the reports when publication would present a clear and
specific threat to the safety and security of the LBPD Jail. However, the nature of the
redacted material shall be indicated.
All aggregated sexual abuse data from Long Beach Police Department facilities and
private facilities with which it contracts shall be made readily available to the public at
least annually through the department website or, if it does not have one, through other
means. Before making aggregated sexual abuse data publicly available, all personal
identifiers shall be removed (28 CFR 115.189).
6.5.15.8 RECORDS
Revised January 26, 2016
The Department shall retain all written reports from administrative and criminal
investigations pursuant to this policy for as long as the alleged abuser is held or employed
by the Department, plus five years (28 CFR 115.171).
All other data collected pursuant to this policy shall be securely retained for at least 10
years after the date of the initial collection unless federal, state or local law requires
otherwise (28 CFR 115.189).
6.5.15.9 TRAINING
Revised January 26, 2016
All employees, volunteers and contractors who may have contact with detainees or
prisoners shall receive department-approved training on the prevention and detection of
sexual abuse and sexual harassment within this facility.
The Training Division Commander shall be responsible for developing and administering
this training as appropriate, covering at a minimum (28 CFR 115.131):
1) The Department’s zero-tolerance policy and the right of detainees and prisoners to
be free from sexual abuse and sexual harassment, and from retaliation for reporting
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department ADMINISTRATION
sexual abuse or harassment.
2) The dynamics of sexual abuse and harassment in confinement settings, including
which detainees and prisoners are most vulnerable.
3) The right of detainees, prisoners and staff members to be free from sexual abuse and
sexual harassment, and from retaliation for reporting sexual abuse or harassment.
4) Detecting and responding to signs of threatened and actual abuse.
5) Communicating effectively and professionally with all detainees and prisoners.
6) Compliance with relevant laws related to mandatory reporting of sexual abuse to
outside authorities.
All sexual abuse investigators receive sexual abuse investigations training that complies
with 28 CFR 115.134.
The Communications and Training Division Commander shall maintain documentation
that employees, volunteers, contractors and investigators have completed required
training and that they understand the training. This understanding shall be documented
through individual signature or electronic verification.
All current employees and volunteers who may have contact with detainees or prisoners
shall be trained within one year of the effective date of the PREA standards. The agency
shall provide annual refresher information to all such employees and volunteers to ensure
that they understand the current sexual abuse and sexual harassment policies and
procedures.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
6.6 PERSONNEL
6.6.1 PAYROLL TIME RECORDS & TIMECARDS
Employee Responsibilities
• Employees shall be responsible for completing and signing their timecard. The ONLY
exception to this policy is when an employee is absent due to approved time off or
illness. Employees shall record their exact time worked. Falsely reporting hours
worked is a violation of City and Department policy. Employees shall not take time-
off and report it as time worked to compensate for earlier unreported time worked
• Timecards shall be submitted to the employee’s supervisor on a weekly basis, based
on assignment, and not later than Friday of each week
• Employees shall check the missing time card board, located in the 2nd floor outside
of the Department’s Payroll Office, on a weekly basis to ensure their time cards were
submitted
• Employees who know they will be on scheduled time-off shall ensure they have
completed, signed and submitted a timecard to their supervisor, prior to their
scheduled time off
Supervisor Responsibilities
• Supervisors shall ensure that all employees under their supervision accurately
complete their timecards, charging the appropriate accounts
• Supervisors shall check the missing time card board outside the Payroll Office by the
end of each pay period for personnel under their direction to ensure all time cards
have been submitted
• Supervisors shall ensure that any employee in an off-work status (IOD, sick time, et
cetera) has a timecard completed and submitted on their behalf
• Supervisors shall approve timecards for personnel under their direction and submit
them to Payroll not later than Monday at 0900 hours of each week
• Exception: Employees who work a different schedule with days off that fall on
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday; Thursday, Friday, Saturday; or Friday, Saturday,
Sunday, shall submit their timecards and have the supervisor approve them on their
last workday, each week
• Supervisors shall ensure that a checklist of all employees within the Division is
included with the submitted timecards
• Overtime cards shall be submitted daily
Division Commander Responsibilities
• Each Division shall assign a supervisor to coordinate the submission of timecards
• Each Division Commander shall ensure timecards for their respective command are
completed and submitted in accordance with policy
Patrol Bureau Responsibilities
The Patrol Bureau, with unique shifts and staffing requirements, shall adopt the following
procedures:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Designate a supervisor for each Patrol Division as the Timecard Coordinator.
Coordinators shall ensure a timecard is submitted to the Payroll Office for every
employee in their Division by 2400 hours, each Friday of each week. A checklist of
all employees within the Division shall be submitted with the completed timecards
Exception: Employees who work a different schedule with days off that fall on
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday; Thursday, Friday, Saturday; or Friday, Saturday,
Sunday, shall submit their timecards and have the supervisor approve them on their
last workday, each week
• Sergeants shall ensure that timecards for their employees are submitted to the
Division Timecard Coordinator on a weekly basis
• Each Division shall appoint an alternate supervisor to ensure timecards are submitted
in the absence of the Timecard Coordinator
• One-officer vehicle time sheets and overtime cards shall be submitted daily by the
approving supervisor
6.6.1.1 PAYROLL CHECK DISCREPANCIES
ALL problems or questions relative to payroll shall be directed to the Department Payroll
Office. Employees will not contact Central Payroll at City Hall unless directed to do so by
the Police Department Payroll Office
6.6.1.2 VACATION/OVERTIME/HOLIDAY REQUESTS FOR TIME OFF
It shall be the responsibility of the employee requesting a scheduled absence to submit a
written request to his/her supervisor on PD Form 1000.007, “Vacation/Overtime/Holiday
Request and Court Appearance Schedule”, indicating the dates of the requested
absence. The request shall be submitted a minimum of 14-days prior to the requested
time off.
The form shall be completed to include court dates during the requested absence for
which subpoenas were served, and the employee’s return to work date.
Upon approval by the supervisor, the employee shall ensure a signed copy of the request
is forwarded to the employee’s Division Commander. All officers shall also ensure three
copies of the signed request form are forwarded to the Court Affairs Officer 14-days prior
to the scheduled absence
6.6.1.3 REQUESTS FOR COMPENSATORY TIME OFF
Revised July 11, 2013
The Administration Bureau has audit responsibility.
This policy applies to all police officers, corporals, sergeants and lieutenants in the Police
Department.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Nonexempt, sworn employees of the Department may receive compensatory time off for
overtime work, in lieu of cash payment, in accordance with City of Long Beach Personnel
Ordinance 4.08.
A nonexempt, sworn employee, who has accrued compensatory time off and requests
the use of this time, shall be permitted to use such time in accordance with this policy.
Requesting Compensatory Time Off
A nonexempt employee who wants to use accrued compensatory time off must submit a
written request to his/her immediate supervisor or the scheduling supervisor by
completing a day off request form.
Requests in excess of four (4) consecutive days off must be submitted at least one (1)
week in advance. All other requests must be submitted at least 48 hours in advance.
However, the immediate supervisor or scheduling supervisor may, at his/her discretion,
approve a request submitted with less than 48 hours’ notice where the request is for one
(1) day off.
Supervisor Evaluation of Requests for Compensatory Time Off
The fact that a replacement employee may be entitled to overtime compensation shall not
be used as a basis for denying a request to use compensatory time.
It will be the Department’s responsibility to find a qualified replacement employee for the
nonexempt, sworn employee requesting compensatory time off. However, if the
nonexempt, sworn employee has a suggestion or knows of someone willing to work their
shift, they should advise the appropriate supervisor.
A qualified replacement must be comparable to the employee to be replaced and must
be able to carry out the full functions of the employee to be replaced as determined by
the Department. A replacement employee cannot work two consecutive full shifts.
The scheduling supervisor shall comply with the direction of the Chief of Police or his/her
designee to ensure bureau staffing needs are met before approving any time off. If staffing
levels are not met, then the request will be denied.
Compensatory overtime hours may not be used for the following days:
• New Year’s Day
• Independence Day
• Thanksgiving Day
• Christmas Eve
• Christmas Day
• New Year’s Eve
The Department reserves the right to deny a request for the use of compensatory time in
the case of a planned or spontaneous-critical event that requires maximum resources,
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
including, but not limited to, natural disasters, protests, demonstrations or other significant
events.
6.6.2 OVERTIME ASSIGNMENT POLICY FOR SWORN PERSONNEL
Revised March 30, 2018
The Administration Bureau has audit responsibility.
6.6.2.1 DEFINITIONS
Revised April 22, 2024
See Special Order – Overtime Protocols – 2024 – 3
6.6.2.2 GENERAL
Revised April 22, 2024
See Special Order – Overtime Protocols – 2024 – 3
6.6.2.3 OVERTIME CARDS
Revised March 30, 2018
All overtime should be documented to include the following:
• Overtime explanations must be completed on the employee’s time report;
• Include the actual hours worked and the employee’s DID number; and
• Initialed by a supervisor.
All Special Events Overtime cards are to be completed immediately and submitted to the
Special Events office within 24 hours after the overtime has been worked. All Court
Overtime cards are to be completed immediately and submitted to the Court Affairs Office
within 72 hours. In all instances, every effort should be made to submit timecards before
the weekly deadline set by Personnel Division for regular and holiday work weeks.
6.6.3 POLICE OFFICER VOLUNTARY OVERTIME
Revised April 22, 2024
See Special Order – Overtime Protocols – 2024 – 3
6.6.3.1 INVERSE PATROL OVERTIME
Revised April 22, 2024
See Special Order – Overtime Protocols – 2024 – 3
6.6.3.2 DELETED 4/22/2024
6.6.3.3 SPECIAL EVENTS STAFFING
Revised March 30, 2018
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Special Events will primarily staff from a voluntary list of officers maintained within the
Special Events Unit, and in accordance with the selection procedures specified within
LBPD Manual § 7.1.40 SPECIAL EVENTS.
6.6.4 PATROL RELIEF OPTION PROGRAM
Revised April 22, 2024
See Special Order – Mandatory Patrol Calls for Service Overtime – 2023-1
6.6.4.1 DELETED 4/22/2024
6.6.4.2 SECURITY SERVICES DIVISION
Revised March 30, 2018
All officers inversed for involuntary overtime in any of the Security Services operations
must be qualified to fill the involuntary vacancy assignment.
In the event of immediate unplanned vacancies that are unable to be filled voluntarily, the
Watch Commander shall be notified.
If an officer is involuntarily inversed to fill a Special Security position, the supervisor
ordering the involuntary overtime will send an email to the scheduler, the Watch
Commander and the affected employee noting the involuntary overtime assignment and
the date worked.
6.6.5 HIGHER CLASSIFICATION (HC) PAY
Revised May 2, 2013
The Administration Bureau will have audit responsibility.
Higher classification pay will be paid in accordance with policy established by the City of
Long Beach, Department of Human Resources, Personnel Policies and Procedures,
Higher Classification Pay 3.3.
6.6.6 SPECIAL DETAIL
If working “Special Detail” within the Department in a Division other than your own, the
Division shall handle your timecard where you are working. Your regular Division shall
note “Special Detail” on their daily assignment sheet as well as the Division where the
employee is assigned.
Prior to an employee taking vacation, a vacation schedule shall be sent to the Payroll
Office at least two weeks prior to the employee starting his/her time off. Do not change
an individual’s days off during the time he/she is off on vacation, extended overtime off,
IOD, et cetera.
6.6.7 SICK LEAVE
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
City of Long Beach Personnel Ordinance Section 2.06 states that a Department or
Division manager may require an employee to provide satisfactory evidence of illness
upon the employee’s return from sick leave. The Section further states that the evidence
should be in the form of a physician’s written report stating the nature, duration, and extent
of the illness. If a satisfactory report is not provided, wages for the absence shall not be
paid.
• In the event an employee requests sick leave for an absence in excess of five
consecutive sick days, the employee shall provide a written report from a practicing
physician regarding the absence
• His/her immediate supervisor shall advise any employee suspected of sick leave
misuse that a written physician’s report is required. The employee shall not be paid
for the period of absence until he/she provides a satisfactory written physician’s report
• A satisfactory written physician’s report must include the nature, duration and extent
of the employee’s illness
• An employee is not entitled to compensation for either the time, or expense, of
obtaining a physician’s report
• If there is a valid suspicion that an employee is involved in the habitual or planned use
of sick leave, the following steps shall be taken:
• The employee shall be counseled by the supervisor regarding the suspected misuse
of sick leave and
• The employee shall be provided with a written notification that a physician’s written
report will be required for all future sick leave occurring during a specified time of
probation (i.e., six to twelve months) if the employee expects to receive compensation
for the absences
6.6.8 ABSENCE - UNAUTHORIZED
Whenever an employee is absent from duty three consecutive workdays without
authorization, the following procedure shall take place:
• The employee’s Division Commander shall forward a written notification to the
Commanding Officer of the Personnel Division on the first day immediately following
the third day of the employee’s absence
• The Administrator, Personnel Division, shall cause the “Absence without
Authorization” to be confirmed and prepare a letter to the Civil Service Commission
for the signature of the Chief of Police. The letter shall include the exact consecutive
dates of the employee’s unauthorized absence
• The letter to the Civil Service Commission and any other related documents will then
be forwarded to the Deputy Chief, Administration Bureau, for processing
• A copy of a response from the Civil Service Commission shall be forwarded to the
Commander, Personnel Division
6.6.9 REPORTING OF ILLNESS/INJURY OFF-DUTY
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
All employees who become ill or injured when off-duty, to the extent they are unable to
report for work, shall adhere to the following procedures.
Employees assigned to Communications, Jail, Patrol and Information Management shall
notify a Division supervisor not later than 30-minutes prior to the start of their shift of their
inability to report to work. All other personnel shall notify their Division/Section Supervisor
not later than the beginning of their shift. Employees shall notify a supervisor at least one
rank level above their own. Employees shall report their intended absence on a daily
basis. Commanding officers may notify a subordinate of their absence and report the
absence the next workday to a superior officer.
It shall be the responsibility of the supervisor receiving the call to complete a “Report of
Absence” card (PD form 2010.003) and forward it to the Personnel Division. The
Personnel Division will retain the cards for one year.
6.6.9.1 RETURN TO WORK
Personnel returning to work from an illness/injury assigned to Communication, Jail, Patrol
and Information Management shall notify a supervisor not later than 30 minutes prior to
the start of their shift. All other personnel returning to work from an illness/injury shall
report at the prescribed time.
6.6.10 DEATH/SERIOUS ILLNESS - EMPLOYEES
Notifications
When an employee is killed, or becomes seriously ill/injured, immediate verbal notification
shall be made to the Chief of Police or the Duty Chief, depending on time of notification.
The first employee to become aware of such an incident shall immediately notify his/her
supervisor, who shall continue that notification through the chain of command.
This notification shall be followed by a written report completed not later than the following
workday. Information shall include date of occurrence, location, cause, nature and extent
of injuries, prognosis, and any resulting property damage. Notification shall be made
regardless of whether the incident occurred on or off duty (serious injury/illness denotes
an injury/illness which may result in death or disability)
If the occurrence is during the regular work shift of the employee’s Division Commander,
it shall be the responsibility of said Commander to provide verbal notification as follows:
• Chief of Police
• Duty Officer On-Call
• Deputy Chief of the Employee
• Division Commander
• Administrator, Personnel Division
• Press Information Officer (PIO)
• Office of the City Manager
• City Safety Officer (on-duty death)
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
In the absence of the employee’s Division Commander, it shall be the responsibility of the
Watch Commander to complete the aforementioned notifications.
If the occurrence is during off-hours, the identical notification process shall apply and shall
be transmitted either by pager or telephone. In the event a member of the notification
chain of command is not available, notification shall proceed to the next level.
6.6.10.1 NOTIFICATION OF FAMILY – SIGNIFICANT OTHERS
The immediate family or other significant individual and the person designated by the
employee, shall be notified immediately, in person, by the Commander or Deputy Chief
of the employee’s Division, if the Department employee is injured, dying, or deceased on-
duty (this information is available on the “Employee’s Personal History” form in the
employee’s Division files). If ranking Division personnel are not available, a Deputy Chief
from an alternate Bureau shall accompany the designated person for notification to the
family or other significant individual.
Release of Identification
When an employee is killed or critically injured as a result of official duties, his/her
identification shall NOT be released to any individual outside the Department. All inquiries
from the media or other interested parties shall be referred to the Office of the Chief of
Police.
Administrator, Personnel Division
During regular business hours, 0800 to 1700 hours, the Administrator, Personnel Division
shall be contacted. During other hours, weekends or holidays, the Commanding Officer
shall be contacted. During other hours, weekends or holidays, contact the Commanding
Officer by pager or telephone.
In the event of an employee’s serious illness or injury, the Administrator, Personnel
Division, shall:
• Contact the City Human Resources Department, Office of Retirement Counseling, at
telephone number 562-570-6703
• Coordinate with the Office of Retirement Counseling and the family of the employee
• File updated Watch Report items on the employee’s condition
• Notify the appropriate employee association
− Police Officers Association (POA), at telephone number 562-426-1201
• California Public Workers/City Employees Association (CEA), at telephone number
437-7411
In the event of an employee’s serious illness or injury, the Administrator, Personnel
Division, shall:
• Assist the family of the deceased employee as required
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• In accordance with the family’s request, have primary responsibility for the planning
and transaction of the employee’s funeral
• Coordinate with the Administration Bureau the activation of the Department Honor
Guard
• In those instances when employees have been killed in the line of duty or have died
as a direct result of injuries incurred while in the performance of official duties, the flag
shall be flown at half-staff from the time of death until sunset on the day of the funeral
• Prepare and file a City Death Notification memorandum to City Central Payroll
• Obtain all City owned property issued to the deceased employee and return the items
to the Police Property Section
• Notify the appropriate employee association (POA, CEA)
6.6.11 VACATION DAYS EXCHANGE
Sworn personnel may exchange vacation days, subject to the following terms and
conditions:
• Both parties to the exchange shall be willing to make the exchange of vacation days
and shall complete revised vacation schedules (PD Form 1000.007)
• There shall be a limit of one such exchange per year for any officer
• Exchange of vacation days will be kept within the Division, Section, Watch and/or
Detail
• A minimum of five-days’ notice shall be given to each officer’s supervisor
• Supervisors shall approve the vacation days exchange
• Officers may exchange vacation days with officers of the same rank only
• Exchange shall be in exact blocks, with no single days exchanged. The minimum
block of vacation days that may be exchanged shall be five days. (Four days if the
officers are on the four-day work week)
6.6.12 DAYS OFF EXCHANGE
Days off Exchange forms shall be submitted to the Payroll Office at least one week prior
to the exchange-taking place. Additionally, labor cards should indicate in the remarks
column for whom they have exchanged with.
If the Payroll Office does not receive a “Duty Exchange Form” (PD Form 2000.004) for an
officer off without a labor card being submitted, the officer’s time will be handled consistent
with a missing card.
Sworn personnel may exchange days off, subject to the following terms and conditions:
• Both parties to the exchange must be willing to make the exchange and must complete
PD Form 2000.004
• There will be a limit of one such exchange per month
• Exchanges of days off shall be kept within the Division, Section, Watch and/or Detail
• A minimum of five-days’ notice must be given to each Officer’s supervisor and the
Payroll Office
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Supervisors shall approve the exchange of days off
• Officers may exchange days off with officers of the same rank only
• Except in the event of illness, an officer must report for the exchanged days off. An
officer who otherwise fails to report shall be carried “no work” and shall be suspended
from participation in the exchange program for one year. In the event of illness, that
officer will still owe the exchange
• Exchanges of days off must be repaid within one calendar year
• No overtime will be allowed when exchanging days off
• Supervisors approving the exchange are responsible for the distribution of the
completed form (PD Form 2000.004)
6.6.13 DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY – RESERVE POLICE OFFICERS
If a Reserve Police Officer is killed or seriously injured in the line of duty, procedures out
lined in Manual § 6.6.8ABSENCE - UNAUTHORIZED, shall apply. In addition, the Police
Reserve Coordinator at telephone number 570-7034 shall be notified.
In the event of the death of an off-duty Reserve Police Officer, requests for assistance
and/or participation by uniformed Reserve Officers shall be directed to the Reserve
Coordinator.
6.6.14 DEATH OF RETIRED EMPLOYEES
In the event of the death of a retired employee, request for assistance or participation by
uniformed officers shall be directed to the Administrator, Personnel Division. Participation
of on-duty Police Officers shall approval and authorization by the Chief of Police.
A Watch Report item shall be prepared by the Administrator, Personnel Division, relative
to the death and memorial or funeral services for a retired employee.
6.6.15 INJURIES - JOB-INCURRED (IOD)
Revised April 2004
The Administration Bureau has audit responsibility.
GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF INJURED EMPLOYEE
• Injured employees, if able, shall immediately report an injury or the recurrence of a
prior injury to their supervisor
• If an injury occurs during business hours and requires medical treatment, the injured
employee should immediately report to the City of Long Beach Health and Human
Services, Occupational Health Division, at 2525 Grand Avenue or, in an emergency,
to the nearest hospital emergency room. The employee shall advise hospital staff that
the injury is job-incurred and he/she is a City employee. Treatment documentation
from the hospital shall be taken, as soon as practical, to the Occupational Health
Division who will provide the employee with an “Occupational Health Medical
Examination Report,” form HL-733. Upon release, the employee shall deliver the
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
medical examination report to the Personnel Division, as soon as practical, and a copy
to his/her supervisor
• The injured employee shall read the “Occupational Health Medical Examination
Report” provided by the Occupational Health Division. The report will advise of the
work status and any work restrictions for the injured employee
• If an injury occurs after regular hours and requires medical treatment, the injured
employee should report to the nearest hospital emergency room for treatment. The
employee shall advise hospital staff that the injury is job-incurred and that he/she is a
City employee. Treatment documentation from the hospital shall be taken to the
Occupational Health Division, as soon as practical
• When the injury is severe, paramedics should be requested and, when necessary,
they will transport the injured employee to the appropriate local hospital
• The injured employee shall keep his/her supervisor(s) informed of his/her work status
• When treatment is provided by other than Occupational Health, the injured employee
shall cause a written notice from the treating physician to be filed with Occupational
Health, as soon as practical
• The injured employee must obtain a return to work clearance from Occupational
Health (“Occupational Health Medical Examination Report”) prior to returning to duty
from a job-related injury for which medical treatment was received or time from work
was missed
PRIOR INJURY - RECURRENCE OF
• · An on-duty employee shall immediately report a suspected recurrence of an injury
to his/her supervisor. The supervisor shall then file both the State 5020 and SF-372
forms, and the City's "Supervisor's Report of Incident"
• · The date of injury shall be the date of the original injury. The suspected date of
recurrence shall be identified and explained in the body of the report
• · Supervisors should expedite this report by detailing what is known about the injury
without waiting for the doctor's report. On form 5020, item #26, and in the
"Supervisor's Report of Incident," the supervisor shall note any circumstances that
could have contributed to the recurrence. Any additional information that could assist
in determining the validity of a claim should be included in the "Supervisor's Report of
Incident"
• · If the employee is hospitalized, it is the responsibility of the employee's supervisor to
forward all correspondence from the hospital or private doctor to the Personnel
Division who will in turn forward to Occupational Health
OFF-WORK STATUS RESULTING FROM AN INJURY
• Every employee who is injured and off work for more than five work days shall contact
his/her Division Commander, or designee, at least once a week at a time designated
by the Division Commander. The employee shall provide the Commander or designee
with the location and telephone number where he/she can be reached. It shall be the
responsibility of the employee’s Commander, or designee, to maintain contact with
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
the employee and complete the "Weekly follow-up Contact with Off-Work IOD
Employee"
• An injured employee who is off work on IOD shall inform the treating physician that
modified-duty work is available. The Department is able to provide modified work to
accommodate restrictions
• An injured employee who is off work on IOD shall not engage in collateral employment
or other business activities without written permission by the Chief of Police or his
designee
• Sworn employees who are off work on injury status, under certain circumstances, may
be relieved of their duties as a peace officer for the City of Long Beach during the
period of their injury and may not be considered as acting within the course and scope
of their employment. The determination to relieve an injured employee of peace
officer duties during the course of his/her injury may be made after medical
consultation and a Police Department administrative review relative to the nature and
extent of the injury. Relief of peace officer status when not coupled with a suspension
of employment would not affect time accrued in the Public Employees Retirement
System (PERS)
• An injured employee who is taken off work by an emergency room physician shall
retain a copy (original or photocopy) of the emergency room slip and submit the copy
to Occupational Health. If the employee is unable to submit a copy of the slip due to
injury or illness, the employee's supervisor shall deliver the copy to Occupational
Health
NOTE: Occupational Health cannot document an employee as being IOD
retroactively without a copy of the emergency room slip.
• An injured employee shall report from the emergency facility to Occupational Health
on the next business day if he/she is not hospitalized
• An injured employee who is off-work on injury status will remain subject to discipline
for violations of Department policy (refer to Department Manual, Section 6.6.15)
PERSONAL PHYSICIAN - TREATMENT BY
• In all cases when medical treatment is sought, an injured employee is required to
report to Occupational Health as soon as practical after filing a claim
• Workers' Compensation laws allow an injured employee to be treated by his/her
personal physician provided the employee has previously filed an authorized
"Treatment by Personal Physician for Industrial Injuries" (Form L-17). Employees with
an "L-17" waiver on file shall report to Occupational Health prior to treatment by their
personal physician. An employee who has not filed Form L-17 may see his/her
personal physician 30 days after the injury was reported
• Personal Physician Defined: A medical doctor who has treated the employee in the
past and retains the employee's past medical records
• Employees shall submit “off-work slips” or “return to work (modified or regular) slips”
received from personal physicians to Occupational Health who will issue an
"Occupational Health Medical Examination Report.” The employee will deliver this
report to the Personnel Division as soon as it is received, and provide a copy to his/her
supervisor
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
SUPERVISORY REPORTING & INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES
ALL INJURY REPORTS SHALL BE FORWARDED TO THE PERSONNEL DIVISION
WITHIN 24-HOURS OF THE INJURY.
• Whenever an employee reports an injury as job-related, injury report forms shall be
completed by a supervisor with the assistance of the injured employee, and completed
whether or not medical treatment is obtained. Injuries incurred as a result of collateral
employment, or voluntary participation in any off-duty recreational, social, or athletic
activities are not job-related.
• The following reports shall be completed for job-incurred injuries and submitted to the
Personnel Division. Each report shall include all employee identifying information.
• "Employer's Report of Occupational Injury or Illness" (Form 5020 - SF-314) - Five,
typed copies are required.
• "Supervisor's Report of Incident" - Submit the original and one copy as an attachment
to the "Employer's Report of Occupational Injury or Illness."
• "Employee's Claim for Workers' Compensation Benefits" (Form SF-372) - Form shall
be completed by injured employee and supervisor. If the injured employee is
unavailable or unable to complete the form, the supervisor may act on the injured
employee's behalf and complete the form. On the signature line write
"UNAVAILABLE" and ensure that the employee receives copies of the benefits form.
• Vehicle Accident - employee injury: A copy of the accident report shall accompany the
forms to the Payroll Office. The "Fleet Safety Officer Supervisor's Report of Collision"
form shall be completed in lieu of the “Supervisor's Report of Incident.”
• Vehicle Accident - outside jurisdiction: The employee’s supervisor shall obtain a copy
of the accident report from the foreign agency and accompany the forms to the Payroll
Office.
• Arrest Reports: When an injury is sustained as the direct result of making an arrest,
copies of the Arrest Report and Incident Report shall be attached.
• The supervisor shall conduct an investigation and complete the “Supervisor's Report
of Incident” for each reported job-incurred injury. If the injury occurs in the course of
a vehicle accident, the employee injury requires the completion of the "Fleet Safety
Officer Supervisor's Report of Collision" form.
• Supervisors should focus their investigative report on the cause and effect of the
current injury and provide the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
witnesses.
• Stress-related claims shall contain interview results from the injured employee's
supervisor and coworkers relative to the following:
− Changes in assignment, duties, work habits, productivity, or job behavior;
− Non job-related events that may have contributed to the employee's stress.
• The filing supervisor shall complete and distribute the forms prior to the end of watch
as follows:
− Originals shall be delivered to the Personnel Division. (After normal business
hours, the forms should be deposited in the Personnel Division door mail slot);
− Copies shall be delivered to the employee's Division Commander;
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
− Injury documentation is sensitive in nature and shall be treated confidentially
by supervisors. IOD documents and medical examination reports are not for
general viewing or discussion. Any medical documentation not placed in the
employee’s medical file should be shredded and discarded accordingly.
EXPOSURES
• An exposure is an incident where an employee, in the course of his/her employment,
may ingest, inhale, absorb through the skin or eyes, or otherwise come into contact
with a hazardous substance;
• In all reported exposures, the investigating supervisor shall complete:
• "Employee's Claim for Workers' Compensation Benefits" (Form SF-372);
• "Employer's Report of Occupational Injury or Illness" (Form 5020 – SF-314);
• “Supervisor's Report of Incident.”
WORKERS' COMPENSATION
• The City has a self-insured and administered Workers' Compensation program.
Employees with questions may contact Workers' Compensation at 570-2245, or the
Police Department's Personnel Division at 570-7120.
6.6.15.1 PAY FOR COMPENSABLE TIME AT THE EXPIRATION OF 4850 PAY
Pursuant to Section 4850 of the California Labor Code, law enforcement officers,
firefighters and lifeguards are provided a leave of absence with salary in lieu of temporary
disability or maintenance allowance payment when injured on-duty.
Safety employees who are injured on-duty and exhaust the 4850 pay (maximum of one
year per specific injury) may continue to receive compensation by utilizing their vacation,
holiday, or overtime, if such a request is made in writing on the approved Department
form. Employees who do not make said request in writing will be carried on a leave of
absence until the Worker’s Compensation/Disability Retirement action is concluded.
4850 Time
When a safety member, injured on-duty, has been placed on temporary disability under
California Labor Code 4850, has filed for disability retirement and exhausted all time
allotted under Section 4850 prior to the City determination as to either grant or deny the
disability retirement, will have his/her leave of absence continued during the remainder of
the period of said disability or until the effective date of retirement.
Sick time
Section 1.03 of the City Personnel Ordinance prohibits the use of sick leave for injuries
that occur on-duty except where an employee has filed a Worker’s Compensation claim
and the City has yet to accept or reject such claim.
Continuing Compensation
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
The Department’s Personnel Division will notify an employee on 4850 time a minimum of
two pay periods prior to the expiration of 4850 pay. The employee at that time may
request in writing on the approved Department form to continue being paid by utilizing
any holiday, vacation, or overtime that he/she has accumulated. In lieu if the signed
request form, the employee will be carried on an authorized leave of absence at the
conclusion of the 4850 pay and in any event after the exhaustion of all compensable time.
6.6.15.2 IOD EMPLOYEES
Employees on IOD leave shall not engage in collateral employment without written
permission by the Chief of Police pursuant to reference Section 1.7 of the City Personnel
Ordinance.
• Sworn employees on IOD leave may be relieved of their duties as a peace officer for
the City of Long Beach during the period of their injury and may not be considered as
acting within the course and scope of their employment
• Sworn employees on IOD leave may have their duties as a Peace Officer for the City
of Long Beach modified and shall perform their duties within those limits
• The determination to relieve an injured employee of Peace Officer duties during the
course of the injury will be made after a medical determination and administrative
review relative to the nature and extent of the injury
• Employees on IOD leave remain subject to discipline for violations of Department
policy
6.6.15.3 MODIFIED DUTY
The Department has identified temporary and permanent modified-duty assignments for
employees who are partially or temporarily disabled.
Modified-duty assignments will be made at the discretion of the Chief of Police after the
Health Department has approved the employee’s return to work, with medical restrictions.
The positions identified as modified-duty assignments shall be compatible with the
limitations of the employee and the best interest of the Department. The assignment to
a modified-duty position shall not adversely affect an employee’s ability to promote.
6.6.15.4 TEMPORARY MODIFIED-DUTY (MATERNITY)
Revised April 2004
The Administration Bureau has Audit Responsibility
The Department has identified temporary modified-duty assignments for employees who
are partially or temporarily disabled.
Temporary modified-duty assignments will be made at the discretion of the Chief of Police
after the Health Department has approved the employee’s return to work with medical
restrictions.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
The positions identified as modified-duty assignments shall be compatible with the
limitations of the employee and the best interest of the Department. The assignment to
a temporary modified-duty position shall not adversely affect an employee’s ability to
promote.
Procedures for Pregnant Employees
The Pregnancy Discrimination Act, an amendment to Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of
1964, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (FEHA), prohibit
discrimination on the basis of pregnancy. The law prohibits employers from excluding
pregnant women from jobs because of the belief that they are incapable of doing their
jobs or to protect the unborn child. The law states in part:
• Women affected by pregnancy or related conditions must be treated in the same
manner as other employees with similar abilities or limitations
• An employer may not single out pregnancy related conditions for special procedures
to determine an employee’s ability to work
• Pregnant employees must be permitted to work as long as they are able and willing
to perform their duties
• It is unlawful to require or authorize the transfer of pregnant employees to less
strenuous or hazardous positions unless such employee requests a change of
assignment or, they can no longer perform the duties of the position
Determination of Ability to Work
A pregnant employee’s treating physician will determine how long the employee may
continue to work in her present assignment, e.g., Patrol, Jail, etc. and will also determine
job-related work restrictions and limitations. If the employee’s treating physician imposes
job-related restrictions or limitations, the employee is to provide this information to the
Occupational Health Physician who will provide a medical status report to the Police
Department.
The Police Department will allow employees to continue to work in their assignments as
long as they can perform the duties of the job. This includes continuing to wear the
uniform and equipment assigned to them at the time of hire or replacement through
normal attrition. The Department will not provide special uniforms or other equipment
other than that provided to all officers under Department policy. Supervisors should
consult with the Personnel Division for guidance in implementing this policy.
Confidentiality
It is unlawful to inquire about an employee’s specific medical condition, including if
someone is pregnant. Such medical information is confidential and cannot be shared
except for a strict need-to-know basis.
6.6.16 EMPLOYEE CONDUCT WHILE ON SUSPENSION OR INJURED ON-
DUTY (IOD) LEAVE
Employees on suspension or IOD leave shall retain their status as City of Long Beach
employees and remain subject to the rules, regulations, policies, and procedures of the
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
City of Long Beach Police Department. Such employees shall adhere to the following
procedures during the period of their suspension or injury leave.
6.6.16.1 SUSPENDED EMPLOYEES
• Employees on suspension are relieved of their authority, power, and duties as a Peace
Officer for the City of Long Beach during the period of their suspension and shall not
be considered as acting within the course and scope of their employment during said
period
• Employees who are on suspension shall respond to subpoenas issued by a court or
administrative body. Employees may contact the Court Affairs Officer to obtain the
status of cases on which they have been subpoenaed
• Notice of status shall be submitted to the employee by inclusion of appropriate
language in the suspension letter
• Employees on suspension remain subject to discipline for violations of Department
policy
6.6.16.2 SUSPENSION - EMERGENCY
A supervisor or command officer may immediately suspend an employee until the next
business day if, in the considered opinion of that supervisor or command officer, the
integrity or best interest of the Department requires such action because of the
seriousness, peculiarity of circumstances, or possible criminal nature of the infraction
involved.
Follow-up Action
An employee receiving an emergency suspension shall be required to report to the
Administrator, Personnel Division, on the next business day at 0800 hours unless
otherwise directed by proper authority.
The supervisor or command officer imposing the suspension shall also report to the
Administrator, Personnel Division at the same time.
6.6.17 POLICE INVESTIGATOR NON-CAREER
PURPOSE
This revision is an amendment of policy and procedure relative to hiring retired, non-
career police officers.
POLICY
In accordance with the 1999/2000 Salary Resolution for the City, the title will be Police
Investigator, Non-Career. This position has a miscellaneous designation as it pertains to
the Public Employees Retirement System, (PERS) where the former classification of
Police Officer, Non-Career carried the safety designation.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
The Police Investigator, Non-Career is designed to utilize the skills of retired or resigned
police personnel who have a desire to remain active in non-emergency law enforcement
duties. The department and community directly benefit from this program as it relieves
career police officers from performing non-emergency responsibilities and allows them to
be more responsive to high priority calls for service and to allocate more time to proactive
patrol.
POSITION DESCRIPTION
The Police Investigator, Non-Career Program provides supplemental support services
throughout the Department in the area of investigative follow-ups and administrative
duties. The Police Investigators, Non-Career will take specified misdemeanor and felony
crime reports, traffic accident reports and provide citizen advisals/referrals as required.
Police Investigators, Non-Career may also be assigned other responsibilities as needed.
SELECTION PROCEDURES
Eligibility
• Any honorably retired or resigned police officer from this Department or outside
agency
Prior Service Documentation Requirements
Applicants shall obtain a letter from their previous employer indicating that they are an
honorably retired or resigned police officer. The letter must also include the following:
• Applicant is recommended by his/her Department
• Applicant is permitted to carry a concealed weapon (applicant must provide proof)
• Applicant’s dates of police service
• Applicant’s rank at time of retirement or resignation
BACKGROUND AND INTERVIEW
Background
• Records review of policing agency or county sheriff’s office where applicant resides
• Review of Department of Motor Vehicles files
• Review of personnel and internal affairs file of agency from which applicant retired or
resigned
• Successful completion of a polygraph exam
• The above requirements will be waived if the applicant was a former Police Officer
with the Long Beach Police Department, has not been separated more than 90
calendar days, and is approved by the Chief of Police.
• Physical Exam
• A physical exam must be conducted and approved by the Long Beach Health
Department prior to employment for any applicant. This includes any former City of
Long Beach employee who has been separated from the City for more than one
calendar day.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Interview
• A committee will be established to conduct interviews. The committee will be
comprised of the Personnel Administrator and at least one commander from the within
the Department.
Benefits and Work Hours
• May work up to forty hours per week
• Maximum of 960 hours per calendar year for PERS. retirees and 1000 hours in a
twelve-month period for non PERS employees
• Varied work schedules
• Employee pays into Social Security system
• Non-career employees are not entitled to any benefits, such as paid sick leave,
vacation, holidays, or insurance as provided by the City of Long Beach
6.6.18 SICK LEAVE INCENTIVE/RECOGNITION PROGRAM
Department employees who do not use their sick leave for a specified six-month period
will receive a gift certificate for $25.00 from a participating restaurant or grocery store of
their choice. Under this program, an employee is eligible to receive a maximum total of
$50.00 per year, per employee.
The specified six-month periods will be tracked as follows:
• January 1 at 0001 hours through June 30 at 2400 hours
• July 1 at 0001 hours through December 31 at 2400 hours
Employee Qualifications
To qualify for this program, the employee must be in a permanent full time status. The
employee can use NO sick leave, sick family, authorized leave (no pay), unauthorized
leave (no pay), or leave of absence. Usage of vacation, holiday, overtime, bereavement
leave, or job injury will not affect the employee’s attendance record.
Personnel Division Responsibilities
Personnel Division shall administer the process and notify eligible employees. Upon
notification, employees shall personally obtain the certificates from the Payroll Office.
6.6.19 SAFETY POLICY & PROCEDURES
Revised 09/10, 2003
The Administration Bureau has audit responsibility.
Safety in the workplace is the responsibility of all employees. The Department is
committed to providing the safest possible working conditions for all employees and
recognizes that an effective safety program is an essential step in achieving this goal.
Responsibility of Safety Program
The Personnel Division coordinates the Police Department's Safety Program with the
Division Administrator as the coordinator. The Police Department Safety Coordinator is
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
responsible for assisting with the implementation and maintenance of the Safety Program,
facilitating safety training and records maintenance. The Safety Coordinator organizes
meetings of the Department Safety Committee.
• The Safety Committee is composed of Lead Floor Wardens and other designated
personnel. The committee provides assistance in monitoring the safety program,
investigates and reviews assigned accidents, oversees emergency preparedness,
and advises management on safety and health concerns
• Floor Wardens have the responsibility and authority to assist with the safe and
orderly evacuation of Police facilities during emergencies or safety drills. The
Personnel Division coordinates Floor Warden training
Safety Inspections
The Personnel Division coordinates monthly safety inspections. The purpose of safety
inspections is not to find fault, but to promote a safe and healthy work environment for all
employees. Occasional deficient areas are to be expected and, in fact, will indicate a
thorough inspection actually occurred.
Employee Responsibilities
• Every employee is responsible for compliance with safety regulations and for
continuously practicing safety while performing his or her duties
• Employees who willfully violate safety and health work practices may be subject to
disciplinary action
• Employees are required to report unsafe or unhealthful conditions to their
supervisor. See the Employee Hazard Notification form that follows
Supervisor Responsibilities
• Supervisors are responsible for promoting safe and healthful work practices among
employees under their supervision. Supervisors will communicate occupational
safety and health information to employees via written procedures and other
documentation, staff meetings, formal or informal training, or postings
• Supervisors will ensure that employees receive appropriate training in their
assignment to accomplish assigned tasks in a safe manner. Employees will not
be assigned to potentially hazardous work until having completed appropriate
training. It is understood that different job classifications are exposed to different
hazards. Appropriate safety training will be provided in all the following
circumstances:
− To all new and recently transferred employees;
− Whenever new substances, processes, procedures, or equipment that
represent a hazard are introduced into the workplace;
− Whenever a new or previously unrecognized hazard is recognized to be a
hazard
• Supervisors will thoroughly investigate all reported injuries and health and safety
concerns, and will take the necessary action, in a timely manner, to remedy
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
reported conditions. Supervisors will take corrective action when unsafe or
unhealthful conditions are observed, discovered, or present an imminent hazard
− When an imminent hazard exists that cannot be immediately abated without
endangering employees and/or property, the supervisor will immediately
evacuate all personnel from the area, except those necessary to correct the
hazardous condition. No employee may enter such an area unless the
employee is authorized, properly trained, and utilizes protective equipment
• All corrective action will be documented. If such corrective action is beyond the
supervisor's authority or ability, the supervisor will promptly make appropriate
notification to the command officer who has the authority to correct the hazard.
When corrective action cannot be remedied during the same shift, the information
will be conveyed to the next shift
Whistle Blowing
If, after following established reporting procedures, the employee believes there is a need
for further notification, the employee may contact the City Safety Officer at the Employee
Safety Hotline, at telephone (562) 570-6476. Employees may also fill out and submit the
“Employee Hazard Notification Form;” copies should be available on the facility bulletin
board used for display of OSHA posters and safety information. This form may also be
found on the City Intranet under “Human Resources,” “Safety,” “Forms,” “Employee
Hazard Notification,” or a copy may be requested from the Department Safety Coordinator
(see sample form on next page). Such reporting of unsafe conditions to the City Safety
Officer is handled in strict confidence and provides anonymity for the reporting employee.
Employees who report unsafe conditions will not be disciplined or otherwise harassed.
EMPLOYEE HAZARD NOTIFICATION
All City employees should use this form to anonymously report safety concerns, unsafe
conditions, or unsafe practices in their area. This form can be turned into the Personnel
Division or to the City Safety Officer in City Hall. Employees are encouraged to report the
hazard to their direct supervisor before reporting the hazard to the City Safety Officer.
The City will investigate any report or question as required by the Injury and Illness
Prevention Program Standard 8 CCR Section 3203.
To be completed by employee:
Department: Bureau/Section:
Describe in detail the nature of the safety concern:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Where is the exact location of the concern?
What are the causes or contributing factors of the concern?
Where appropriate, list names of individuals involved:
Employee suggestion for correction of safety concern:
To be completed by City Safety Officer:
City Safety Officer’s suggestions and/or corrective actions:
Person contacted for correction:
City Safety Officer’s Signature Date
Notification Procedures
The Administrator of the Personnel Division will be notified of all major safety- related
incidents that occur during regular business hours and should be consulted when
safety issues arise in which appropriate corrective action is difficult to determine or
achieve. Routine, non-emergency safety maintenance issues, such as open ceiling
tiles, will be reported to the Personnel Division.
City Safety Officer
Per established City guidelines, the handling supervisor will immediately, or as soon
as is practical, notify the City Safety Officer, during business hours at 570-6476 or after
hours at (888) 425-4707, when any of the following incidents occur:
• Any time a Department employee is involved in a work-related incident and
paramedics respond, whether or not the employee is transported to the hospital;
• Any time a City employee is involved in a work-related incident and the employee
receives treatment beyond simple first aid;
• Any time the Fire Department or Police Department responds to an emergency
such as a fire, bomb threat, hazardous material spill or rescue at a City facility;
• Any incident involving major damage to City property, facilities, or equipment
(including vehicles);
• Any time a Cal/OSHA inspector arrives at a workplace;
• Any time an incident with serious potential liability to the City has occurred,
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
including on-duty injury traffic collisions.
Safety Records Retention
The Personnel Division maintains records of building safety inspections and health
and safety incidents.
• Records must be archived in active files for a minimum of three years and in long-
term storage indefinitely
• Bureau, Division, and individual offices will retain inspection checklists for one year
6.6.20 MARITAL POLICY – WORK ASSIGNMENTS
POLICY
City of Long Beach Administrative Regulation Number 32-1, Article 5, Section D states
as follows:
"Except as provided hereunder, an employment decision shall not be based on whether
an individual has a spouse presently employed by the City. However, for business
reasons of supervision, safety, security or morale, as determined by the City Manager,
no spouse shall be appointed or promoted to a position in any department in which the
other spouse would be placed in an employment relationship in which either would have
the capacity or authority to control the employment circumstances of the other, or where
one spouse would be in a position to audit or evaluate the performance of the other, or
where a potential conflict of interest or other hazards greater for married couples than for
other persons."
Management Responsibility
Department managers shall ensure spouses, sworn or civilian, are not assigned to the
same Division or work in such close proximity to create a potential conflict of interest for
the Department. Management will be especially conscious of this policy during the
deployment process so as not to create undue stress upon spouses.
The deputy chiefs shall review any exceptions to this policy, with input from the Long
Beach City Attorney and Human Resources Department. The Chief of Police will make
the final decision.
SCOPE
This policy applies to all legally married spouses employed by the Long Beach Police
Department and includes all sworn ranks and civilian classifications.
REGULATION
Either spouse may voluntarily transfer from an assignment defined as conflictive to
another Department position approved by the Chief of Police. If neither spouse
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
volunteers, the involuntary transfer policy for POA members will apply to the junior
member in seniority. For civilian personnel, the Department will attempt to find an
assignment least disruptive to Department operations.
Future Marriages
If employees assigned to the same division marry, one spouse must transfer. There will
be no circumstances to invoke involuntary transfers from the effective date of this policy.
For personnel choosing to marry, one of the newly married spouses will be required to
transfer to another location within the Department.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
6.7 SUPPLIES & MAINTENANCE
6.7.1 PURCHASE REQUISITIONS
The Fiscal Division, shall review all requisitions. After review, the requisitions shall either
be forwarded to the Chief of Police or his designee for final authorization, or returned to
the requesting Division for further justification.
Requisitions for consultant/professional services over $20,000.00 require prior City
Council approval.
All requisitions shall be submitted on City of Long Beach “Requisition for Purchase” form
#SF-224, Rev. 10/81. Refer to the Budget Section at telephone number 570-7445 for
processing.
6.7.2 ASSIGNMENT & CONTROL OF PATROL VEHICLES
The Watch Commander will be responsible for the assignment if patrol vehicles for the
oncoming shift, logging vehicle assignments and recording any observed damage.
The Administration Bureau, Fleet Section, will be responsible for patrol vehicle
maintenance, tracking patrol vehicles removed from the premises for maintenance or
repair.
Watch Commander Responsibility
• Evaluate all use requests. Approve or deny each request depending upon the
appropriateness of the request and the availability of patrol vehicles. All non-patrol
use of patrol vehicles will be subordinate to the requirements of oncoming patrol shifts.
Patrol Officer Responsibilities
• If your choice of a vehicle is B.O., open the hood and place a note on the dash
indicating the problem
• If you already logged into service and discover a vehicle malfunction, request, and
obtain approval from a Field Sergeant or the Watch Commander to exchange you
assigned vehicle. Malfunctions, which do not affect the tactical operation of the
vehicle, will not be sufficient for requesting approval. Upon receiving approval to
exchange the vehicle, complete a “Vehicle Malfunction” form (PD Form 4300.002) and
have the form initialed by the approving supervisor. Raise the hood of the disabled
vehicle and place the white copy of the malfunction form on the dash. Submit the
yellow copy to the Watch Commander who shall place it into the Fleet Officer’s box.
Fleet Officer/Lot Security Officers Responsibilities
• Ensure that an adequate number of patrol vehicles are serviced, cleaned, and fueled
for the oncoming patrol shifts. Vehicles with special equipment shall be monitored
closely to ensure an appropriate number is available for patrol at all times
• Require individuals removing a patrol vehicle from the lot for service or repair to check
out the vehicle from the lot security officer. The lot security officer will remove the
shotgun from the vehicle and update the vehicle status board prior to releasing the
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
vehicle. The lot security officer shall promptly notify the Fleet Officer of any unsafe
vehicle or equipment identified during daily lot operations
6.7.3 VEHICLES – PATROL
Replacement - Black and White Vehicles
The first priority for assignment of new patrol vehicles will be to the Patrol Divisions. Each
Patrol Division is assigned a new patrol vehicle for each current vehicle taken out of
service after:
• Reaching its maximum life and mileage of four-years and 95,000 miles
• The vehicle is totaled from an accident, or
• The vehicle is deemed to not be pursuit capable by Fleet Services.
• Patrol Sergeant SUV's follow the same guidelines as above.
Decal Identifiers
Patrol vehicles shall be identified by decal markings on the roof of the vehicle and on the
left portion of the trunk showing the vehicle unit number. Decals with the Patrol Division's
name shall be placed on both rear quarter panels. Patrol supervisor units shall be marked
with the appropriate rank under the divisional decals.
Replacement – Solid Vehicles
Solid (single paint color) vehicles are replaced on a seven-year, 95,000-mile rotation or
as deemed necessary by the PD fleet coordinators.
Decal Identifiers
These vehicles will have the vehicle unit numbers placed inside the fuel door.
Specialty Vehicles
All divisions, on an as needed basis, shall share vehicles such as booking vans and
community policing vehicles. Keys to these vehicles are to be obtained from their
assigned division.
Maintenance Deficiencies - "B.O.” Vehicles
Vehicles requiring service shall immediately be identified with a Condition Report form.
One copy of the form shall be left on top of the dashboard inside the car and the other
copy shall be delivered to the appropriate location as designated by each division.
Mobile Work Station (MWS) Problems
If working dayshift, contact the Records and Technology Section to see if someone is
available to fix the problem. If someone is available to fix the MWS, take the vehicle to
be fixed during your shift. Afternoon units shall also attempt to get the issues fixed before
1700 hours. If after-hours or on a holiday or weekend, complete a Condition Report form
and place one copy on the dash and the other copy in the Divisional Administrative
Officer's in-box.
Radio or Public Address System Problems
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
During normal business hours, take the car directly to the radio shop to be worked on
while you are on-duty. If after hours or on a holiday or weekend, park and lock the vehicle
with hood up and complete the Condition Report. Place one copy on the dash and the
other copy in the Divisional Administrative Officer's in-box.
Cleanliness
Each officer is responsible for keeping his/her vehicle's interior clean. At the end of each
shift, officers shall remove all trash and personal items from the vehicle.
Day and afternoon officers have the responsibility of taking vehicles to the contract car
wash locations for cleaning.
Coming Out of Service
Officers returning from their shift should fill the vehicle with fuel prior to their E.O.W. This
allows the on-coming shift to immediately respond to calls for service.
6.7.4 VEHICLE SYSTEM & MAINTENANCE
ALL Department employees requesting a Patrol Bureau vehicle, with the exception of
oncoming Patrol Shift Team Lieutenants/Sergeants, shall be directed to the Watch
Commander for authorization. All non-Patrol uses will be subordinate to the needs of
oncoming Patrol Shifts.
The scheduling Lieutenant/Sergeant will be contacted prior to each Section squad
meeting to determine the number of vehicles required. Instances of vehicle shortages
will be resolved prior to the conclusion of the squad meeting.
Ensure team officers deploy from the police parking lot and clear for calls for service within
15 minutes subsequent to the Section squad meeting.
Scheduling Lieutenant/Sergeant Responsibilities
• Provide the Watch Commander with the number of vehicles required prior to each
Section squad meeting
• Provide an updated “Patrol Division Assignment” sheet to the Property Staff at 1130
hours, 1930 hours, and 2330 hours daily
Team Lieutenant Responsibilities
• Ensure that the Team Sergeants perform their function as outlined
• Conduct weekly audits and document the audit results in the Station Commander’s
log
Team Sergeant Responsibilities
• Perform a minimum of one audit during their Shift of a team officer’s vehicle and
determine any equipment problems or body damage. Ensure that the vehicle matches
the assigned vehicle number. Briefly describe the inspection in the “Field
Performance Audit” form
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Team Officer Responsibilities
• Patrol vehicles shall be assigned at the completion of the Section squad meeting.
Specific vehicles will not be requested
• Immediately notify the Watch Commander if you are unable to locate the vehicle
assigned
• Prior to entering service, report any vehicle damage, and/or contraband found in the
vehicle to the Watch Commander
• Complete the procedure for logging on within 15 minutes subsequent to the Section
squad meeting
• The vehicle shall be returned to the line when filing until end of watch, training, or
assigned to Station duty until the end of watch
Gas Pump/Lot Security Officer Responsibilities
• Complete the “Vehicle Status Log” when other City Departments remove Patrol
Bureau vehicles for maintenance and sign off the log when vehicles are returned. The
Fleet Section Officer, Administration Bureau shall be advised of any vehicle removed
for more than 24 hours
• Promptly inform the Administration Bureau, Fleet Section Officer of any unsafe vehicle
or equipment conditions that are identified during daily parking lot operations
Vehicle Maintenance or Exchange
• Request approval from the Station Commander or Team Sergeant/Lieutenant to
exchange the assigned vehicle. Malfunctions which do not affect the tactical operation
of the vehicle will not be sufficient reason for requesting approval
• Upon receiving approval to exchange the vehicle, the requesting officer will complete
a Vehicle Malfunction form (PD Form 4300.002) and have the form initialed by the
approving supervisor. The completed form will be submitted to the Watch
Commander and a copy placed in the vehicle, and vehicle’s hood raised
6.7.5 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE OF SURVEILLANCE VEHICLES
The Fleet Section shall be responsible for the purchase and assignment of surveillance
vehicles. Each detail, section, et cetera, assigned surveillance vehicles shall designate
a vehicle coordinator. Vehicle coordinators shall be responsible for vehicle maintenance,
conducting a weekly inspection of assigned vehicles, completing a monthly mileage
report, coordinating routine and preventive maintenance and advising the Fleet Section
of problems or circumstances that require attention.
Procedure
The operation of surveillance vehicles shall adhere to the following guidelines:
• Vehicles shall be used for surveillance or undercover investigations only
• Vehicles should not be used for routine patrol, transporting prisoners or any function
that would destroy undercover capacity
• Officers shall contact patrol officers for assistance in the event that a suspect vehicle
must be stopped, unless impractical
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Vehicles shall not be taken home without prior written approval by the Bureau Chief.
The written approval will then be forwarded to the office of the Chief of Police not later
that the next business day
• Officers shall not use surveillance vehicles assigned to other details, sections, et
cetera, without cooperative authorization from respective coordinators
• Vehicles shall be driven in accordance with the California Vehicle Code and within the
parameters of the Long Beach Police Department rules and regulations
• Keys and duplicate keys shall be maintained by the detail to which the vehicle is
assigned
Vehicle Repair & Maintenance
Surveillance shall be fueled at the police station using fuel cards assigned to officers using
the vehicles. The City garage will not maintain surveillance vehicles. The City garage
will perform only minor or safety related repairs on request. All other repair and
maintenance shall be secured through a private vendor. Information regarding fuel cards
is available shall require prior approval from Fleet Section.
Vehicle service and maintenance shall be the responsibility of each Detail’s vehicle
coordinator. It is recommended that the vehicles are service every 3,000 miles and
preventive maintenance completed every 18,000 miles. Preventive maintenance
includes checking fluid levels, belts, shocks, brakes, tires and completion of a major tune
up.
Traffic Accidents
Traffic accidents involving surveillance vehicles are processed consistent with the
procedures for other City owned vehicles. A copy of the accident report shall be
forwarded to the Administration Bureau.
6.7.6 DUAL PURPOSE VEHICLES
Dual-purpose vehicles are assigned to the Fleet Section. The vehicles are authorized for
use by sworn personnel only and shall be operated under the following procedures.
Dual-purpose vehicles are plain vehicles equipped with a red beam spotlight to the front,
siren, and blue and amber warning lights to the rear.
• Personnel: Officers from the Detective and Patrol Bureaus may operate dual-purpose
vehicles. Other Departmental personnel may use the vehicles by requesting them
through the Budget Management Division, Fleet Management Section
• Vehicle Log: Dual-purpose vehicles shall be checked out prior to use by completing a
log entry and obtaining vehicle keys. The vehicle log and keys are maintained
between 0600-1800 hours at the pump house and in the Watch Commander’s Office
between 1800-0600 hours. After using a vehicle, officers shall return the vehicle to its
assigned parking space, return the keys and complete the log entry
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Parking: Designated parking spaces have been identified in the diagonal parking
between Magnolia Avenue and the fuel pumps to the rear of the Public Safety Building.
The vehicles shall be parked in their assigned spaces
6.7.6.1 EMERGENCY OPERATION
Vehicle Stops
• Dual-purpose vehicles shall not be primarily used for traffic violation enforcement
• Uniformed personnel may initiate traffic stops for Vehicle Code violation as a part of
their regularly assigned duties
• Non-uniformed personnel shall request a black and white field unit prior to
investigative or traffic stops
6.7.7 TAKE HOME VEHICLES
The following personnel shall have the option of accepting an assigned police vehicle on
a permanent basis or being compensated per City Administrative Regulation 4-2:
• Chief of Police
• Deputy Chief of Police
• Commander
• Food Services Administrator
• Information Management Administrator
Vehicle(s) may be assigned for take home use by the following personnel/section:
• Labor Relations Lieutenant
• Academy Lieutenant
• SWAT Tactical Sergeant
• Homicide Detail Sergeants/On-Call Teams
• Accident Investigation
• Internal Affairs Section
• Sex Crimes Detail On-Call Teams
A Bureau Chief may assign a vehicle to be taken home when such action will satisfy a
Department need. An assignment of a vehicle in this manner shall be on a day-to-day
basis. The involved Division Commander shall maintain a record of all such assignments
and a copy forwarded to the Office of the Chief of Police. This record shall include the
date, vehicle number, officer to whom the vehicle was assigned, and the purpose for
which the vehicle was used.
6.7.8 DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
Employees shall not use any Department vehicles without the permission of a
Commanding Officer. Department vehicles shall not be used for personal business or
pleasure.
Transporting Citizens
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Citizens will not be transported in Department vehicles except when necessary to
accomplish a police or official City purpose. Such transportation will be done in
conformance with Department policy or at the direction of a command officer, immediate
supervisor, or the employee in charge of Communications.
6.7.9 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING CITY VEHICLES
When a City vehicle is involved in an accident within the City limits, the City Attorney’s
Office shall be notified immediately. Whenever possible, officers shall leave the accident
scene “as is” until the arrival of investigators from the City Attorney’s Office so that
photographs can be taken. However, there may be some instances where the discretion
of the officer at the scene would dictate that traffic flow is of more importance than
preserving the evidence.
Whenever the presence of a City Attorney’s investigator is required, the call will be placed
to the Public Service dispatcher who will then be responsible for dispatching an
investigator. After hours, the Communications Center will contact the investigator at
his/her home. However, there will be instances when the City Attorney’s investigator is
not available or does not deem the accident to be serious enough to warrant his/her
presence. In such instances the dispatcher should inform the unit or supervisor at the
scene immediately.
When the accident occurs on the freeway system within the City limits, the City of Signal
Hill, or areas of close proximity to the City, such as, Wilmington or Lakewood, the City
Attorney’s Office should be called immediately and a supervisor dispatched to the scene.
It will be the responsibility of the supervisor dispatched to the scene to secure the
necessary information for a City Property Damage Report and to make any further
investigation necessary, taking into consideration the investigation and reporting
procedures of the police agency handling.
If the accident occurs well beyond the City limits, do not contact the City Attorney except
in extreme situations. If the seriousness of the situation warrants it, where police
personnel are involved, the Watch Commander may send a supervisor to the scene no
matter how remote the location may be. Any injury accident information is to be forwarded
to the City Attorney’s office as soon as practicable.
When accident reports involving any City equipment are taken, officers shall refrain from
writing a “conclusion” or “opinion” as to whose fault the accident was, not should either
driver be cited.
6.7.10 ASSET INVENTORY, CONTROL & ACCOUNTABILITY
Revised 06-29-2009
The Administration Bureau has audit responsibility.
Background
The Police Department is allocated the resources and assets needed to perform the
mission of ensuring public safety. Each piece of equipment (subject to valuation criteria
defined below) procured for the use of the Police Department should be maintained,
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
managed and regularly inventoried by the Department. While every employee of the Long
Beach Police Department bears responsibility for the proper use, care and custody of the
equipment provided to them, the ultimate responsibility and accountability for the
assets assigned and/or deployed within the Division rests with the Division
Commander or Administrator.
Purpose
The purpose of this Manual Section is to define the processes and procedures to be used
throughout the Police Department to identify, track, account for, and manage the
Department’s Asset Inventory. This section does not supersede or take the place of
existing City requirements for asset tracking and reporting.
Asset Identification
Police Department serialized asset criteria generally include items with a purchase price
or asset value of greater than fifty dollars ($50.00), or a high potential for loss, theft,
misuse or any serialized property. Examples of asset categories covered by this Section
include, but are not limited to the following:
• Any and all weapons, including less-lethal weapons, and ammunition stores
• Individually issued field use and protective equipment (including riot gear)
• Radios, batteries and battery chargers
• Vehicles, aircraft and boats (associated equipment and their contents)
• Consumable items purchased in bulk (aggregate cost qualifies the item)
• Bicycles and Segways (and associated equipment)
• Electronic analog and digital communications equipment (telephones, cellular
telephones, pagers, Blackberries, etc.)
• Office equipment and software (computers, peripherals, copiers, fax machines,
scanners, etc.)
• Audio-visual equipment (televisions, cable boxes, video cassette recorders [VCR’s],
DVD players, projectors, stereos, tape recorders, cameras and recording devices,
etc.)
• Furniture and appliances (refrigerators, microwaves, desks, chairs, credenzas, file
cabinets, workstations, lamps, tables, etc.)
• Specialized equipment such as forensic and/or crime scene equipment, K-9 training
devices and/or narcotics, radar guns, intoximeters, radio scanners, bolt cutters,
bullhorns, etc.
• Homeland Security First Responder equipment and disaster stores
Assets in the categories listed above will be identified by serial number, asset number,
and/or owner applied number and listed in the Department’s (MCM Technologies)
Inventory Database (DIDB).
Acquisition
Consistent with the procurement process, the new or replacement asset will be delivered
to the requesting division(s) prior to redistribution. Upon acceptance from the vendor, the
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Shipping and Receiving Clerk/Storekeeper (Fiscal Division) or the Division making the
acquisition will complete the Equipment Inventory Control Form (PD Form 2000.025) and
will ensure qualifying assets be added to the DIDB. Acquisition and distribution of
perishable assets (toner, batteries, and cassette tapes) shall be controlled and recorded
as used in a manner consistent with the direction of the appropriate Bureau.
Each Division Commander or Administrator will maintain their assets within the DIDB,
which lists, by category, each asset assigned to the Division. Bureau Chiefs shall maintain
the Bureau Office assets within the DIDB, as well as those assets assigned to Sections
reporting directly to the Bureau Chief. When new or replacement assets are received from
the Storekeeper, the asset information will be added to the DIDB via Equipment Inventory
Control Form (PD Form 2000.025). The Equipment Inventory Control Form will be
provided to the Administration Bureau within four (4) working days of receipt; the
appropriate Division and Bureau shall retain a copy of each for inspection and audit
purposes. New or replacement assets shall be entered into the DIDB within four (4) days.
These records shall be maintained until the Bureau Chief or the Chief of Police authorizes
disposal.
Tracking
Each Division Commander or Administrator is responsible for tracking all assigned
assets. The DIDB shall be kept current and made available for immediate inspection.
Tracking frequency shall be consistent with the type of item or type of stores to be tracked.
The process for establishing and maintaining the asset tracking system in each Division
is provided by the initial inventory and thereafter updating the DIDB by completing the
Equipment Inventory Control Form (PD Form 2000.025). Each Bureau shall ensure that
corrections are performed in the DIDB upon notice. This responsibility is non-transferable.
The inventory shall at minimum include:
• Description of equipment (manufacturer’s specification or plain language)
• Make
• Model
• Serial Number/City Asset Number/Owner Applied Number
• Physical location
• Division/Section/Detail
• Employee, Supervisor and/or Manager assigned the asset
• Expiration date (if applicable)
Inventory
In this manual section, the term “inventory” has two meanings, as it relates to asset
management. “Inventory” refers to the actual list of assets assigned to the Bureau Chief,
Division Commander, or Administrator. The second refers to the act of physical counting
or the verification of the individual assets, which is the focus of this paragraph. The
schedule of physical inventories is dictated by several factors, including:
• The type of asset
• The value of the asset
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• The potential impact of the loss or theft of the asset
• The frequency of change of sub custody of the asset
• The history of asset replacement due to loss or theft
• Items on a fixed replacement cycle (vests, filters, etc.)
At a minimum, a complete inventory of all assigned assets will be conducted annually.
Results of these annual inventories will be reported to the Chief of Police, via the
appropriate Bureau Chief, as an attachment to the Management Performance Planning,
Review and Appraisal (MPPRA) of each Bureau Chief, Division Commander or
Administrator. An inventory of department-issued personal equipment shall be conducted
at least semiannually.
A complete inventory of all assigned assets is also mandated prior to any change of
command for a Division or Bureau. The Change of Command Inventory must be
conducted jointly by the incoming and outgoing Bureau Chief, Commander or
Administrator, and forwarded to the Chief of Police, via the appropriate Bureau Chief.
The memo shall document discrepancies and corrective measures taken for
accountability.
Fixed asset inventories shall be conducted as requested by the Department of Financial
Management and are in addition to the Police Department's normal inventory processes.
Accountability
While the overall responsibility and accountability for the asset inventory rests with the
Division Commander or Administrator, every Police Department employee who is issued
or otherwise provided an asset to carry out their assigned tasks assumes a share of that
responsibility and accountability.
Each Division Commander or Administrator shall track the individual employee’s assets
by having the employee complete the Personal Equipment Inventory Form (PD Form
2000.026) on an annual basis or as scheduled. Upon transfer of an employee to a new
Division, the old Division/Detail shall retain and reissue the Division/Detail asset. Upon
transfer, reassignment or separation of employment, the employee shall surrender all
issued or assigned asset(s) unless prior written authorization has been obtained by the
Bureau Chief or the Chief of Police, or designee.
Compliance
The Chief of Police has designated maintenance and control of inventory and support
systems a Command Staff responsibility. The Administration Bureau shall be
responsible to maintain the Police Department’s inventory record-keeping system,
coordinating the physical audit of the Department’s fixed assets and forwarding
recommendations. Periodic inspection and review requires the active participation of a
designated Lieutenant, Sergeant or Administrative Officer in each Bureau/Division/Unit or
office to focus on compliance with this policy. The designated employee will facilitate a
physical count and inspection as needed to comply with this policy in accordance with
reporting timelines. Administrative rights of access to the DIDB will be restricted to
employees and managers tasked with reporting, maintenance, inspection and auditing
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
the process. The Organizational Review Unit or others will conduct independent
compliance reviews, audits and inspections as designated by the Chief of Police.
• It shall be the responsibility of each Bureau Chief to ensure a standardized system of
asset inventory accountability, control, and management is in place and functioning in
their Bureau. Bureau Chiefs, Division Commanders and Administrators will be held
accountable for the asset inventory assigned to their Bureaus/Divisions. They shall
designate an individual, by name, to coordinate inventory, complete the Equipment
Inventory Control Form (PD Form 2000.025) and to reconcile acquisitions not
captured by the Storekeeper; this includes transfer or disposal of equipment, or to
report lost/missing equipment. For lost or missing equipment, a crime or property
report or memorandum shall be filed as necessary. Technical support, maintenance,
formatting and training for the DIDB are the responsibility of the Information
Technology Section.
6.7.11 DELETED PER PROJECT 20170042COP 11/10/17
6.7.12 AUTOMATED VEHICLE LOCATION (AVL) POLICY
It is the policy of this Department to use Automatic Vehicle Location (AVL) technology for
the purpose of officer safety, improved response to Calls for Service (CFS) and improved
command and control of critical Department resources.
AVL SYSTEM USE
Communications Personnel Responsibilities
• Maintain AVL location data as confidential information that will only be used for officer
safety and determining the nearest available units for CFS or otherwise necessary.
Specific unit location information shall not be discussed or communicated to any other
person unless directed by a Communications Supervisor.
• Utilize the AVL system to locate officers needing assistance
• Utilize the AVL system when possible to determine the nearest available unit for high
priority calls
• Utilize the AVL system to properly maintain field unit locations. Should a field unit
location in Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) not properly match the AVL location, the
assigned dispatcher shall contact the field unit on their radio channel and confirm the
unit status and location information
Patrol Personnel Responsibilities
• Personnel shall not unplug, disconnect, or otherwise tamper with any AVL system
component that might render AVL non-functional
• Properly log onto the MDT utilizing the standard log-on process via the MDT air card
connection unless directed otherwise by the Watch Commander or Communications.
Logging onto an MDT via the Vehicle Radio Modem (“VRM”) connection without
authorization will constitute misconduct.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Properly maintain their unit status and location information to prevent discrepancies
between CAD location information and AVL location information.
Management/Supervisory Personnel Responsibilities
• Ensure that the AVL system is primarily used for officer safety, improved response to
calls for service and enhanced command and control of field resources
• Address any issues with field personnel not properly maintaining their status or
location information in CAD
• Address any issues of AVL users tampering with AVL equipment or otherwise
disabling or circumventing the functionality of the AVL system
AVL SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
Communications Section Responsibilities
• Maintain the AVL system in good working order
• Ensure that AVL system data is properly stored for a three-year record retention period
• Ensure that AVL data is properly destroyed once the AVL data has exceeded the
three-year retention period
ACCESS TO HISTORICAL AVL INFORMATION (AVL PLAYBACK)
The AVL Playback Module allows the redisplay or playback of stored AVL history data on
a digital CAD map. This component of the AVL system can be used to search historical
data by time or unit. Either the Watch Commander or the Emergency Operations Division
Commander can grant supervisory access to the AVL playback module. It should be
noted that access to the AVL playback module during non-business hours requires the
call-out of a Communications Section system administrator.
6.7.13 TACTICAL BLANKETS
Revised January 30, 2013
Reviewed January 2020
The Support Bureau has audit responsibility.
DEFINITION
A tactical blanket, also referred to as a ballistic shield, is a lightweight ballistic fabric
designed to provide a protective barrier against most handgun ammunition up to .44
magnum. Tactical blankets are designed for portability, and for quick and easy
deployment in high-risk situations.
POLICY
Tactical blankets will be distributed to the Patrol Bureau, Investigations Bureau and
Support Bureau. Each bureau will deploy all available assigned tactical blanket(s) in the
field for response to emergency situations. Sergeants and officers assigned a tactical
blanket shall note the presence of the tactical blanket in their unit history.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Bureaus will inspect their tactical blankets quarterly to ensure the equipment is in good
working order. Each division will be responsible for auditing tactical blankets on their
asset inventory.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
6.8 TRAINING
6.8.2 TRAINING – MANDATORY & REQUIRED
The Department shall ensure the scheduling of all personnel in mandatory and required
training. The Department shall fulfill the requirements of state law, municipal ordinance,
and Department training policy, including, but not limited to California Penal Code Section
13518 which requires that all sworn personnel receive retraining in Cardio-Pulmonary
Resuscitation and First Aid every three years. Additionally, supplemental training on
Domestic Violence must be provided not later than January 1, 1989, to sworn personnel.
Excluded from this requirement are officers whose duties are primarily clerical or
administrative, a minimum of 90% of the time.
Police Officers, Corporal and Sergeants shall receive a minimum of 24 hours of in-service
training every two years. Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) mandates that
Sergeants have 80 hours of supervisory course training and Lieutenants have 80 hours
of management training. Every effort will be made to ensure this training is provided
immediately prior to promotion.
It shall be the responsibility of the Administrator, Personnel and the Commander, Training
Division, to ensure that all mandatory training is completed within the prescribed period
of time.
It shall be the responsibility of the Commander, Police Academy, to plan, implement,
coordinate, and provide written documentation of all Department Training.
6.8.2.1 ATTENDANCE AT TRAINING
Attendance at training is a duty assignment. An employee’s conduct can bring credit or
discredit to the employee and the Department. Personnel attending training, on- or off-
site, will adhere to the following.
PROCEDURES
General Behavior
Prohibited Conduct
• Making obscene, racial, sexual, or insubordinate comments.
• Smoking or use of smokeless tobacco products in classrooms or office areas at
training locations
• Reading of non-course-related materials during training.
• Placing of feet on furniture.
Punctuality & Attendance
• Be at the training location and in class at the appointed time.
• Limit breaks and lunch to the prescribed time
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Obtain prior permission from the sergeant or supervisor coordinating the training to be
absent for any reason. The training sergeant or supervisor will determine if the absent
student needs to repeat the entire training or the training module
• Any unexcused absence will be explained by the absent employee in a memorandum
written to the Academy Lieutenant, with a copy to the employee’s Division
Commander or Administrator
• Doctors’ appointments are not to be scheduled during training, if avoidable
Participation
• Bring writing materials and requested equipment.
• Participate in assignments as requested, including homework assignments.
• Complete evaluations and tests.
Dress Attire & Grooming
• Comply with the stated/provided dress code appropriate to the specified training. If
not specified, dress in a manner that presents a professional image.
• No tank tops, T-shirts with inappropriate logos or images, shorts, sandals, bare feet,
or other inappropriate attire.
• Grooming standards will be consistent with those required by the Bureau or Division
to which the employee is assigned.
• Personnel who report to training inappropriately attired or groomed will be ordered to
go home and make a suitable change. Any time incurred as absent from training for
this purpose will not be reflected as “scheduled hours” on the “Employee Time Record”
6.8.3 TRAINING – EXECUTIVE LEVEL SELECTION PROCESS
Program Description
• Executive Training is limited to Command Officers and Civilian Managers
• The schools and institutions at which Executive Training takes place have their own
selection process which is separate and distinct from the process used by sponsoring
agencies
Examples of Executive Training includes, but is not limited to, the following:
• FBI National Academy
• FBI National Executive Institute
• POST Command College
The Police Department conducts an in house selection process to identify and present
the best candidate(s) for the desired executive training.
The selection criteria will vary according to the school or institution to which the candidate
applies, however, the process of selection for each candidate within the Police
Department will be the same.
Selection Criteria
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
The Department will encourage Command Officers and Civilian Managers to participate
in the Executive Training Selection Program. The Program is voluntary in nature.
Rank Consideration
• Sworn Command Officers (Chief of Police, Deputy Chief, Commander and Lieutenant)
• Level II Civilian Managers and above (Department Psychologist; Administrator,
Information Technology; and Administrator, Food Services)
Educational Background
For the purpose of this program, it is recommended that all candidates possess a
minimum of an Associate of Arts degree, or have completed 60 semester units of college
credits.
Process of Selection
All Command Officers and Level II Civilian Managers and above will be made aware of
pending Executive Training in a timely manner through the Academy/Training Section.
Interested candidates who wish to participate in the selection process will indicate the
desired school that he/she wishes to attend by filing a memorandum to his/her respective
Bureau Chief. The Bureau Chief shall forward all such requests to the Standing Selection
Panel, accompanied by the following:
• The employee will submit a current resume.
Funding
The funding for attendance of Executive Training Courses will be budgeted as a single,
executive training item. No additional funding source, with the exception of scholarships
and fully paid training items, will be available.
Employee/Department Responsibilities
Employee
Employees selected to attend Executive Training will agree to utilize his/her maximum
potential in completing necessary course work recognizing that the Long Beach Police
Department is being represented through their attendance and only an image of
excellence is acceptable.
Department
The Academy/Training Section will locate, maintain and disseminate a current list of all
available Executive Training.
6.8.4 DIVISIONAL TRAINING OFFICER
Each Division Commander shall appoint one Sergeant in his/her Division to the position
of Divisional Training Sergeant. It shall be the responsibility of the appointed Training
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Sergeant to identify any need for specialized, in-service training within his/her Division,
and to work with the Academy’s In-Service Training Coordinator to fill this requirement.
The Divisional Training Sergeant shall also be responsible for the following:
• Coordinating and attempting to fill requests for training which originates within the
Division
• Projecting the overall training requirements for employees in the Division
• Assisting the Academy in scheduling employees of the Division-level with the
assistance of the Academy
• Working with the Academy’s In-Service Training Coordinator to maintain an up to date
file of available programs of interest to Division personnel
• Keeping Division personnel informed of available training opportunities, encouraging
members of the Division to avail themselves of these opportunities, and working with
the Division Commander to schedule personnel for training as practicable
• Instructing personnel on the appropriate filing of reimbursement
6.8.5 DELETED 1/9/23
6.8.6 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
The Support Bureau has audit responsibility.
The Training Division has approved, and the Chief of Police has authorized a list of
firearms as either primary uniform, non-uniform holster firearms, or back-up firearms. All
authorized personnel may exercise one of the options in the type of firearm they carry on-
duty.
Due to constant improvements in firearms and the many new models introduced every
year, addendums to this policy have been established.
The addendums will be maintained by the Training Division. The Rangemaster will have
the most current list of approved firearms. A new firearm or caliber may be added at any
time. If an addition or deletion is made, the Rangemaster will prepare an addendum.
The criteria for adding new firearms are as follows:
A) The model has been in production for at least 2 years;
B) Over 1,000 units have been produced;
C) The manufacturer has a solid reputation in the law enforcement community;
D) The firearm has been evaluated by the Rangemaster, or the firearm has been
evaluated by another law enforcement agency and the evaluation meets the
standard of the Long Beach Police Department.
Prior to being deployed, a newly acquired firearm or firearm that has been modified and
will be used in a duty capacity, the following shall occur:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
A) The firearm shall be inspected by the Rangemaster.
B) The firearm shall be test fired for function.
C) The officer shall pass the 50-round qualification course with a minimum 80% score.
6.8.6.1 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS – Trigger Pull Weight
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
A) Minimum Trigger Pull Weight Requirement - The trigger pull weight for all
firearms shall be at factory minimum or greater, but in no case shall the trigger pull
weight be less than four pounds. Officers are responsible for having the trigger pull
weight tested every two years during the scheduled qualification period by the
Range staff. Officers will be responsible for correcting any trigger pull weight
discrepancies that do not meet factory minimum standards or the four-pound
minimum, whichever is greater.
B) Sig Sauer Exemption - Officers who carry a Sig Sauer firearm, as their primary
duty weapon, with a trigger pull weight that measures between four and three and
a half pounds, may continue to carry that weapon as a primary duty weapon, if
they have a current 50 round qualification score on file as of 08/25/2015. The
following exceptions will apply:
1) If the trigger pull weight falls below three and a half pounds, the officer shall
be responsible for correcting the trigger pull weight to a minimum of three and
a half pounds.
2) If the firearm is sold to another officer, this exemption will no longer apply.
3) If an officer, who has qualified with and carried a Sig Sauer with a trigger
weight exemption, qualifies with another duty weapon that meets the four-
pound trigger pull requirement, this exemption will no longer apply.
6.8.6.2 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS – Laser Sights
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
The use of laser sights on firearms while on-duty is prohibited. SWAT is exempt from this
restriction.
6.8.6.3 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS – MAINTENANCE, REPAIR &
MODIFICATIONS
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
Officers are responsible for the cleaning and maintenance of their firearms and are
required to properly maintain their duty firearm at all times.
The Rangemaster or SWAT armorer shall be the only persons authorized to repair or
modify any department-owned firearm.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Any modifications to an officer’s personally owned duty firearms shall be done at his or
her expense and must be approved by the Rangemaster.
6.8.6.4 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS – Semi-Automatic Firearms
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
All personnel transitioning from a revolver to a semi-automatic firearm must complete
semi-automatic transition training at the Long Beach Police Department Pistol Range and
pass the 50-round qualification course with a minimum 80% proficiency prior to deploying
the firearm.
Reserve officers must have permission from the full-time reserve program coordinator
prior to transitioning from a revolver to a semi-automatic firearm.
All officers who attend semi-automatic transition training must do so at their own expense
and on personal time.
6.8.6.5 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS – Backup Firearms
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
Uniform or plainclothes personnel are authorized to use backup firearms. The backup
firearm shall be easily concealed, readily obtainable and carried in a holster.
Sworn personnel shall qualify annually with their backup firearm and must pass the 25-
round backup course with a minimum 80% proficiency.
6.8.6.6 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS – Primary Uniform Holster Firearms
See addendum maintained by the Training Division with the Rangemaster.
6.8.6.7 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS – Primary Non-uniform Holster Firearms
See addendum maintained by the Training Division with the Rangemaster.
6.8.6.8 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS – Backup Firearms
See addendum maintained by the Training Division with the Rangemaster.
6.8.7 AMMUNITION – DEPARTMENT ISSUED & AUTHORIZED
MANUFACTURERS
Revised June 2, 2016
The Support Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed January 2020
The Long Beach Police Department will issue 50 rounds of Winchester Ranger SXT JHP
to each officer annually, during the first quarter qualification period.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
All ammunition used or carried by members of this Department shall be new, factory
loaded, law enforcement, hollow-point ammunition from the following Department
approved manufacturers:
1) Winchester
2) Federal
3) SPEER (excluding Blazer)
4) Remington
5) Hornady TAP
6.8.7.1 AMMUNITION – Authorized by Caliber
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
Below is a list of authorized ammunition by caliber, gun and bullet weight:
1) .45 Auto (ACP) – 185 to 230 grain, jacketed hollow-point and bonded jacketed
hollow-point.
2) .45 Long Colt (LC) – 225 to 255 grain, jacketed hollow-point and bonded jacketed
hollow-point.
3) .40 Cal – 160 to 185 grain, jacketed hollow-point and bonded jacketed hollow-point.
4) 9MM Luger (Parabellum) – 115 to 147 grain, jacketed hollow-point and bonded
jacketed hollow-point.
5) .38 Special – 95 to 158 grain, jacketed hollow-point, bonded jacketed hollow-point,
+P is authorized for .38 Special only.
6) .357 J-frame using .38 special rounds in the specifications above; .38 +P+ are
allowed in the .357.
7) .380 Auto (ACP) – 85 to 95 grain, jacketed hollow-point and bonded jacketed hollow-
point.
8) .25 Auto (ACP) – 45 to 50 grain, jacketed hollow-point and bonded jacketed hollow-
point;
a) Only authorized for firearms purchased and qualified with prior to December
30, 2011.
9) .22 Rim fire Magnum – 40 grain, magnum hollow-point;
a) Only authorized for firearms purchased and qualified with prior to December
30, 2011.
10) .22 Rim fire long rifle, 33 to 40 grain, hollow-point;
a) Only authorized for firearms purchased and qualified with prior to December
30, 2011.
6.8.7.2 AMMUNITION – Replacement
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
All officers will replace the ammunition in their primary duty firearm annually, during the
first quarter qualification period.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Officers may purchase their own ammunition from one of the Department approved
manufacturers, see Manual § 6.8.7 AMMUNITION – DEPARTMENT ISSUED &
Authorized Manufacturers.
6.8.7.3 AMMUNITION – Prohibited
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
Officers are prohibited from utilizing the following ammunition in their firearm while on-
duty:
1) Magnum
a) With the exception that .22-caliber magnum hollow point rim fire is allowed for
backup firearms.
b) Only authorized for firearms purchased and qualified with prior to December
30, 2011.
2) Armor piercing
3) Full metal jacket (FMJ)
4) Tracer
5) Reloads
6) Wad-cutter
The following ammunition is prohibited for use at the Long Beach Police Department
Pistol Range:
1) Armor piercing
2) Tracer
3) Reloads
6.8.7.4 AMMUNITION – Shotgun
Reviewed January 2020
Revised June 2, 2016
Only 12-gauge buckshot (00 Buck) issued by the Long Beach Police Department shall be
carried on-duty. Specialized units may be approved to use slug ammunition with the
approval from their Division Commander and the Range Master. Any approved users
within the detail shall pass a qualification course for slug ammunition at the Pistol Range.
6.8.7.5 AMMUNITION – AR-15
Revised June 2, 2016
Only Department authorized 223/5.56 caliber ammunition that has been approved by the
AR-15 cadre shall be carried on-duty. See also manual section 10.11.4.
6.8.7.6 AMMUNITION – SWAT
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
The SWAT Team will not be limited to the above ammunition. The SWAT Commander
will make the determination of the appropriate ammunition to be used by SWAT.
6.8.8 FIREARMS QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT
Revised June 2, 2016
The Support Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed January 2020
Any employee, in a full- or light-duty assignment, authorized to carry a firearm must meet
all requirements set forth for firearms qualification.
Employees of all ranks are required to qualify on a regular and pre-determined basis with
a firearm approved for primary-duty use. The qualification shooting schedule shall be
established annually by the Training Division and distributed as a Watch Report.
All employees authorized to carry firearms shall qualify each shooting period with their
primary-duty firearm(s). Each officer shall successfully complete the 50-round
qualification course, prior to carrying any firearm as a primary-duty firearm. Any change
in firearm shall require the employee to requalify with that firearm prior to carrying it on-
duty.
If an employee elects to carry a backup firearm as a primary-duty firearm in a non-uniform
assignment, he/she shall meet all qualification requirements established for primary-duty
firearm(s).
6.8.8.1 FIREARMS QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT – NON-QUALIFICATION
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
A) Minimum Score - All armed personnel shall receive a passing score prior to returning
to duty.
1) Marksmanship Course Qualification – 80% minimum score for duty firearms.
Refer to Training Bulletin 134 for further detail.
2) Combat Course Qualification – Pass/Fail.
B) Failure to Meet Minimum Standard
1) Officers who fail to obtain a passing score will be given remedial training until
proficiency is demonstrated and a passing score is achieved.
2) Additional range assignments may be required until consistent firearms
proficiency is demonstrated.
3) If a passing score is not obtained, the Range staff will notify the employee’s
Division Commander who will make the determination as to the officer’s duty
status.
a) If the employee is currently on-duty working in a patrol function the Range
Staff will notify the Watch Commander. The Watch Commander will make
a determination as to the officer’s duty assignment.
C) Non-qualification – For reasons other than score.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
1) If an officer does not qualify for reasons such as injury, illness, or duty status,
that officer shall submit a memorandum to Internal Affairs prior to the end of
the required shooting period.
D) AR-15
1) Marksmanship Course Qualification - All personnel trained to deploy an AR-15
must achieve an 80% minimum qualification score prior to deploying the AR-
15. Any officer who does not meet the 80% minimum score, shall not deploy
an AR-15 until successfully passing the minimum qualification requirement.
2) Combat Course Qualification – Pass/Fail – All personnel trained to deploy an
AR-15 must achieve a passing score in the combat course qualification prior to
deploying the AR-15. Any officer who does not meet the minimum combat
course requirement, shall not deploy an AR-15 until successfully passing the
minimum combat course qualification requirement.
6.8.8.2 QUALIFICATION – Ammunition Allotment
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
Qualifying employees shall be allotted 200 rounds of ammunition each qualification
period. Officers wanting to fire more than the 200-round allotment must do so at their own
expense and provide their own ammunition. All ammunition is subject to inspection and
must be approved by Range personnel.
6.8.8.3 FIREARMS QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT – Range Safety
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
All employees shall adhere to the following Range safety guidelines:
A) Officers shall review the posted Range safety guidelines before using the Long
Beach Police Department Pistol Range.
B) Officers shall check-in with Range staff prior to using the Range.
C) Shooters are not to draw, load, unload, or handle firearms inside the Range building.
D) Loading and unloading of firearms shall occur on the firing line facing down-range
or using the provided bullet trap.
E) All firearms are to be treated as loaded at all times.
F) Shooters are to keep their finger off the trigger until they have target acquisition and
are ready to fire.
G) All firearms are to be cleared on the line after completing the course of fire.
H) All firearms are to be cleared at the provided bullet trap before entering the cleaning
area.
I) No ammunition or loaded firearms are to be brought into the cleaning area.
J) Any firearm authorized by the department to be carried that is found by an officer to
be malfunctioning or needing service shall not be carried. It shall be promptly
presented to the Rangemaster for inspection. Any firearm determined to be in need
of service or repair during an inspection by the Rangemaster, will be immediately
removed from service. If the firearm is the officer’s primary duty firearm, a
replacement firearm may be issued to the officer until the duty firearm is serviceable.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
6.8.8.4 FIREARMS QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT – Schedule
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
The firing schedule shall be established by the Commanding Officer, Training Division, to
be published annually. All qualifications shall be conducted at the Long Beach Police
Department Pistol Range. The Range Officer shall conduct the entire qualification firing
procedure.
6.8.8.5 FIREARMS QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT – Scoring and
Pay/Shooting Badges
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
The Range Officer in charge of the qualification relay shall score the qualifying targets
and forward the scores for audit and determination of classification at the end of the
January/February qualification period. The highest qualifying score during the shooting
period of January/February will determine the classification for the year. Marksmanship
pay will be paid in accordance with the current applicable Memorandums of
Understanding. Marksmanship badges will be issued as follows:
1) 80.0 to 84.9 –Marksman badge
2) 85.0 to 89.9 –Sharpshooter badge
3) 90.0 to 94.9 –Expert badge
4) 95.0 to 100 –Master badge
6.8.8.6 FIREARMS QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT – Carrying a Concealed
Weapon (CCW) Qualification Requirements for Retired Police Officers
Revised June 2, 2016
Every peace officer, as designated in PC §12027, employed by the City of Long Beach
who retires in good standing may request to receive on their retired identification
certificate an endorsement stating that the issuing agency approves the officer carrying a
concealed weapon. PC §12027.1 establishes the procedure relative to the certification of
retired peace officers to carry concealed firearms, including procedures to deny or revoke
such privilege.
Pursuant to the passage of HR 218, the “Law Enforcement Officers’ Safety Act,” which
exempts qualified retired state and local officers from prohibitions on the carrying of
concealed firearms, the following also applies:
1) A qualified retired law enforcement officer is defined as an individual who has retired
in good standing from service with a government agency as a law enforcement
officer for an aggregate of fifteen (15) years or more for reasons other than mental
instability or retired from such an agency due to a service-connected disability after
completing any applicable probationary period of such service.
2) They were authorized by law to engage in or supervise the prevention, detection,
investigation, prosecution or the incarceration of any person for any violation of law.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
3) They had statutory powers of arrest.
4) They have a non-forfeitable right to benefits under the retirement plan of the agency
for which he or she was employed.
5) They must meet, at their own expense, the same standards for qualification with a
firearm as an active officer with the state in which they reside.
6) They may not be under the influence of alcohol or another intoxicating or
hallucinatory drug or substance.
7) Retired officers will be required to go through Live-Scan prior to receiving their
renewal.
8) If the retired officer lives out of state, they must have two ink fingerprint cards
completed.
9) They are not prohibited by Federal law from possessing a firearm.
Pursuant to the CCW endorsement, the retiree must conform to a range qualification
schedule. Retired officers must qualify every year with the concealed weapon they carry.
If the retired officer lives less than 400 miles from the Long Beach Police Department
Pistol Range, they must qualify at our range as part of their CCW endorsement renewal.
If the retired officer lives more than 400 miles from the Long Beach Police Department
Pistol Range, they must qualify at a range that is part of a certified law enforcement
academy. The Long Beach Police Department Pistol Range will validate the certification
for the range used for qualification. Each application will be reviewed on an individual
basis.
The exception to this policy would be the retired officer who does not wish to be CCW
nationwide and therefore does not need to qualify every year or be in compliance with HR
218. For those retirees, qualification every five years will be sufficient for the City of Long
Beach and the State of California.
All retired officer ID cards with the CCW endorsement will have an expiration date
corresponding to either a one-year qualification requirement or a five-year qualification
requirement.
Penal Code Section 12027.1(b)(2) says “a retired police officer may have his or her
privilege to carry a concealed firearm revoked or denied by violating any departmental
rule, or state or federal laws that, if violated by an officer on active duty, would result in
that officer’s arrest, suspension, or removal from the agency.”
6.8.9 FIREARM MOUNTED TACTICAL FLASHLIGHTS
Revised June 2, 2016
The Support Bureau has audit responsibility.
Reviewed January 2020
The primary purpose of a high intensity firearm mounted flashlight is to allow officers to
maintain better control of their weapon system during critical incidents when illumination
is needed.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
All officers must attend training at the Long Beach Police Department Pistol Range prior
to carrying a firearm mounted tactical light. This training may be accomplished while on-
duty during an officer’s normal qualification time for the quarter however, no additional
overtime is authorized for this training.
A holster designed for the firearm and light combination must be worn if an officer is
carrying a firearm mounted tactical light. Firearm mounted flashlights are not a substitute
for the officer’s hand-held light. Searches of persons, vehicles or property, when no threat
can be articulated, must be conducted with a hand-held light. Firearm mounted tactical
lights and holsters are optional equipment, purchased at an officer’s own expense.
6.8.10 HIGH VELOCITY RIFLE FIRE
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
The Support Bureau has audit responsibility.
High velocity rifles, .223 and above, will be allowed at the Long Beach Police Department
Pistol Range, after obtaining the approval of the Rangemaster or Range staff, by
authorized personnel only and under specified conditions.
A) Authorized Personnel include:
1) Range staff,
2) Supervisors and officers who are authorized to deploy the AR-15 in the field,
3) Supervisors and officers who are participating in department training
4) Port Security Detail,
5) SWAT members,
6) Outside agency Rangemaster, firearms instructor, or range safety officer under
contract with the Long Beach Police Department Pistol Range.
B) Conditions for high velocity rifle fire include:
1) High velocity rifle fire should be conducted from 0900 - 1700 hours, when
possible,
2) Department training or qualification,
3) Test firing of firearms by Range staff or under Range staff supervision
4) Range demonstrations,
5) All high-velocity rifle fire must be conducted under the direct supervision of
either a Range officer, SWAT team leader or SWAT team safety officer, or an
outside agency rangemaster under contract with the Long Beach Police
Department Pistol Range.
6.8.11 FIREARMS – PURCHASE & SALE OF FIREARMS UNDER LETTER OF
AUTHORIZATION
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
The Support Bureau has audit responsibility.
Under the following conditions, the Chief of Police or his designee will issue letters of
authorization for the purchase of weapons:
• The weapon(s) must be identified as “approved”
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Control on the number of authorized weapons which an officer may purchase shall be
at the discretion of the Chief of Police
• If a weapon is designated “for law enforcement personnel only," it shall not be sold to
anyone outside that designation
• Letters of authorization for the purpose of weapons within the State will be approved
by the Commanding Officer of the Training Division
• Letters of authorization for the purchase of weapons out of state will be processed
though the Commanding Officer of the Training Division and forwarded to the Chief of
Police for signature
• One copy of the letter of authorization will be retained in the officer’s training file
• Any officer relinquishing ownership of a weapon, which has been purchased under a
letter of authorization, shall file a memorandum to the Chief of Police
6.8.11.1 FIREARMS – RECORD OF OFFICER’S
Revised June 2, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
An officer shall file a written report through established channels to the Administrator,
Information Technology, immediately following the purchase, replacement, loss or other
disposition of a firearm. The report shall include a complete description including the
serial number. A report concerning the loss (including theft) of a firearm shall include all
facts surrounding the loss. Changes in approved duty weapons carried by officers shall
be filed with the Administrator, Personnel Division.
6.8.12 (INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
6.8.13 TRAINING BULLETINS
The preparation of training bulletins is not the sole responsibility of the Training Division.
Each Division Commander and his/her Divisional Training Officer shall be responsible for
reviewing existing training bulletins as they apply to their specific area of command. It
shall be the additional responsibility of each Division Commander and Divisional Training
Officer to identify outdated training bulletins and furnish the Training Division with input to
update the document. Research and comments shall address the outdated portions of
the training bulletins.
It shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the Training Division to receive,
edit, prepare for distribution, and distribute all training bulletins. It shall be the additional
responsibility of the Training Commander and staff to assist in the final drafting of all
Police Department Training Bulletins; however, primary responsibility for research and
development will remain within the Division or Section that possess the specific expertise.
6.8.14 DELETED 1/9/23
6.8.15 ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME (AIDS) - TRAINING
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Since AIDS is a blood-borne virus, employees are required to provide all members of the
community with immediate protective care (including CPR and mouth-to-mouth
resuscitation) unless there is an immediate danger to the employee. No person has ever
been infected by performing mouth-to-mouth resuscitation.
Employees are reminded that failure to perform first aid care or CPR may result in
personal litigation since state law provides immunity for good faith errors and state law
requires that they be trained in First Aid/CPR.
Risk Reduction
Since the virus must have a port of entry into a new host, the most logical method of
breaking the chain of infection is to prevent the entry of the virus into one's system.
Employees will take appropriate precautions and use appropriate equipment when
contacting all members of the community. Officers will use disposable gloves, or leather
gloves that have been treated with a water-resistant substance, if there is any possibility
of contact with blood.
Employees will practice sound personal hygiene habits by washing their hands for at least
15 seconds after they come into physical contact with any member of the community. If
hand washing is not practical, an alcohol towelette or germicidal solution shall be used
followed by a thorough hand washing as soon as possible.
Employees aware of cuts or openings in their skin will wear bandages over the cut or
effected area while working. The bandage shall be made of material that prevents
moisture from entering the skin area.
Precaution must be taken to prevent injuries caused by hypodermic needles and syringes,
or other sharp objects, which may be contaminated with blood or other body secretions.
All sharp objects which are placed into evidence will be stored in puncture proof
containers clearly marked with a warning and placed in a special section of the evidence
storage area.
Safety Equipment
To meet operational and sound hygienic requirements, all Divisions/Sections of this
Department will maintain a supply of:
• Disposable gloves
• Resuscitation masks with one-way valves
• Disposable face masks
• Disposable alcohol towelettes
• Plastic storage bags
• Chlorine bleach (for 1 to 10 solution)
• Disinfectant spray or germicides
• Leather gloves which have been treated with water-proofing solution
• Eye protection
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
All marked and unmarked vehicles will contain:
• Disposable gloves
• Resuscitation masks with one-way valves
• Disposable face masks
• Disposable alcohol towelettes
• Plastic storage bags
Division Commanders shall ensure that adequate supplies are maintained and distributed
to employees, vehicles, and work locations.
Decontamination
Hands should be washed for 15 seconds after each citizen contact. This includes any
time gloves are used and removed. Gloves should be turned inside out on removal and
placed into a receptacle designated for contaminated materials.
Contaminated surfaces (vehicle interior/exterior, personal equipment) should be cleansed
with soap and water or a disinfectant spray followed by a 30-second cleaning of the area
with a solution of household bleach to water, diluted 1 to 10.
Reporting Infections, Disease or Exposure
AIDS exposure is broken down into two areas:
• Any physical contact or injury which results in a direct contact between the employee
and the blood or body fluids of another person suspected of having AIDS, or a person
identified as being in the "high risk group"
• Physical contact only, where there was no contact between the employee and the
blood or body fluids of the suspected person
The report of any exposure is to be completed by the employee's supervisor using the
State of California Employer's Report of Occupational Injury or Illness Forms, SF-312
(3/82), and SF-312a (5/82 work copy). The forms should be completed as outlined in
Administrative Directive 2-86, IOD Report to Employer.
If the exposure results in contact with the blood or body fluids of a person suspected of
having AIDS, both forms SF-312a (5/82 work copy), and SF-312 (3/82) must be
completed.
If the exposure was physical contact only, and there was no blood or body fluid contact,
complete form SF-312a (5/82 work copy) only.
HIV or AIDS Testing
The Health Department provides anonymous and free in-house testing programs for
employees and citizens of the community concerned about HIV and AIDS exposure. If
any employee elects to take advantage of the program, confidentiality of test results is
ensured by using coded names.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Release of Information about AIDS Infection
Current State Law (199.20 Health and Safety Code) prohibits the release of any
information concerning the blood test results of AIDS patients or HIV-infected persons.
Disclosure is permissible only on specifically written authorization from the affected
patient and a separate written release must be obtained each and every time a release
of information is desired.
There are civil damages for accidental release of AIDS-related information and severe
civil and criminal penalties for the intentional release of information if done with the intent
to harm or harass the victims.
6.8.16 RESERVE POLICE OFFICER SELECTION PROCESS
The Commanding Officer of the Training Division and his/her staff will assume
responsibility for the selection of Police Reserve Officers. The procedure for selection is
as follows:
• The officer assigned as coordinator/liaison to the Reserve Corps Unit will maintain a
current list of interested candidates
• Once a need for additional Reserve Officers has been determined, the Training
Division will notify applicants of the time, date and location of the written examination.
Training personnel will be responsible for administering the written examination
• Candidates successfully completing the written examination will be notified relative to
the date, time and location of the physical ability examination
• Candidates successfully completing both the written and physical ability tests will be
scheduled for an oral interview. The interview board will consist of a minimum of two
sworn officers, at least one of which will be a member of the Training Staff. The other
board member shall be from the Patrol Bureau
• Candidates eligible for selection after successfully completing the aforementioned
tests will be subject to an extensive background investigation. This investigation will
be conducted by Background Investigators assigned to the Commanding Officer,
Training Division
• Final selection shall be determined by the Chief of Police in the same manner as the
selection process for regular police officers
• Reserve Officers selected for service shall attend a POST certified Reserve Academy
Course conducted by the Training Division
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
6.9 UNIFORMS & PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
6.9.1 GENERAL UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS
All police employees of the Department, except non-uniformed civilian employees, shall
maintain a regulation uniform in good order.
All articles of uniform shall conform to the Long Beach Police Department Uniform and
Equipment Specifications Manual. Civilian clothing will not be worn with any
distinguishable part of the uniform. Employees shall not wear the uniform off duty without
the permission of a commanding officer, with the exception of traveling to and from work.
The Personnel Division maintains detailed written uniform specifications.
Wearing the Uniform
Uniforms shall be kept neat, clean and well pressed at all times; leather and shoes
polished, badges and metal shined.
6.9.1.1 INSPECTIONS - UNIFORM
From time to time the Chief of Police may call for full dress inspections of the Department
or any part thereof. Employees directed to attend inspections shall report in the uniform
prescribed carrying the equipment specified. Unauthorized absence from such inspection
is chargeable as “absent without leave”.
6.9.2 APPEARANCE - ON-DUTY
Normally, sworn employees will wear the duty uniform on-duty; however, commanding
officers may prescribe other clothing as required by the nature of the employee’s
assignment. Civilian employees will wear and maintain an employee uniform when so
directed by the Chief of Police.
6.9.2.1 HELMETS - GENERAL PROVISIONS
• The regulation safety helmet shall be the property of the Department and shall be
issued and controlled by the Property Clerk, Personnel Division
• Personnel, when separated from the Department, shall the helmet to the Property
Clerk
• The regulation safety helmet may be issued to lieutenants, Sergeants, Corporals, and
Police Officers assigned to the Patrol Bureau, and to any another person so
designated by the Chief of Police
6.9.2.2 CIVILIAN CLOTHING
Male employees permitted to wear civilian clothing on-duty shall wear either a business
suit or sports coat and trousers. A dress-type shirt with tie shall be worn. Commanding
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
officers may prescribe other types of clothing to their employees when required to meet
a particular police objective.
Female employees permitted to wear civilian clothing shall conform to the standards
normally worn by office personnel in private business firms, unless otherwise directed by
their commanding officer. Shorts, t-shirts, jeans, bare midriffs, revealing necklines,
athletic shoes or thongs, are NOT considered suitable work attire and will not be
permitted.
6.9.3 UNIFORM & EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT
All requests for uniform and equipment (PD Form 2200.002, revised 2/85) will be
submitted to the Personnel Division for processing. The request form will not be
processed without the employee’s full name, photo number, work assignment and
approval signature of the employee’s Division Commander.
Personnel will prepare the necessary Purchase Order Requisition form for the employee’s
use and forward the form, in triplicate, to the employee through his/her Bureau Chief’s
Office for distribution.
Within 24 hours after the uniform and/or equipment have been received, the employee
will acknowledge receipt with his/her signature and date on the triplicate form and return
the “pink” copy to the Personnel Division.
Employees shall not sign the Purchase Order Requisition until all the items requested
have been received. If any of the items are not available within two weeks from the date
of order, the employee shall contact the Personnel Division relative to uniform/equipment
status.
6.9.4 CORRECT WEARING OF INSIGNIA OF GRADE
To ensure uniformity within the Department, officers shall adhere to the following
procedures relative to the wearing of insignia of grade.
Correct placement of collar and shoulder insignia for all sworn officers:
Chief of Police
The insignia of Chief of Police has four, gold-colored five-pointed stars, each star
measuring 5/8 inch in diameter. The insignia shall be worn on the Class “A” uniform on
both collars. The insignia shall be centered, 3/8 inch from the leading edge of the collar,
parallel to the lower edge of the collar. On the command officer’s dress uniform, the one-
inch diameter insignia stars shall be worn centered on the epaulet. Also, for all stars, the
single point side of the stars should face the upper edge of the collar.
Deputy Chief of Police
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
The insignia for Deputy Chief of Police has two, gold-colored five-pointed stars, each
measuring 5/8 inch in diameter. The insignia shall be worn on the Class “A” uniform on
both collars. The insignia shall be centered, 3/8 inch from the leading edge of the collar,
parallel to the lower edge of the collar. On the command officer’s dress uniform, the
insignia shall be worn centered on the epaulets.
Police Commander
The insignia for Police Commander has one, gold-colored five-pointed star, measuring
5/8 inch in diameter. The insignia is worn on the Class “A” uniform on both collars. The
insignia shall be centered, 3/8 inch from the leading edge of the collar, parallel to the
lower edge of the collar.
Police Lieutenant
The insignia for Police Lieutenant consists of a plain, flat silver bar, measuring 3/8-inch
wide and ¾-inch long. The insignia shall be worn on the Class “A” uniform on both collars.
The front edge (long side) of the bar shall be 3/8 inch from the leading edge of the collar
parallel to the front edge and centered on the collar.
Police Sergeant
The insignia for Police Sergeant shall be three, royal-blue silk thread chevrons bound to
a black cloth background with a border of yellow silk thread. Chevrons shall be worn on
each sleeve with the point of the chevrons 1 ½ inches below the bottom edge of the
shoulder emblems. Horizontal width of the chevrons shall be 2 5/8 inches with a vertical
distance from apex to apex of 2 5/8 inches.
Police Corporal
The insignia for Police Corporal shall be two, royal-blue silk thread chevrons bound to a
black cloth background with a border of yellow silk thread. Chevrons shall be worn on
each sleeve with the point of the chevrons 1 ½ inches below the bottom edge of the
shoulder emblem. Horizontal width of the chevrons shall be 2 5/8 inches with a vertical
distance from apex to apex of 1 7/8 inches.
6.9.5 ISSUE AND SEIZURE OF BADGE, CAP PIECE, NAME PLATE &
IDENTIFICATION CARD
The following Department employees may be issued a badge:
• Chief of Police
• Deputy Chief of Police
• Commander
• Lieutenant
• Sergeant
• Corporal
• Detective
• Police Officer
• Motor Officer
• Reserve Officer
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Identification Officer
• Security Officer
• Institutional Cook
• Police Service Assistant
Issuance
• The Personnel Division shall be responsible for procurement of Department badges,
cap pieces, nameplates and identification cards
• The Personnel Division shall issue all Department badges, cap piece, name plate and
identification cards
• Badges shall be permanently serialized with the applicable employee photo number
• Personnel Division shall maintain a permanent record of badge, cap piece, name plate
and identification card assignment/issuance
• The employee shall sign for badges, cap pieces, nameplates and identification cards.
A copy of the signed document shall be placed in the employee’s personnel file
• A comprehensive inventory of all issued and replacement items shall be maintained
commencing from the employee’s date of appointment
Maintenance & Replacement
Employees shall be responsible for maintenance and requesting replacement of issued
uniform and equipment items.
• Items shall not be altered
• Loss or theft of an issued badge, name plate, cap piece or identification card shall be
reported and the appropriate report filed (see Section 6.9.5.2, Lost, Stolen or
Damaged Badges, Cap Pieces, Name Plates and Identification Cards)
• When City-issued personal equipment is lost, stolen, damaged, or worn to the point
of being unserviceable during the period of City ownership, and the loss or damage is
not the result of negligence on the part of the employee, the employee may request
replacement or repair according to current procedures
6.9.5.1 ISSUANCE OF RETIREMENT BADGES
• The Personnel Division shall contact retiring employee to coordinate their
retirement date
• Have the retirement badge ready for the employee’s last day
• Schedule a retirement ceremony with the Chief of Police’s officer using the same
process as promotions
• Issue the retirement badge when the regular badge has been returned
6.9.5.2 LOST, STOLEN OR DAMAGED BADGES, CAP PIECES, NAMEPLATES
& IDENTIFICATION CARDS
• Lost or stolen badges, cap pieces, nameplates and identification cards shall be
reported to the employee’s supervisor immediately. The supervisor shall determine if
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
the loss or damage was a result of negligence on the part of the employee. The
supervisor shall ensure that a lost or stolen report is completed. The supervisor’s
report and the lost or stolen report shall be forwarded to the Personnel Division
• Replacement of a lost or stolen badge, cap piece, nameplate or identification card
shall be obtained from the Personnel Division. The employee shall file an Affidavit of
Lost/Stolen Official Badge Form and a copy of the lost or stolen of negligence on the
part of the employee, replacement of the item shall be at the employee’s expense.
The Personnel Division shall maintain a current log of all lost or stolen badges, cap
pieces, name plates, identification cards, et cetera, in the Personnel Division for the
purpose of facilitating recovery and identification of items
• When a badge or identification card is lost or stolen, the supervisor approving a lost
or stolen report shall transmit a teletype indicating the missing property and listing the
owner’s name, serial number, rank and badge number to all California law
enforcement agencies
6.9.5.3 MEMORIAL BADGES
Badges as a memorial to a Police Officer killed in the line of duty shall be mounted in an
appropriate display and presented to the officer’s family at Department expense (PD Form
2000.14).
6.9.5.4 RESERVE POLICE OFFICER BADGES AND IDENTIFICATION CARDS
Revised May 2003
The Personnel Division has audit responsibility.
Police Officer Badge:
Level I Long Beach Reserve Police Officers will be issued the silver and gold Police
Officer badge provided they are in good standing with the Reserve Unit, possess a POST
Reserve Officer Certificate and meet one or more of the following criteria:
Level I Reserve Police Officer who has completed the Level l Field Training Program and
is qualified to work alone as a designated beat unit
Level I Reserve Police Officer who has been a member of the Reserve Unit a minimum
of three years and primarily works a specialty assignment; e.g., Juvenile Section, Traffic
or Reserve Unit administration
Level I Reserve Police Officer who has completed the "Module D" Basic Academy
Transitional Course, has the training equivalent to a Basic Academy or has a Basic
Academy Certificate
Level I Reserve Police Officer who has been consistently in good standing with the
Reserve Unit for five years
Level II Long Beach Reserve Police Officers will be issued the silver and gold Police
Officer badge provided they are in good standing with the Reserve Unit and meet the
following criteria:
Level II Reserve Police Officer who has consistently been in good standing with the
Reserve Unit for five years
Level II Reserve Police Officer who has consistently worked in a patrol unit in excess of
the 20 hours required of the Level l Reserve Police Officer
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
Identification Card:
The Police Officer identification card, with the notation "Reserve Police Officer" and the
deletion of the words "duly compensated", will be issued to Level I or Level II Reserve
Police Officers as is issued to full-time officers in conjunction with the Police Officer
badge.
Procedure
The Personnel Division will maintain Reserve and Police Officer badges and identification
cards for distribution. The below described procedures shall be adhered to for issuance
of the Police Officer badge and identification card to qualified Level I Reserve Police
Officers.
The Reserve Police Officer who qualifies for the Police Officer badge and identification
card will submit a memorandum to the Reserve Unit Coordinator for consideration.
Qualifications shall be in accordance with the below listed criteria
The Field Support Division Commander will file a memorandum to the Administrator of
the Personnel Division requesting that a Police Officer badge and identification card be
issued to the requesting Reserve Police Officer. This memorandum will include a
statement listing the specific criteria qualifying the Level I Reserve Police Officer for the
badge and identification card
The Field Support Division Commander will have the discretion to either approve the
request by forwarding the memorandum to the Administrator of the Personnel Division or
deny the request by returning the memorandum to the Reserve Unit Coordinator
The Personnel Division will issue the badge and identification card
6.9.6 EQUIPMENT
All equipment must be clean and in good working order and shall conform to Department
specifications.
6.9.7 UNIFORM EQUIPMENT COMMITTEE
The Uniform and Equipment Committee shall research and review uniform and equipment
suggestions submitted by Department Personnel. The Committee may also initiate
research and a review process regarding Department uniform and equipment.
The Committee will:
• Review all suggestions for uniform equipment
• Prepare a report relative to findings and recommendations
• Submit the final report to the Chief of Police for approval/denial
Committee Membership & Meetings
• The Commanding Officer, Personnel Division, shall act as Chairperson for the
Committee, and will review final Committee reports prior to review by commanders
and above
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Members of the Committee will be a Commander from each Bureau, selected by their
respective Bureau Chief
• The Committee will meet quarterly with an option to meet more often, if necessary
6.9.8 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEPARTMENT PROPERTY
Revised December 13, 2023
Employees are responsible for the proper care of Department property and equipment
assigned to them or under their control. Damaged or lost property may subject the
responsible individual to reimbursement charges and appropriate disciplinary action of
the damage or loss is due to negligence.
6.9.9 DAMAGED/INOPERATIVE PROPERTY OR EQUIPMENT
Employees shall immediately report to their Commanding Officer on designated forms
any loss or damage to Department property assigned to or used by then. The immediate
supervisor will be notified of any defects or hazardous conditions existing in any
Department equipment or property.
6.9.10 CITY-OWNED PROPERTY – PRESUMPTION OF RESPONSIBILITY
In the event that City-owned property is found damaged, it shall be prima facie evidence
that the last person using the property or vehicle was responsible unless otherwise
indicated.
6.9.11 SURRENDER OF DEPARTMENT PROPERTY
Employees are required to return all Department property in their possession to the
Commanding Officer, Personnel/Training Division, upon separation from service. Failure
to return non-expendable items may cause the person to reimburse the Department for
the fair market value of the article. Employees suspended from employment shall be
required to surrender their Department-issue badge, weapon and identification to the
Commanding Officer, Personnel/Training Division.
6.9.12 RETURNING CITY-OWNED PROPERTY
An employee shall return all City-owned property in their possession under the following
circumstances:
• Resignation or Termination – An employee who resigns or is terminated from the
Department shall deliver all City-owned property in his/her possession to the
Personnel Division. Property obtained from an employee who is terminated or has
resigned shall be reported to the Personnel Division
• EXCEPTION: Any supervisor may take possession of City-owned property from a
terminated or separated employee when circumstances indicated that it would be in
the best interest of the Department
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
• Suspension – An officer who is suspended shall relinquish his/her Department issued
badge, weapon and identification card to their Division Commanding Officer. It shall
be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer to obtain the property from the
suspended officer and ensure that it is forwarded to the Internal Affairs, Commanding
Officer. The property shall then be forwarded to the Personnel Division, Manager for
inventory and maintenance control.
• The Personnel Division, Manager is responsible for securing the return of outstanding
City-owned items from separated employees
• An officer shall seize any City of Long Beach badge, cap piece, name plate and
identification card, et cetera, in the possession of an individual other that the person
authorized to carry these items in the line of duty
6.9.13 CITY-OWNED EQUIPMENT ITEMS - RECOVERED
• When City-owned personal equipment items are recovered, standard Department
procedures
• An officer taking custody of a badge, cap piece, nameplate or identification card, et
cetera, shall ensure that the item is properly placed into Property using PD Form
224009, “Report of Property”. The filing officer shall forward a copy of the report to
the Personnel Division Commanding Officer
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
6.10 PEER SUPPORT PROGRAM
Revised May 27, 2024
The Business Operations Bureau will have review responsibility.
PURPOSE AND SCOPE
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the Peer Support Program. The
Long Beach Police Department (LBPD) recognizes employees may experience
professional and personal stress and/or crisis throughout their careers.
The Peer Support Program is designed to offer assistance and appropriate support
resources to employees who are experiencing professional or personal difficulties that
may affect their work performance, family, or personal well-being.
The Peer Support Program does not replace the assignment of a peer officer immediately
after a critical incident as managed by patrol but is designed to provide resources and
continued support to employees in the wake of a critical incident or other professional or
personal difficulties.
6.10.1 DEFINITIONS
Critical Incident or Event – An incident or event that causes an unusually intense stress
reaction that may result in a powerful emotional, cognitive, behavioral, or physical
response that may interfere with normal functioning.
Critical Event Stress Debrief (CESD) – A confidential meeting with a group of
employees who were involved in a critical incident to allow for the sharing of their thoughts
and reactions resulting from the incident.
Defusing – A short-term intervention conducted on scene with individuals affected by a
critical incident.
Peer Support Program Coordinator – An employee who manages the program and is
the liaison between the Department and resource partners.
Peer Support Team Member – Trained employees who can provide critical emotional
support to employees during and after times of professional or personal difficulties. They
are not counselors or medical professionals.
Peer Support Team Professional Advisor - A licensed mental health professional
experienced with law enforcement and/or first responder challenges.
6.10.2 PEER SUPPORT PROGRAM GOALS
The Peer Support Program is a voluntary program available to employees twenty-four
hours a day, seven days a week to provide support, resources, and assist with managing
stress and/or professional and personal difficulties.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
The goal of the Peer Support Program is to:
• Utilize the unique relationship between peers to provide emotional support throughout
times of need.
• Promote trust, allow anonymity, and preserve confidentiality for persons using the
Peer Support Program.
• Develop Peer Support Team Members who can identify personal conflicts and provide
guidance or referral to professional/alternate resources as necessary.
• Maintain an effective peer support training and response program.
• Check the well-being of employees with illnesses or on duty injuries and provide
support where desired and needed.
6.10.3 CONFIDENTIALITY
Strict confidentiality will be observed to ensure employees can build trust and confidence
in the Peer Support Program.
Each Peer Support Team Member shall maintain confidentiality of all information
disclosed by an employee using the program, with the following exceptions (Government
Code § 8669.4):
• For the purposes of referring the employee to crisis referral services
• Consultation between two Peer Support Team Members
• To prevent death, substantial bodily harm, or commission of a crime
• The employee expressly agrees in writing that the confidential communication may be
disclosed
• In a criminal proceeding
• If otherwise required by law (e.g., mandated reporting of elder/child abuse)
If a disclosure is made as a result of one of these exceptions, it shall only be disclosed to
individuals authorized by law to receive it.
Unless one of the forgoing exceptions applies, no Department employee, including a
supervisor or management, shall compel a Peer Support Team Member to breach
confidentiality or disclose the name of an employee they have assisted. No Peer Support
Team Member shall be subject to discipline for maintaining confidentiality as described in
Government Code § 8669.1-8669.7. When information is requested from a Peer Support
Team Member, the Team member shall advised the Program Coordinator.
Breach of Confidentiality
If there is an allegation of a breach of confidentiality against a Peer Support Team
Member, the Program Coordinator shall conduct an evaluation of the incident to
determine if the breach falls under the exception criteria. If the Program Coordinator is
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
the person accused of a breach of confidentiality, the Business Operations Bureau
Chief shall select an appropriate employee to conduct the investigation.
The peer support Team Member shall be suspended from the Peer Support Program
during the review. If the breach of confidentiality is determined to not fall under the
exception criteria, the employee will be removed from the Peer Support Team
permanently. If the allegation is not substantiated, the employee will be reinstated to the
Peer Support Team.
The Peer Support program may keep documentation for the purpose of tracking trends,
deployment of peer support team members, developing training, and improving the
program. The documentation shall not include any personally identifiable information
about employees participating in the program and all documentation shall be confidential.
6.10.4 REQUESTING PEER SUPPORT
Any employee may directly contact any Peer Support Team Member to request support.
A list of current Peer Support Team Members and with contact information shall be
maintained in the Department repository, readily available to employees, and prominently
displayed within police facilities. The program coordinator shall review and update the
list at least once a year.
An employee may also reach out to the Program Coordinator or an on-duty supervisor to
request the list of Peer Support Team Members. When the Program Coordinator or a
supervisor receives a request for peer support assistance, they shall provide the
requesting employee with the list of Peer Support Team Members within 24 hours and, if
requested by the employee, assist in contacting a Peer Support Team Member.
Requests for the Peer Support Team to respond as a unit shall go through the Peer
Support Program Coordinator or their designee.
6.10.5 CRITICAL INCIDENTS NOTIFICATIONS
The Watch Commander shall notify the Peer Support Team after a critical incident occurs.
Incidents warranting Peer Support Team notifications include, but are not limited to:
• Officer involved shootings
• In custody deaths
• When an employee is a witness to the death or serious injury of another employee
• When an employee is taken hostage
• When an employee is a witness to a suicide, death or serious injury
• Infant/child death
• Any incident that is likely to affect the employee’s ability to interact with the public and
carry out their job functions.
If the Watch Commander handling a critical incident determines an immediate notification
is necessary, they shall first contact an on-duty Peer Support Team Member. If one is not
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
available, the Watch Commander shall contact the Program Coordinator, or their
designee. If an immediate notification is not necessary, the Watch Commander shall
notify the Program Coordinator of the critical incident via e-mail.
6.10.6 CRITICAL EVENT STRESS MANAGEMENT
A critical incident may cause an unusually intense stress reaction which may result in a
powerful emotional, cognitive, behavioral, or physical response that interferes with normal
functioning. Critical Event Stress Management is an approach which assists employees
with managing these responses and aids the employee in returning to an effective level
of functioning. Critical Event Stress Management may utilize defusing and/or Critical
Event Stress Debriefs (CESD) when appropriate.
Peer Support Team Members shall not interfere with any administrative or criminal
investigation. When assisting with peer support after an officer involved shooting or in-
custody death, Peer Support Team Members shall obtain the Homicide Lieutenant’s
approval prior to facilitating a defusing or CESD if initial reports have not been filed.
Investigators shall be cognizant of the involved employee’s emotional and physical
response to a crisis and should not prevent them from seeking necessary emergency
mental health assistance during an investigation, as appropriate.
Defusing
The purpose of a defusing is to limit the negative emotional and stress related impacts to
employees involved in a critical incident. They are typically conducted on scene,
immediately following a critical event, and last no longer than one hour. Defusing is
designed to provide guidance, information, and normalize the potential emotional and
physical responses employees may experience. Any trained Peer Support Team Member
may facilitate a defusing.
Supervisors may contact an on-duty Peer Support Team Member to facilitate a defusing.
The Program Coordinator, or their designee shall be contacted if a Peer Support Team
Member is not available. The supervisor shall notify the Watch Commander if they initiate
a Defusing.
Critical Event Stress Debrief (CESD)
The purpose of a CESD is to facilitate normal recovery from a critical incident and should
not be considered a critique of the incident. The debrief should include discussion of
typical stress-related symptoms and suggestions on stress management.
CESDs are facilitated as soon as practical with qualified Peer Support personnel, which
may include a Peer Support Team Professional Advisor, ideally within 24-72 hours of the
incident but may occur outside that timeframe. Attendance for all employees involved is
highly recommended, but not required.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
CESDs are primarily scheduled by the Program Coordinator, but a supervisor may also
schedule a CESD. If a supervisor coordinates a CESD they shall advise the Program
Coordinator or their designee and the Watch Commander.
6.10.7 PEER SUPPORT PROGRAM TEAM
The Peer Support Program team consists of a program coordinator, team professional
advisor, and peer support team members. The peer support team members shall be
selected by the Wellness Division Administrator after a selection process. The Peer
Support program team is comprised of Department employees in good standing who
volunteer to provide confidential support and assistance to LBPD employees who are
going through a hardship or experiencing stress that is impacting their life.
They shall have the following responsibilities:
Program Coordinator Responsibilities
• Develop and schedule training
• Develop and maintain standard operating procedures
• Assign team tasks
• Coordinate team activities
• Coordinate Critical Event Stress Debriefs
• Coordinate mutual aid requests for peer support
• Track trends on deployment, support resources, education and training
• Maintain and circulate a current list of active Team Members
Team Professional Advisor Responsibilities
• Assist in training and selection of Peer Support Team Members
• Provide ongoing training in Peer Support techniques
• Provide guidance at Critical Event Stress Debriefs
Team Member Responsibilities
• Promote trust, allow anonymity, and preserve confidentiality
• Listen, assess, support, guide, and assist employees experiencing professional
and/or personal difficulties
• When necessary, refer employees and/or their families to professional assistance
• Facilitate or assist with Critical Event Stress Debriefs
• Attend Peer Support Team training and meetings
• Support and complete Peer Support Program Team projects and activities
• Provide individuals with follow-up support
• Contact employees who are off work due to extended illness or injury to themselves
or a family member and provide support and resources for those who express the
need
• Notify the Program Coordinator if they wish to withdraw from participation in the Peer
Support Program
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PERSONNEL
6.10.8 PEER SUPPORT PROGRAM TRAINING
All Peer Support Team Members will be required to attend the initial Department
approved Peer Support Program training. The training will focus on skill development for
conducting peer assistance.
Peer Support Members shall be provided quarterly training, workshops, and conference
opportunities to develop their skills, share experiences and help identify department
trends that may require additional support and services.
6.10.9 ASSISTING OTHER POLICE AGENCIES
When another agency has a Critical Incident, the LBPD Peer Support Team may assist
the other agency with the Program Coordinator or their designee’s approval. All support
that will include a monetary impact (e.g. purchase of food or supplies) shall be approved
by the Wellness Administrator or their designee. If the employee is in an on-duty capacity,
the peer support team member shall also receive approval from their direct supervisor or
their designee.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7 PATROL BUREAU – FIELD OPERATIONS
7.1 FIELD OPERATIONS
7.1.1 CALLS FOR SERVICE – RESPONSE TO
Priority One Calls
Field Officers shall be subject to dispatch for their entire Watch and shall always monitor
their radios. When Communications Division personnel review a priority one call, they
will assign it to a unit based on the CAD system suggestion process. If units are not
available in the entire area, the dispatcher will air the call on the primary channel for “any
unit.”
If there is no response, the dispatcher will attempt to notify an area sergeant. The
dispatcher and/or the field sergeant will determine which area unit has a call of lesser
magnitude and request they clear to handle a priority one call. If the unit is unable to
clear, the dispatcher will then simulcast the call sending the closest available unit from
another area and advise the concerned area sergeant.
The sergeant will be advised that a unit is being dispatched to handle a priority one call
out of their assigned area. The dispatcher will send all call information via KDT to the
concerned sergeant.
Upon receiving a dispatch, the assigned unit will respond to the call, giving the dispatcher
the location, they are responding from.
If an area unit clears prior to the assigned unit’s arrival, the dispatcher will advise the area
unit of the call. If the area unit is closer, they will advise the dispatcher and handle the
call. The dispatcher will then cancel the responding out of area unit.
7.1.2 SQUAD MEETINGS
Squad meetings are to be conducted at the beginning of the patrol shift by a sergeant or
designee. They are designed to disseminate information, share crime trends, and develop
planned response to current crime trends or special events.
Topics for Squad Meeting
• Formal In-Service Training (as scheduled from the Training Division)
• Strategies to impact current crime trends; both with info from Divisional Crime Analyst and
from personal knowledge of the Beat Officers **AV equipment in squad rooms should be
used when available/appropriate
• Watch Reports – DCC locations
• Discuss Current/Relevant Issues (department issues and training issues such as officer
safety, timecards, report writing, washing cars, etc.)
• Uniform & Equipment Inspections (follow Bureau’s uniform inspections schedule)
• Interactive/Hands-on Training (Mobile Field Force, Arrest & Control, searching techniques,
legal updates/case-law, officer safety videos, etc.)
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Lieutenants and Sergeants should ensure that each squad meeting is informative and meets
the needs of that watch for that day.
7.1.3 ARRESTS – FORCE
Revised October 20, 2015
When making an arrest, Officers shall strictly observe the laws of arrest and adhere to
the following provisions:
1) The arresting officer shall use only the amount of restraint necessary to assure the
safe custody of the prisoner and his/her own safety.
2) The arresting officer is responsible for the safety and protection of the arrested
person in his/her custody.
3) The arresting officer shall notify Booking Desk personnel or transportation officers,
if involved, of any injury, apparent illness or other condition which may indicate that
the arrestee would require any special medical care.
4) The arresting officer is responsible for the security of all personal property in the
possession or under the control of the arrestee at the time of arrest. With the
exception of vehicles, this responsibility is transferred to Booking Desk personnel or
transporting officers when they accept custody of the arrestee.
7.1.4 PHYSICAL SURVEILLANCE AND PLANNED ARREST OPERATIONS
Revised March 25, 2021
The Investigations Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year cycle.
Reviewed March 25, 2021
Officers conducting physical surveillance or planned arrest operations shall do so with the
utmost awareness of the risks to bystanders, officers, and the suspect(s). Officers shall
continually assess the dangers and risks posed by the operation and whether the need
to immediately apprehend the suspect outweighs the risks. These risk factors include but
are not limited to the following:
• Location of arrest,
• Severity of the crime,
• Known weapons,
• Suspect’s criminal history.
For operations outside the City of Long Beach, refer to LBPD Manual § 7.3.7
FOREIGN JURISDICTION – POLICE INVESTIGATIONS OUTSIDE THE CITY OF
LONG BEACH
7.1.4.1 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised March 25, 2021
Officers shall do the following prior to the operation:
• Develop a plan and brief involved officers,
• Notify their supervisor.
7.1.4.2 Supervisor Responsibilities
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Revised March 25, 2021
Supervisors shall do the following prior to the operation:
• Review the plan,
• Ensure adequate resources are available,
• Notify the Watch Commander when enforcement action is anticipated,
• Notify the Communications Center, unless otherwise approved by the Watch
Commander.
7.1.5 CODE THREE RESPONSE
All priority 1 calls will normally be dispatched Code Three. A code three response may
be cancelled at the direction of a command officer, supervisor or the communications
center.
Definitions
Priority 1 – Calls with the possibility of loss of life, serious injury, major property damage,
or other emergencies of a similar magnitude.
Code Three Response – A Code Three response is a response to a priority 1 call during
which a police vehicle displays a lighted red lamp, visible from the front, and sounds a
siren as may be reasonably necessary. A properly performed “Code Three” response
exempts the operator of an emergency vehicle from complying with certain rules of the
road as defined in §21055 CVC and §21056 CVC.
Procedures
Employees shall adhere to the following procedures when authorizing, dispatching and
responding to “Code Three” emergency calls. A supervisor or command officer will
specify the number of units initially responding to a dispatch “Code Three”.
Police units may be dispatched “Code Three” under the following circumstances:
• Calls with the possibility of loss of life, serious injury, major property damage, or other
emergencies of a similar magnitude
• No detail (possible injury) traffic collisions
• A specific request by a field officer for a specified number of units to respond “Code
Three” as approved by a supervisor or command officer
• Firefighter needs help – URGENT – 997
• Officer needs help – SHOTS FIRED – 998
• Officer needs help – URGENT – 999
• As directed /authorized by a field supervisor
The communications center dispatcher shall inform the units that they are to respond to
the call “Code Three”. The communication center dispatcher/supervisor should notify
units when other units are responding Code Three.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.1.6 CODE THREE – AUTHORITY TO INITIATE/CANCEL
Revised October 24, 2014
The Patrol Bureau has audit responsibility.
The following personnel have the authority to initiate or cancel a code three response:
1) Field officers responding to a priority one incident after notifying communications
and/or a supervisor
2) Field officers initiating a traffic stop or a pursuit
3) A supervisor or command officer
4) Communications personnel dispatching a priority one incident
5) Field officers may initiate a code three response without notifying Communications or
a supervisor when the notification will interfere with an ongoing emergency situation
6) Cancellation of a code three response should be based on the following criteria:
a) Nature of the emergency
b) Weather conditions (fog, heavy rain or slippery road conditions)
c) Traffic conditions (vehicular and pedestrian)
d) Time of day
e) Highway conditions
f) Area traveled (schools or residential)
g) The emergency no longer exists
Upon arrival at the location, officers will advise Communications that they are on scene.
Officers operating a vehicle code three shall use proper defensive driving practices and
be aware of other emergency vehicles that may be driving code three.
Officers operating an emergency vehicle must drive with due regard for the safety of all
persons using the highway and should, therefore, use caution (§21056 C.V.C. and
§21807 C.V.C).
7.1.7 VEHICLE PURSUITS
Revised June 2, 2016
The Patrol Bureau will have audit responsibility.
7.1.7.1 DEFINITIONS
Revised June 2, 2016
A) Pursuit – An event involving one or more law enforcement officers attempting to
apprehend a suspected or actual violator of the law in a motor vehicle while the
driver is using evasive tactics, including, but not limited to, high speed driving, driving
off a highway, turning suddenly, or driving in a legal manner but failing to yield to the
officer’s signal to stop.
B) Actively involved units – The primary unit, the secondary unit, and any other unit
pursuing the suspect vehicle.
C) Other Involved units, including, but not limited to:
1) Units requested by supervisor for traffic control
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
2) Units needed to set perimeter
3) Units needed for rescue or arrest teams
4) Units for evidence collection and transportation
5) Air support
D) Supervisor – A sworn employee with the rank of Sergeant or higher.
E) Surveillance mode – Observation of the suspect vehicle, by the Air Support Unit
(ASU), after a pursuit has been terminated by ground units.
F) Pursuit rated vehicle – Pursuant to California Vehicle Code (CVC) § 21806,
vehicles with the following:
1) Alternating headlights that flash on and off;
2) A forward facing, fixed red light; and
3) A siren sounding.
7.1.7.2 Initiating Pursuits
Revised June 12, 2023
See Special Order - Vehicle Pursuits - 2023-5
7.1.7.3 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised June 2, 2016
A vehicle pursuit shall be conducted with red light and siren for exemption from
compliance with the rules of the road, as required by CVC § 21055. Officers shall drive
with due regard and caution for the safety of all persons using the highway, as required
by CVC § 21056.
7.1.7.4 Assessment of Risk Factors
Revised June 12, 2023
See Special Order - Vehicle Pursuits - 2023-5
7.1.7.5 Pursuit Coordination
Revised June 12, 2023
See Special Order - Vehicle Pursuits - 2023-5
7.1.7.6 Air Support Unit (ASU) Responsibilities
Revised June 2, 2016
When available, the ASU shall respond to the scene of a pursuit and shall assist pursuing
units and the supervisor as follows:
1) Notify the Communications Center when they have visual contact with a pursuit;
2) If requested, assume responsibility for broadcasting locations and the direction of
travel of the pursuit;
3) Assist ground units and the supervisor monitoring the pursuit by identifying and
broadcasting all potential safety risks;
4) Once visual contact is made, provide the supervisor with the number of ground units
involved;
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
5) When possible, identify units participating in the pursuit for the purpose of
management and control;
6) Stay in radio contact with assisting ground units to aid in the capture of the
suspect(s);
7) Electronically record the pursuit and the termination point (the recording shall be
placed into evidence);
8) When a supervisor terminates a pursuit and surveillance mode is initiated, the ASU
will assume a position that affords the suspect little possibility of detecting the ASU.
The searchlight will not be used during the surveillance mode. The ASU will follow
the suspect vehicle until the vehicle stops, or the surveillance is canceled.
7.1.7.7 FOREIGN JURISDICTION Pursuits
Revised June 2, 2016
LBPD units, including the ASU, shall not engage in pursuits initiated by foreign
jurisdictions, unless the pursuit meets the criteria of the LBPD pursuit policy and
assistance is requested by the pursuing agency.
LBPD units engaged in a foreign jurisdiction’s pursuit shall terminate their involvement if
the pursuit leaves the Long Beach city limits, unless directed to continue by an LBPD
supervisor.
If a foreign jurisdiction pursuit terminates within the Long Beach city limits, the LBPD
supervisor who approved the pursuit shall verify which agency will coordinate pursuit
termination activities.
7.1.7.8 PURSUITS Leaving City Limits
Revised June 12, 2023
See Special Order - Vehicle Pursuits – 2023-5
7.1.7.9 PURSUIT LIMITATIONS
Revised June 12, 2023
See Special Order - Vehicle Pursuits – 2023-5
7.1.7.10 MOTORCYCLE UNITS
Revised June 2, 2016
A motorcycle unit may only initiate a vehicle pursuit for a violent felony or in other extreme
circumstances. The supervisor shall acknowledge that a motorcycle unit is involved and
approve or cancel the pursuit. The supervisor must explain the necessity of the
motorcycle unit’s involvement, per LBPD Manual § 7.1.7.14 SUPERVISOR POST-
PURSUIT RESPONSIBILITIES.
Unless otherwise directed by a supervisor, motorcycle units shall cease their involvement
when a four-wheeled, pursuit rated vehicle joins the pursuit and takes over as the primary
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
unit. Once a motorcycle unit ceases involvement in the pursuit, they shall follow all
requirements in LBPD Manual § 7.1.7.12 PURSUIT TERMINATION.
7.1.7.11 TIRE DEFLATION DEVICE
Revised June 12, 2023
See Special Order - Vehicle Pursuits – 2023-5
7.1.7.12 PURSUIT TERMINATION
Revised June 2, 2016
A pursuit shall be immediately terminated under the following conditions:
1) A field supervisor orders the pursuit terminated;
2) Officers lose visual contact with the suspect vehicle and the ASU is not in a position
to provide immediate directions;
3) Officers lose clear radio contact with the Communications Center;
4) Officers lose clear radio contact with the field supervisor authorizing the pursuit.
Once the decision is made to terminate the pursuit, pursuing units shall:
1) Obey the rules of the road;
2) Deactivate their red lights and siren;
3) Turn off from the pursued vehicle's direction of travel (do not follow);
4) Notify the Communications Center of the termination;
5) ASU will not continue to follow the vehicle unless placed into surveillance mode.
7.1.7.13 Supervisor Responsibilities
Revised June 12, 2023
See Special Order - Vehicle Pursuits – 2023-5
7.1.7.14 SUPERVISOR POST-PURSUIT RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised June 2, 2016
A field supervisor shall go to the scene of a terminated pursuit and take command. The
supervisor shall be responsible for ensuring all appropriate crime and arrest reports are
filed.
On each pursuit, the supervisor shall complete a Supervisor’s Vehicle Pursuit Review,
which will include the following:
1) Identification of all personnel involved both authorized and unauthorized;
2) Summary of the events leading up to the pursuit;
3) Chronological events of the pursuit;
4) Pertinent events occurring after the pursuit;
5) Any retraining.
A supervisor who was actively involved in a pursuit shall not file the Supervisor’s Vehicle
Pursuit Review.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.1.7.15 Disaster preparedness and emergency communications department
(Communications Center) Responsibilities
Revised June 2, 2016
Upon notification by a unit that he or she is in pursuit, the Communications Center will
contact a sworn field supervisor to take supervisory control of the pursuit. The supervisor
will be informed of all available information including the units involved.
The dispatcher handling communications for the pursuit will provide all necessary
information to the field units. All units will be advised when the pursuit is terminated or a
supervisor requests a surveillance mode. Any necessary information will then be
conveyed to the ground units to avoid unnecessary contact with the suspect during the
surveillance operation.
The cancellation of a pursuit will be broadcast to all units along with the suspect's direction
of travel, so units may stay clear of the suspect vehicle.
7.1.7.16 Review of pursuits – Police Vehicle and Air Support Unit
Revised June 2, 2016
The Collision Investigation Detail shall gather all pertinent pursuit information and
generate a Pursuit Review Report. This report shall contain an analysis summary of the
pursuit reports, supervisor’s report, video recordings, audio recordings, and any other
information related to the pursuit.
7.1.7.17 Review of Pursuits – Time Period
Revised June 2, 2016
Pursuant to CVC § 14602.1, the Collision Investigation Detail shall complete all State-
mandated reporting requirements within 30 days.
7.1.7.18 Review of Pursuits – Commander Responsibilities
Revised June 2, 2016
The involved employee’s Commander will review the Pursuit Review Report, provide
recommendations and administrative insight for the recommended action, and forward
the Pursuit Review Report to the involved employee’s Bureau Deputy Chief.
7.1.7.19 REVIEW OF PURSUITS – BUREAU RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised June 2, 2016
The involved employee’s Bureau Chief will review the Pursuit Review Report, and forward
the Pursuit Review Report to the Internal Affairs Division.
The involved employee’s Division Commander and the CID supervisor will be notified of
any action to be taken.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.1.7.20 TRAINING
Revised June 12, 2023
See Special Order - Vehicle Pursuits – 2023-5
7.1.8 DELETED 1/9/23
7.1.9 FIELD SERGEANT RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised July 1, 2019
The Patrol Bureau has review responsibility.
Field sergeants will monitor the daily activities of their employees and conduct reviews as
necessary. Field sergeants shall be responsible for approving units checking out of
service in the following circumstances:
1) Any station detail (924) that renders a unit unavailable to handle calls for service;
2) Out-of-service for an extended period of time (e.g., firearms qualification, training,
special assignment, etc.);
3) Early end of watch;
4) Request to leave city limits for any reason.
The approving sergeant’s unit designator shall be entered into CAD for the above
requests.
7.1.9.1 SITUATIONS REQUIRING FIELD SERGEANT RESPONSE
Revised July 1, 2019
Unless an exception applies and is granted per LBPD Manual § 7.1.9.2, a field sergeant
shall respond to the following incidents:
a) Deployment of, or request for a patrol rifle;
b) Bias-motivated incidents;
c) Incidents involving critical missing subjects;
d) Explosives - threats, devices or detonation;
e) Homicides and/or in-custody death incidents;
f) Violent crimes with serious injury;
g) Request for emergency assistance by law enforcement or public safety personnel
(997, 998, 999);
h) Radio emergency via computer when there is no response from the officer (Code
1000);
i) Situations involving barricaded suspects;
j) Situations involving hostages;
k) Fatal traffic collisions;
l) Incidents involving forced entry;
m) Incidents involving sworn personnel, from any jurisdiction, or any City of Long Beach
employee, in the following situations:
1) Any discharge of a firearm;
2) Incidents involving a use of force;
3) On-duty traffic collisions;
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
4) Off-duty incidents with an allegation of misconduct, or the seriousness of the
incident requires a supervisor response;
5) Traffic collisions where the employee was driving after having consumed an
alcoholic beverage;
n) Occupational injuries requiring hospitalization or emergency treatment;
o) Pursuits;
p) Airplane crashes;
q) Any incident that requires a substantial commitment of resources over a sustained
period of time;
r) Hazardous material incidents;
s) Any major Fire Department incident which requires a unified command, a sergeant
will be dispatched to the Fire Department command post to manage Police
Department resources;
t) Labor disputes, or a public assembly which causes a disruption or disturbance to
the public;
u) Arrest or detention of public figures, or foreign delegates;
v) Anytime a person refuses to sign a citation;
w) Any request from the public for a supervisor to respond.
7.1.9.2 EXCEPTION TO MANDATORY RESPONSE
Revised July 1, 2019
The Watch Commander may make an exception to a field sergeant’s obligation to
respond to any item listed in § 7.1.9.1 SITUATIONS REQUIRING FIELD SERGEANT
RESPONSE.
7.1.9.3 SITUATIONS REQUIRING FIELD SERGEANT NOTIFICATION
Revised July 1, 2019
Field sergeants will be advised of, and respond at their discretion to the following:
a) Unit at lunch (Code 7) in excess of the allotted time;
b) When a Communications Center dispatcher checks on the well-being of an officer
who has been out-of-service for an extended period of time;
c) When three or more units respond to a call;
d) Collisions involving the A-Line train;
e) When an officer encounters any subject who displays unusual, strange, or violent
behavior that presents a threat to the safety of an officer(s) or the public;
f) Impending suicide or suicide that has just occurred.
7.1.10 WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised July 1, 2019
The Watch Commander shall ensure the following:
a) Each Patrol Division has a supervisor assigned for every shift;
b) Field sergeants monitor their radio;
c) Field sergeants enter all applicable critical incidents in the electronic Watch
Commander Log.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.1.11 BEAT INTEGRITY/REDEPLOYMENT
In order to provide the highest level of police service to the public, there will be times
when units will be re-deployed into areas and beats other than their own. The
redeployment of units may be requested by the communications supervisor and ordered
by a field sergeant or command officer. The reallocation of units will occur in instances
where: (1) an area is experiencing a high volume of calls for service/field activity and a
low volume of calls for service/field activities or (2) for accomplishing a directed patrol
mission.
A unit's primary patrol responsibility is to its assigned beat.
Officers shall remain in their beat EXCEPT for the following circumstances:
• The response is necessary to provide officer safety
• The response of an additional unit would increase the possibility of apprehension,
saving a life or reducing property damage
• The response is necessary to preserve a crime scene or other evidence
• When re-deployed or reassigned
7.1.12 CAD TRACKING
End of watch “logging off” by officers and supervisors shall be done by radio. “Logging
off” prior to EOW shall be accomplished by a field supervisor advising communications
that a unit is approved for EOW.
Reports
Arrest reports shall be filed prior to officers returning to the field unless:
• The watch commander directs them to return to the field
• The report is handwritten or tape-recorded with the prior approval of the watch
commander
• There are no Reporting Office personnel available for direct dictation
• Field officers who have complex or lengthy reports to file, which will require working
past the end of watch, shall request permission to file from a field sergeant/command
officer. Decisions to allow or deny the request will be based upon:
− Unit availability
− Calls for service waiting
− The circumstances of the case
7.1.13 DRIVING UNDER THE INFLUENCE (DUI) ARREST
Revised December 21, 2016
The Patrol Bureau will have audit responsibility.
7.1.13.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
Revised December 21, 2016
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
This policy provides guidance to those department members who play a role in the
detection and investigation of driving under the influence (DUI). The Long Beach Police
Department is committed to the safety of the roadways and the community and will pursue
fair but aggressive enforcement of California’s impaired driving laws.
7.1.13.2 FIELD TESTS
Revised December 21, 2016
Based on National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recognized testing
protocols, the Traffic Section Lieutenant shall identify the standardized field sobriety
tests (SFSTs) and any approved alternate tests for officers to use when investigating
violations of DUI laws.
7.1.13.3 TRANSPORTATION PRIOR TO ARREST
Revised December 21, 2016
An officer may transport a driver suspected of impaired driving to a safer location to
conduct an SFST. Officers should not transport suspected DUI drivers to DUI checkpoint
locations for evaluation. If an officer needs assistance with an investigation, the officer
may contact the DUI checkpoint command post. If an officer assigned to the DUI
checkpoint is available, the DUI checkpoint supervisor may send the available officer to
assist.
7.1.13.4 CHEMICAL TESTS
Revised December 21, 2016
A person is deemed to have consented to a chemical test(s) under any of the following
(Vehicle Code § 23612):
1) The person is arrested for driving a vehicle while under the influence (Vehicle Code
§ 23152).
2) The person is under 21 years of age and is arrested by an officer having reasonable
cause to believe that the person’s blood alcohol content is 0.05% or more (Vehicle
Code § 23140).
3) The person is under 21 years of age and detained by an officer having reasonable
cause to believe that the person was driving a vehicle while having a blood alcohol
content of 0.01% or more (Vehicle Code § 23136).
4) The person was operating a vehicle while under the influence and proximately
caused bodily injury to another person (Vehicle Code § 23153).
5) The person is dead, unconscious or otherwise in a condition that renders him or her
incapable of refusal (Vehicle Code § 23612(a)(5)).
7.1.13.5 CHOICE OF TEST
Revised December 21, 2016
A person arrested for DUI has the choice of whether the test is of his or her blood or
breath, and the officer shall advise the person that he or she has that choice. If the person
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
arrested is incapable, or states that he or she is incapable, of completing the chosen test,
the person shall submit to the remaining alternative test.
An officer requesting that a person submit to chemical testing shall provide the person
with the mandatory warning pursuant to Vehicle Code § 23612(a)(1)(D) and Vehicle
Code § 23612(a)(4).
If the person chooses to submit to a breath test and there is reasonable cause to
believe that the person is under the influence of a drug or the combined influence of
alcohol and any drug, the officer may also request that the person submit to a blood test.
7.1.13.6 BREATH TEST
Revised December 21, 2016
The Forensic Science Services Division Administrator shall ensure that all devices used
for the collection and analysis of breath samples are properly serviced and tested and
that a record of such service and testing is properly maintained.
Officers obtaining a breath sample shall monitor the device for any sign of malfunction.
Any anomalies or equipment failures must be noted in the appropriate report and
promptly reported to the Forensic Science Services Division.
When the arrested person chooses a breath test, the handling officer shall make the
Trombetta Advisement to the person informing them that the breath-testing equipment
does not retain a sample, and the person may, if desired, provide a blood specimen,
which will be retained to facilitate subsequent verification testing (Vehicle Code § 23614).
The officer should also require the person to submit to a blood test if the officer has a
clear indication that a blood test will reveal evidence of any drug or the combined
influence of an alcoholic beverage and any drug. Evidence of the officer’s belief shall be
included in the officer’s report (Vehicle Code § 23612(a)(2)(C)).
7.1.13.7 BLOOD TEST
Revised December 21, 2016
Only persons authorized by law to withdraw blood shall collect blood samples (Vehicle
Code § 23158). The assigned officer should witness the withdrawal of the blood sample.
No officer, even if properly certified, should conduct the blood withdrawal.
Officers should inform an arrestee that if he or she chooses to provide a blood sample;
a separate sample can be drawn for alternate testing (Vehicle Code § 23614). If a second
sample is drawn, the second sample must be placed in a separate evidence package.
If an arrestee cannot submit to a blood test because he or she is a hemophiliac or is
using an anticoagulant, he or she shall not be required to take a blood test. Such inability
to take a blood test should not be treated as a refusal. However, the person may be
required to complete another available and viable test.
7.1.13.8 REFUSALS
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Revised December 21, 2016
When a person refuses to provide a viable chemical sample, officers should:
1) Advise the person of the requirement to provide a sample (Vehicle Code § 23612);
2) Audio-record the admonishment and the response, if practicable; and
3) Document the refusal in the arrest report.
Upon refusal to submit to a chemical test, as required by law, officers shall personally
serve the notice of order of suspension or revocation of the person's privilege to
operate a motor vehicle upon the person and take possession of any driver's license,
issued by this state, that is held by that person (Vehicle Code § 23612(e) and Vehicle
Code§ 23612(f)).
7.1.13.9 BLOOD SAMPLE WITHOUT CONSENT
Revised December 21, 2016
A blood sample may be obtained from a person who refuses a chemical test when
one of the following conditions exist:
1) A search warrant has been obtained (Penal Code § 1524); or
2) The officer can articulate that exigent circumstances exist. Exigency does not exist
solely because of the short time-period associated with the natural dissipation of
alcohol in the person’s blood stream. The totality of the circumstances must
establish that the need to obtain the blood sample is so compelling that a
warrantless blood draw is objectively reasonable. For example, exigency can be
established by a lengthy delay in obtaining a blood sample due to an accident
investigation or medical treatment of the person.
If a person indicates by word or action that he or she will physically resist a blood draw,
the officer shall request a supervisor to respond. The responding supervisor should:
1) Ensure the withdrawal is recorded on audio and/or video when practicable;
and
2) Ensure the methods used to accomplish the blood sample draw are documented
in the related report.
7.1.13.10 WARRANTLESS ARREST
Revised December 21, 2016
In addition to the arrest authority granted to officers pursuant to Penal Code § 836, an
officer may make a warrantless arrest of a person that the officer has reasonable cause
to believe has been driving under the influence of an alcoholic beverage or any drug, or
under the combined influence of the same, when (Vehicle Code § 40300.5):
1) The person is involved in a traffic accident.
2) The person is observed in or about a vehicle that is obstructing the roadway.
3) The person will not be apprehended unless immediately arrested.
4) The person may cause injury to him or herself or damage property unless
immediately arrested.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
5) The person may destroy or conceal evidence of a crime unless immediately
arrested.
7.1.13.11 PRELIMINARY ALCOHOL SCREENING
Revised December 21, 2016
Officers may use a preliminary alcohol screening device (PAS) test to assist in
establishing reasonable cause to believe a person is DUI. The PAS is a field sobriety test
under the California Vehicle Code. The officer shall advise the person that the PAS test
is being requested to assist in determining whether the person is under the influence of
alcohol. Unless the person is under the age of 21, he or she shall be advised that the
PAS test is voluntary. The officer shall also advise the person that submitting to a PAS
test does not satisfy his or her obligation to submit to a chemical test as otherwise
required by law (Vehicle Code § 23612).
7.1.13.12 PRELIMINARY ALCOHOL SCREENING FOR INDIVIDUALS UNDER 21
YEARS OF AGE
Revised December 21, 2016
If an officer lawfully detains a person under 21 years of age who is driving a motor vehicle,
the officer has reasonable cause to believe that the person has a blood alcohol content
of 0.01% or more, and a PAS test device is immediately available, the officer shall
request that the person take a PAS test. If a PAS test device is not immediately available,
the officer may request that the person submit to chemical testing of his or her blood or
breath conducted pursuant to Vehicle Code § 23612 (Vehicle Code § 13388).
If the person refuses to take or fails to complete the PAS test or other chemical test, or if
the result of either test reveals a blood alcohol content of 0.01% or more, the officer shall
proceed to serve the person with a notice of order of suspension pursuant to this policy
(Vehicle Code § 13388).
7.1.13.13 PRELIMINARY ALCOHOL SCREENING (PAS) DEVICE
MAINTENANCE
Revised November 19, 2020
Reviewed November 19, 2020
A PAS device shall be calibrated each month to confirm the accuracy of the device.
Monthly testing of a PAS device is a necessary component of a successful prosecution
in a DUI case in which the device was used.
Personnel issued a PAS device will be notified by email from the Forensic Science
Services Division a week prior to calibration testing being conducted. It is the officer's
responsibility to submit the device issued to them for calibration each month. PAS
devices that have missed two successive calibrations will be removed from the field by
the Traffic Section.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Once calibration testing is completed, the Forensic Science Services Division will
forward a list of PAS devices that were submitted for calibration and the results to the
Traffic Section Lieutenant. The Traffic Section Lieutenant or designee will review the list
and take appropriate action for any devices that were not calibrated.
If an issued PAS device is found to be inoperative, the officer issued the device shall
contact the Traffic Section to request a replacement. At no time should a PAS device be
used that could not be calibrated or is inoperative.
A yearly review of PAS device usage will be conducted by the Traffic Section Lieutenant,
or designee. Those devices found to be used infrequently, may be reassigned at the
discretion of the Traffic Section Lieutenant, or designee.
7.1.13.14 DUI PROBATION/COURT ORDERED IGNITION INTERLOCK DEVICE
Revised December 21, 2016
If an officer lawfully detains a driver with a prior DUI conviction, and is determined to be
on DUI Probation at the time of the detention (Vehicle Code 23154), or is required to have
an ignition interlock device installed (Vehicle Code 23247(e)), officers should ensure the
driver is complying. DUI Probation restrictions can be found on the driver's CDL return.
A driver on DUI probation is required to provide a chemical sample if the officer has
reasonable cause to believe the driver has a blood alcohol content of 0.01% or more. If
the person refuses to provide a chemical sample, officers shall proceed to serve the
person a notice of order of suspension.
7.1.14 VICTIMS OF VIOLENT CRIMES NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
Revised May 10, 2021
The Investigation Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed May 10, 2121
The Long Beach Police Department is committed to ensuring victims of crime are treated
with compassion and understanding, while providing guidance and assistance in the
reporting process. This policy establishes requirements of related legal mandates and
how Department personnel will facilitate such assistance through available governmental
assistance.
It is in the public interest to assist residents of the State of California in obtaining restitution
for financial losses they suffer as a direct result of criminal acts (Government Code
§13950).
This section establishes a program to indemnify and assist in the rehabilitation of
residents of California who have, as the direct result of a crime, suffered a financial loss
that they are unable to recoup without suffering serious financial hardship. Claims must
be filed with the California Victim Compensation Board.
Requirements
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
It shall be the duty of every local law enforcement agency to inform victims of violent
crimes of the provisions of this chapter, and to provide application forms to victims who
desire to seek assistance (Government Code §13962(b)).
The LBPD Report Receipt (PD Form 2310-004) provides instructions to victims regarding
who is eligible and how to apply for victim compensation. The Report Receipt also
supplies victims with an application to obtain a copy of the related crime report. Filing
officers shall provide a Report Receipt to all crime victims.
Filing officers shall indicate in their reports that the victim, or potential victim, was notified
of these available benefits. The report shall indicate the date this notification was made.
In a case where the notification was made to a person other than the victim, this shall
also be noted in the report.
In the event the victim is deceased, and their dependents are not immediately available
for notification, it shall be the responsibility of the assigned detective to ensure the
notification is made.
7.1.15 CRIMES AGAINST POLICE OFFICERS – ARREST APPROVAL
REVISED DATED 04/15/97
The Booking Sergeant will be responsible to review the arrest circumstances for each of
the following crimes against officers:
• §245 PC - Assault with a deadly weapon (against a police officer)
• §243(b) PC- Battery against a police officer (misdemeanor)
• §243(c) PC - Battery against a police officer (felony)
• §148 PC - Resisting a police officer in the discharge of his/her duties
• §148.9 PC - Falsely reporting self as another person to a police officer
• §69 PC - Resisting executive officers
• §31 CVC - False information to a police officer
The Booking Sergeant shall then make notification to the watch commander. The watch
commander will approve or deny the arrest and make an appropriate entry in the watch
commander’s log.
The arresting officers shall include the names of both the booking sergeant and the
approving watch commander in the arrest report. The arresting officers shall also include
in the arrest report any observations and/or comments made during the booking review.
7.1.16 GANG RELATED - CRIME
All gang definitions, to follow later, shall be used to standardize and document the
investigative crime reports assigned to the gang detail.
The department shall recognize a homicide as gang-related if one of the following factors
are present:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• The suspect is a known, identified gang member
• The victim of the crime is a known, identified gang member
• The victim of the homicide is killed in any type of gang related crime
Situations may occur where a gang member is a victim of a crime, but where gang
affiliation has no bearing on preparation or victimization. In incidents such as these,
discretion should be used in recognizing this killing as gang related.
Employees of this Department shall not release the names of involved gangs to members
of the media/press in an effort to prevent retaliation and glorification of criminal gang
activity.
The Department shall ascribe to the following gang and gang-related definitions as used
by the California State Task Force on Youth Gang Violence.
7.1.16.1 GANG - DEFINED
A gang is a group of individuals who form an allegiance for a common purpose. The
individuals engage in acts injurious to public health and public morals, and obstruct justice
or the due administration of laws, or engage in (or have engaged in) criminal activity,
either individually or collectively, and they can create an atmosphere of fear and
intimidation within the community.
Definition of “Gang Activity”
• An incident wherein all or a majority of participants are identified gang members or
associates, and the incident is consistent with usual gang activity
• An incident or aggression occurs wherein the perpetrators are identified gang
members or associates, and it is known that a state of conflict exists between their
gang and another, and the incident is consistent with such conflict
• An informant of previously untested reliability identifies an incident as gang activity,
and is corroborated by other attendant circumstances or independent information
• There are strong indications that an incident is gang-related but it does not fit the
above criteria, it shall be termed “possible gang activity”
Definition of “Gang-Related Crime”
A reported homicide, attempt murder, assault with a deadly weapon, robbery, rape,
kidnapping, shooting at an inhabited dwelling, battery on a police officer, or arson, and
the suspect or victim is on file as an active gang or associate gang member.
An investigation reveals that the incident involved a gang member, although neither the
victim nor the suspect is known to be an active or associate gang member; i.e., “A” shoots
“B” and yells the name of a gang during the commission of the crime, et cetera.
Distribution of Crime Reports
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The Reporting Office will route copies of crime reports to the Gang Detail. Criteria for
distribution shall include any one of the following circumstances:
• Drive-by shooting
• 594 Graffiti
• Any report involving a possible gang member
Identification of a Gang Member:
• The subject admits or claims to be a member of a certain gang
• The subject had distinctive gang tattoos identifying the subject as a gang member
• The subject’s mode of dress, in gang attire, identifies the subject as a gang member
• The subject’s associates are known identified gang members
• The subject is a victim or suspect of an identifiable gang-related crime
• The subject is identified as a gang member by other reliable source
• The subject frequently uses identifiable gang hand signs
There shall be two classifications for gang homicide tabulation:
• Gang homicides – A homicide in which the suspect or victim had a connection with a
street gang crime or occurrence
• Gang-related homicides – A traditional drive-by shooting in which gang members
shout gang slogans and murder a rival gang member
Additionally, the Gang Violence Suppression Grant (G.V.S.) is subject to Penal Code
Sections §13826.3, Individuals Subject to Gang Violence Prosecution Efforts, and
§13826.4, Enhanced Law Enforcement Efforts. Applicable excerpts are as follows:
§13826.3 Individuals Subject to Gang Violence Prosecution Efforts
An individual shall be subject to gang violence prosecution efforts who is under arrest for
the commission or attempted commission of any gang-related violent crime where the
individual is (1) a known member of a gang, and (2) has exhibited a prior criminal
background.
For purposes of this chapter, gang-related means that the suspect or victim of the crime
is a known member of a gang.
For purposes of this chapter, gang violence prosecution includes both criminal
prosecutions and proceedings in Juvenile Court in which a petition is filed pursuant to
§602 of the Welfare and Institutions Code (1981 Chapter 1030.1).
7.1.17 ARREST – PRIVATE PERSONS
A “Private Person’s Arrest Report” (PD Form 4100.021) will be completed and signed by
any person making such an arrest. The Private Person’s Arrest Report will accompany
the regular arrest report or misdemeanor citation completed by the officer taking custody
of the arrestee.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
All officers called to take custody of an individual who has been arrested by a private
person shall ascertain that:
• Such arrest is lawful and at the time of taking into police custody, the officer had
reasonable cause to believe such arrest was lawful, or
• Such arrest is made pursuant to a charge made, upon reasonable cause, of the
commission of a felony by the person to be arrested, or
• Such arrest is made pursuant to the requirements of Penal Code Section 837
(Circumstances Authorizing Arrests by Private Persons)
If it is determined the citizen’s arrest meets the above criteria, the officer shall:
• Explain the Private Person’s Arrest Report to the person making the arrest and have
them complete and sign the form
• Take the arrestee into custody and complete an arrest report as with any other arrest
• The arrest report and Private Person’s Arrest Report will be fastened together and
forwarded to the Records Section for processing
If in the case of a felony, the private person refuses to sign the form and there appears to
the police officer to be sufficient probable cause to arrest the prisoner, the officer should
take the prisoner into custody. Write “refused to sign” on the line for the signature of the
arresting party. The circumstances surrounding the refusal to sign should be included in
the body of the officer’s arrest report.
7.1.18 PUBLIC INTOXICATION – ARRESTS OF SUBJECTS
Revised July 22, 2021
The Patrol Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed July 22, 2021
Officers may arrest subjects who are found in any public place intoxicated and in such
condition that they are unable to care for their own safety or the safety of others, or by
reason of their intoxication interferes with, obstructs, or prevents the free use of any street,
sidewalk, or other public way (Penal Code §647(f)).
Officers shall adhere to the following procedures when booking a subject for public
intoxication:
• Attempt to corroborate an arrested subject’s intoxication by obtaining a blood alcohol
level (BAC) through administering an Intoxilyzer test.
• The on-duty booking sergeant must observe the arrested subject and approve all
bookings for Penal Code §647(f). The decision will be based on the arrested subject’s
objective signs/symptoms, behavior, and BAC, if known.
• Arrested subjects believed to be under the influence of any drug, controlled substance,
toluene, or any combination thereof should be examined by a Drug Recognition Expert
(DRE) officer, if one is available.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Arrest reports shall provide a detailed account of how officers came in contact with the
arrestee, probable cause for the arrest, signs and symptoms of impairment, a
summary of any field sobriety test(s) administered, by whom, and results/opinions
thereof. Copies of all Intoxilyzer results, completed or not, must accompany the arrest
report.
• If the subject is not booked, a Release Not Booked (RNB) report shall be filed
consistent with Departmental policy.
7.1.19 MOBILE IDENTIFICATION DEVICES
Revised August 15, 2024
The Business Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines and requirements for Mobile
Identification (ID) Devices.
7.1.19.1 DEFINITIONS
Mobile ID Device – A portable device capable of using biometric data to positively identify
a person or generate an investigative lead.
Biometric Data – Data derived from one or more physical traits of humans.
Match/Hit – A positive identification match to a person within a government database.
7.1.19.2 TRAINING
An employee shall receive Department approved training through the Fleet and
Technology Detail in the use of Mobile ID Devices prior to utilizing the device and receive
their individual device login credentials.
7.1.19.3 AUTHORIZED USES AND DOCUMENTATION
Employees shall only use the Mobile ID Device in the performance of their lawful duties.
Mobile ID Devices are intended to be utilized under the following conditions:
1. Sworn Police Officers to obtain positive identification of subjects who:
a) Are detained and cannot be positively identified by other means or
b) Meet the “No Consent” criteria, meaning the subject:
- Lacks the capacity or ability to identify themselves
- Is deceased and cannot otherwise be identified. The use of a Mobile ID Device
on a deceased person shall only be done with the Medical Examiner-Coroner's
approval.
2. Jail/Booking Personnel may use the Mobile ID Device during the booking process.
When utilizing a Mobile ID Device to identify an individual, an employee shall:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
1. Have a lawful detention or the subject meets the “No Consent” criteria
2. Attempt to ascertain an individual’s identity by means other than a biometric search,
such as requesting identification (ex, government issued Driver’s License, ID Card,
etc.)
3. Only utilize the Department provided and authorized Mobile ID Device
4. Use their individual Mobile ID login credentials
5. Enter a valid search reason that references the incident (complete 9-digit Department
Record Number, 9-digit Call Number, Booking Number, or Citation Number) and enter
a disposition for each search upon completion of the incident.
Note: “Training” or “Demo” may be entered as a valid search reason only when
approved training is being conducted with the Mobile ID Device.
Employees shall not use force for the sole purpose of utilizing the Mobile ID Device unless
assigned to the Jail Section with prior notification to the on-duty Jail Supervisor to obtain
biometrics, pursuant to California Penal Code § 298.1(b)(1) and in adherence to the Jail
Standard Operating Procedures.
When assisting another agency, employees shall only utilize the Mobile ID Device in
adherence with this policy.
If a match/hit response is obtained and the person searched is positively identified by the
Mobile ID Device, the method in which the subject was positively identified shall be
documented in the associated electronic incident report or citation. If none is required, it
shall be documented in the call history.
If a no match/no hit response is returned to the user, the employee shall proceed in the
same manner as when the Mobile ID Device is not available.
7.1.19.4 MOBILE ID DEVICE OVERSIGHT
The Mobile ID Devices utilized by the Department has several search features including
positive identification through fingerprints and iris recognition, or the ability to generate
investigative leads through facial recognition. Sworn police officers shall only use the
fingerprint feature of the device. Personnel permanently assigned to the Jail Section shall
only use the fingerprint and iris recognition features of the device. The facial recognition
feature shall not be activated or utilized without the prior written approval of the Chief of
Police, and if it is approved it shall be utilized in accordance with Manual § 8.1.5 Facial
Recognition.
All use(s) of mobile ID devices and search requests are subject to compliance review to
ensure compliance with this policy, Criminal Offender Record Information laws (including
but not limited to Penal Code §§ 11081 and 11105) and CJIS security policy. The Office
of Constitutional Policing shall conduct monthly compliance reviews, which shall be
forwarded to the Mobile ID Devices governing agency quarterly.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.1.19.5 MOBILE ID DEVICE USE FOR IMMIGRATION ENFORCEMENT
The Long Beach Police Department shall not use nor allow the use of data obtained
through the use of Mobile ID devices for the purposes of enforcing immigration in
accordance with California Senate Bill 54 (SB 54 – Law enforcement: sharing data) and
the Long Beach Values Act.
7.1.19.6 MOBILE ID DEVICE ASSIGNMENT AND CARE
These devices are to be managed and distributed for use by the Long Beach Police
Department Fleet & Field Technology Detail. These devices shall be individually
assigned, and the assigned user shall be responsible for the device until it is returned to
the Fleet and Field Technology Detail. The Booking Desk shall be an exception, and the
device shall be assigned to the location and not to an individual employee. Employees
shall use their individual Mobile ID login credentials when utilizing the device assigned to
the Booking Desk.
Damaged, Lost, or Stolen Devices
If a device is intentionally or accidentally damaged, lost, or stolen, the employee shall
notify their supervisor and file the appropriate electronic incident report before the end of
their shift.
All electronic incident reports shall include at a minimum, the device serial number,
photographs of the device (if applicable), and the details of the incident. The user shall
forward the completed report to a member of the Fleet & Field Technology Detail.
7.1.20 SEARCH, SEIZURE & ARREST
When two or more officers are at the scene of a crime or location of an arrest, and when
practical, only one officer shall handle all aspects of the incident relating to court
documentation and presentation. This officer shall complete all forms and/or required
reports and adhere to the following procedures:
• If possible, observe the violation(s), make the arrest, conduct searches and collect all
evidence
• Advise the arrestee that he/she is under arrest
• Advise the arrestee of his/her constitutional rights and other required admonishments
• Question the arrestee and record and record statements for inclusion in the arrest
report
• Administer tests as required
• Conduct inventory search at booking
• Maintain, mark and deliver any evidence to the property section
• File appropriate reports (Crime Report, Arrest Report, Evidence, et cetera)
• Include a statement in the arrest report as to his/her ability to testify to all the facts that
are related to the crime and/or arrest
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
In the event that more than one officer is present (two-person unit or assisting unit), the
second officer shall assist with non-critical tasks including, but not limited to:
• Providing back up during the arrest, handcuffing and transporting of an arrestee
• Requesting tow truck and completing the necessary stored/impound report form
• Complete the booking form
• If an arrest occurs near the end of watch (EOW), the second officer shall utilize his/her
time to complete any unfinished reports or tasks accumulated during their shift
Examples of exceptions, which may require officers to deviate from this standard
procedure, are:
• Arrest involving drug or narcotic influence (narcotic expert)
• Arrest of combative or violent subjects
• Arrest of non-English speaking persons
• Arrest by probationary officers while in training
• Arrest made by field sergeants or lieutenants
• Additional crimes which the handling officer did not observe
• Accident (injury or non-injury) involving DUI arrest
7.1.21 CRIME SCENES – GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES
The first officer to arrive at the scene of a crime or other police incident is responsible for
the following actions as they may apply to the situation:
• Summoning emergency equipment necessary to prevent loss of life and/or property
• Summoning medical assistance and the administration of first aid as required to
prevent further injury or loss of life
• Arrest of violator(s)
• Securing the scene
• Completion of Crime Scene Log, PD Form 3111.001(A)
• Completion of Witness list, PD Form 3111.001(B)
• Completion of Chronological Record, PD Form 3111.001(C)
NOTE: These forms shall be used at all major incidents such as homicides, officer
involved shootings, barricaded suspects, natural disasters, et cetera.
7.1.21.1 CRIME SCENES – ASSIGNED OFFICER
Officers assigned to perform the preliminary or other investigation of an alleged crime
scene or other incident are responsible for the duties described in section 7.1.21, entitled
“Crime Scenes – General Responsibilities”, and the completion of the preliminary or other
investigations, as directed.
7.1.21.2 RELIEF OF ASSIGNED OFFICER
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Upon completion of the preliminary investigation, the assigned officer shall stand relieved
of that particular assignment and shall be available for further assignments, unless
otherwise directed by a superior officer or other officer specifically assigned to the
investigation.
7.1.21.3 DETECTIVE NOTIFICATION
All officers and/or supervisors who respond to or discover a major crime, shall notify the
watch commander that a detective team is required if any of the following circumstances
exist:
• Actual or suspected explosive device is located – notify the Violent Crimes Detail and
the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department Arson/Explosives Detail (See Training
Bulletin #120)
• Bank and Savings & Loan robberies – Notify the Robbery Detail Monday through
Friday, 0800-1700 hours only
• Incidents involving political figures as victims or suspects and acts considered terrorist
in nature – Notify the Chief of Police, Deputy Chief of Investigations Bureau and
appropriate Detail sergeant
• Sexual assaults – Notify the Sexual Assault Response Team (SART) per criteria set
forth in Manual Section 8.4.10
• Homicides/officer involved shootings (officers are fired upon and/or shots are
exchanged between officers and suspects, hit or no-hit) – Notify the Homicide Detail
per criteria set forth in Manual Section 8.1.3
• Crimes involving an extensive loss of $20,000 or more, excluding vehicle, boat and
aircraft thefts – Notify appropriate Detail sergeant
• Critical Missing where foul play is suspected – Notify the Homicide Detail
• In-Custody Deaths – Notify the Homicide Detail
Between 0800-1700 hours, Monday through Friday, the watch commander shall notify
the appropriate investigative Detail and advise detectives of the situation. During other
hours, the watch commander shall make an incident evaluation and determine if
detectives shall be called. The watch commander is to log all such incidents and
notifications in the watch commander’s log.
The watch commander shall also make notification to the Office of the Chief of Police
during normal business hours from 0800-1700 hours when any of the above are reported.
7.1.21.4 DEATH DETERMINATION
Police Personnel on scene of a possible death shall request Long Beach Fire Department
Paramedics to confirm death.
EXCEPTIONS: Victims having one or more of the following signs:
• Decapitation
• Incineration
• Decomposition
• Evisceration of a heart, lung or brain
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Authority for dealing with a crime scene is vested in law enforcement. In these sensitive
crime scene situations, Emergency Medical Services (EMS) personnel should be careful
not to disturb possible evidence. Law enforcement should assist in creating a “safe path”
into the scene to access the patient and minimize scene contamination. One paramedic
is sufficient to confirm death.
7.1.21.5 PHOTOGRAPHY AND DIGITAL IMAGES
Revised October 20, 2015
The Investigations Bureau has audit responsibility.
See Special Order - 7.1.21.5 Mobile Devices 12-6-18
Digital cameras will be issued to select members of the Long Beach Police Department
and may be used to document injuries or evidence during criminal or administrative
investigations. All images taken during the course and scope of an employee’s job are
the property of the Long Beach Police Department.
Employees who take photographs, digital images, or video during an investigation will
document in a report that images were captured. Employees SHALL NOT take personal
photographs, digital images, or video of any crime scene or potential evidence.
A) Uploading and deleting images, video and audio
1) Employees taking photographs, video or audio recordings are responsible for
ensuring this data is inputted into the Digital Imaging Management System
(DIMS).
2) Once data is uploaded from the media card to the DIMS, the reusable media
card shall be formatted to remove all previous files in preparation for reuse.
3) Employees SHALL NOT make personal copies of images, video or audio
recordings and if the employee used their personal device, the data must be
deleted after uploading.
Note: Use of personal devices could result in subpoenas and/or warrants being issued
for those devices.
B) Distribution of images
1) Employees shall not distribute images to anyone not involved in official police
business.
2) Images shall not be distributed to the media or any non-law enforcement entity
without the approval of a Command Officer.
3) All printing and copying must be done through the DIMS to ensure an audit log
of the images.
For additional information on distribution refer to manual sections 6.1.1.2 and 6.1.1.3.
C) Editing and deleting images
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
1) To preserve the integrity of the process, no images shall be deleted once
uploaded in DIMS. This includes images that were inadvertently taken or that
are of poor quality, such as images that are too dark to see detail. The images
should be left intact on that storage media to preserve the continuity of the
imaging session. The only exception is prior authorization from the DIMS
Administrator.
7.1.22 RELEASED NOT BOOKED (RNB)
Revised January 26, 2016
The Patrol Bureau will have audit responsibility.
Arresting officers shall complete a Long Beach Police Arrest/Released Not Booked Form
(PD 4102.013 (A)), FI/RNB Card (PD 4100.007), or complete an RNB on the Automated
Reporting System (ARS) whenever a subject is arrested or handcuffed and subsequently
released prior to booking; this form shall be forwarded to the Records Section.
This policy shall pertain to field releases, station releases and conditions of exigent
circumstances; in all of these cases a field supervisor shall be notified.
7.1.23 TRANSPORTATION OF PRISONERS IN POLICE VEHICLES
Revised October 20, 2015
The Patrol Bureau has audit responsibility.
Prisoners shall be transported in police vehicles in a manner compatible with the safety
and security of both the prisoner and transporting personnel. All persons arrested by
officers and transported to the station for booking shall be handcuffed. There is no room
for discretion when the subject is charged with a criminal offense. The only viable
exception to this policy is when a person is taken into custody for something other than a
criminal offense and exigent circumstances apply. For example:
1) The person suffers from Alzheimer’s or is senile;
2) The person is seriously ill;
3) The person is a victim being transported.
In such cases, the transporting officer must be reasonably certain a decision not to
handcuff will not place him/her or the prisoner at any increased risk. In no event shall a
prisoner be restrained with a leg hobble in a hog-tied position (feet hobbled to the
handcuffs), nor shall officers transport a prisoner in the prone position, since it can
increase the risk of positional asphyxia.
The handcuffing provision shall not apply to the transporting of inmate workers to their
off-site work assignments. Applicable vehicle passenger safety sections of the California
Vehicle Code shall be followed.
7.1.23.1 Nonviolent Prisoners with One Officer
Revised October 20, 2015
Nonviolent prisoners transported by one officer shall be:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
1) Handcuffed;
2) Seat belted in the rear seat of a caged transporting vehicle;
3) Seat belted in the front seat of a non-caged transporting vehicle.
Discretion should be used when one officer transports more than one nonviolent prisoner.
7.1.23.2 Nonviolent Prisoners with Two Officers
Revised October 20, 2015
Nonviolent prisoners transported by two officers shall be:
1) Handcuffed;
2) Seat belted in the rear seat of a caged transporting vehicle;
3) Monitored by the assisting officer, who shall ride in the front seat of a caged
transporting vehicle;
4) Monitored by the assisting officer, who shall ride in the rear seat of a non-caged
transporting vehicle, with the prisoner;
5) Observed by the assisting officer, who will monitoring the prisoner’s color, breathing,
and level of consciousness; during the hours of darkness, an internal light source
(flashlight, dome light, et cetera), can be used to maintain a clear view of the
prisoner, as long as the light does not interfere with the driver.
7.1.23.3 Violent Prisoners with One Officer – Within the City
Revised October 20, 2015
Violent prisoners transported by one officer shall be:
1) Handcuffed;
2) Hobble restrained;
3) Seat belted in the rear seat of a caged transporting vehicle.
In all cases, a second officer must follow the transporting officer during the transportation
of a violent prisoner. If at any time the prisoner becomes uncontrollable, the transporting
officer shall stop the vehicle and the second officer will assist with controlling the violent
prisoner.
7.1.23.4 Violent Prisoners with Two Officers – Within the City
Revised October 20, 2015
Violent prisoners transported by two officers shall be:
1) Handcuffed;
2) Hobble restrained;
3) Seat belted in the rear seat of a caged transporting vehicle;
4) Monitored by the assisting officer, who shall ride in the front seat of a caged
transporting vehicle;
5) Monitored by the assisting officer, who shall ride in the rear seat of a non-caged
transporting vehicle, with the prisoner;
6) Observed by the assisting officer, who will monitor the prisoner’s color, breathing,
and level of consciousness; during the hours of darkness, an internal light source
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
(flashlight, dome light, et cetera), can be used to maintain a clear view of the
prisoner, as long as the light does not interfere with the driver.
7.1.23.5 Transportation of Prisoners Outside of the City
Revised October 20, 2015
When transporting prisoners outside of the City, including the pick-up of warrant subjects,
a two-officer transport is required, unless otherwise approved by the Watch Commander.
One officer must be armed.
7.1.23.6 Care of In-Custody Prisoners
Revised October 20, 2015
Prior to transport, in cases where a prisoner is controlled and handcuffed in the prone
position, the prisoner shall be placed in the seated position as soon as reasonably
possible. In no event shall a prisoner be handcuffed in a prone position and left
unmonitored.
It is the officer's responsibility to ensure the prisoner is breathing adequately once the
prisoner is controlled and handcuffed. Officers shall monitor the prisoner's color,
breathing, and the level of consciousness throughout their contact with the prisoner.
7.1.23.7 Preempting Prisoner Transportation to Respond to a Call
Revised October 20, 2015
Exceptional circumstances, such as a life-threatening situation, may arise requiring
response to a call by a unit transporting a prisoner. Prior to responding to any call while
transporting a prisoner, consideration must be given to the nature and urgency of the call.
The transporting unit shall:
1) Obtain PRIOR permission from a supervisor to preempt. Immediately contact a
supervisor if the decision is made to postpone a prisoner’s transportation to respond
to a call. Upon being advised of the circumstances, the supervisor, will evaluate the
need and approve or disapprove the request. If the request is approved, the involved
unit must provide supervision for the safety and custody of the prisoner and resume
transportation as soon as practicable. The unit shall document all of the details of
the preemption in the arrest report, documenting the name of the approving
supervisor.
2) Obtain PRIOR permission from a supervisor for a Code 3 response.
3) Consider the charges facing the prisoner, the prisoner’s demeanor and attitude, and
the number of officers in the transporting unit.
4) NOT be allowed to preempt if the prisoner requires medical treatment or evaluation
prior to booking.
5) NOT go in pursuit under any circumstances.
6) Follow all the rules of the road, per 21052 C.V.C.
7) Maintain proper custody and ensure the safety of the prisoner.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.1.24 ARRESTEES TRANSPORTATION OF UNCONSCIOUS –
UNRESPONSIVE
The transportation of unconscious of unresponsive arrestees by employees of this
Department is PROHIBITED.
• Officers shall not transport unconscious/unresponsive arrestees
• Officers confronted with an unconscious/unresponsive arrestee situation shall
summon Paramedics for arrestee transport to a local hospital
• Medical personnel shall be called immediately to evaluate an arrestee who becomes
unconscious en route to jail. Officers shall use discretion dependent on time and
medical circumstances whether to transport the arrestee to the nearest hospital or
request Paramedic response to the scene or specified location. Officers shall advise
the communications center and request supervisory authorization to proceed “Code
3” or regular, dependent on medical and traffic conditions.
• In all incidents where an arrestee is unconscious/unresponsive, medical personnel
shall immediately evaluate the arrestee
• The aforementioned shall apply to the transport of all other individuals (ride-alongs,
City employees, et cetera)
7.1.25 DISPOSITION OF DEPENDENT CHILDREN TAKEN INTO PROTECTIVE
CUSTODY
Dependent and found children will NOT be temporarily housed in the Public Safety
Building while awaiting final disposition by a County of Los Angeles Department of
Children’s Service (DCS) employee. All dependent children, as described in §300 of the
Welfare and Institutions Code and taken into temporary custody under authority of §305
of the Welfare and Institutions Code, shall be delivered directly to DCS in the manner
prescribed in the following procedure section.
All found children that are in custody of the police may be released to their parent or legal
guardian. If a parent or legal guardian cannot be found, the found child shall be released
to Department of Children’s Services in the manner prescribed in the following procedure
section. Officers shall not direct a citizen who has found a child to take the found child
back to the parent. A police unit shall be dispatched to take care of the child.
Procedure
Police officers who take into custody dependent children described in §300 of the Welfare
and Institutions Code, and non-dependents in temporary custody pursuant to Welfare and
Institutions Code §305, shall, while at the scene, or as soon as practical, call the Youth
Services Division, at telephone number 570-1425. During off hours, contact the
Department of Children’s Services 24 Hour Hotline at 800 540-4000.
The Youth Services Division shall assess the incident and advise the officer of an
appropriate disposition. In cases of severe physical abuse or sexual molestation, a Child
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Abuse Investigator may respond to direct a coordinated investigation with Patrol
personnel.
Weekdays/Business Hours 0800-1700: Dependent children shall be taken to the
Department of Children Services regional office, 4060 Watson Plaza Dr., Lakewood CA,
90712, phone number 562 497-3500.
Officers shall release dependent children to the DCS supervisor on-duty and submit all
related police reports not later than the end of watch. All protective custodies of
dependent children require an arrest report.
If a DCS Employee is not available, the officer shall call MacLaren Children’s Center
Command Post, telephone number (818) 575-4196, for instructions. Children shall
remain in police custody until their release to a DCS employee.
7.1.26 MEDICAL RECORDS FOR PERSON IN CUSTODY (ARRESTEES)
A “Medical Record for Person In-Custody” form, PD Form 2100.56 (revised 6/87), shall
be initiated by the arresting or transporting officer each time a person in-custody (or a
person to be taken into custody) is examined or treated by a physician outside of the
Department jail facility.
All medical treatment and/or examination of obvious injuries/illnesses to recently arrested
individuals shall be completed PRIOR TO BOOKING AT THE LONG BEACH JAIL. These
shall include, but not be limited to, injuries or medical conditions; i.e., complaints of pain.
Officers shall not book a person in the Long Beach City Jail knowing that he/she requires
immediate medical attention.
“Medical Records for Persons In-Custody” Form Procedure
Personnel involved in the arrest, booking or processing of a prisoner who receives
medical treatment shall:
Officer Responsibility
Prepare a copy of the Long Beach Police Department “Medical Record for Person In-
Custody” form (PD Form 2100.56). Officers shall complete the first portion. Officers shall
advise the hospital admittance clerk as to whether the treatment is prior to booking or
subsequent to booking. This shall determine the responsible party relative to the Los
Angeles County Payment for Treatment Policy. Officers shall call the booking sergeant
at 570-7431 or 570-7234 and obtain a Booking Number for the form when the treatment
is being given prior to booking.
Officer/Hospital Employee Responsibility
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Ensure that the hospital employee receiving the individual for treatment completes the
second portion of the report. The hospital employee receiving the individual for
treatment will give the on-duty physician the form.
• Officer/Physician Responsibility
• Ensure that the third portion of the report is completed and signed by the physician
who examined the person-in-custody. The physician, prior to the patient leaving the
facility, must complete this part of the form. The treating physician shall determine
whether the person in-custody is acceptable for booking at the Long Beach City Jail
of should be transferred to the Los Angeles County Jail Ward (USC Medical Center)
or the Los Angeles County Main Jail.
Booking Supervisor Responsibility
• · Ensure at the time of booking the treated arrestee that the “Medical Record for
Person In-Custody” form is presented by the transporting/arresting officer. The
Booking Supervisor shall review, initial and write his/her photo number on the form, if
booking is approved. The “Medical Record for Person In-Custody” form shall be taken
with the prisoner to the jail floor and reviewed by the on-duty supervisor
Jail Supervisor Responsibility
• The jail supervisor shall write his/her name and photo number on the form. The
supervisor shall ensure that the “Medical Record for Person In-Custody” form remains
in jail with the prisoner until his/her release so that the Jail Physician may refer to the
form and record any follow-up treatment or medication. The Jail Division will make a
copy of the form and forward it to the Long Beach Health Department, Attention:
Manager, Medical Service Bureau, via inter-city mail. The original copy of the form
shall be forwarded to the Information Management Division upon the prisoner’s
release or transfer and placed in the prisoner’s record jacket.
Information Management Division Responsibility
• Ensure that the original of the “Medical Record for Person In-Custody” form is filed in
the prisoner’s record jacket
7.1.27 MOTORIST – DISABLED
§20018 of the California Vehicle Code, entitled to “Assistance to Motorists”, reads in part:
“Every law enforcement agency having traffic law enforcement responsibility as specified
in subdivision (a) of §830.1 and in subdivision (a) of Section 830.2 of the Penal Code shall
develop, adopt, and implement a written policy for its officers to provide assistance to
disabled motorists on highways within its primary jurisdiction…”
It is the policy of the Department that uniformed officers shall respond and assist, whether
dispatched or observed, any disabled motorist on a street or highway within the City.
Officers shall request assistance if appropriate and shall remain at the scene until
motorists and bystanders are no longer subjected to hazardous conditions.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
When assistance is required on a freeway bordering or within the City, officers shall
provide assistance as required. Officers may advise the Communications Center to
request that CHP unit responds to the location.
7.1.28 DEATH NOTIFICATION
When the identity of a decedent has been established, every attempt to notify the next of
kin shall be made. Notification shall be made. Notification shall not be made by telephone
to the family by any member of this Department unless the family is already aware of the
death and is only awaiting positive identification or if in-person notification is impossible.
When a dead body report is completed, the reporting officer, irrespective of his/her
assignment within the Department, shall make every reasonable attempt to identify the
decedent and notify his/her next of kin. The officer shall contact the Information
Management Division, researching files for any reports listing the decedent as either a
victim or a suspect. Information may be obtained from these documents that will assist
in the notification. ALL INFORMATION REGARDING WHETHER THE NEXT OF KIN
HAS BEEN NOTIFIED OR WHAT ATTEMPTS WERE MADE WHICH WERE
UNSUCCESSFUL SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE REPORT. The officer shall include in
the Crime Report narrative to whom the death notification was made and who made the
notification.
If the next of kin does not reside in Long Beach or have not been identified, all available
pertinent information will be provided to the Los Angeles County Coroner’s Office
Investigator, who in turn will assume responsibility for making death notification to the
next of kin or other police agency.
When the watch commander receives a request from the Coroner’s Office to notify the
next of kin of a death, a uniformed patrol unit shall be contacted. The watch commander
shall advise the patrol officer of the circumstances involving the death notification and the
individual or individuals to be contacted. DO NOT BROADCAST.
• Police Officer(s) making a death notification shall ascertain with certainty that the
individual concerned is the individual to whom the notification shall be given
• Officers should attempt to have a relative or friend present at the time of notification
• Officers should utilize tact and diplomacy when notifying family or friends of a death.
Particular consideration should be used when the individual informed is elderly or in
poor health
• Officers should, when appropriate, have the individual seated prior to notification
• Pertinent instructions for the individual being notified (such as who to contact, where,
when, phone numbers, et cetera) shall be provided in written from by the officer after
he/she has personally made the notification
• When notifications are requested by the Los Angeles County Coroner’s Office, it is
required that the Coroner’s Officer be immediately informed by the watch commander
of the disposition at telephone number (213) 343 0711, or (213) 343 0714
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Death notifications are not made by letter or telephone, except with the authorization
of the watch commander and only in situations where in person notification is
impossible, or the family is already aware of the death and is only awaiting positive
identification
• Officers shall use courtesy and compassion when making a death notification
7.1.29 ANIMAL BITES
Reporting Bites
Long Beach Animal Control acts on behalf of the Long Beach Health Department,
receiving reports of animal bites and posting quarantines.
Citizens who are bitten or scratched by an animal, and doctors and hospitals that treat
bite victims are required by law to report the bite to their local Health Department or
Animal Control agency.
Citizens, doctors or hospital who contact members of the Police Department to report
bites should be advised to call Animal Control during regular business hours, 0800 to
1700 hours on weekdays and 0800 to 1600 hours on Saturday at telephone number 570
7387. Sunday, Animal Control may be reached during the day 1000 to 1600 hours at the
same number.
The aforementioned does not apply if unusual bite circumstances are involved requiring
immediate response from police and/or Animal Control.
Animal Control will handle animal bites that apply to the following circumstances:
• Bites that occur in the City of Long Beach involving Long Beach animals
• Bites that occur in the City of Long Beach, but the animal lives outside the City
• Bites that occur outside the City of Long Beach, but the animal lives in Long Beach
Routine Bites – Procedures for Handling & Reporting
A routine bite is one where the animal bites a person (minor bite), the animal owner’s
address is known and the animal is confined.
Routine bites are to be reported to Animal Control at telephone number 570 7387 during
business hours, 1000 to 1700 hours weekdays and 0800 to 1600 hours on Saturday. A
bite report will be taken and an Animal Control Officer will follow it up and quarantine the
animal.
For Animal Control Officer Assistance
If Animal Control assistance is needed during the day hours, 0800 to 1700 hours, Animal
Control Officers will be dispatched from the Animal Control Center to the location.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Between the hours of 1530 and 0800, one Animal Control Officer is on-duty and may be
contacted until 1700 hours at telephone number 570 7387 and after 1700 hours through
the communications center.
Police Assistance
Police Assistance is needed when requested by Animal Control Officers for back up or
when an animal is attacking people and causing an immediate hazard to the community.
Unusual Bites
• Cases involving severe wounds caused by dogs or other animals
• Cases involving animal bites about the neck or head of the victim
• Cases involving bites caused by skunks, fox or coyotes
An all-out effort should be made to locate the biting animals in the situations described
above. It is very important to locate stray animals involved in bites.
Loose/Stray/Free Roaming Animals
Usually police officers will either provide assistance for Animal Control Officers or just
keep the peace.
Citizens who have questions on the aforementioned should be referred to Animal Control
at 570 7387.
7.1.30 POST STORAGE HEARING (PSH)
Revised November 19, 2020
The Patrol Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed November 19, 2020
California Vehicle Code (CVC) § 22852, requires an agency that stores vehicles to have
a PSH process to determine the validity of a storage. This hearing will be conducted
within 48 hours of the request, excluding weekends and holidays. The agency employing
the person who directed the storage will be responsible for the costs incurred for towing
and storage, if it is determined in the PSH that reasonable grounds for storage were not
established.
CVC § 22655.5(c) dictates that an impounded vehicle shall be released to the owner and
all fees waived whenever the vehicle was taken as evidence in a crime and there is no
indication that the owner was involved in the crime, has participated in the crime, or
loaned the vehicle knowing it was to be used in the crime. CVC §22655.5(c) also requires
that the costs of towing and storage shall be borne by the agency ordering the
impoundment.
Impounding is discouraged if the registered owner of the vehicle is not involved and there
are other satisfactory means of preserving the evidence of vehicle use with the exception
of vehicles impounded for §14602.6 CVC.
7.1.30.1 FEE WAIVER REQUEST
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Revised November 19, 2020
During normal business hours, any request to waive tow or storage fees shall be directed
to the Collision Investigation Detail (CID). An Authorization to Waive Storage and/or
Towing Fees (PD Form 4100.024) form shall be completed when towing or storage fees
are waived.
Fees may be waived under the following circumstances:
• A vehicle has been improperly stored or impounded due to error or invalid information.
• The Department failed to notify the registered owner of the storage causing additional
storage fees to incur.
• Special circumstances exist causing the Watch Commander or CID Lieutenant to
waive all or part of the towing or storage fees.
7.1.30.2 COLLISION INVESTIGATION DETAIL (CID) RESPONSIBILITY
Revised November 19, 2020
CID is responsible for the following:
• Conducting all PSHs during normal business hours.
• Contacting Fleet Services Division, Towing Operations regarding additional holds on
the vehicle.
• If a crime is involved, contact the applicable Detective Division Lieutenant for waiver
approval.
• If storage is deemed invalid or fees should be waived, contact the CID Sergeant or
Lieutenant for waiver approval.
• Conduct monthly post storage reviews.
7.1.30.3 WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITY
Revised November 19, 2020
The Watch Commander is responsible for the following:
• Conducting a PSH if exigent circumstances exist where there is an immediate need
to release a vehicle or refer non-exigent PSH requests to CID.
• Approve waiver requests.
• Ensure the original form is routed to the Patrol Bureau.
• Ensure that a copy of the form is sent to the Fleet Services tow yard.
7.1.30.4 PATROL BUREAU RESPONSIBLITY
Revised November 19, 2020
The Patrol Bureau Deputy Chief, or designee will ensure that the Authorization to Waive
Storage and/or Fees form is reviewed, and the original forwarded to CID for document
retention.
7.1.31 MARIJUANA POSSESSION - ISSUANCE OF CITATIONS
Revision: February 9, 2009
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The following procedures shall apply when citing subjects in possession of one ounce or
less of marijuana. If the offender is not driving a motor vehicle, he/she shall be cited using
Section 11357(b) of the Health & Safety Code.
The date to appear for arraignment in Municipal Court shall be set for 1300 hours on the
60th day following the date on which the citation was issued. If the 60th day falls on a
weekend or legal holiday, the court date shall be set for the first business day following
that weekend or legal holiday.
A DR Follow-up and an Evidence Report shall be filed with each citation issued. In the
event that a subject in possession of one ounce or less of marijuana is the driver of a
vehicle, he/she shall be cited using Section 23222(b) of the California Vehicle Code. The
procedure used in completing the associated paper work will be similar to that used for
citing under Section 11357(b) H&S. If the driver is cited for additional Vehicle Code
violations, he/she will be cited on the same citation, and a follow up must be included for
the 23222(b) charge.
7.1.31.1 Medical Marijuana – Proposition 215 – The Compassionate Use Act of
1996
Background
In October 2003 new State Legislation (SB420) was signed which clarified the scope and
application of the Compassionate Use Act of 1996. Proposition 215 allows the medicinal
use of marijuana by ill Californians where such use would be beneficial in the treatment
of any illness where marijuana would provide relief. The rights granted to "patients" also
extend to persons identified as patient "caregivers."
In addition, the State Department of Health Services (SDHS) must establish a voluntary
program for the issuance of medical marijuana identification cards to qualified patients.
These identification cards and guidelines have yet to be developed by the SDHS;
however, the new laws are in effect.
Purpose
The purpose of this manual section is to provide officers with procedures related to
enforcing marijuana laws when the issue of medical possession has been presented. This
procedure is not intended to discourage illegal drug enforcement in the city of Long
Beach. In contrast, the procedure is to provide clear direction for a convoluted law.
Procedure
This procedure does not apply to those incidents where there is evidence of
possession of marijuana for sale. This activity does not fall under the medical
marijuana criteria. In these incidents, the suspect will be arrested and the
contraband seized.
It is not incumbent on a police officer to inquire whether a suspect cultivating, possessing,
or using marijuana is doing so for medicinal purposes. It is the responsibility of the suspect
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
to claim an affirmative defense under the law as either a “qualified patient” or “caregiver’.
Should the person make such a claim, the officer should detain the person and conduct
an investigation.
Upon encountering a person (patient or caregiver) in possession of medical marijuana
and the person has “oral or written documentation” authorizing medical use of the drug,
an officer shall:
• Request a field supervisor respond to the location
• Contact the attending physician to verify authorization
– When verification cannot be accomplished, document such in the Incident Report
– If authorization is verified, officers should not ask any further questions of a medical
nature
• File an Incident Report detailing circumstances of the incident. The report will include
information received from asking the following questions of a “qualified patient”:
– Are you taking medication and if so, what medication?
– For what condition are you taking medication?
– What is the name, office address and office telephone number of the prescribing
physician?
– What is the duration of treatment?
• The report will include information received from asking the following questions of a
“primary caregiver”:
– For whom are you a primary caregiver?
– How long have you been a primary caregiver?
– What type of primary caregiver services do you provide?
– For what condition is the patient being treated?
– What is the name, office address and office telephone number of the prescribing
physician?
If after a thorough investigation, officers and supervisor determine that a person is in
possession of marijuana for medical reasons as described and authorized under the law,
the marijuana shall not be seized. In lieu of arrest or citation, the officer shall file an
Incident Report documenting the contact and actions.
If the person does not claim a medical affirmative defense, the investigation will be
handled in the normal manner. Possession of marijuana is still illegal in the State
of California.
Upon encountering a person claiming to be in possession of medical marijuana and the
possession is questionable, officers shall follow the same investigative procedure as
described for persons with oral or written authorization. If after a thorough investigation,
officers and supervisor determine that a person is not in possession of marijuana for
medical reasons as described and authorized under the law, the Watch Commander will
be notified and respond to the scene.
The Watch Commander shall evaluate the facts and exercise the discretion required to
resolve the incident in accordance with this policy.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
If enforcement action is necessary, officers shall not arrest the individual without the
approval of the Watch Commander. Officers should obtain the necessary information to
complete an Incident Report that will be forwarded to the appropriate prosecuting agency
for consideration.
If a court orders the return of marijuana to a person who has successfully established a
medical marijuana defense and the department is ordered to return the seized marijuana,
the officer handling the marijuana will have immunity from liability.
Procedure for Return of Marijuana
• Only the property sergeant can release marijuana
− The subject receiving a court order for return of marijuana must take the order
to the detective handling the case
− The detective will fill out the Department’s release form which must then be
signed by the Division Lieutenant, the Division Commander and the Bureau
Chief
− The signed form is faxed to property sergeant
− The subject is notified that he has 90 days to pick up his marijuana or it will
be destroyed
Health & Safety (H&S) Laws Related to Medical Marijuana
H&S §11362.5 provides that seriously ill Californians have the right to obtain and use
marijuana for medical purposes where that medical use is deemed appropriate and has
been recommended by a physician. It also ensures that patients, and their primary
caregivers, who cultivate, possess and use marijuana for medical purposes upon the oral
or written recommendation of a physician are not subject to criminal prosecution or
sanction.
H&S §11362.71(a) requires the State Department of Health Services (SDHS) to establish
a voluntary program for the issuance of medical marijuana identification cards to qualified
patients and would establish procedures under which a qualified patient with an
identification card may use marijuana for medical purposes. However, a qualified patient
need not possess such an identification card in order to claim protection by the act. The
SDHS has yet to work out the procedures for issuing of identification cards and our Health
Department is awaiting their guidelines before acting.
H&S §11362.71(e) states that no person or designated primary caregiver in possession
of a valid identification card shall be subject to arrest for possession, transportation,
delivery, or cultivation of medical marijuana in the established amount, unless there is
reasonable cause to believe that the information contained in the card is false, falsified,
the card has been obtained by fraud, or the person is otherwise in violation of the
provisions of this article. Subsection (f) states that it is not necessary for a person to obtain
an identification card in order to claim protections of H&S §11362.5.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
H&S §11362.71(g) defines an Identification Card. Identification Card means a document
issued by the State Department of Health Services. The document identifies a person
authorized to engage in the medical use of marijuana.
H&S §11362.735 (a) an identification card issued by the county health department shall
be serially numbered and shall contain all of the following:
• A unique user identification number of the cardholder
• The date of expiration of the identification card
• The name and telephone number of the county health department or the county's
designee that has approved the application
• A 24-hour, toll-free telephone number, to be maintained by the department, that will
enable state and local law enforcement officers to have immediate access to
information necessary to verify the validity of the card
• Photo identification of the cardholder
(b) A separate identification card shall be issued to the person's designated primary
caregiver, if any, and shall include a photo identification of the caregiver.
H&S §11362.77 establishes that:
• A qualified patient or primary caregiver may possess no more than eight ounces of dried
marijuana per qualified patient
• A qualified patient or primary caregiver may also maintain no more than six mature or
12 immature marijuana plants per qualified patient
• If the qualified patient or primary caregiver has a doctor’s recommendation that this
quantity does not meet the qualified patient’s needs, the qualified patient or primary
caregiver may possess an amount of marijuana consistent with the patient’s needs
H&S §11362.785(a) states the law does not require accommodation of medical use of
marijuana at places of employment, or during the hours of employment, or on the
premises of any jail.
H&S §11362.79 states the law does not authorize the smoking of medical marijuana in
any place where smoking is prohibited by law; within 1,000 feet of a school, recreation
center or youth center unless the use occurs within a residence; on a school bus; while
in a motor vehicle that is being operated; or while operating a boat.
Definitions
“Qualified Patient” H&S §11362.7(f) – To qualify as a patient, a person must be a
seriously ill California resident and have been examined by a physician, where the
physician has determined that the specific patient’s health would benefit from marijuana
as a treatment for a specific illness.
“Serious Medical Condition” H&S §11362.7(h) – means all of the following:
• Acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS)
• Anorexia
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Arthritis
• Cachexia
• Cancer
• Chronic Pain
• Glaucoma
• Migraine
• Persistent muscle spasms, including, but not limited to, spasm associated with multiple
sclerosis
• Seizures, including, but not limited to, seizures associated with epilepsy
• Severe nausea
• Any other chronic or persistent medical symptom that either:
– Substantially limits the ability of the person to conduct one or more major life
activities as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
– If not alleviated, may cause serious harm to the patient's safety or physical or mental
health
“Primary Caregiver” H&S §11362.7(d) – means the individual designated by the person
exempted under H&S §11362.5 who has consistently assumed responsibility for the
housing, health, or safety of that person.
“Written Documentation” H&S §11362.7(i) – means accurate reproductions of those
portions of a patient's medical records that have been created by the attending physician
stating that the subject has been diagnosed with a serious medical condition and that the
medical use of marijuana is appropriate.
“Acceptable” amount of marijuana for qualified patients to possess – eight (8) ounces of
dried marijuana and up to six (6) mature or twelve (12) immature plants unless the patient
or primary caregiver has a doctor’s recommendation stating that the patients need is
great.
• Business Forms – Any group that is collectively or cooperatively cultivating and
distributing marijuana for medical purpose should be organized and operated in a
manner that ensures the security of the crop and safeguards against diversion for non-
medical purposes. There is to be no profit from the sale of marijuana whether it is a
collective, cooperative or individuals distributing marijuana.
7.1.33 DRUGS FOR K-9 RECOGNITION TRAINING
The K-9 Unit shall provide the Crime Lab with an estimate of annual controlled substance
requirements. This request shall be completed during the annual budget preparation (B-
prep) process. Amounts of controlled substances requisitioned for K-9 training shall be
kept to a minimum.
The Crime Lab will obtain the needed controlled substances by purchase, transfer from
closed cases (court order secured by K-9 Unit sergeant), or transfer from other agencies.
Controlled substances shall be maintained in a secured and inventory controlled
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
environment by the crime lab. (Purchase shall be the option only when all other avenues
have been exhausted.)
Release of Controlled Substances
As needed, the Deputy Chief, Patrol Bureau, shall prepare a memorandum to the Deputy
Chief, Investigations Bureau, with approval of the Chief of Police, requesting the transfer
of controlled substances from the Crime Lab to the K-9 Lieutenant or designee. This
transfer request shall specify the type of drug, packaging size and number of packages
needed. Due to security and toxicity, a minimum size package of drugs shall be used for
K-9 training.
To assure accountability prior to transfer, the controlled substance shall be documented
as to its weight and purity. The Crime Lab shall maintain a representative sample of
weight and purity documentation for future comparison.
Transfer of all controlled substances shall be documented. The documented release shall
be prepared and signed by the issuing criminalist and signed by the receiving officer. The
release shall document the type of drug, weight, and number of packages. The Crime
Lab shall maintain the original “Document of Release”. Copies shall be provided to the
receiving officer, Chief of Police, Deputy Chief of Detective Bureau, Deputy Chief of Patrol
Bureau and Crime Lab.
K-9 Accountability
All controlled substances shall be distributed to K-9 officers by the K-9 Lieutenant. Each
package of controlled substance shall be labeled with the receiving officer’s name, date
of issuance and shall be initialed by the receiving K-9 officer. The K-9 Lieutenant shall
maintain a log, which documents the receiving officer’s name, date, time, amount of
packages, and type of drug issued. A copy of this log shall be provided to each officer
and maintained with the controlled substance.
All controlled substances in the K-9 officer’s possession not being used for training
purposes shall be maintained in a locked metal box secured within the trunk of the officer’s
vehicle.
All controlled substances possessed by K-9 officers shall be inspected monthly by the K-
9 sergeant and a report filed to the Deputy Chief, Patrol Bureau.
All losses or destruction/damage to controlled substances shall be reported immediately
to the K-9 supervisor. The K-9 supervisor shall file a memorandum to the Deputy Chief,
Patrol Bureau, relative to the loss or destruction/damage and forward a copy to the Chief
of Police.
Return of Controlled Substances to the Crime Lab
The K-9 Lieutenant shall return all expired, or no longer needed, controlled substances
to the Crime Lab. The Deputy Chief, Patrol Bureau, shall prepare a memorandum to the
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Crime Lab documenting the type of controlled substances and number of packages being
returned.
The receiving Criminalist shall compare the returned drugs to the memorandum of
returned controlled substances and sign the memorandum if they are in agreement. A
copy of the “documented return” shall be provided to the K-9 Lieutenant, Chief of Police,
Deputy Chief of Investigations Bureau, and Crime Lab.
All returned packages shall be inspected for broken seals or tampering. Quantitative
analysis shall be performed on all returned packages. Once the returned controlled
substances have been tested and their contents confirmed, they shall be transferred to
property for destruction. A copy of the Laboratory Analysis shall be forwarded to the Chief
of Police, Deputy Chief of Detective Bureau, and Deputy Chief of Patrol Bureau.
Training
The K-9 Lieutenant shall be responsible for training K-9 officers on the proper handling of
controlled substances.
7.1.34 POLICE OFFICERS ASSOCIATION (POA) DIRECTORS SPEAKING AT
SQUAD MEETINGS
It shall be the policy of the Long Beach Police Department to allow POA Directors address
the Patrol Division squad meetings under the following conditions:
• The POA Director shall obtain permission to address the squad meeting from the
ranking Patrol Command Officer on-duty. Permission and topic advisement shall be
accomplished prior to the beginning of the squad meetings
• At the conclusion of the regular squad meeting, the ranking Patrol Command Officer
shall announce that a member of the Board of Directors of the POA will make a
presentation. Attendance is not mandatory
• Presentations by POA Directors shall not exceed 10 minutes unless permission is
granted by the ranking Patrol Command Officer on-duty. The POA director shall not
speak to a point that would cause delay in relief of the Watch going off-duty
• Topics shall be related to wages, hours and working conditions
• At no time shall a POA Director ridicule members or organizational units of the
Department by name. This does not preclude legitimate constructive criticism
regarding police departmental policies, practices and procedures
The above procedures shall be subject to the existing grievance procedure.
7.1.35 RIDE-ALONG OBSERVER PROGRAM
Revised November 19, 2020
The Patrol Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed November 19, 2020
This policy provides guidelines for the Ride-Along Observer Program. The program
provides an opportunity for eligible citizens to experience law enforcement functions
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
firsthand by accompanying a uniformed police officer during a work shift. Ride-along
observers will be limited to riding in marked police cars, aircraft, and vessels.
This program may be suspended during special events, occasions where resources are
at a premium or during instances of a tactical alert, citywide emergency, or at the sole
discretion of the Chief of Police, his or her designee, or the Patrol Bureau.
7.1.35.1 ELIGIBILITY – COMMUNITY MEMBERS
Revised November 19, 2020
A ride-along may be denied or an applicant disqualified from participation for any of, but
not limited to, the following reasons:
1) Outstanding warrants,
2) Convicted, under indictment, or currently charged with any felony offense,
3) Convicted for any sexual related offense,
4) Convicted for any domestic violence related offense,
5) Suspended driver's license,
6) Applicant is a named suspect in a crime report by any law enforcement agency,
7) Applicant is a known member of, or associated with any person or organization that
advocates hatred, prejudice, or oppression of any person or group or which
disseminates such material,
8) Applicant is a known member of, or associated with any organization, association,
movement, or group which advocates the commission of acts of force or violence to
deny others of their rights under the Constitution of the United States, or which seeks
to alter the form of government of the United States by unconstitutional means,
9) Any other indications of criminal history or criminal involvement,
10) Persons under the age of fifteen (15) shall not be permitted to participate,
11) Persons who have a pending lawsuit against the City of Long Beach or Police
Department shall not be allowed to ride as an observer while the lawsuit is active,
12) The Chief of Police, or designee, may deny a ride-along at his or her sole discretion.
7.1.35.2 ELIGIBILITY – CIVILIAN EMPLOYEES, LAW ENFORCEMENT
VOLUNTEERS, OR OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES
Revised November 19, 2020
On-duty LBPD civilian employees may ride as an observer with the approval of their
supervisor; a signed waiver is not required.
Off-duty LBPD civilian employees may ride as an observer; a signed waiver is required.
Long Beach Police Department employees shall not ride as an observer while on IOD,
modified duty, transitional duty, during a suspension, or under administrative or criminal
investigation.
Active Police or Search and Rescue Explorers must have permission from their Explorer
Advisor or Post Coordinator prior to participation in a ride-along.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Sworn or civilian employees from other law enforcement agencies may ride with on-duty
LBPD employees only if they are engaged in active operations and approved by the Patrol
Bureau.
If an off-duty peace officer from another law enforcement agency wishes to ride as an off-
duty observer, they must comply with all regulations set out in this policy as a citizen
observer. If such a ride-along is permitted, the off-duty peace officer shall not be
considered on-duty and shall not represent themselves as a peace officer or participate
in any law enforcement activity except as emergency circumstances require.
7.1.35.3 REQUESTING A RIDE-ALONG
Revised November 19, 2020
The Patrol Bureau is responsible for evaluating all potential ride-along participants for
eligibility. Once eligibility has been determined the ride-along will be scheduled as
follows:
1) The Patrol Bureau will schedule any citizen request to ride with a Patrol Bureau
resource.
2) The Patrol Bureau will evaluate for eligibility, any citizen request to ride with any LBPD
resource. Once preliminarily approved, the Patrol Bureau will forward the request to
the appropriate bureau for final approval and scheduling.
3) The Office of the Chief of Police has the sole discretion to approve special and/or VIP
requests to ride.
Eligible citizens may participate in a ride-along once every six (6) months, unless
otherwise approved by the Patrol Bureau.
Participants of Department programs such as Police Explorers, Senior Police Partners,
Police Chaplains, or other similar programs may participate more frequently with the
approval of the Patrol Bureau.
7.1.35.4 RIDE-ALONG WAIVERS
Revised November 19, 2020
All ride-along participants shall complete and sign a Ride-Along Waiver Form prior to the
start of the ride-along.
In order to maintain consistency and proper recordkeeping of the Ride-Along Observer
Program, signed waivers for all ride-along participants shall be forwarded to the Patrol
Bureau; this includes waivers for ride-along participants personally known to and
arranged by an employee.
The Patrol Bureau will retain all signed Ride-Along Waiver Forms for two years.
7.1.35.5 RIDE-ALONG GUIDELINES
Revised November 19, 2020
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The following guidelines will apply to all ride-alongs:
1) Only one ride-along participant may accompany a unit at a time, unless otherwise
approved by a supervisor.
2) When an employee is transporting a prisoner in a one-officer unit with a security
screen, the ride-along participant shall ride in the front.
a) Employees with a ride-along participant may not transport a prisoner in a car
not equipped with a security screen.
3) A ride-along may not accompany any probationary employee.
7.1.35.6 RIDE-ALONG PARTICIPANT RULES
Revised November 19, 2020
If a ride-along observer violates any direction of the host officer, or a ride-along is
terminated, the host officer shall immediately notify a supervisor. The supervisor will
ensure that the Patrol Bureau is notified regarding the circumstances of the ride-along
termination.
7.1.35.7 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised November 19, 2020
Officers will provide the ride-along participant with an identification badge at the start of
the ride-along. It is the officer’s responsibility to collect the identification badge at the end
of the ride-along. Officers will ensure that the ride-along participant, or his or her parent
or legal guardian, has signed the Ride-Along Waiver Form prior to starting the ride-along.
Officers will provide the ride-along participant with a copy of the ride-along participation
rules prior to starting the ride-along.
Officers will notify Communications or indicate in their unit history the presence of a ride-
along.
7.1.36 WORKPLACE VIOLENCE INVOLVING CITY EMPLOYEES
PURPOSE
The purpose of this addendum is to establish policy and procedure relative to the
response documentation of any City employee involved in a potential or actual workplace
violence incident.
POLICY
In an effort to more effectively respond to potential or actual workplace violence incidents
where city employees are involved as victims or suspects, the following policy will apply:
• A unit and a sergeant will be dispatched to the scene
• The unit, under the supervision of the sergeant, will investigate the incident, determine
whether a crime has been committed, and ensure that all appropriate reports are filed
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• The sergeant will ensure that, as a minimum level, a memorandum is filed and/or a
copy of all other related reports are forwarded to the Chief of Police prior to his/her
end of watch
• If the incident occurs Monday through Friday between 0800-1700 hours, the Chief of
Police will be notified telephonically by the assigned field sergeant at the incident
• The Watch Commander will be notified and cause an entry to be made in the Watch
Commander’s log
7.1.37 ARRESTS BY CITY SECURITY OFFICERS
Revised May 1, 1998
PURPOSE
The purpose of this General Order is to define policy and procedure relating to the
responsibility and/or authority of security officers. This includes security officers
employed by the Police, Public Works/Airport and Harbor Departments and park rangers
employed by the Parks, Recreation and Marine Department. The policy pertains to
transporting, booking, and filing Incident and Arrest Reports.
POLICY
Each department (Police, Public Works/Airport, Harbor, and Parks, Recreation and
Marine) derives its power of arrest from various provisions of the California Penal Code,
the Long Beach Municipal Code, and the Code of Federal Regulations. These
departments are not equal in regard to their powers to arrest, detain, or transport subjects.
JAIL DIVISION SECURITY OFFICERS (DETENTION OFFICERS) - POLICE
DEPARTMENT
Detention Officers (Security Officers) in the Jail Division are Custodial Officers as
described in Section 831 (a) of the Penal Code. A custodial officer is a public officer, not
a peace officer, who has the authority and responsibility for maintaining the custody of
prisoners and performs tasks related to the operation of a local detention facility. Penal
Code Section 831 (b) states that a custodial officer shall have no right to carry or possess
firearms in the performance of his or her prescribed duties.
Police Powers
Private citizen arrest powers. Jail Division Custodial Officers (Security Officers) do not
have peace officer powers of arrest. Section 831 (f) of the Penal Code states that
custodial officers may make arrests for misdemeanors and felonies within the Jail Division
pursuant to a warrant.
MARINE PATROL SECURITY OFFICERS - POLICE DEPARTMENT
Security officers employed by the Police Department are not peace officers within the
meaning of the Penal Code. Police Department security officers have the power to make
a "citizen’s arrest" pursuant to Penal Code Section 837.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Limited Police Powers
• Private citizen arrest powers, however, can issue citations and complete Incident and
Arrest Reports pertaining to citations.
• Will not transport - Long Beach Police Department will transport.
• All reports involving arrests, as well as serious and sensitive reports, will be filed by
Long Beach Police Department police officers.
CITY HALL SECURITY OFFICERS - POLICE DEPARTMENT
City Hall security officers employed by the Police Department are not peace officers within
the meaning of the Penal Code. Police Department security officers have the power to
make a "citizen’s arrest" pursuant to Penal Code Section 837.
Limited Police Powers
• Private citizen arrest powers pursuant to Penal Code Section 837.
• Will not transport - Long Beach Police Department will transport.
• The Long Beach Police Department will file all reports.
SUB-STATION SECURITY OFFICERS - POLICE DEPARTMENT
Sub-station security officers employed by the Police Department are not peace officers
within the meaning of the Penal Code. Police Department security officers have the
power to make a "citizen’s arrest" pursuant to Penal Code Section 837.
Limited Police Powers
• Private citizen arrest powers pursuant to Penal Code Section 837.
• Can transport, if equipped and trained.
• All reports involving arrests, as well as serious and sensitive reports, will be filed by
Long Beach Police Department police officers.
AIRPORT SECURITY OFFICERS - PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
See Special Order – Airport SSO 8-2-19
HARBOR SECURITY OFFICERS - HARBOR DEPARTMENT
Security officers employed by the Harbor Department are not peace officers within the
meaning of the Penal Code. However, Penal Code Section 836.5 empowers Harbor
Department security officers to make misdemeanor arrests when authorized to do so by
local ordinance. Harbor Department Ordinances 1295 and 1401 set forth numerous
Vehicle Code, Penal Code and Long Beach Municipal Code sections that are to be
enforced by Harbor Department security officers. In addition, the security officers have
the power to make a 'citizen's arrest" pursuant to Penal Code Section 837.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
When an arrest is made by Harbor Department security officers, pursuant to Penal Code
Section 836.5, the security officer generally is obligated to "cite and release”. If the
arrestee demands to be taken immediately before a Magistrate, the Long Beach police
will respond to transport. In the case of a citizen’s arrest, the Harbor Department security
officer should detain the suspect until the Long Beach police officer(s) arrives to provide
the necessary transportation.
In most instances, it would be inappropriate for Harbor Department security officers to
transport arrestees. There is no specific authorization in the Penal Code for such
transportation and, in many cases, issues of employee safety would preclude such
transportation.
Limited Police Powers
• Private citizen arrest powers, however, can issue citations and complete Incident and
Arrest Reports pertaining to citations.
• Will not transport - Long Beach Police Department will transport.
• Long Beach Police Department officers will file all reports involving arrests, as well as
serious and sensitive reports.
PARK RANGERS - PARKS, RECREATION AND MARINE DEPARTMENT
• Park Rangers are "peace officers” pursuant to Section 830.31(b) of the Penal Code.
Peace officer status for Park Rangers is also recognized in Section 16.16.080 of the
Long Beach Municipal Code.
• Full Police Powers - Limited to Designated City Parks Only While On-Duty (Per City
Policy)
• Can make detentions and arrests while providing peace officer services at
designated City parks.
• Can transport, if equipped and trained.
• Will take own reports (both Incident and Arrest Reports).
PROCEDURE
If the Police Department is requested to respond and assist the involved City park ranger
or security officer(s), the responding police officer should carefully evaluate the
information and, if necessary, follow through with the investigation and take the
appropriate action.
If the involved City security officer does not have the level of training or ability to complete
reports at an acceptable level, the Police Department will assume responsibility and
ensure the reports are properly completed in a timely manner. Should a conflict arise, a
police supervisor will be dispatched and have the ultimate responsibility and authority to
resolve conflicts.
The Report Review Sergeant is responsible for ensuring all forms are complete and
accurate prior to the security officer going back in service after an arrest.
7.1.38 CODE 7 (MEAL) POLICY
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The following Code 7 guidelines are meant to ensure adequate patrol coverage and
address officer safety considerations.
Officer’s requests for a meal period shall be approved if:
• The request is not within the first 45 or last 45 minutes of the shift
• There are no priority 1 calls holding in the division
• The request does not exceed the maximum number of units allowed per division:
− South Division: 2 units
− East Division: 2 units
− North Division: 2 units
− West Division: 2 units
• Other division units are available for dispatch
• The primary or secondary units within a beat are not already Code 7
Code 7 locations:
• Ten minutes of travel time shall be allowed after receiving clearance
• Thirty minutes shall be allowed for the meal break
• Meals shall be taken within the officer’s beat or a neighboring beat
• The Code 7 location will be identified by exact address and business name
• The only exception is Code 7 at home. If the residence is within the guidelines, the
location may be reported as “Code 7H”
• Officers shall monitor the radio while on meal break
• No more than two units are allowed to eat at the same location at the same time
• Deviations from this policy shall be approved by the field or communications
supervisor and noted in the supervisor’s daily log.
Audit Responsibility
The Patrol Bureau will monitor compliance with this section.
7.1.39 FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM
Section numbers revised October 24, 2014
7.1.39.1 PHASE I - ACADEMY
Reviewed by Training Division January 21, 2020
The evaluation of a Police Recruit while at the Academy is the responsibility of the
Training Division.
7.1.39.2 PHASE II – FIELD TRAINING & EVALUATION PROGRAM
Field Training Program
The Department shall maintain a Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) approved
Field Training Program as required by the POST Administrative Manual Procedure D-13
– Field Training.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Program Description
The Field Training Program is designed to educate, evaluate and supervise Police Officer
Trainees and Field Training Officers. The Field Training Program's role is as follows:
• Select Field Training Officers
• Train Field Training Officers (FTO)
• Supervise Police Officer Trainees
Program Requirements
• The Police Officer Trainee shall have successfully completed a Regular Basic Course
• The Field Training Program shall be delivered over a 52-week period and be based
on structured learning content approved by POST
• The Program shall have a Field Training Supervisor – Administrator - Coordinator
who:
– Has been awarded or is eligible for a POST Supervisory Certificate or has been
appointed by the Chief of Police and;
– Has successfully completed a POST certified Field Training
Supervisor/Administrator/Coordinator Course prior to or within 12 months of
appointment, promotion or transfer to position
Field Training Officers shall meet the following criteria:
• Possess a POST Basic Certificate
• Have a minimum of four years’ general law enforcement uniformed patrol experience
(exceptions to the time limit can be approved by the FTO staff); and
• Been selected using a Department-specific selection process; and
• Successfully completed a POST certified Field Training Course
FTO Divisional Sergeants
• Directly supervise and monitor FTOs and their trainees within their Division
• Read all DORs filed on trainees in their Division and keep FTO Coordinator and
Administrator apprised of the results
• Attend bi-weekly meetings
FTO Selection Process
A selection committee will convene to select potential Field Training Officers. The
selection committee will consist of the following:
• Field Training Program Administrator (Lieutenant)
• Field Training Coordinator
• Four Division Field Training Program Sergeants
• An Academy representative
• A minimum of one peer FTO from each of the four patrol divisions
The selection committee will review each officer’s name and credentials for participation
in the Field Training Program. The committee must positively recommend each potential
FTO for the position.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The list of potential FTOs will be submitted to each of the four Patrol Division
Commanders for review and approval. The approved list of potential FTOs will then be
submitted to the Deputy Chief of Police, Patrol Bureau for final review and approval.
FTO Responsibilities
• Complete a daily, written evaluation on the recruit’s performance according to
standardized evaluation guidelines
• Provide remedial and weekly, in-service training using the recruit checklist
• Keep his/her FTO Sergeant apprised of the recruit’s progress
• Promptly notify his/her FTO Sergeant if the recruit exhibits a lack of performance in
the area of officer safety
• On an alternate week basis, the FTO shall prepare a verbal and written report on the
relative progress of the recruit officer and present this report to the training team in the
bi-weekly assessment session
Field Training Sergeant Responsibilities
• Schedule, supervise, and assist all field patrol units in accomplishing the overall police
mission in addition to the responsibilities of the Field Training Program
• Insure that the training and evaluation goals are accomplished. Various sources of
information must be utilized to achieve these goals. Daily observation reports and
oral communications will be used to summarize the recruit’s weekly progress. This
summary will be filed by the Sergeant each week
• Weekly review of the recruit’s training guide to determine if it is being used according
to the schedule provided
• Coordinate alternate week FTO meeting. The Sergeant will ensure that personnel
attend these meetings and bring all required documentation for the assessment
session. The Sergeant will assist the FTOs in areas of remedial training required by
the recruit officer
• Address areas of unsatisfactory work performance individually with trainees on an as
needed basis
Patrol Bureau Training Lieutenant Responsibilities
• Command responsibility for the Field Training and Evaluation Program. The
Lieutenant has staff responsibility for the supervision of all Field Training Sergeants
during the field training and evaluation of the recruit class
• Maintaining all records relative to the recruit’s development
• Coordinate with the Training Division areas of mutual responsibility
• Monitor the evaluation program
• Develop a recruit training guide for weekly in-service training and remedial training for
recruit officers
• Coordinate a bi-weekly meeting for FTOs to discuss the progress of trainees and
develop individual remedial training plan for recruits identified as having problems
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Oversee, review and evaluate the program and, if necessary, implement any
organizational changes during the period when recruits are not assigned to the Field
Training Program
• Ensure compliance with the POST Administrative Manual’s guidelines
Evaluation of the FTO
The Police Officer Trainee shall anonymously evaluate each assigned FTO at the end of
the Field Training Program.
Evaluation of the Field Training Program
The Police Officer Trainee shall anonymously evaluate the Field Training Program at the
end of the program.
Training Division Responsibilities
The Training Division shall provide input to the FTO Program by:
• Attending bi-weekly assessment meetings as requested by the Patrol Training
Lieutenant to provide transitional information from Phase I to Phase II of the recruit's
training
7.1.39.3 Phase III – Probationary Officer
A Phase III officer is a probationary officer who has successfully graduated from the
Academy and completed the requirements of the Field Training and Evaluation Program.
While on probation, the officer will have limited supervision and be under the functional
supervision of the Patrol Training Sergeant and Lieutenant. The following officers will
have supervisory responsibility over Phase III – Probationary Officers while in training.
Senior Patrol Officer
The Phase III recruit will be assigned, on a monthly basis, to a senior patrol officer who
must be a qualified FTO. The senior officer will provide a limited amount of supervision.
At the end of the month assignment, the senior officer will file an evaluation. The senior
officer has the responsibility to notify the assigned Patrol Sergeant if a problem arises
that should be resolved by remedial training, placing the recruit back into the Field
Training Program, or through administrative action.
FTO Divisional Sergeant
The FTO sergeant shall routinely evaluate the performance of the Phase III officer and
read the weekly reports by FTOs and summarize and grade their performance.
Field Training Lieutenant
The responsibility of the Field Training Lieutenant shall remain the same for Phase III
officers as it does for Phase II officers. The Field Lieutenant may return the Phase III
officer into Phase II at any time that he/she feels it would benefit the recruit officer and
the Department. The Lieutenant may call for an evaluation panel if termination of the
probationary officer appears necessary.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Recruit Evaluation Panel
The responsibility of the Recruit Evaluation Panel is to review the performance of recruits
working at a level unacceptable to the standards of the FTO Program. The Panel shall
meet on an as-needed basis and shall consist of the Deputy Chief of Patrol, the FTO
Administrator, FTO Coordinator and Academy Lieutenant. The Panel will review all of the
recruits training records and make a recommendation to the Chief of Police as to whether
or not the recruit should be dismissed.
The Recruit Evaluation Panel may recommend:
• Additional documentation or verbal statements from the FTO
• Remedial training
• Dismissal
• The Panel will then submit the recommendations to the Chief of Police for approval.
The Panel shall ensure that adequate documentation is provided to the Chief of Police
so that the Chief can make an immediate decision in situations where dismissal is
recommended
Security of Training Records
Probationary employees training records shall be maintained in a secure location within
the Patrol Bureau. Access to individual records shall be limited to Patrol Supervisors,
FTOs, and Field Training Supervisors. Trainees shall be permitted to review their own
records when supervised. Trainees may not review the records of other recruit officers.
Violation by a trainee can result in termination. Training records that are compiled during
the probationary period shall be transferred to the Training Division upon completion of
probation or, upon resignation or termination of the employee; the records shall be
transferred to the Personnel Division.
7.1.39.4 Patrol Sergeant & Lieutenant Field Training Program
All newly promoted sergeants and lieutenants assigned to the Patrol Bureau, and those
transferred from another bureau to the Patrol Bureau, are required to complete the Patrol
Sergeant Field Training Program or Patrol Lieutenant Field Training Program. The
training program is mandatory and scheduled immediately upon assignment to the Patrol
Bureau. A training matrix will be completed and the original will be maintained by the
Training Division, with copies to the employee’s divisional file and Personnel file.
Divisional Senior Sergeant & Lieutenant Responsibility
Newly-promoted or transferred Patrol Sergeants and Lieutenants will be assigned to a
Divisional senior sergeant or lieutenant for a period of not less than one work week (40
hours). The senior sergeant or lieutenant will be responsible for reviewing and
demonstrating all tasks and duties outlined in the appropriate training matrix.
Patrol Bureau Lieutenant Responsibility
The Patrol Bureau Lieutenant, assigned the responsibility of the Sergeant & Lieutenant
Field Training Program, will monitor the assignment and training progress of all
participants.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Patrol Division Commander Responsibility
Each Patrol Division Commander will be responsible for ensuring the affected sergeants
and lieutenants are assigned to the program and the required training and matrix is
completed.
7.1.39.5 Patrol Sergeant & Lieutenant Mentor Program
The program is designed to assist officers awaiting promotion while on a current sergeant
or lieutenant Civil Service eligibility list.
The goals of the Sergeant & Lieutenant Mentor Training Program are:
• Familiarize candidates with Patrol Bureau supervisory responsibilities
• Familiarize candidates with the department’s policies and procedures
• Familiarize candidates with basic supervisory tools that will enable them to make
effective decisions
The Sergeant & Lieutenant Mentor Program is voluntary and will be coordinated by a
lieutenant assigned by the Deputy Chief of Patrol. This person will:
• Identify candidates on the sergeant and/or lieutenant eligibility list who are likely to be
promoted
• Meet with the candidates and review the program to determine if the candidate wishes
to participate
• If the candidate chooses to participate, find a mutually agreed upon Mentor
• Plan the training program to meet the candidate’s needs
• The length of the mentoring process will also be tailored to the candidate’s needs
• The program will be coordinated with the candidate’s Division Commander
7.1.39.6 Patrol Officer Retraining
The Patrol Bureau is responsible for maintaining a standardized and proper level of
training for all assigned personnel. All officers returning to the Patrol Bureau for a
uniformed duty assignment shall participate in a re-acclimation, re-training program. This
is a mandatory duty assignment and all officers shall complete the assignment prior to
working in the field in a solo officer capacity.
Patrol Bureau Field Training Lieutenant’s Responsibility
• The Field Training Officer Program (FTO) Lieutenant will be notified by either
Personnel or the Patrol Bureau Deputy Chief of the pending transfer or return to patrol
of any officer from another assignment, extended leave or return from a leave of
absence
• The FTO Lieutenant will be responsible for evaluating and facilitating the necessary
training to re-acclimate officers returning to patrol from other duty assignments
• The FTO Lieutenant or FTO Coordinator Sergeant will meet with the officer that is
returning to determine the exact training needs of the individual
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Each returning officer who has not worked in patrol for more than one year will be
evaluated on an individual basis
Minimum guidelines are as follows:
• 40 hours of structured training is recommended for officers returning from other than
a semi-patrol related assignment (i.e., SES or GES)
• Officers returning from field enforcement assignments may not require a full 40-hour
re-acclimation period. It will be the discretion of the FTO Lieutenant to determine any
modification to the above referenced schedule
• Officers assigned to patrol retraining will be required to work with another senior officer
from their assigned watch, not necessarily an FTO
• Officers who provide this retraining will be eligible for FTO pay
• The FTO Lieutenant will be responsible for notifying the respective Division
Commander by memorandum for officer’s completion of training
Patrol Division Commander’s Responsibility
Each Patrol Division Commander is responsible for ensuring the affected officers are
assigned to the program and that the required training has been completed.
7.1.40 SPECIAL EVENTS
The Special Events unit coordinates the Police Department's involvement by providing
officers for preplanned community and commercial events such as security or traffic
control for parades, movie filming, sporting events, etc. The Special Events unit shall
maintain a fair system for identifying and contracting officers who wish to work an overtime
Special Events assignment. A written description of the selection procedures for working
a special event shall be contained within the Division Manual of the Field Support Division.
Duty Assignment
Once assigned by the Special Events Coordinator to work a Special Event it becomes a
temporary Patrol Bureau duty assignment and assigned personnel shall conform to all
Police Department rules and regulations. As with all duty assignments, personnel
assigned to a Special Event shall report to the assignment as instructed. Unless
instructed otherwise by Special events personnel, officers will wear the standard issue
Sam Browne and navy blue wool uniform.
Should an officer wish to cancel working a Special Event, that desire shall be made known
to the Special Events coordinator well in advance of the event so as to allow the
coordinator to find a replacement. In a non-emergency, the Special Events coordinator
is under no obligation to find a replacement if it is short notice. If the Special Events
coordinator is unable to find a replacement, the officer shall report to the Special Event
as instructed. An officer assigned to work a Special Event shall not arrange for a
substitute replacement.
7.1.41 PROPER USE OF THE SEGWAY
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Section 313 CVC - Defines the term "electric personal assistive mobility device" and
establishes that the two-wheeled SEGWAY transportation device is not a motor vehicle
and that it can be used on pedestrian walkways.
All personnel who are trained on the Segway follow the same rules and regulations as if
they were working Bike Patrol. Only those personnel trained on how to properly operate
the Segway shall be allowed to use it.
• All riders are required to wear bike helmet during operation of the Segway
• All riders are subject to the same California Vehicle Code sections as a bicyclist
• If ridden at night, the Segway must be equipped with a lighting system (similar to the
Night Rider System) that uses a nickel cadmium rechargeable battery system visible
from 300 ft. away
The following is prohibited on the Segway:
• Jumping off when the Segway is near or at top speed
• Any use of the Segway other than what is authorized or intended through applicable
policy and California Vehicle Codes
TRAFFIC (NOW INCORPORATED IN SECTION 7.4 ACCIDENT
INVESTIGATION)
7.1.42 PARADE PARTICIPATION
The Patrol Bureau has audit responsibility
Long Beach Police Department employees who wish to attend or participate in an authorized
community parade may do so with the following provisions:
• Approval to attend must be obtained from the employee’s Division Commander and
attendance must not require overtime. The employee will be allowed a maximum of four
hours for their participation, which includes any and all work-related activities performed
before or after the shift
• A maximum of six employees will be allowed to attend in an on-duty status (excluding
Command Staff) or may be permitted to adjust their schedules to attend. The adjusted
work hours must be completed within the same workweek
• Any employee wishing to attend, beyond the maximum allowed to attend on-duty, may
not participate in uniform and must be on a volunteer basis. If an employee participates
on their own time they must not wear any department related apparel
• Employee participation for a parade shall be coordinated through the Patrol Bureau Office
7.1.43 DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME
The following procedures will be used when modifying Patrol schedules to accommodate
daylight saving time. On the first Sunday in November, clocks will be moved back one
hour at 0200 hrs. On the second Sunday in March, clocks will be moved ahead one hour
at 0200 hrs.
FALL
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Watch I: The Watch will work a 10-hour shift. The end time of the shift will be
moved from 0745 to 0645
Watch II: The Watch will start their shift one hour earlier, 0550 instead of 0650,
and will have a new end of watch at 1545 instead of 1645
Watch III: The Watch will work their normal scheduled time
SPRING
Watch I: The Watch will work a 10-hour shift. The end time of the shift will be
moved from 0745 to 0845
Watch II: The Watch will work their normal scheduled time
Watch III: The Watch will work their normal scheduled time
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.2 CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION (CIS)
7.2.1 SUSPICIOUS ACTIVITY REPORTING (SAR) INCIDENTS POTENTIALLY
RELATED TO FOREIGN OR DOMESTIC TERRORISM
Revised July 1, 2013
The Investigations Bureau has audit responsibility.
PURPOSE
Current anti-terrorism philosophy embraces the concept that, in the United States, law
enforcement officers fill a critical position in terrorism prevention. Law enforcement
authorities must carry out counterterrorism responsibilities within a broader context of the
core mission of providing emergency and non-emergency services in order to prevent
crime, violence and disorder. In support of this, the Criminal Intelligence Section (CIS) is
engaging in an effort to more thoroughly gather, analyze and disseminate information and
observations, of either a criminal or suspicious nature, which may prove critical to the
intelligence cycle.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Long Beach Police Department to make every effort to accurately
and appropriately gather, record, and analyze information, which could indicate activity or
intentions related to terrorism. These efforts shall be carried out in a manner that protects
the information privacy and legal rights of Americans, and therefore such information shall
be recorded and maintained in strict compliance with existing federal, state and
department guidelines regarding Criminal Intelligence Systems (28 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR), part 23 and applicable California State Guidelines).
A Suspicious Activity Report (SAR) is used to document any reported or observed activity,
or any criminal act or attempted criminal act, which an officer believes may reveal a nexus
to terrorism. The information reported in a SAR may be the result of observations or
investigations by police officers, or may be reported by private parties.
Any employee receiving information regarding suspicious activity, with a potential nexus
to terrorism, shall investigate and take appropriate action, which may include a tactical
response or notification to specialized entities.
If the activity is not directly related to a reportable crime, employees shall submit a SAR
to CIS.
Should officers come across information that indicates possible terrorism related activity
while investigating a crime or incident, or conducting an impound or found property
investigation which is suspicious in nature, the officer shall make no mention of this
potential terrorism related activity or material in the written report. Under these
circumstances, the officer will file the main incident report, and a SAR. The officer shall
cross-reference the criminal investigation, impound or found property report in the SAR.
However, officers shall not cross-reference a SAR in any written police report.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
If the report involves an arrest or a crime with follow-up potential, officers shall
immediately notify CIS.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.3 COMMUNICATIONS
7.3.1 COMMUNICATIONS POLICIES
General Radio Procedures
• The Communications Division is authorized Patrol “Code 7” requests based on the
Patrol Bureau “Code 7” policy
• Relative to Disturbing the Peace Calls (415) when units are not available, nor
dispatched within one hour of the original request, Communications personnel will call
the citizen to determine if a police unit is still required
• The patrol Field Sergeant or any Patrol Command Officer directing the
Communications Division will have the final decision in all field-related matters. All
directions will be recorded in the call history of the affected calls and logged in the
Communication Division shift notes. This Division serves as a clearing and
coordinating center, but at no time will assume control over Field Sergeants or
Command Officers
Call Code Changes
The Communications Division will continue to dispatch priority calls based on existing
procedures with the following modifications:
Priority 1 Calls:
• 273.5 P Felony Spouse Beating in Progress
• 920C Missing Critical Child Under 12
• Unknown Trouble
• SHOTS Shots Fired – “Just Occurred” with Suspect Information, or exact location
known
• 242P Battery In Progress
• 246P Shooting Into an Inhabited Dwelling Just Occurred
Priority 2 Calls
• Child Concealment
• Arson
• CCW Carrying a Concealed Weapon
• 22500E Vehicle Blocking Driveway
• SHOTS – H - Shots Heard – No suspect description, exact location unknown
• 647F Intoxicated Person
• 10851R Stolen Vehicle Reports
Priority 3 Calls
• 5150 - Psycho Investigation Non-Violent
• 919 - Keep the Peace No Violence
• 920J - Missing or Found Juvenile Over 12 Years
• AST-NU - Assistance Request: Non-Urgent
• ACIT - Assist the Citizen: No Other Information
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• SHOTS – F - Possible Shots Heard in Area: No Further
Information/Information Only – No Unit Dispatched
Eliminated Calls:
• 921P Peeping Tom – 921 Call replaces this
• 500J BB Gun – handled in other calls
• 907B Baseball Game in Street
Channel Four Utilization
The Communications Division is responsible for coordinating and advising Patrol
personnel regarding radio channel utilization. In an effort to minimize radio channel
overcrowding, the following policy is to be implemented with the Communications Division
responsible to coordinate and allocate the use of all radio channels based upon need
from the field.
• Radio Channel Four is no longer to be utilized as a car-to-car channel by Department
personnel between 0600 and 2400 hours unless approved by Communications.
Channel Four is to be routinely utilized by the Special Investigations Division, Gang
Task Force, and in tactical situations when directed by a Field Sergeant of Command
Officer; or when specifically reserved through the Communications Supervisor for
special operations. Channel Four is not for general use by field personnel
7.3.2 KDT USAGE
Available radio airtime is a major concern. Officer safety can be adversely affected by
saturation of radio frequencies.
In an effort to provide increased radio airtime, the KDT shall be utilized as a primary
method of dispatch. It shall be used for official police communications only. Unless officer
safety is jeopardized, field officers are required to use their KDT’s to:
• Change location on a current call
• Go 10-15
• Check 10-97
• Look at their current call
• Check out of service
• Initiate field requests
• Clear calls for service (except calls involving information of a life-threatening nature,
suspect information or hazardous locations)
• Running subjects/vehicles
• Transmit business messages only
• Check-out on or clear “Code 7” (after obtaining 913 clearance from communications)
Non-business “to” messages are an FCC violation
Officers shall take KDT-equipped vehicles, when available, and promptly complete a
Vehicle Malfunction Form (PD Form 4300.002) for vehicles with KDT malfunctions. This
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
shall be in accordance with General Order 26/90, Patrol Bureau Vehicle System and
Maintenance Policy.
The Communications Division shall dispatch units on non-emergency calls as follows:
• Unit designator: 1A2
• Broadcast type of call: 459 report
• Broadcast location of call: 123 Pine
• Send all other information via KDT: Copy KDT
7.3.3 COMMUNICATIONS – MUTUAL AID WITH ORANGE COUNTY LAW
ENFORCEMENT
Long Beach Police Department Supervisors and Command Officers will be provided
specially programmed portable radios, which can access Orange County emergency
radio channels. This communications link will be established only for incidents which
include both Long Beach Police Department and one or more Orange County law
enforcement agencies. All radio communications will be under the authority and control
of the Orange County Communications Division (Control-1).
Only Long Beach Police Field Supervisors and Command Personnel shall communicate
with Orange County law enforcement agencies. This includes:
• Orange County Control-1
• Individual Police Dispatch Centers
• Law Enforcement Field Personnel
Orange County Incident Involving Long Beach
• Long Beach Department contacted via direct ring down or telephone line
• Orange County requests assistance through Long Beach Police Department
Communications Center
• Orange County identifies which radio frequency will handle
• Communications Supervisor notifies Field Supervisor
• Field Supervisor will be directed to switch to the designated Orange County radio
frequency and contact either the Control-1 Dispatcher, or the individual agency
Incident Commander, if so designated
• The Field Supervisor will utilized portable radio for accessing Orange County
frequencies and remain in contact at all times with our Communications Center by
using the vehicle’s mobile radio
Long Beach Incident Involving Orange County
• Field Supervisor or Command-Level Officer contacts Communications Center and
requests communications link to Orange County
• The request shall include:
• Nature of incident
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Type and amount of assistance required
• Long Beach Police Department Communications Center Supervisor will contact
Orange County Communications (Control-1) and advise of incident
• Orange County Communications will establish a “conference call” for purposes of
coordination between agencies
• The involved, Orange County agencies will direct their field personnel to contact the
designated Incident Commander on the radio channel specified by Orange County
Control-1
Transmitting Wanted Information
Be specific. State the type of crime and whether or not the request is for a field
interrogation, or for an arrest. Ensure after transmitting that the request was understood.
This may prevent a suspect from being unlawfully arrested.
Receiving Wanted Information
Obtain specific information relative to the type of crime and what is requested, e.g., field
interrogation, probable cause arrest, or arrest warrant. Receiver of information must
understand completely what is requested before any action shall be taken.
7.3.4 TRANSLATOR PROGRAM – VOLUNTEER BILINGUAL EMERGENCY
TRANSLATORS (ET)
Operational Procedure
Police personnel shall determine if there is an on-duty employee who can provide the
required language translation. If personnel are not available for the requested translation,
the requesting employee shall contact the Communications Center for the use of an
emergency translator.
The employee should advise if the translation could be conducted by the telephone. If
so, the telephone number for the emergency translator to call will be provided to the
Communications Center. Translation in the field may involve the transportation of a non-
English speaking person to a telephone location.
Patrol officers shall provide a location and any data the volunteer should be made aware
of prior to the volunteer responding to the scene. In field situations where translation by
telephone is not feasible, officers should alert the facility, such as a hospital emergency
room or the Police Department, of the pending arrival of an emergency translator
volunteer.
Personnel using volunteer translators should be aware that volunteers are not police
employees. A volunteer translator does have the right to refuse to translate.
Both officers and Communications Center personnel should remember that volunteers
are not trained in police procedures of police terminology, and should not expect such
performance from them.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The Communications Center will maintain the volunteer on-call list and will be responsible
for all calls to the volunteers for their services.
Each time a translator is called, Communications personnel will send a message, via
“electronic mail” system, to the coordinator of the program so that a record can be
maintained.
7.3.4.1 COMMUNICATING WITH PEOPLE WHO ARE DEAF OR HARD OF
HEARING
Revised June 2012
The Patrol Bureau has audit responsibility.
The Long Beach Police Department shall ensure that a consistently high level of service
is provided to all community members, including people who are deaf or hard of hearing.
LBPD has specific legal obligations under the Americans with Disabilities Act and the
Rehabilitation Act to communicate effectively with people who are deaf or hard of hearing.
A qualified sign language interpreter can be obtained at any time by contacting the LBPD
Communications Division. Officers should provide the following information, if known:
• The nature of the interaction for which the interpreter is needed
• When and for how long the interpreter is needed
• The location where the interpreter is needed
• A contact person who will be available at the location when the interpreter arrives
• Any other special requirements
ON-CALL INTERPRETING SERVICES
The LBPD Communications Section maintains a list of sign language and oral interpreting
services that are available and on-call 24-hours per day and willing to provide interpretive
services. The LBPD Communications Section will update this list annually.
TTY/TDD, VIDEO RELAY SERVICE AND CALIFORNIA RELAY SERVICE
Where warranted, officers must provide people who are deaf or hard of hearing the
opportunity to place telecommunications calls. These calls may be made using a
teletypewriter (TTY, also known as a telecommunications device for deaf people (TDD)),
a Video Relay Service (VRS system) or the California Relay Service (CRS).
LBPD will ensure an operable TTY/TDD device is available at the main station. TTY/TDD
phones will comply with requirements for TTY/TDD phones as set forth in the ADA
Accessibility Guidelines.
Personnel assigned to the main station front business desk duties will be trained in the
answering, handling, and placing of text telephone calls. Officers must be familiar with
the usage of TTY/TDD and recognize the unique tones emitted by TTY/TDD devices.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Officers must also accept telephone calls placed by persons who are deaf or hard of
hearing through the Telecommunications Relay Service.
TTY/TDD devices are located in 4th and 6th floor jails and at the main police station
business desk. TTY/TDD devices are portable and can be requested from the jail
supervisor for use where needed. TTY/TDD devices will work with pay phones in the
station and also with house phones.
If an officer needs to use a TTY/TDD device with a juvenile subject/suspect, the device
must be used in an area other than booking or the jail because juveniles may not have
contact with adult inmates.
Video Relay Service or VRS allows a subject to communicate through sign language via
video conferencing, which is relayed by an interpreter to a third party. VRS systems are
located on the first floor lobby of the main station and the 6th floor men’s jail.
The California Relay Service (CRS) enables a person using a text telephone device to
communicate by phone with a person who does not use a text telephone device. The
service also works in reverse, allowing a non-text telephone user to call a person utilizing
such a device. To reach a toll-free CRS operator, dial 7-1-1. Additional information about
the services provided by CRS is available on-line at http://www.ddtp.org.
People who are deaf or hard of hearing must not be charged for the cost of an auxiliary
aid or service needed for effective communication.
For further, refer to Training Bulletin 186 “Communicating with People Who Are Deaf or
Hard of Hearing”
7.3.5 MONITORING OR RECORDING RADIO & TELEPHONIC
TRANSMISSIONS BY COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
The Communications Section will NOT make taped copies of telephone and radio calls
for individual officers for training purposes.
Taped copies of telephone and radio calls can be made for the following:
• City Attorney’s Office
• City Prosecutor’s Office
• Response to Subpoenas
• Internal Affairs
• Homicide
• Accident Investigation
Officers who feel they need additional training may contact the Lieutenant,
Communications Section, who will provide appropriate training opportunities.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
When an investigating officer or the officer’s supervisor determines the necessity of
monitoring or acquiring a tape-recorded transcript of information contained on our
Communications Center tapes, the following rules and procedures shall be followed:
• To monitor, or tape-record specific information, an investigating officer will contact the
Watch Commander and make his request known
• The Watch Commander will then notify the Communication Supervisor by direct line
of the officer’s name and the time and date requested to obtain the information
• The investigating officer will proceed to Communications at the appointed time where
he will be assisted by the Communications staff in obtaining the requested information.
If a tape-recorded copy is needed, the investigating officer will take a clean cassette
tape with him to the Communications Center. During the daytime hours, tapes may
be acquired from Internal Affairs
• If City Hall is locked, arrangements must be made to have a Communications
employee allow the officer access to the building
An Attorney (including a District Attorney or City Prosecutor) will not be provided a tape
recording or information acquired from such tape recording without a subpoena duces
tecum. The investigator should prepare a memorandum to Communications (for the
signature of the Chief of Police) requesting the particular tape to be held for evidence.
This memorandum should contain the investigator’s name, the case name and number,
the prosecutor handling the case, and the Deputy City Attorney authorizing the release of
the taped information. The Communications Center will then store the tape until needed
for court. Investigators should notify Communications, by memorandum through the
Chief of Police, at such time that an impounded evidence tape can be released for reuse.
7.3.6 COMPUTER AIDED DISPATCH (CAD) PREMISE HISTORY FILE
Introduction
Premise History information is automatically searched and displayed to the dispatcher
each time an address is accessed at a telephone position or a dispatch is received at a
radio position. Those units equipped with KDT’s may also receive Premise History
information. Information may be entered by exact location (numerical address) or 100-
block for a period of:
• 72 hours
• 30 days
NOTE: Retention period is based on type of information, nature of prior, degree of hazard,
et cetera:
• 60 days
• 90 days
• 180 days
Premise History
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Premise History File provides officers with information concerning a specific address or
location. In addition to “Code 9” locations, the following examples are some of the types
of information that would be appropriate for Premise History entry:
• Threats to witness involved in a court case
• An officer’s residence, due to threats received
• Chronic, Complaining Parties wherein there is a reason to carefully question the
complaint
NOTE: Under no circumstances shall an entry be made indicating, “DO NOT SEND
UNIT” or “DISREGARD ADDITIONAL CALLS”. The entry should rather read
“SCREEN CALLS CAREFULLY.”
• Any general information about a specific location that assist the field officer in the
performance of duty (i.e., guard dogs on the premise, crime MO, stored hazardous
materials, et cetera.)
Criteria for Declaring a Location Dangerous
• Where an officer was attacked, or threatened with firearms or other weapons and the
danger may be ongoing
• Where firearms or weapons were observed inside a premise which is inhabited or
frequented by individual that are generally hostile to officers
• A residence or location that is inhabited by an emotionally unstable individual (5150)
who has posed a threat to officers in the past
• A location where acts of vandalism have been committed on police vehicle(s)
Premise History Entry Procedures
Following are the procedures for entering a message:
NOTE: The computer-stored message cannot exceed 300 words.
• 72-Hour Entry:
• Field Officers can make an entry, as a result of a dispatch, by radio. All officers may
make an entry by phoning Communications Supervisor, telephone number 570-7491.
This information will be automatically purged after 72 hours.
• 30/60/90/180-Day Entry:
Entry for longer than 72 hours requires a memorandum directed to the Commanding
Officer, Communications Division and approved by a Lieutenant or above. The
memorandum should give a brief description of the problem and indicate the desired
length of retention in the system.
NOTE: Allow time for memorandum entry by also making 72-hour telephone entry.
Purging & Re-Entry of Information
• The CAD system will not display Premise History data after the programmed retention
period is completed
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• The purged Premise History information will be forwarded weekly to the Deputy Chief,
Patrol Bureau
• To effect a re-entry of a purged location the Deputy Chief, Patrol Bureau, will return
the CAD printout indicating those locations where re-entry into the system is desired,
and also indicate retention period of 30, 60, 90 of 180 days
• Each item will be re-entered exactly as shown on the original entry unless there is a
notation indicating a desired change or supplement
It is the intent of the Department to provide the most convenient and reliable information
available for the purpose of decreasing the likelihood of serious injury to officers. Strict
adherence to the above procedures will ensure the integrity of this system.
NOTE: Under no circumstances, will officers consider a broadcast of a premise history
information to be probable cause to approach a situation in any other manner than would
be acceptable under critical review. Do not react in a manner that would create a problem
in itself.
Under no circumstances, will a Communications Dispatcher consider premise history
information to be probable cause to process a call for service in any other manner than
would be acceptable under critical review.
7.3.7 FOREIGN JURISDICTION – POLICE INVESTIGATIONS OUTSIDE THE
CITY OF LONG BEACH
Section 830.1(a)(2) of the California Penal Code empowers a police officer to perform
police activities outside his/her jurisdiction with the consent of the Chief of Police/Sheriff
of that jurisdiction, the jurisdiction being within the State of California.
Procedures
Officer Responsibilities
• Patrol officer required to conduct an investigation outside the City of Long Beach shall
have the authorization of the Watch Commander. A field Supervisor shall accompany
the officers to the location
• Detectives required to conduct an investigation outside the City of Long Beach shall
notify their supervisor as soon as practical. Notification shall be made (prior
notification, whenever practical) to the Watch Commander, or equivalent, at the local
law enforcement agency whenever the Long Beach Police Department conducts or
anticipates conducting investigations within that agency’s jurisdiction
• Officer may request the Communications Division to make the supervisory notification
if personal notification is not practical
• The on-duty Communications Division Supervisor shall be advised, as soon as
practical, of any on-duty personnel operating in a foreign jurisdiction
The Special Investigation Division (SID), Criminal Intelligence Section and Internal Affairs
Division are excluded from the requirement to advise the Long Beach Police Department
Communications Division.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Supervisory Responsibilities
• Evaluate requests to conduct investigation in foreign jurisdictions, and provide
supervision for those investigations
7.3.8 REVERSE 911
Reverse 911 is the brand name for an automatic dialer system recently purchased by the
City. This project is administered and managed by the City Hall Information Technology
Division. The police Department is authorized as a program user in the system,
Reverse 911 functions as a community alert system, which can be used during
emergency situations. Program users first record a phone message to be played for
citizens in the city. Using Reverse 911 software, program users can then identify specific
geographical areas of the city to receive this phone message. Once activated, the system
will call every Verizon phone number within that area and play the pre-recorded message
once the phone line has been answered.
The automatic dialer system utilizes 48 phone lines to call Verizon numbers with a pre-
recorded message. The system can normally place approximately 4,860 calls per hour.
Depending on the severity of the incident, Reverse 911 offers the capability for the
department to increase the number of out-going calls per hour. This feature is known as
"mass calling" and can be used to reach approximately 30,000 phones per hour.
Additional fees are imposed upon the city for activation of this feature.
Situations Warranting Use of the Automatic Dialer System
The Reverse 911 software can be used in the following situations:
• Tactical situations requiring information dissemination to nearby residents (e.g..
SWAT grid-searches for armed suspects)
• HAZMAT emergencies
• Missing/abducted juveniles (in situations similar to those that would generate an
Amber Alert)
• Critical Missing Persons alert (at the discretion of the Watch Commander)
• Information regarding on-going serial crimes in an identified area
• Other emergency situations as deemed appropriate by the on-duty Watch
Commander
Requests from City Departments
Other city departments (e.g. Fire, Public Service, Health) are users on this system as
well and may record their own messages to be disseminated in the event of an
emergency. If personnel from these departments are unable to utilize the system
themselves, they may request, through the on-duty Watch Commander, that the Police
Department Communications Supervisor record the message and activate the system.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Officer Responsibilities
• If an officer is involved in a situation which might warrant the activation of the automatic
dialer system, the officer must notify his/her field sergeant of all the facts justifying
request of the activation,
Supervisor Responsibilities
• Evaluate the situation to determine if application of the Reverse 911 system is
warranted
• If warranted, notified the Watch Commander requesting activation
• Provide the Watch Commander with all facts pertinent to the content of the recorded
message as well as the specific geographical area to be notified
Watch Commander Responsibilities
• Evaluate the situation to determine if application of the Reverse 911 system is
appropriate
• If approved, he/she will call on the on-duty Communications Center supervisor at
extension 9650 and provide all facts and information to be included in the pre-recorded
message as well as the specific geographical area to be notified
• Notify the Duty Chief of a reverse 911 activation
• Ensure a notation is made in the Watch Commander's Log identifying the reason for
the Reverse 911 activation, the geographic location called and any other facts
pertinent to the event
• Approve or deny requests from other city departments that Police Communication
Center personnel activate the Reverse 911 system on their behalf. If approved, the
Watch Commander must verify that the situation is emergent in nature
Communications Center Supervisor Responsibilities:
• At the direction of the Watch Commander, the Communications Center supervisor will
ensure that the necessary phone message is recorded in English and Spanish and
then activate the Reverse 911 system
Duty Chief Responsibilities
• In a situation where the Watch Commander requests that the mass calling feature be
used, the Duty Chief will be responsible for authorizing its use.
7.3.9 SILENT DISPATCHING
Effective date, June 12, 2012
Silent dispatching is the method of dispatching a unit without making a radio broadcast,
traditionally accomplished by utilizing a police unit's mobile data center (MDC). The
implementation of a silent dispatch prevents suspects who are monitoring police radio
frequencies from becoming forewarned of a police response.
The use of silent dispatching has proven its effectiveness as a field response tactic when
responding to crimes being committed by organized criminals, such as responding to
robberies, gang activity or the sales of narcotics, etc. Silent dispatching should also be
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
considered when responding to calls believed to be connected to a series of crimes with
identifiable modus operandi or suspect information. The type of crime, factors associated
with the crime and current crime trends should all be taken into consideration before
implementing the silent dispatch technique.
Only the watch commander, lieutenant, or command officer may authorize the use of
silent dispatching. The Communications Center will facilitate and ensure the silent
dispatching procedure is followed on a short-term basis.
To request silent dispatching, a memorandum shall be sent to the Communications
Center lieutenant for implementation. The memorandum will minimally contain the
following:
• Affected time period
• Hours of operation (start - end)
• Crime classification(s) to be silently dispatched
• Specifics of crime spree (if possible/applicable)
• Field supervisor(s) to be notified when the dispatch is generated and their
responsibilities
• Identification of what field units are to be sent (city wide or division response)
• The watch commander or field lieutenant to be notified
• Evaluation period
An evaluation period shall be in place at each situation where silent dispatching is
requested. The initiating watch commander, lieutenant, command officer or their
designee shall review the use of the silent dispatches and determine whether or not to
continue its use.
Additional Consideration
Response training should be considered and given prior to the use of this tactic.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.4 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION & TRAFFIC
Special Order – Traffic Collision Response and Reporting – 2024 - 6
7.4.1 TRAFFIC COLLISIONS – CITY VEHICLES
All traffic collisions involving vehicles driven by Department employees and authorized
for Department use or City business shall be reported immediately by the employee.
These collisions shall be subject to review by a supervisor, AID Fleet Safety Unit, and
management. It is the responsibility of Communications to dispatch a field supervisor to
any such collision and notify the Watch Commander.
7.4.1.1 CITY ATTORNEY RESPONSE
When a City vehicle is involved in an accident within the City limits, the City Attorney’s
Office shall be notified immediately. Whenever possible, officers shall leave the accident
scene “as is” until the arrival of investigators from the City Attorney’s Office so that
photographs can be taken. However, there may be some instances where the discretion
of the officer at the scene would dictate that traffic flow is of more importance than
preserving the evidence.
Whenever the presence of a City Attorney’s investigator is required, the call will be placed
to the Public Service dispatcher who will then be responsible for dispatching an
investigator. After hours, the Communications Center will contact the investigator at
his/her home. When the City Attorney’s investigator is not available or does not deem the
accident to be serious enough to warrant his/her presence, the dispatcher should
immediately inform the unit or supervisor at the scene and provide them the name of the
investigator.
When the accident occurs within close proximity to the City, the City Attorney’s Office
should be called immediately, and a police supervisor dispatched to the scene. It will be
the responsibility of the supervisor dispatched to the scene to secure the necessary
information for a City Property Damage Report and to make any further investigation
necessary, taking into consideration the investigation and reporting procedures of the
handling police agency.
Even if the accident occurs well beyond the City limits, contact the City Attorney. If the
seriousness of the situation warrants it, the Watch Commander may send a supervisor to
the scene no matter how remote the location may be.
When accident reports involving any City equipment are taken, officers shall refrain from
writing a primary collision factor, conclusion, or opinion as to who was at fault. Neither
driver should be cited for the violation that caused the accident; however, officers may
cite or arrest for administrative or other criminal violations. For example: 12500, 14601,
16025, etc., or arrest for 20002, 23152, etc.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Watch Commander Responsibilities
If a collision occurs outside the City, the Watch Commander shall be notified and
determine whether or not to dispatch a supervisor to the scene. The Watch Commander’s
determination shall be based on the following factors:
• Geographical location
• Severity of injury/damage
• Request by law enforcement jurisdiction where the collision occurred
Supervisory Responsibility at the Scene
The supervisor shall assume command of all operations at the scene of a collision.
He/she shall ensure a complete and thorough investigation is conducted in compliance
with Training Bulletin #122. The supervisor shall be responsible for reviewing all collision
reports and ensuring they are complete, consistent, and concise. The reports shall be
completed prior to the end of shift.
Supervisor’s Report of Collision
The supervisor must personally deliver the original Supervisor’s Report of Collision
memorandum and original (pink) Collision Report to the Accident Investigation Detail
(AID) No copies of the original collision report shall be made or distributed.
A copy of the Supervisor’s Report of Collision memorandum must be forwarded to the
Chief of Police, the Deputy Chief of Patrol Bureau, and Division Commander(s) of
personnel involved.
The completed Collision Report will be available ONLY through AID upon request.
Supervisor’s Report of Collision MUST include the following:
• The events leading to the collision, call number, en route to dispatch/on routine patrol,
dispatched Code Three, pursuit, etc.
• Unusual events and associated factors that will enable the Vehicle Accident Review
Board (VARB) to have a complete understanding of the collision scene and events;
i.e., weather conditions, during criminal apprehension, mechanical defects,
medical/mental condition
• Injuries to Department personnel and other individuals, including the status of
hospitalized employees
Accident Investigation Detail
The AID supervisor will review the Supervisor’s Report of Collision memorandum and
Traffic Collision Report, and consider the following factors:
• Completeness and accuracy of the Collision Report
• Deficiency in employee performance
• Deficiency in Department equipment
• Training problems
The AID supervisor shall prepare a report of the collision, which shall include the
employee’s department traffic accident record for the previous three years. The
completed report shall be forwarded to the VARB.
Push-Bar Incidents
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
A supervisor shall be notified in any incident involving the use of a Police Vehicle's push-
bar that results in any damage to another vehicle.
• City Property Damage Form must be filled out listing all party's information and
damage
• All damage should be photographed
• Push-bar incidents shall not be presented to the VARB and shall not go on the officer's
driving record
• Officers shall document in their unit history all push-bar incidents resulting in NO
damage to vehicles. If the unit is not logged on, the officer shall immediately notify a
field supervisor, who shall complete the log entry for the officer.
7.4.1.2 COLLISION INVESTIGATION DETAIL (CID)
Revised April 29, 2011
CALL-OUT PROCEDURE
Department employees shall adhere to the following conditions and procedures for the
occurrence of a serious, or fatal injury collision, and serious injury collision involving City
personnel and property.
Procedures
The supervisor at the scene must make notification to the Collision Investigation Detail
(CID) when advised of any of the following circumstances:
• Fatal injuries or serious injuries (or death appears imminent)
• Fatal injuries involving a vehicle or a pedestrian and the A-Line LRV (excluding
a pedestrian suicide)
• Serious injury collisions involving City vehicles, personnel, or property; i.e.,
pursuit
• Any Command Officer at the scene requests AID to respond
Considerations on whether to make a notification:
• The age of the victim
• Any previous medical conditions
• Vehicle versus pedestrian or bicycle (possible unknown internal injuries at the
scene)
If an CID Detective responds, the Watch Commander shall:
• Coordinate with the field supervisor at the scene and ensure the collision scene
remains intact
• Request Public Works as necessary; i.e., barricades
• Request Crime Lab to respond and standby for photographs
• Provide continual updates of injuries to AID Detectives
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
When a Police Department vehicle is involved, or there may be City liability due to some
sort of Police involvement prior to the accident (i.e., pursuit or any other associated
factor), and the accident results in a serious injury or fatality, the AID Sergeant shall be
notified to respond along with the on-call AID Detectives.
7.4.1.3 VEHICLE ACCIDENT REVIEW BOARD (VARB)
The Vehicle Accident Review Board (VARB) shall determine if the accident was
preventable or non-preventable and make recommendations for counseling or retraining.
The recommendations of the Board, as to counseling, retraining, and discipline shall be
reviewed by the Traffic Section Lieutenant and Division Commander of the involved
employee, then forwarded to the Deputy Chief of the involved employee for final approval.
The completed package will then be returned to the AID supervisor for final disposition.
The voting members of the VARB are the sergeant of the Accident Investigation Detail
and the assigned investigators. The Fleet Safety Officer shall serve as a resource, but
not as a voting member of the Board unless a tie occurs. The Review Board shall convene
as needed. The Sergeant of the Accident Investigation Detail shall officiate at the Board
meetings.
Employee Accidents
Employee accidents will be classified as:
• Preventable
• Non-preventable
Any of the findings may require training or counseling depending on the total collision
analysis by the VARB. The training may require involvement in a formal driver-training
course or behind-the-wheel training session by a POST certified Department Driver
Awareness Instructor.
All counseling and training will be coordinated, in a timely manner, by the Fleet Safety
Officer through the employee’s Division Commander.
In cases where an employee’s retraining has shown no effect in correcting his/her driving
habits, or where actions of the employee in the collision were flagrant misconduct, review
through the disciplinary process will be requested.
7.4.2 CITATIONS – ACCOUNTABILITY & VOIDING
Revised October 24, 2014
The Financial Bureau Supply Section shall be responsible for issuing all Department
citation books (traffic/misdemeanor and parking) to each of the Divisions. It is the
responsibility of each Division to track the issuance of citations to their respective officers.
Officers issuing moving and/or parking citations shall turn them in at the completion of
their shift. All officers, excluding Traffic Section officers, shall deposit completed citations
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
in the designated container. Traffic Section officers shall return citations to their
supervisor as directed.
7.4.2.1 Accounting for Citations
Revised October 24, 2014
The disposition of all citations is documented in the Department’s RMS/ARS system.
Under no circumstances shall officers destroy or dispose of citations in a manner not in
accordance with this policy. Unused, outdated citation books shall be returned to the
Financial Bureau Supply Section.
7.4.2.2 Procedure for Voiding Citations Issued by the Police Department
Revised October 24, 2014
Requests to void citations shall be submitted on PD Form 2314.001, "Request to Void
Citation," with all available copies of the citation and related reports attached. Completed
"Request to Void Citation" forms shall be provided to the requesting officer's immediate
supervisor. After review, the form shall be forwarded to the officer's Division Commander
for approval. In cases where the intended recipient is unaware the citation is being
voided, a notice shall be mailed to the violator. A copy of this notice shall be attached to
the "Request to Void Citation" form.
After approval by the officer's Division Commander, "Request to Void" forms and attached
documents shall be forwarded to the officer's Bureau Chief for approval and then sent to
the Administration Bureau, Records Division, Warrants Section for processing. For
additional information relative to misdemeanor citations, refer to Training Bulletin #123.
The Administration Bureau, Records Division, Warrants Section will forward traffic
citations to the County of Los Angeles, Long Beach Superior Court, Traffic Section.
7.4.2.3 Lost or Stolen Citations
Revised October 24, 2014
If a citation is lost or stolen, the officer shall immediately advise his/her supervisor and file
the appropriate lost or stolen report. Copies of the reports shall be forwarded to the
Records Division.
7.4.2.4 Citation Issued by Other City Departments
Revised October 24, 2014
With the exception of parking citations issued to stolen vehicles, all requests to void
citations issued by other City departments should be forwarded with a cover letter signed
by either a Bureau Chief or the Chief of Police to the Department Head.
7.4.2.5 Parking Citations
Revised October 24, 2014
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The Records Division will forward parking citations to the Commercial Services
Bureau/City Hall. Requests to void parking citations should be forwarded to the Traffic
Section for review. This includes parking citations issued to stolen vehicles.
7.4.2.6 THUMBPRINT ON TRAFFIC & MISDEMEANOR CITATIONS
Revised October 24, 2014
In the case of a vehicle code infraction, a thumbprint may only be obtained when “there
is a question in the officer’s mind as to the true identity of the defendant.” Thumbprints
may be obtained in all non-vehicle code misdemeanor situations.
Officers will be issued stamp pads through the Department’s Property Section and the
thumbprint shall be placed in the designated area on the Court’s copy of the citation form.
A) Vehicle Code Infractions
If an officer is confident in the identity of the person committing a vehicle code infraction,
the officer should not seek to obtain a thumbprint on the citation form. The Judicial Council
has not formulated any guidelines to deal with a situation of a violator’s refusal to provide
a thumbprint where the person’s identity is in question.
California Vehicle Code §40302 requires an officer to transport a suspect to a Magistrate
without unnecessary delay “when the person arrested fails to present his/her driver’s
license or other satisfactory evidence of his/her identity for examination” (California
Vehicle Code §40303(a)). If a magistrate is unavailable, the suspect may be transported
to jail for the purpose of posting bail or being released on his/her written promise to
appear. Once transported to jail, the suspect may be detained for a reasonable period of
time, not to exceed two hours, in order to verify his/her identity (California Vehicle Code
§40307). Requesting that a thumbprint be given at this stage in order to verify identity is
not an unreasonable request. Current case law indicates that fingerprinting in order to
establish identity does not improperly infringe upon an individual’s right to privacy
B) Misdemeanors
Thumbprints may be obtained in all non-vehicle code misdemeanor situations. If a
misdemeanor defendant refuses to provide a thumbprint in the field, the arresting officer
could simply invoke his/her discretionary power pursuant to California Penal Code
§853.6(g) and transport the suspect to jail for a full booking process. This procedure
would encompass a fingerprinting procedure. In other words, the officer could give the
defendant the option of being fingerprinted in the field, or subjecting himself/herself to the
entire booking process at a jail facility.
7.4.3 DISPATCHING TRAFFIC UNITS
While the Traffic Section is primarily responsible for the enforcement of traffic laws, they
support Patrol by handling traffic collisions, when available.
Traffic units should be dispatched under the following circumstances:
• All reported injury traffic collisions
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Any traffic collision encountered while on-duty
Traffic units should NOT be dispatched to "Special Accidents" (non-collision related
accidents)
Traffic units are assigned to specific areas and have specific traffic enforcement
responsibilities in addition to being available to support Patrol by handling traffic collisions.
Consequently they should not randomly be removed from their station detail status to be
dispatched to traffic collisions or dispatched out of their area. However, when Patrol units
are not available, they may be dispatched to injury collisions. When in-service, Traffic
Section officers should be dispatched to ALL traffic collisions. If there is a requirement
for a motor unit due to traffic congestion, a Field Sergeant or Watch Commander may
request their assistance.
Patrol units will NOT request a traffic unit to take a report they have been dispatched to
handle or come across while on patrol.
When traffic units are unavailable for dispatch due to assignment from their supervisors,
they shall advise Communications to place them on station detail status. However, Traffic
Section officers shall monitor the radio at all times and when available, based on the
nature of their assignment, should clear and respond to the reported traffic collision.
Traffic units may be removed from a station detail for injury accidents or life-threatening
situation when units are not available in a specific area with the approval of a Traffic
Enforcement Section Sergeant, Communications Supervisor, Patrol Sergeant or Watch
Commander.
7.4.4 HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY VESTS
Approved: 04/10/09
The Patrol Bureau has audit responsibility.
Federal mandate Section 23 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 634, effective
November 24, 2008, requires all public safety personnel to wear a high visibility safety
vest. These vests must meet specific requirements of the American National Standard
Institute (ANSI), and must be worn while handling certain duties within the right-of-way of
Federal-aid highways (most streets in Long Beach) either in the daytime or nighttime
hours.
Wearing the High Visibility Safety Vest
The High Visibility Safety Vest shall be worn while:
• Directing traffic or handling lane closures
• Investigating collisions, while in traffic
• Handling a disaster scene
• Clearing any roadway obstructions
Note: Not wearing the issued safety vest when required would be a violation of OSHA
regulations and may subject the City to fines. Additionally, if an officer is injured while not
utilizing proper issued safety equipment Worker’s Compensation benefits could be denied
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The High Visibility Safety Vest may be worn anytime it may increase safety.
Officers are not required to wear the High Visibility Safety Vest during:
• Traffic stops or incidents involving criminal activity where the vest would jeopardize
the officer’s safety
• Activities that place an officer at a personal risk level greater than the potential risk of
exposure to traffic conditions
• Incidents that require immediate action to perform life-saving measures
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.5 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS/CRITICAL INCIDENTS
7.5.1 CRITICAL INCIDENT CONTINGENCY PLANNING & REPORTING
All critical incidents have both distinctive and common characteristics. Contingency
planning requirements are essentially the same. These requirements cover the three
basic phases of Pre-Incident Planning, Incident Operations and Post-Incident Planning.
Pre-Incident Planning
The availability of lead-time to properly pre-plan is a significant advantage in critical
incident management.
• Tactical intelligence gathering is the initial step in preparing a contingency plan and
one of the most important. All major preparations including, allocation of Department
resources and establishing the enforcement posture, are predicated upon intelligence
date. Incorporated into the planning steps should be: Historical background, meeting,
and site examination
• Staffing: Delegated to the staff are those tasks associated with the organization of
personnel, making assignments, briefings, and equipment procurement and issuance
• Incident evaluation: is the review and evaluation of all tactical intelligence data, and
general information with the objective of identifying and prioritizing anticipated
problems within the critical incident. The evaluation should be carried out by the
ranking officer in charge and a pre-selected decision-making staff responsible for
management of the incident
• Assessment of resources: needed to resolve the incident problems
• Staff briefing: The contingency plan is modified, finalized and approved for
implementation during the initial briefing phase. The supervisors then conduct “roll
down” briefings for all personnel. These briefings ensure the understanding of the
plan and eliminate concerns
Incident Operations
• Preparation requires individual supervisors to develop “sub-plans”
• For pre-planned contingencies, the overall operations program is compiled into a
written contingency plan
Contingency Plan Format
• State the problems
• State the historical background and tactical intelligence information
• Define Department objectives and philosophy governing the plan
• State the planned allocation of resources
• Describe the phases of the contingency plan whereby additional resources will be
committed for control purposes
• Phase I Control is maintained; control measures are described. Moderate staffing
requirements
• Phase II Staging of personnel occurs. Mobilization of respective personnel occurs
to some degree
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Phase III Mobilization of ALL on-duty personnel; shifts may be extended
• Phase IV Full mobilization of the Department occurs
• Phase V Appropriate notifications are made to the City staff and administrative
executives. The Los Angeles County Sheriffs and other law enforcement agencies
are notified/alerted
• Describe the procedures for withdrawal and reduction of committed resources
Post-Incident Planning
• The primary objective in the planned phase down is to ensure that further problems
or disorders will not occur, nor will control be lost.
• Critical Incident Review Board
• Purpose - to identify methods for enhancing officer safety, preventing injuries, and
improving efficiency.
• The Deputy Chief, Patrol Bureau, is responsible for establishing the Critical Incident
Review Board
7.5.2 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCES
In order to ensure that vital information concerning occurrences is consistently reported
to the Office of the Chief of Police and other levels of command, the following guidelines
are to be adhered to:
Whenever any major incident or unusual occurrence takes place, it shall be the
responsibility of the Field Commander, Field Supervisor, or Officer in Charge at the scene
to provide information of the incident to the on-duty Watch Commander. This notification
should be made as soon as practical after the occurrence is under control or resolved.
A major incident or unusual occurrence may be defined, but not limited to the following:
• SWAT Team call-outs
• Hostage situations
• Officer-involved shootings
• Multi-homicides
• Sex crimes involving juvenile victims
• Kidnappings
• Critical missing juveniles
• Natural disaster
• Labor disputes involving criminal violence
• Arrest or detention of VIPs
• Any other major incident in which the gravity of the situation warrants prompt
notification of the Chief of Police
Watch Commander Responsibilities
It shall be the responsibility of the on-duty Watch Commander to prepare a memorandum
describing, in detail, the circumstances of the event.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The Watch Commander will forward the memorandum to the Office of the Chief of Police
and copies to the three Bureaus and the Community Relations Division. A file copy of the
memorandum shall be maintained in the Watch Commander’s office for future reference.
Definitions
• Unusual Occurrence (UO) – An event which involves the probability of, or actual injury
or property damage arising either from natural or man-caused incidents which
necessitates the use of a Tactical Alert
• Minor Unusual Occurrence – Handled by on-duty field personnel without depleting
field strength beyond the point where supplemental staffing is needed
• Serious Unusual Occurrence – On-duty field personnel insufficient to control the
occurrence and maintain routine police service. Other on-duty Divisions must be
called upon for assistance
• Major Unusual Occurrence – Threatens public safety to the degree that all or a major
portion of the Department must be mobilized to exercise control.
Supplemental support may be required.
7.5.2.1 SPECIAL DEPLOYMENT
Mobile Field Force Concept
Experience dictates that whenever an event has the potential for mass civil disobedience,
the Department must respond with a highly mobile field force capable of fulfilling a variety
of missions including mass arrests and bookings. The orderly depletion of available, on-
duty personnel ensures the effective use of Department resources. A focused and
directed approach contribution to resolving the problem in the most expedient manner
possible.
The Mobile Field Force Concept has been developed to provide a fast and effective
method to assemble and control a platoon-size tactical force from on-duty personnel. It
is adaptable to both pre-planned and spontaneous events that require the rapid assembly
of large numbers of personnel. The Mobile Field Force may respond to field situations
directly from its staging area yet remains subordinate to the Mission Group Officer.
During pre-planned events, the Mobile Field Force may be assembled from the involved
Division and assembled at the Field Command Post for immediate response. Depending
upon operational considerations, it can also be deployed to the Field Command Post as
a ready reserve, broken into squads and assigned specific missions. The Mobile Field
Force may also be disbanded after its initial mission and reformed into ready reserve
elements.
7.5.2.2 CALL-OUT PROCEDURES
Upon notification to report for duty in an emergency, the authority to activate a call-out
will rest with the on-duty, ranking Command Officer or Watch Commander during a Stage
2 or Stage 3 Tactical Alert.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Tactical Alert Stages – Authority to Activate
• Stage 1 – Field Commander/Field Supervisor
• Stage 2 – Ranking Command Officer/Watch Commander
• Stage 3 – Chief of Police/Duty Command Officer
7.5.2.3 TACTICAL ALERT STAGES
Stage 1
• Command Post established
• Radio frequency assigned to handle the unusual occurrence
• Watch Commander notified
• All units stay in service
• Only those units assigned to report to Command Post; all other units stay in their beats
• Radio traffic kept to a minimum
Stage 2
• Tactical Alert Stage 1, plus:
• Only “emergency” dispatches answered
• No Code 7
• Other Watches or Divisions may held over or called to report to work early
• 12-hours shifts may be used
Stage 3
• Tactical Alert Stage 2, plus:
• The Department is placed on 12-hour shifts
• Days off are cancelled, if necessary
• At this point, the mission of the Department will be to control the unusual occurrence
and maintain public safety
• Consideration of requesting services from other department and other services
outside the City
Information Technology will produce an Emergency Call-Out Roster monthly. The roster
will be reduced to an 8 ½ x 11-inch document by Information Technology and distributed.
The roster will list pertinent data of all personnel, grouping them by zip code areas.
Utilization of Call-Out Roster
Contained Emergency
The ranking Command Officer or the Watch Commander shall utilize Information
Technology personnel from the North Police Substation. MOC-1, located at the Heliport,
will be the third back up for workable telephone lines.
Major Disaster
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Knowledge of a major disaster is self-notifying. The Emergency Call-Out Roster will be
used to setup 12-hour, work schedules if the event is to be of extended duration.
Distribution of Call-Roster
Each person holding the following ranks/positions will receive a copy of the Emergency
Call-Out Roster, updated and distributed monthly:
• Chief of Police
• Deputy Chiefs
• Commanders
• Administrator, Information Technology Division
• Watch Commander
• MOC-1 Officer
Reporting
Contained Emergency
When reporting to work in response to a contained emergency, fire, explosion, plane
crash, et cetera, personnel will report to the primary assembly point (Public Safety
Building) unless otherwise directed.
Disaster
In response to a disaster, major earthquake, flood, et cetera, officers will report to any
designated assembly point using public media reports of damage as a basis for their
decision on where to report.
Assembly Points
• Primary Public Safety Building, 400 West Broadway
• Secondary Police Heliport, 2609 East Spring
• Secondary North Police Substation, 4891 Atlantic
General Emergency Operating Procedures
An officer answering a call of a serious nature will, as soon as practical, inform his/her
immediate supervisor and the Watch Commander of the nature and circumstances of the
call.
A supervisory officer at the scene shall keep the Watch Commander updated as to
required equipment and personnel.
Each officer or supervisor assigned duties at the scene or any other place directly related
to the incident, will as soon as practical at the conclusion of such incident, write a
supplementary report describing the time spent and the duties performed.
Unnecessary officers at the scene will be discharged from duty by the ranking supervisory
officer, and resume regular duties.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Officers will not leave an assigned beat to respond to the scene of an incident without
authorization, unless officer safety is jeopardized.
The Incident Commander will authorize any additional personnel, equipment or
operations necessary.
All organizational Bureaus shall coordinate their activities through the Officer in charge or
the Watch Commander, unless another ranking supervisor is designated to coordinate
activities at the Station.
The Watch Commander or other ranking supervisor shall inform the Duty Officer and the
Chief of Police of the nature and circumstances of the ongoing event, as often as
necessary.
If necessary, officers will cordon off the area to maintain both the safety of the officers
and the public until a plan of action can be worked out and implemented.
7.5.2.4 INCIDENT DEBRIEFING
Psychological trauma may occur when an officer causes the serious injury or death of
another human being.
The officer’s immediate supervisor shall refer an officer who has caused injury or death,
in the performance of his/her duty as a peace officer, to the Department Psychologist.
The referral shall be automatic, by telephone or in person, confidential and without
prejudice to the officer.
Referrals will be mandatory in the following situation:
• When an officer, in the course of duty, had injured seriously or caused the death of a
human being
• When an officer is seriously injured, but is physically able to receive counseling
• When an officer experiences an incident involving mass casualties such as the scene
of a major disaster
• When an officer’s partner is killed or seriously injured
Optional referral:
• When an officer experiences emotional stress as a result of having been involved in
a serious incident
7.5.2.5 CRITICAL INCIDENT DEBRIEF COMMITTEE
The Investigations Bureau has Audit Responsibility
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The Chief of Police or their designee, at their discretion, will conduct a Critical Incident
Debrief of officer-involved shootings, in-custody deaths, and other significant incidents or
events. The debrief should be scheduled within 72 hours after the incident and provide
the committee with preliminary information about the incident.
The committee will be comprised of the following members:
• Chief of Police
• Deputy Chiefs
• City Attorney
• Involved Employee(s) Division Commander
• Training Division Commander
• Tactical Operations Committee Commander
• Special Investigations Division Commander
• Employee Association Representative
• Internal Affairs Representative
The Critical Incident Debrief Committee will discuss employed tactics, the performance
of equipment, the need for additional or specialized equipment, and an evaluation of
applicable department policy.
In the case of an officer involved shooting or in-custody death, employees involved in
these critical incidents will not return to field duty until the Critical Incident Debrief has
occurred and/or the Chief of Police or designee has approved their return to field duty.
7.5.3 EMERGENCY MOBILIZATION
On- Duty Personnel
In the event of a mobilization, the following shall occur:
• On-duty personnel shall remain at their assignments until properly relieved
Off-duty Personnel
• In the event of a mobilization, the following guidelines have been established:
• Off-duty personnel who are scheduled for the next shift or who are called into work
shall respond to their Incident Command System (ICS) as soon as possible after
stabilizing their families
• All other off-duty personnel shall monitor radio and television for emergency broadcast
system instructions. Then contact their assigned Supervisor or the Emergency
Mobilization telephone, when able, at telephone number 570-7492
• If telephone or travel to one’s unit assignment is impossible, personnel shall report to
the nearest operational Police or Sheriff’s Department facility. The officer shall then
request that agency to notify the Department for direction
Emergency Mobilization Shifts
The Department will institute its 12-hours shifts as follows:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Shift A 0600-1800 hours
• Shift B 1800-0600 hours
• Overlap 1200-2400 hours
7.5.4 REACT RESPONSE
Revised January 27, 2022
Patrol Bureau shall review this policy on a two-year review cycle.
Reviewed January 27, 2022
REACT is available to support tactical operations with a small team that can rapidly
respond, and utilize SWAT training, experience, and equipment to help resolve an
incident.
REACT shall consist of one team sergeant and typically six (6) officers who can respond
with limited SWAT tactical equipment.
REACT is a minimal force multiplier and is not a substitute for a SWAT team activation.
REACT shall not be used when a SWAT team activation is required per manual § 7.5.5.1
CRITERIA FOR SWAT ACTIVATION.
7.5.4.1 REACT RESPONSE CRITERIA
Revised January 27, 2022
REACT may be requested for tactical incidents such as:
• Those that exceed the capabilities of deployed Department resources, and
• When additional tactical equipment and expertise are desired.
7.5.4.2 REQUEST FOR REACT
Revised January 27, 2022
Requests for a REACT response shall be made by an Incident Commander. REACT can
be requested by contacting the SES Lieutenant, Tactical Sergeant, or their designee. The
Incident Commander shall notify the Communications Center of all REACT call-outs.
The SES Lieutenant, Tactical Sergeant, or their designee will evaluate the circumstances
and determine the appropriate level of response (i.e., REACT or SWAT Team activation).
7.5.4.3 REACT RESPONSE ROLE
Revised January 27, 2022
Once on scene, the REACT sergeant or their designee shall contact the Incident
Commander unless exigency necessitates immediate action.
The Incident Commander retains operational control of the incident and all personnel on
scene. REACT shall not be utilized to manage an incident. REACT’s role includes, but is
not limited to:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Supplementing the incident response
• Coordinating searches
• Providing tactical advice to the Incident Commander
• Leading, advising, and/or supporting Emergency Action Teams
7.5.5 SPECIAL WEAPONS AND TACTICS (SWAT)
Revised August 17, 2017
The Patrol Bureau has audit responsibility
Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) is a specialized unit of officers and public safety
dispatchers who are trained and equipped to respond to situations that exceed the
capability of detectives and patrol officers.
Requests to activate SWAT shall be made by an Incident Commander. In select
emergent situations, such as items 1-5 of 7.5.5.1 CRITERIA FOR SWAT
ACTIVATION, the Communications Supervisor is authorized to activate SWAT prior to
receiving a request from an Incident Commander. A request for activation may only be
changed by:
1) The supervisor who made the original request; or,
2) A higher-ranking officer who has assumed the role of Incident Commander.
When SWAT responds, the Incident Commander shall remain in charge of the incident;
SWAT shall maintain responsibility for SWAT tactics.
7.5.5.1 CRITERIA FOR SWAT ACTIVATION
Revised August 17, 2017
An Incident Commander shall immediately notify SWAT when faced with any of the
following circumstances:
• Hostage Situation
• Sniper
• Active Shooter
• Skyjacking – The FBI may assume command of the situation, however, the
Department shall supply support personnel, including SWAT, for security of the
immediate area.
• Terrorism – SWAT shall be activated immediately when there is reason to believe
an act of terror has occurred. If there is a credible pending threat of a terrorist
assault, SWAT should be contacted to determine the need for deployment.
• Barricaded Suspect – If an armed or dangerous suspect is barricaded or concealed
within a perimeter, and shots have been fired, SWAT shall be activated. If an armed
or dangerous suspect is barricaded or concealed within a perimeter and, after a
reasonable period of time fails to surrender, SWAT shall be activated.
• Event Action Plan (EAP) – SWAT shall be requested when a planned tactical
operation indicates the necessity for SWAT assistance.
• Search Warrants – When scouting and planning a search warrant, the warrant
checklist shall be incorporated into the plan and shall be used to evaluate the need
for SWAT assistance, refer to 7.5.5.2 SWAT THREAT ASSESSMENT
MATRIX.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Dignitary Security – SWAT may be utilized when requested for dignitary security.
• Other – If a supervisor believes an incident requires the special skills of SWAT, he
or she should request a SWAT activation.
7.5.5.2 SWAT THREAT ASSESSMENT MATRIX
Revised August 17, 2017
If a proposed operation, arrest or search warrant contains one or more of the gray shaded
hazards listed in the SWAT Threat Assessment Matrix, service by SWAT shall be
required. If a proposed operation, pre-planned arrest or search warrant contains three of
the unshaded hazards listed in the SWAT Threat Assessment Matrix, the SWAT Tactical
Sergeant or Lieutenant shall be contacted regarding SWAT utilization.
YES NO
1. Heavily fortified location (sally port, internal fortification,
multiple gates, etc.)
2. Automatic weapons believed to be on the premises (C.I.
information, probable cause, etc.)
3. Suspect wanted for armed assault on a police officer
4. Assault weapons, superior armament (high power rifles,
scoped rifles, etc.), or ballistic protection (body armor, building
fortification, etc.) believed to be on the premises (C.I.
information, probable cause, etc.)
5. Barred doors and windows
6. Counter surveillance (closed circuit TV, intrusion devices, etc.)
7. Dog(s)
8. Third strike candidate
9. Violent criminal history (armed violence against the public or
police)
10. Firearms believed to be at the location
11. Threats by suspect against officers
12. Suspect wanted for armed assault
Detectives and patrol officers may encounter additional threats not listed above.
Detectives and patrol supervisors are encouraged to contact SWAT personnel whenever
questions arise in evaluating service options and criteria.
7.5.5.3 SWAT ACTIVATION
Revised August 17, 2017
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The requesting supervisor will advise the Communications Center to begin the activation
process and the Watch Commander will be notified.
The Communications Center will use the notification system to activate SWAT. In the
event of a notification system failure, the Communications Center will contact the SWAT
Lieutenant or SWAT Tactical Sergeant.
The SWAT Tactical Team and SWAT Hostage Negotiating Team are normally activated
together when responding to tactical situations. However, the SWAT Hostage Negotiating
Team may be activated separately for the purpose of crisis intervention and will respond
without the tactical unit. This requires the authorization of the SWAT Lieutenant or SWAT
Tactical Sergeant who will evaluate any tactical issues and determine the appropriate
level of response.
7.5.6 BARRICADED SUSPECT – SEARCH WARRANT REQUIREMENT
Special Order – Barricaded Suspect – Search Warrant Requirements – 2023-3
For the purpose of this requirement, an exigent circumstance is defined as an emergency
situation requiring swift action to prevent any of the following conditions:
• Imminent danger to life
• Serious damage to property
• Imminent escape of a suspect
• Destruction of evidence
If any entry is made pursuant to exigent circumstances, under Federal law it must be
demonstrated that there was not sufficient time to obtain a warrant prior to entry.
In the absence of a signed Entry and Search Waiver, a warrant shall be secured even if
the emergency has concluded prior to the issuance of the warrant. The warrant will
ensure access the location for follow-up investigation.
The Incident Commander or his/her designees will initially attempt to obtain an Entry and
Search and Waiver form, PD Form 4000.21 A or B (Attachment A-English or B-Spanish).
The original Entry and Search Waiver will accompany the original report package. A copy
will be attached to the Unusual Occurrence Report.
Entry and Search Waiver forms will be maintained in the Watch Commander’s Officer and
in the Command Post Tactical Van. If the Entry and Search Waiver form is not obtained,
the Incident Commander or his/her designee shall obtain a “Felony Warrant of Arrest
Upon Probable Cause Complaint” form, PD Form 1000.012, and include the Affidavit
form, PD Form 1000.011.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
In the event assistance is required for a legal opinion or warrant preparation, the Los
Angeles County District Attorney’s Command Post should be contacted at telephone
number (213) 974-3607. The District Attorney’s Command Post shall also be used for
telephonic warrants.
The original PD Form 1000.011 and PD Form 1000.012 will be packaged and duplicated.
Both packages will be submitted to the court for review. The Watch Commander will
maintain a roster of on-call court judges. The judge shall sign the original copy. The
signed warrant is valid for 10 days.
Entry to arrest the suspect is now possible. The Incident Commander shall retain the
original warrant and a copy retained by the SWAT Commander who will give the copy to
the suspect, subsequent to his/her arrest. Following service, a copy of the booking slip
will be secured and retained with a copy of the warrant. The Incident Commander or
his/her designee shall return the package within 10 days to the Felony Complaint Desk,
Criminal Division, Los Angeles County Court, 415 West Ocean Boulevard, Long Beach.
An “F” (felony) number will be stamped on the copy of the booking slip and warrant. The
complete package will be placed with the original warrant and become part of the original
reports required for filing.
7.5.7 EMERGENCY FOOD AND WATER SUPPLIES
The Commander, Personnel/Training Division, shall be designated the Departmental
Logistics Officer. The Logistics Officer shall be responsible for the maintenance and
inventory of Department emergency food and water supplies. He/she shall be
responsible for confirming that supplies are adequate and maintained in a safe and
secure environment. The Logistics Officer shall report to the Chief of Police and apprise
him/her as to the status of the food and water appropriations.
Division Commanders shall be responsible for providing the Logistics Officer with a
biannual transmittal indicating the location, quantity, and condition of their emergency
food and water supplies. Division Commanders shall provide written notification to the
Logistics Officer as soon as possible after emergency food or water supplies are used or
discovered missing.
The Chief of Police has primary rationing authority. A command officer or designee may
authorize the distribution and utilization of emergency food and water supplies within their
command.
Emergency food and water supplies shall be stored at specific locations within the City
under the auspices of the Police Department. The Chief of Police shall have the authority
to vary the locations and quantities of the food and water supplies. The Chief shall notify
the Logistics Officer of any changes so that a current inventory can be maintained.
The following is a current list, effective May 1995, of storage locations and the quantities
of emergency food and water supplies at the designated sites.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
LOCATION CASES OF DRIED FOOD
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MODULES
(12 MEALS PER CASE) (FOOD/WATER/TOOLS)
Chief of Police 3 6
Station–cargo container in parking lot 24 13
Communications 12 6
Academy 20 9
North Division 18 8
Heliport 12 8
East Division 18 8
Total 107 58
LOCATION WATER STORAGE
WATER STORAGE 55-GALLON DRUM 30-GALLON DRUM
Chief of Police 0 0
Station-cargo container in parking lot 5 0
Communication Center 0 3
Academy 2 0
North Division 1 2
Heliport 1 2
East Division 1 2
Totals 10 7
7.5.8 LABOR RELATIONS MONITORING LOG
The Patrol Bureau shall monitor on-scene activities during strikes. The objectives of all
police activities at labor dispute locations are to:
• Maintain law and order
• Protect life and property
• Maintain impartiality and guarantee the civil rights of both parties to dispute
The Watch Commander will ensure police response to any labor dispute and will maintain
a record of all police action taken during his/her watch.
The Watch Commander of each Watch is responsible for the initiation and distribution of
the “Labor Relations Monitoring Log” prior to the end of his/her watch. This will ensure
Watch-to-Watch coordination and a continual update and distribution of pertinent
information.
Copies of the Department Labor Relations Unit of the Community Relations Division,
Administration Bureau, to establish and maintain positive liaison with labor and
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
management representatives. The Labor Relations Unit will provide assistance to
Department personnel during labor disputes. The Commander of the Community
Relations Division will submit the names of the Labor Relations Unit officers to the Station
Commander for discretionary utilization in labor-related cases. The Watch Commander
may call Labor Relation Officers into the field.
7.5.9 FLASH/SOUND DIVERSION DEVICES
The use of flash/sound diversionary devices, also referred to as “flash-bangs”, shall be
restricted to certified/authorized personnel from the SWAT Team.
SWAT Team personnel who have successfully completed a Department approved
training course in the proper use and deployment of flash/sound diversionary devices
shall be authorized to deploy the devices during actual operations.
Except in extreme emergencies (i.e., life-threatening situations), flash sound diversionary
devices shall not be used without prior authorization by the SWAT Team Lieutenant or
Tactical Sergeant. In their absence, the Tactical Team Leader may authorize their use.
Procedures
• Flash/sound diversionary devices may be considered whenever the use of a less
lethal diversion would facilitate entry, enable arrest, and potentially reduce the risk of
injury to citizens, suspects and officers
• Circumstances justifying the use flash/sound diversionary devices shall include, but
not be limited to:
• Barricaded suspects
• Hostage rescue operations
• High risk warrant service
• Circumstances where distraction of violent and/or mentally deranged persons, or
those under the influence of alcohol/drugs are believed necessary to facilitate
apprehension
• Situations where the authorizing person deems the use necessary to resolve the
incident safely
• Except in life-threatening situation, certain conditions may exist in which more care
should be exercised when deploying flash/sound diversionary devices. These may
include, but are not limited to:
• If intelligence information indicates the possible presence of children or elderly
persons
• Small rooms, closets or areas containing predominately ceramic/hard-type tile walls
or floors
• The suspected presence of highly combustible materials, or flammable vapors or
chemicals
DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Because flash/sound diversionary devices have the potential to ignite flammable
materials, when possible a portable fire extinguisher should be accessible whenever
devices are to be deployed.
Whenever possible, flash/sound diversionary device should be deployed in an area visible
to the deploying officer.
These devices shall not be used solely for the preservation of evidence.
REVIEW PROCESS
The SWAT Lieutenant or Tactical Sergeant shall review the use of flash/sound
diversionary devices, as soon as practical, following each incident or operation to ensure
the devices were used according to policy and the devices functioned properly. This
information should then be documented in the SWAT After–Action Report.
7.5.10 DELETED 1/9/23
7.5.11 OVERDOSE PREVENTION PROGRAM
Revised April 8, 2024
The Community Services Bureau will have review responsibility.
The Overdose Prevention Program provides employees with the training and
equipment needed to administer naloxone nasal spray in accordance with mandated
guidelines as determined and established by the Long Beach Health Department
pursuant to Health & Safety Code § 1797.197 and California Civil Code § 1714.22.
The Program shall remain active while supplies are provided by the Long Beach Health
Department.
7.5.11.1 DEFINITIONS
Naloxone – A medication designed to rapidly reverse opioid overdose.
Opioid – A class of drugs that includes fentanyl, heroin, oxycodone, hydrocodone,
codeine, and morphine.
Overdose – Consumption of a toxic amount of a drug, either intentionally or by
accident, to the extent that it overwhelms the body, renders a person unresponsive
to stimulation, and/or causes a person to stop breathing.
7.5.11.2 TRAINING
Only employees who have completed the Long Beach Health Department's
mandated training shall be authorized to administer naloxone nasal spray. Annual
refresher training will be provided to employees authorized to administer naloxone.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.5.11.3 PROGRAM COORDINATOR
The Collaborative Response Division Commander or their designee will serve as the
Department's Program Coordinator and will work in collaboration with the Health
Department. The Program Coordinator shall be responsible for coordinating training
with the Training and Tactical Support Division as well as ordering replacement units,
ensuring naloxone is readily available in each Division, and general informational
needs.
7.5.11.4 NALOXONE NASAL SPRAYERS
Trained employees are provided naloxone nasal sprayers by the Health Department
as supplies are available. Employees may discard expired or administered naloxone
nasal sprayers. Expired naloxone is not harmful, but it has a reduced ability to
reverse an overdose. No special handling is required. To request a replacement,
employees can notify their Division Logistics Officer, or contact the Program
Coordinator.
7.5.11.5 ADMINISTERING NALOXONE
Employees who have completed the mandated naloxone training are authorized
to administer naloxone when based on their training and experience, reasonably
believe someone is suffering an opioid-related overdose.
Employees will retain the discretion to administer naloxone. There is no legal
obligation to administer naloxone. Trained employees who administer naloxone to a
person who is experiencing or is suspected of experiencing an overdose are protected
from civil and criminal liability if they "act with reasonable care" and "in good faith"
(Civil Code § 1714.22(f)).
Employees who administer naloxone shall treat the incident as a medical emergency
and shall adhere to the following:
a) Maintain universal precautions.
b) Perform patient assessment to determine unresponsiveness.
c) Update Dispatch of a potential overdose situation and ensure Fire Department
personnel are responding to the medical emergency.
d) Follow naloxone use protocol.
e) Immediately, or as soon as practicable, notify responding emergency medical
personnel naloxone has been administered.
f) Notify a supervisor of the administering of naloxone as soon as practicable.
g) Document the administration of naloxone in an electronic incident report, the
report shall include the name of the supervisor notified, and the name of the
emergency medical personnel advised on scene. If the employee who
administers naloxone does not have authorization to file an electronic incident
report, an employee with authorization shall respond to the scene to document
the incident.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
NOTE: If naloxone is administered in the jail, then the booking sergeant shall be
notified and assume all responsibilities defined within 7.1.19.6 Supervisor
Responsibility.
7.5.11.6 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY
The supervisor shall do the following:
• Ensure the administration of naloxone is documented
• Notify the Watch Commander
7.5.11.7 WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITY
The Watch Commander shall do the following:
• Ensure the administration of naloxone is documented
• Ensure an event is entered in the Watch Commander’s Log regarding the
administration of naloxone
• Ensure that the City Safety Officer is notified if the naloxone was administered
on a City employee
7.5.12 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
The Police Department will perform in a subordinate role to the Fire Department in all
hazardous materials incidents.
When officers are dispatched to a hazardous material “incident” and, after arrival, have
determined that a hazardous material may be involved, the responding officer should
immediately summon the Fire Department to act as the command authority. The officer
shall request that a police supervisor respond to the scene. The Police Supervisor will
notify the Watch Commander of the incident. The Watch Commander will notify the Office
of the Chief of Police.
The Police Supervisor will assist the Fire Department by providing the following:
• A liaison officer for the Fire Department Incident Commander
• Control of emergency vehicle access routes
• Perimeter traffic control
• Evacuation, if necessary
Hazardous material incidents may include overturned tanker trunks, underground pipeline
breaks, oil spills on waterways, radio-active material leakage, responses to
unmarked/unknown containers that have been abandoned, and possible hazardous
unidentified narcotics, drugs, chemicals or substances.
Officers are advised to adhere to the following guidelines.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
A Hazardous Materials Incident Exists When:
A substance, because of quantity, concentration, or physical, chemical, or infectious
characteristics may either:
• Cause or contribute to death or an increase in serious illness; or
• Pose a substantial hazard to human health or environment when improperly treated,
stored, transported or disposed of; or
• If human exposure should occur, may result in death, disabling injury or serious illness
• Any material identified as a hazardous waste or material in §66680 of Title 22 of the
California Administrative Code which causes or contributes to any of the
aforementioned circumstances
Guidelines for Determining if the Material is of a Significant Quantity to be a Threat to the
Environment or Public Health
When there is a hazardous waste incident, the on-scene Fire Department Incident
Commander may contact the Health Department whenever a determination is necessary.
The following criteria may be used by the Fire Department Incident Commander when
determining if significant quantities of hazardous waste have been involved and threaten
the environment or public health, necessitating immediate Health Department
consultation:
• Human or animal mortality (sickness or death)
• Fire, explosion or odor (airborne)
• Discharge into, or a conduit to usable surface water (beaches, recreational water, or
storm drain)
• Unsecured residential area (populated)
Procedures
• Do not enter any suspect clouds, vapor areas or spills, especially if the substance is
unidentified.
• Do not attempt any rescue actions if the risk of exposure will be detrimental to
Department personnel.
• Establish a perimeter line and keep all individuals out until a positive product
identification has been made.
• The Fire Department will determine the need for areas of “downwind” evacuation and
request police assistance if evacuation is required.
• In incidents where hazardous materials must be retained and analyzed for evidence,
the Fire Department Incident Commander will advise the designee who removes the
hazardous materials to retain and secure the material until contacted by the Long
Beach Police Department Criminalist. The Criminalist will contact the holder of the
evidence and determine what steps to take to analyze and identify the material. The
Criminalist will also determine whom and where the evidence will be stored.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SAMPLES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED FOR STORAGE
IN THE POLICE PROPERTY SECTION.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Under no circumstances will personnel from this Department handle or transport
hazardous waste. (This does not preclude a Criminalist transporting samples for
analysis.) The Criminalist will be responsible for the safe storage of hazardous
materials.
Scene Management
Incidents on State highways or freeways are the responsibility of the California Highway
Patrol (CHP). Cal Trans is responsible for clean ups and removal. Until arrival of the
CHP, the Fire Department will assume command of the incident and initiate any action
necessary. If the CHP is on scene first, the Fire Department will provide
resources/services requested.
Incidents occurring in the City of Long Beach on County roads or City streets are the
responsibility of the Long Beach Police Department; however, the Fire Department will
act as command authority during hazardous materials incidents. Fire Department
Incident Commanders will utilize Police Department personnel for law enforcement, traffic
control, evacuation, and other police–related functions.
Incidents occurring on waterways are the responsibility of the Coast Guard and/or the
Department of Fish and Game (DFG). Until arrival of either organization, the Fire
Department will assume command of the incident and initiate necessary actions. If the
Coast Guard is on-scene first, the Fire Department will provide resources/services as
required.
Incidents on other City property and all private property are the responsibility of the Fire
Department. Fire Department Incident Commanders are directed to initiate actions and
remain in control As long as a threat to life and property exists. Once the incident is
stabilized (safe), the responsible parties will assume cleanup and removal functions.
Cleanup Procedures
All costs associated with cleanup and removal is the responsibility of the product owner
and/or handler. Cleanup of abandoned materials on private property is the responsibility
of the property owner.
The Fire Department Incident Commander will request dispatchers to notify the Office of
Emergency Services (OES) when products have been abandoned or there is no
responsible party. Notification to OES is the first step in applying for State cleanup funds.
Incident Commanders must provide specific spill information to the dispatchers.
Fire Department dispatchers will be following specific procedures for notifying the OES
City Health Department and other necessary resources. Fire Department Incident
Commanders will be required to supply all required scene information to ensure
compliance with City and State mandates.
Containment resources may be required from Public Service; i.e., skip loaders, clay and
sand, barricades, et cetera. The Fire Department Incident Commander should not
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
hesitate to secure the services of Public Service and/or private resources when a life-
threatening situation exists.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.6 EQUIPMENT ISSUE
7.6.1 ISSUANCE & MAINTENANCE OF RADIOS
Issuing Police Radios
Employees who desire to check out a hand held radio shall exchange their metal tags
imprinted with their photo number for the radio. Watch I shall use RED metal tags, Watch
II GREEN metal tags, and Watch III BLUE metal tags. The metal tag shall be placed on
a tag board matching the issue number of the radio. When the radio is returned, the metal
tag shall be returned to the individual who checked out the radio. In the radio is returned,
the metal tag shall be returned to the individual who checked the radio out. In the even
an employee is unable to locate the appropriate tag, the paper sign-out system will be
used.
Employees shall receive one radio per person. All radios shall be returned to the Issue
Room at the end of watch.
Maintenance & Care
Defective or malfunctioning radios shall be reported to the Issue Room. The Issue Room
shall forward the information and the radio to the Public Service Bureau, Electronics
Systems, for repair and/or maintenance.
Radios requiring repair shall be delivered to Electronic Systems each workday. Repaired
radios shall be returned to the Issue Room.
Lost or Damaged Radios
Lost, stolen, or damaged radios shall be reported to the employee’s supervisor as soon
as possible. The supervisor shall determine whether the damage was the result of
negligence or carelessness on the part of the employee. The supervisor shall ensure that
a lost or stolen report is completed. A copy of the supervisor’s report and a copy of the
lost or stolen report shall be forwarded to the Patrol Bureau.
In the event that the loss or damage of the radio was a direct result of negligence on the
part of the employee, replacement of the radio shall be at the employee’s expense.
Radios Not in the Physical Control of the Issue Room
Details that maintain separate radios on a permanent basis shall implement their own
issue and maintenance policy. Each Bureau, however, shall be subject to an inventory
audit performed by the Budget Section, a minimum of three times per year.
Patrol Watch I & III
The Issue Room shall notify the Watch Commander when assistance is required.
7.6.2 SHOTGUNS
Revised November 16, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
The Support Bureau has audit responsibility.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The Long Beach Police Pistol Range (Pistol Range) is responsible for issuing shotguns
to each Division. The approved shotgun for the Long Beach Police Department is a
Remington, 12-gauge, Model 870 Wingmaster Pump. Only shotguns issued by the Pistol
Range may be deployed. Shotguns issued by the Pistol Range may not be modified
without the approval of the Range Master.
Shotguns shall be permanently placed in black and white police vehicles. Officers will
confirm that the shotgun is locked in the shotgun rack. If a black and white vehicle is
without a shotgun, a new shotgun shall be obtained from the issue room. If a vehicle is
left unattended, officers will ensure that the vehicle is locked and that the shotgun is
locked in the shotgun rack.
In the event a vehicle must be towed, the shotgun will be removed from the vehicle and
returned to the division issue room or shotgun locker.
7.6.2.1 Pre-shift shotgun inspection
Revised November 16, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
Prior to going into service, or as soon as practical, officers will inspect the shotgun
assigned to them for their shift to determine if the shotgun is ready for deployment.
Officers shall not complete shotgun inspections while seated in a vehicle.
If the shotgun requires cleaning or repairs, officers shall return the shotgun to the division
issue room or shotgun locker, tag the shotgun noting any issues, notify the division
administrative officer, and checkout another shotgun.
7.6.2.2 Shotgun loading and unloading
Revised November 16, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
Officers shall not load or unload shotguns while seated in a vehicle. The shotgun shall be
unloaded from the loading port only. Officers will unload the shotgun using current
approved unloading procedures. Officers shall not unload shotguns by repeatedly racking
the slide.
7.6.2.3 Inspection of existing ammunition
Revised November 16, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
Prior to going into service, or as soon as practical, officers will inspect their shotgun
ammunition. If there is any wear on the lip of the brass, the round shall be replaced with
a new round. The division administrative officer will ensure that worn rounds are returned
to the Range for replacement.
7.6.2.4 Rotation of shotgun ammunition
Revised November 16, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Shotgun ammunition will be replaced during each Division’s designated maintenance
period and returned to the Pistol Range. Rotation of Division ammunition will be managed
by the Division Commander.
7.6.2.5 INVENTORY AND maintenance
Revised November 16, 2016
Reviewed January 2020
The Pistol Range shall be responsible for annual maintenance and inventory of all
Department owned shotguns, with the exception of SWAT shotguns. A maintenance log
shall be kept detailing all work completed on the shotguns. All shotgun maintenance will
be done at the Pistol Range by Range staff.
Each division shall rotate their patrol shotguns through the Pistol Range following the
schedule below.
South Division January – March
West Division April – June
East Division July – September
North Division October – December
Investigations Bureau January – June
Support Bureau July – December
Field Support July - December
Each Division Commander will be responsible for ensuring that division shotguns are
brought to the Range for maintenance and then returned to the division.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.7 CANINE UNIT (CU)
Revised October 12, 2023
The Support Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
7.7.1 CANINE UNIT PURPOSE AND SCOPE
Revised October 12, 2023
A police canine increases the degree of safety to members of the public within a contained
search area, enhances individual officer safety, increases the likelihood of suspect
apprehension, and provides the tactical advantage and ability to de-escalate using time,
distance, and cover (for further see LBPD Manual § 10.3.3. De-scalation). The Canine
Unit (CU) was established to supplement police services to the community. Highly skilled
and trained teams of handlers and canines are used to assist police operations in locating
individuals and contraband and apprehending criminal offenders.
7.7.2 DEFINITIONS
Revised October 12, 2023
Canine – Any Department approved patrol canine or detection canine, handled by a
police officer, used in the commission of their police duties.
Canine Deployment – Any time a canine is used for searching for odor or suspect
apprehension, not including training or demonstrations.
Canine Contact – Any time a canine bites a person at the direction of a canine handler
outside of a training environment.
Detection Canine – Any canine used to search for narcotics or explosive odors.
Explosives Detection Canine (EDC) – A single-purpose canine used only to detect
explosive odors; including firearms.
Narcotics Detection Canine (NDC) – A single-purpose or crossed-trained patrol canine
that has been trained in the detection of narcotic odors.
Patrol Canine – Any canine used to search for human odor or for directed suspect
apprehension.
https://ucr.fbi.gov/crime-in-the-u.s/2011/crime-in-the-u.s.-2011/offense-definitions
Spotter – A police officer assigned to assist an EDC handler with lethal cover, time
management, coordinating the search, and communications.
7.7.3 PATROL CANINE
Revised October 12, 2023
The patrol canine is a Level 2 force option (for further refer to LBPD Manual § 10.8.3
Use of Force – Review Levels).
7.7.3.1 PATROL CANINE DEPLOYMENT CRITERIA
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Revised October 12, 2023
The decision to deploy a patrol canine shall rest with the handler, however the Watch
Commander may cancel a patrol canine deployment.
The deployment of a canine may be used to locate and apprehend a suspect if the canine
handler reasonably believes the individual is threatening to commit, has committed or is
committing a felony offense or armed misdemeanor, and if any of the following conditions
exist:
a) There is a reasonable belief the individual poses an immediate threat of violence or
serious harm to the public or any officer.
b) The individual is physically resisting or is threatening to resist arrest and the use of a
patrol canine is necessary and proportional to overcome such resistance.
c) The individual is believed to be concealed in an area where entry by other than a
patrol canine would pose a threat to the safety of officers or the public.
d) Grand theft auto when the suspect is reasonably believed to be an adult, and
reasonably believed to be the driver of a confirmed stolen vehicle; known
passengers, absent extenuating circumstances, should not be searched for with the
use of a patrol canine.
The following shall be considered:
• The nature and severity of the suspected offense
• The potential risk to the suspect(s)
• The suspect’s known age or perceived age
• The ability of the suspect to understand and comprehend canine warnings to include
language barriers or disabilities (for further see LBPD Manual § 10.3.5 Vulnerable
Populations).
• The potential danger to the public that may result from the deployment of a patrol
canine
7.7.3.2 PATROL CANINE HANDLER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised October 12, 2023
The handler shall be responsible for the following during a patrol canine deployment:
• When feasible, respond to the Command Post prior to deployment.
• Determine the search tactics, tactical, and medical plan to be utilized.
• Coordinate the canine deployment with assisting officers.
• In situations where a canine contacts a suspect, the handler shall continually evaluate
for the suspect’s verbal and physical response, threat, or resistance to the canine
contact.
• The handler shall call off the canine at the first reasonable moment the canine can be
safely released from the contact.
7.7.3.3 PATROL CANINE ANNOUNCEMENTS
Revised October 12, 2023
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Preceding the deployment of a patrol canine when searching for suspects, there shall be
a clear, audible search announcement, followed by a reasonable period of time to allow
compliance. When appropriate and when resources are available, the announcement will
be made in accordance with the City of Long Beach Language Access Policy.
7.7.3.4 PATROL CANINE ANNOUNCEMENT EXCEPTION
Revised October 12, 2023
When conducting searches for suspects believed to be armed, concerns for the safety of
search personnel may dictate a patrol canine search announcement is not made. Any
exception to this announcement policy must be fully justified by conditions and
circumstances in a specific incident that create officer or public safety concerns exceeding
those that may typically be associated with patrol canine deployment operations.
The decision not to make a patrol canine search announcement absent exigency, must
be approved by the Incident Commander and documented in the electronic incident
report.
7.7.4 NARCOTIC DETECTION CANINE (NDC)
Revised October 12, 2023
The NDC provides narcotic odor detection search support for the following:
• Patrol orientated search request (e.g., vehicle, house, area)
• Narcotics Detective request for specific support
• Providing routine sweeps of schools
• Providing routine sweeps of transportation hubs to include airport, bus terminals,
Metro rail, and cruise terminals
• Providing probable cause to search a vehicle during a traffic stop
7.7.4.1 NDC HANDLER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised October 12, 2023
When a handler is requested to assist with a narcotics canine search, the handler should
consider the following:
a) When feasible contact the officers on scene and ask them not to search prior to NDC
arrival.
b) If possible, obtain intelligence on the type of drug being searched for to avoid NDC
contact with caustic chemicals.
c) Conduct a safety check of the area prior to beginning a search to avoid NDC
encountering dangerous chemicals.
d) Clear all animals out of the search area, if possible.
e) Clear all occupants from the search area.
7.7.5 EXPLOSIVES DETECTION CANINE (EDC)
Revised October 12, 2023
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The EDC provides searches support for the following:
• Threat of an explosive device
• Securing the command post during a bomb squad call-out
• Checking for secondary explosive devices
• Responding to suspicious and unattended items
• Providing EDC general and routine sweeps for critical infrastructure and special
events (e.g., Long Beach Airport, Grand Prix, Long Beach Marathon)
• Searches for firearms
7.7.5.1 EDC DEPLOYMENT CRITERIA
Revised October 12, 2023
When feasible and prior to the deployment of an EDC, the handler at the scene shall
consider all pertinent information available at the time. The decision to deploy will be
evaluated based on articulable facts and at the discretion of the CU supervisor or the
EDC handler.
• The EDC shall be deployed with a minimum of one spotter unless there are exigent
circumstances.
• An EDC shall not be used to assess, examine, or clear items already identified as a
suspected explosive device.
7.7.5.2 EDC HANDLER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised October 12, 2023
The EDC handler shall do the following prior to the deployment of an EDC on searches
involving large areas for threats of explosive devices:
• Ensure a medical plan is developed with the Incident Commander and briefed to
assisting units.
• Notify the Canine Unit Supervisor or a designee when deploying for suspected
explosive devices only.
• Notify an Airport Supervisor or designee when an EDC is requested for a response to
the Long Beach Airport.
7.7.6 TRANSPORTATION SECURITY ADMINISTRATION’S (TSA) NATIONAL
EXPLOSIVES DETECTION CANINE TEAM PROGRAM (NEDCTP)
Revised October 12, 2023
The TSA NEDCTP are single purpose explosive detection canines and have specific
guidelines and requirements that must be met. The TSA NEDCTP are not assigned to
the CU. Management and supervision will be shared between the Airport Police Sergeant
and the CU Sergeant. For further on EDC refer to 7.7.5 Explosives Detection Canine.
Canines assigned to CU officers participating in the TSA NEDCTP are owned by the
TSA. CU handlers assigned a TSA canine shall follow all training and deployment
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
guidelines established in the current TSA-LBPD Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)
and the LBPD Manual.
Handlers assigned to the Airport Police and participating in TSA NEDCTP shall follow the
established training program provided by their TSA training coordinator.
7.7.7 CANINE CONTACTS – CU HANDLER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised October 12, 2023
If a canine contact occurs, the canine handler shall ensure the subject receives medical
aid per LBPD Manual § 10.3.6. Medical Aid. The canine handler shall immediately report
any contact to the lieutenant overseeing the canine unit or their designee.
Prior to going off duty, the canine handler shall complete an electronic incident report
associated with the deployment of the canine. The report shall include:
a) The circumstances surrounding the deployment and contact by the canine.
b) De-escalation methods attempted.
c) Medical care provided.
d) Photographs are taken of the contact subject.
e) Method of announcements.
f) The justification for not making a canine search announcement if an announcement
is not conducted.
g) The duration of the canine contact with a suspect/subject.
h) The name of the involved field supervisor and Watch Commander.
NEDCTP participants, must immediately notify their TSA Headquarters Canine
Coordinator (HQCC), or their designee, for any actual or alleged TSA canine induced
injury. In these instances, the Long Beach Airport Supervisor or designee shall be notified.
7.7.7.1 LIEUTENANT OVERSEEING THE CANINE UNIT - RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised October 12, 2023
The CU Lieutenant, or their designee, shall respond to the scene of any canine contact.
The CU Lieutenant shall refer to LBPD Manual § 10.9.2 Use of Force – Supervisor
Responsibilities.
The CU Lieutenant shall ensure all intentional contacts are documented for administrative
review. In the event of an unintentional contact or property damage, the CU Lieutenant
shall document the incident in an administrative report to be submitted through the chain
of command to the Training and Tactical Support Division Commander for review. The
CU Lieutenant shall track all canine contacts and ensure the CU's contact data is
maintained and up to date.
7.7.8 TRAINING – CU CANINE
Revised October 12, 2023
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Handlers assigned to the CU are typically assigned two canines: a patrol canine that may
also be cross trained to detect narcotics and a single purpose explosive detection canine.
To maintain a high level of operational status, handlers are required to attend regularly
scheduled training days, as well as train one hour per shift. The standard shall be a
minimum of 40 hours per month.
7.7.8.1 TRAINING – TSA NEDCTP
Revised October 12, 2023
Handlers assigned to the Airport Police and participating in TSA NEDCTP shall follow the
established training program provided by their TSA training coordinator.
7.7.8.2 TRAINING – SERGEANT RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised October 12, 2023
• Ensure a minimum of one POST certified trainer is maintained in the CU.
• Ensure the CU trainer is certified to train both patrol and detection canines.
• Ensure proper training is being conducted, review training records, and supervise
certifications.
• Ensure periodic training is scheduled for all Department personnel to familiarize
them with how to conduct themselves in the presence of a Department canine.
• The CU Sergeant, or designee, shall be responsible for all LBPD operated patrol
and detection canine training.
• The CU Sergeant shall ensure the TSA NEDCTP Canine Training Instructor (CTI)
is providing proper and timely NEDCTP canine and handler training.
7.7.9 CERTIFICATION – CANINE
Revised October 12, 2023
Before assignment in the field, each canine shall be trained by LBPD CU staff and
certified to meet CU standards and current POST guidelines. Certifications will occur
three times annually for both patrol and detection canines. The CU Sergeant or
designee shall supervise the certification process.
If the handler/canine team is absent from duty for more than ninety days, the team shall
recertify before deploying to the field.
If a handler/canine team fails certification, the unit shall not deploy until remediation
and certification are complete.
The CU trainer shall recommend a training plan to correct the deficiency and submit
the training plan to the CU Sergeant. Upon completing the training, the handler/canine
team shall be re-evaluated for certification.
Repeated certification failures with the need to retrain the same behavior is cause for
removal from the unit.
7.7.9.1 CERTIFICATION – TSA
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Revised October 12, 2023
TSA requires all canines to pass TSA certification evaluations on an annual basis. The
evaluations are administered by personnel from their Canine Training Center and
conducted at the canine team’s assigned duty location. TSA is the sole certifying official
for all TSA NEDCTP canines. TSA deployed canine may not obtain any other
certifications.
If a handler/canine team fails certification, the unit shall not deploy until remediation
and certification are complete.
The CU sergeant will consult with the TSA CTI to recommend a training plan to correct
the deficiency. Upon completing the training, the handler/canine team shall be re-
evaluated for certification.
Repeated certification failures with the need to retrain the same behavior is cause for
removal from the unit.
7.7.10 TRAINING AIDS
Revised October 12, 2023
7.7.10.1 NARCOTICS
Revised October 12, 2023
Narcotics training aids will be acquired, issued, and inspected in accordance with LBPD
Manual § 7.1.33. Drugs For K-9 Recognition Training.
7.7.10.2 EXPLOSIVES
Revised October 12, 2023
Explosive training aids shall be purchased from and delivered by a licensed vendor.
The explosive training aids shall be stored and inspected in accordance with ATF
regulations. Only TSA provided or approved Canine Explosive Training Aids will be
stored in the TSA provided magazine in accordance with the ATF Explosives storage
requirements.
7.7.10.3 OTHER EQUIPMENT
Revised October 12, 2023
Canine handlers shall ensure all assigned equipment is maintained in good working
order. The CU Sergeant shall be required to manage equipment, uniforms, and
vehicles issued to all canine teams and conduct monthly inspections. The CU Sergeant
shall schedule regular maintenance of equipment and provide training to canine
handlers on the equipment used.
7.7.11 CU ASSISTANCE TO FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS
Revised October 12, 2023
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
The Watch Commander or an on-duty lieutenant is authorized to approve requests from
outside agencies for assistance from an LBPD canine. In all situations involving the
deployment of an LBPD canine for another jurisdiction, LBPD deployment policies shall
apply.
7.7.11.1 USE OF FOREIGN JURISDICTION CANINES
Revised October 12, 2023
The use of canines from other agencies should only be requested when LBPD canines
are unavailable, or fully committed. The Watch Commander must approve the
deployment of another agency’s canines. Such a deployment shall be consistent with
LBPD policy.
In situations where an outside agency canine is used and a contact occurs, the Watch
Commander shall be notified. The CU Lieutenant, or designee, shall respond and conduct
an immediate follow-up investigation. The CU Lieutenant, or designee, shall obtain any
arrest reports or statements that may be provided by the outside agency. The ultimate
responsibility to file the follow-up report is that of the CU Sergeant or their designee.
7.7.12 CANINE MEDICAL CARE
Revised October 12, 2023
It shall be the responsibility of the individual handlers to maintain a healthy environment
for their canine and provide medical attention when necessary.
All medical attention, on or off duty, shall be rendered by designated canine veterinarians.
In the event of an emergency, the canine may be transported to the nearest emergency
medical facility. The canine handler shall notify the CU Sergeant as soon as practical and
direct a memorandum to the CU Sergeant articulating the circumstances surrounding the
need for medical attention.
TSA NEDCTP handlers shall ensure all prescribed routine and emergency examinations
are adhered to and performed by licensed, board certified veterinary medical
professionals for all canines. NEDCTP reserves the right to consult with a Department of
Defense (DoD) veterinarian for any proposed medical treatment for TSA canines.
7.7.13 OFF DUTY HANDLER AND CANINE RESTRICTIONS
Revised October 12, 2023
Police personnel shall not purposely agitate or tease a canine nor allow others to do so.
While off duty, handlers care for their canine in the home, but canines are not family pets.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Canine handlers shall not allow their canines to do the following:
• Move freely and unsupervised in public areas.
• Engage in activity with non-immediate family members without handler supervision.
• Engage in play biting.
Participate in off duty demonstrations without the approval of the CU Supervisor or unit
trainer present.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.8 BODY WORN CAMERA (BWC)
Revised February 19, 2024
The Patrol Bureau shall review this policy on a two-year cycle.
7.8.1 PURPOSE
Revised February 19, 2024
This policy establishes expectations regarding the use, release, management, and
storage of Body Worn Cameras (BWC) and their footage. The use of BWCs provides
objective digital records of events and police encounters with the public. BWC recordings
are intended to assist authorized Department personnel in the performance of their duties
and may be an important tool for capturing relevant evidence, improving services and
contacts with the community, and maintaining public trust.
An officer’s recollection and perception of specific details may differ from what is captured
on a BWC recording. The use of cameras does not replace or reduce the requirement to
provide thorough written documentation.
7.8.2 DEFINITIONS
Revised February 19, 2024
Activate – Manually switch the BWC device from buffering mode to event (record) mode
to start recording audio and video.
Body Worn Camera (BWC) – A camera worn by an individual employee that records
and stores audio and video.
Buffering Mode – The BWC is powered on and is continuously looping a video recording
for up to 60 seconds before the recording is activated by the employee. While buffering,
video only (no audio) is being recorded.
Deactivate – Manually stop the BWC device which halts the recording of audio and digital
media and returns the device to buffering mode.
Docking – The process by which an employee places a BWC into a network-attached
data transfer device, which causes videos recorded onto the BWC to be uploaded to the
footage management system, the BWC battery to charge, and the firmware to update.
Footage – Video including audio captured by a BWC device and stored digitally.
Footage Management System – A technological system that stores digitally encrypted
data accessible to authorized personnel.
Metadata – Department Record (DR) numbers, Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) call
numbers, Global Positioning System (GPS), and other descriptors used to identify
footage.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Official Responsibility – Refers to the responsibilities as described in Manual §§
7.8.4.1 Uniformed Employee Responsibilities and 7.8.4.2 Non-Uniformed Employee
Responsibilities, respectively.
7.8.3 BWC USE
Revised February 19, 2024
BWC Equipment
• Only authorized and trained personnel shall receive a BWC device.
• BWC equipment is for official use only and shall not be utilized for personal use.
• Personally purchased or acquired BWC devices are not authorized.
• All BWC footage is considered the property of the LBPD.
• Employees shall make a reasonable effort to keep their BWC device adequately
charged throughout their shift.
BWC Operation
Before each shift, when an employee who is issued a BWC and the assigned shift
involves official responsibilities, they shall adhere to the following:
1) Camera inspection – Visually and physically inspect the device to ensure it is
adequately charged and operational.
2) Camera position – Attach the BWC with an unobstructed forward-facing view at chest
level. This does not apply to non-uniformed personnel until the employee is performing
official responsibilities. For further refer to Manual § 7.8.4.2 Non-Uniformed Employee
Responsibilities.
3) Camera deployment – Ensure the BWC is in buffering mode before deploying to the
field or conducting official responsibilities.
4) Conclusion of shift – Place assigned BWC in the docking station at the end of each
shift. When a docking station is unavailable, begin the charging and footage uploading
process via data transfer cable using the appropriate software.
5) Metadata Entry – When employees discover or are advised of missing or inaccurate
metadata related to a BWC recording, the employee shall update the metadata entry
as soon as practicable.
If a BWC device or component is damaged, defective, lost, or stolen, the user shall
contact a supervisor as soon as possible but no later than the end of their shift and note
the malfunction in their unit history. The employee shall notify their supervisor and PD
Fleet and Field Technology Section to facilitate a replacement BWC as soon as
practicable.
Members of the Public - Advisement and Requests
Upon BWC activation, employees are encouraged to advise members of the public they
are being recorded. If asked, employees shall advise they are being recorded.
Exceptions may be made for investigative reasons; these reasons shall be documented
in either an electronic incident report, RNB, or call history.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
Employees shall not be required to activate or deactivate their body-worn camera based
solely on requests or demands of members of the public, but rather rely on their training
and this policy to direct their use of the body-worn camera. Should a member of the public
request the BWC footage, employees shall advise them to submit a public record request
through the Department’s Public Records Portal on its website.
7.8.4 BWC ACTIVATION
Revised February 19, 2024
The safety of the employee and the public takes precedence over BWC activation.
Uniformed and non-uniformed employees shall activate their BWC before they arrive on
scene to conduct official responsibilities and continue recording without interruption, even
when temporarily stepping away from a member of the public, until their official
responsibilities have concluded.
If it was not feasible for an employee to activate their BWC prior to arriving on scene or
initiating official responsibilities for safety reasons or rapidly evolving events, the
employee shall activate the BWC as soon as safe to do so.
If an employee does not activate their BWC, activates their BWC late, or terminates
their BWC prematurely, for reasons other than listed in Manual § 7.8.4.4 When to Turn
BWC Off or Manual § 7.8.4.5 Authorized to Deactivate, employees shall notify a
supervisor and document the circumstances in an electronic incident report. Should no
incident report be required, employees shall document the circumstances in their CAD
call history and include the name of the supervisor notified.
7.8.4.1 UNIFORMED EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised February 19, 2024
All employees issued a BWC shall wear and use their BWC while working in any
uniformed assignment in the field or during other related enforcement or investigative
duties while in uniform. A uniform includes attire that easily identifies the employee as a
Police Officer or Special Services Officer (SSO) (e.g., tactical vest, raid jacket/vest).
Unless recording, employees assigned a BWC shall ensure their BWC is in buffering
mode at all times while in the field, including to and from the courtroom.
Uniformed employees shall activate their BWC for any official responsibility, including but
not limited to all:
A) Calls for service
B) Pedestrian stops, including consensual encounters
C) Detentions and arrests, including transportation and booking until released to jail
personnel.
D) Searches of a person or their property
E) Search warrant service
F) Vehicle/traffic stops
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
G) Vehicle pursuits
H) Evidence collection
I) Foot pursuits
J) Uses of force
K) Transportation of members of the public.
L) Extraditions of persons who are uncooperative, belligerent, or otherwise hostile
M) Any encounter with a member of the public that is or becomes uncooperative,
belligerent, or otherwise hostile
N) While assigned to or working an overtime shift in the LBPD Jail Section when
interacting with, handcuffing, or moving an uncooperative, belligerent, or otherwise
hostile inmate
Employees are encouraged to activate their BWC in any situation when the recording
would be valuable for evidentiary purposes.
7.8.4.2 NON-UNIFORMED EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised February 19, 2024
At the beginning of each shift, non-uniformed employees shall conduct a camera
inspection, ensure their BWC is available and stored with their equipment. Non-uniformed
employees shall activate their BWC when:
• Engaging in any preplanned enforcement contacts.
• Executing any preplanned search warrants or arrest warrants; recording the
execution of the warrant from the beginning of the service to the conclusion of the
event.
• They have made an arrest and are transporting a defendant, non-uniformed
employees shall have the same expectations as uniformed employees (refer to §
7.8.4.1).
• Transportation of members of the public.
• Extraditions of persons who are uncooperative, belligerent, or otherwise hostile.
Non-uniformed employees may use their discretion to activate their BWCs in other
situations where they believe the recording would be beneficial to their investigation or
the situation.
7.8.4.3 CONCLUSION OF OFFICIAL RESPONSIBILITIES Revised February 19, 2024
Once an employee has activated their BWC as required by this policy, employees shall
continue their BWC recording without interruption until the conclusion of all official
responsibilities. For this section official responsibilities have concluded when one of the
following has occurred:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• All evidence has been collected and all involved parties have left the location,
including but not limited to victim(s), witness(es), suspect(s), and calling party(ies),
and
• All employees at the location reasonably believe there will be no further contact with
the involved party(ies),
• The employee has left the location and is no longer engaged in an official
responsibility, or
• The employee(s) who arrested the defendant(s) have completed the transportation,
including transportation and booking until released to jail personnel.
If contact with the public resumes or an employee resumes official responsibilities, the
employee shall reactivate their BWC and continue recording.
Any employee assisting on scene with another employee conducting official
responsibilities shall also activate their BWC regardless of their involvement with the
official responsibility being conducted, unless the employee can articulate they are
assigned to a stagnant position as it relates to Manual § 7.8.4.5 Authorized to Deactivate.
Should an employee terminate a recording prior to the conclusion of official
responsibilities for reasons listed under Manual § 7.8.4.4 When Not to Record or Manual
§ 7.8.4.5 Authorized to Deactivate, employees are encouraged to verbally articulate on
the recording the reason(s) for turning off the camera before deactivating the BWC.
7.8.4.4 WHEN TO TURN BWC OFF
Revised February 19, 2024
Employees shall turn off their BWC:
1) When in areas where there is a reasonable expectation of privacy (e.g., locker
rooms, restrooms, or breakrooms).
2) Within police facilities unless the employee is conducting official responsibilities.
3) During Internal Affairs interviews.
4) During strip searches.
5) While in the courtroom and judge’s chambers (BWC shall be in buffering mode when
in all other areas of the courthouse including the hallways and common areas).
7.8.4.5 AUTHORIZED TO DEACTIVATE
Revised February 19, 2024
Employees may deactivate their BWC:
1) While debriefing tactics in the field
2) When an employee believes that the use of a BWC would impede or limit the
cooperation of a victim or witness during an investigative contact. If such a situation
occurs, the employee shall notify a supervisor. Additionally, the employee shall
document the circumstances and the name of the supervisor notified in the
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
appropriate electronic incident report; if there is no incident report, the circumstances
shall be included in their CAD call history.
3) When an employee is on scene for an extended period, they are not engaged in an
official responsibility, and they need to handle a personal necessity.
4) When assigned to a stagnant position for an extended period of time where
interaction with members of the public is unlikely (e.g., scribe, command post,
liaison, homicide or fatality scene security, or perimeter after suspect is in custody
or suspect is gone upon arrival).
Note: Awaiting evidence collection is not a stagnant position and BWC shall
remain activated.
7.8.5 RETENTION OF BWC DATA AND FOOTAGE
Revised February 19, 2024
All recordings shall be preserved in accordance with the law and per Department retention
guidelines (for further see the City of Long Beach Records Retention Schedule-Police
Department). All recordings not governed by legal statute shall be retained for one year.
Department retention guidelines for all evidentiary recordings shall include permanently
retaining records or logs of access and deletions of data from body-worn cameras and
retaining recordings for a minimum of 2 years, under the following circumstances:
1) Recordings related to the use of force by an employee or an officer-involved shooting
2) Recordings of an incident that leads to the detention or arrest of an individual
3) Recordings relevant to a formal or informal complaint against a peace officer or law
enforcement agency
7.8.6 BWC FOOTAGE REVIEW
Revised February 19, 2024
All BWC recordings are subject to review. However, some circumstances may involve an
inherent expectation of privacy, such as those situations listed in Manual § 7.8.4.4 When
to Turn BWC Off.
Accessing, copying, forwarding, or releasing any footage for other than official Police
Department use is prohibited. Personal computer equipment and software programs shall
not be used to make copies of footage.
Employee’s Review
Employees may review BWC footage under the following circumstances:
• When employees appear or could have been heard in their recording or the
recording of another employee
• When the footage is relevant to their investigation
• Prior to completing reports to ensure accuracy
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Prior to providing testimony at hearings, trials, or depositions
• At the direction of the Internal Affairs Section during an internal investigation
Footage capturing an officer-involved shooting or in-custody death may be reviewed by
involved employees after obtaining approval from the Homicide Supervisor. Approval is
not needed in exigent circumstances (e.g., to help identify a suspect involved in an officer-
involved shooting who has fled the scene).
Employees shall note in any connecting police report(s) whether they reviewed BWC
footage prior to writing the report.
Organizational Review
Revised July 20, 2018
Supervisors and management may review and use BWC footage for administrative
purposes limited to the following:
• Death or injury of a Department employee
• Use of force
• In-custody death
• Police pursuit
• Officer-involved shooting
• Personnel investigations
• Prior to the release of a recording in response to a proper legal request (e.g., in
response to a subpoena, court order, or Public Records Act Request).
It is not the intent of the Department to review BWC footage for the sole purpose of
discovering general policy violations. However, if an employee believes they have
identified potential misconduct during the normal course of an investigative or supervisory
review of video, that employee shall report the perceived misconduct to the observed
employee’s supervisor.
Supervisors should handle minor infractions of policy or procedure as a training issue and
should use the opportunity to counsel employees to ensure no future violations occur.
Serious offenses that could result in formal discipline or repeated violations should be
handled in accordance with existing Department policy addressing misconduct.
In other situations where there is a need to review digital evidence not covered by this
procedure, the employee’s Divisional Commander must approve the request. Each
situation will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
Footage Used for Training
Field Training Officers and program supervisors shall have full access to the recordings
of their trainees during the period of their assignment to the FTO program and may use
that information to review their relevant trainees’ footage to improve performance.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
When an incident is recorded that may be of value as a training aid for the Department,
such incident shall require the approval of the appropriate Divisional Commander and the
Patrol Bureau Deputy Chief or designee.
7.8.6.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised February 19, 2024
Supervisors with employees under their purview who are assigned a BWC shall conduct
a weekly BWC review as follows:
• Review one BWC recording from one employee.
• The BWC recording shall be randomly selected and viewed to determine if it
complies with Department policy.
• Ensure the metadata is entered accurately and the BWC is being used according to
Department policy.
• The results shall be documented on the appropriate electronic supervisor report and
routed to the Divisional Commander.
The Supervisor shall continue to rotate through their employee roster to ensure each
employee’s BWC recordings are periodically reviewed.
7.8.7 DELETION OF RECORDINGS
Revised February 19, 2024
Internal security functions prevent BWC footage from being altered or deleted by
employees and supervisors. A Department employee may request a recording deletion
for the following reasons:
• Unintentional activation
• Tactically sensitive recording
• Medically sensitive recording
• Recordings of undercover employees or confidential informants
• Other recordings that are not within the objectives of the BWC program, and are not
governed by legal statute
A memorandum detailing the circumstances of the recording will be forwarded via the
chain of command to the employee’s Divisional Commander. The approved
memorandum will be forwarded to the Finance and Facilities Division Administrator. The
Finance and Facilities Division Administrator shall facilitate the actual removal of any
record approved for deletion. The Finance and Facilities Division Administrator shall
maintain a record of the approved request.
Requests for deleting BWC footage that captured sensitive content (full or partial nudity)
unrelated to a law enforcement contact may be expedited under the following protocol:
• An email requesting a deletion is sent to PD-BWCHelp@longbeach.gov providing
details of the incident, including who recorded the footage, as well as the time and
date of the recording.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• The footage is confirmed to contain employee-sensitive content.
• A record of the deletion is appropriately logged by the BWC office.
Video requested for deletion that also contains footage believed to have investigative or
administrative value will not be deleted but will be marked “restricted” to prevent
unnecessary viewing.
Restricted video requested for disclosure through litigation or PRA requests shall be
appropriately redacted of all sensitive content before release.
Footage Management System permanently retains records or logs of access and deletion
of data from the digital media storage repository.
7.8.8 BUSINESS OPERATIONS BUREAU RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised February 19, 2024
The Business Operations Bureau is responsible for coordinating the following:
• Training as required
• Inventory
• Ensuring proper performance of equipment
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.9 STOP DATA COLLECTION
The Strategic Initiatives Bureau will have review responsibility.
Revised 4/29/24
7.9.1 PURPOSE
This policy ensures compliance with Assembly Bill 953: The Racial and Identity Profiling
Act of 2015 (RIPA). All peace officers shall comply with the RIPA stop data requirements.
7.9.2 DEFINITIONS
Consensual Search – A search when a person gives a peace officer consent or
permission to search their person or property. Consent can be express or implied.
Detention – A seizure of a person by an officer that results from physical restraint,
unequivocal verbal commands, words or conduct by an officer that would result in a
reasonable person believing that they are not free to leave or otherwise disregard the
officer.
Stop – For the purpose of this section “stop” shall mean:
1. A detention; or
2. Any interaction with a person in which the officer conducts a search.
Stop Data – The required RIPA data elements collected for each stop.
7.9.3 STOP DATA REQUIREMENTS
7.9.3.1 REASON FOR STOP NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENT
Peace Officers making a traffic or pedestrian stop shall state the reason for the stop
before engaging in questioning related to a criminal investigation or traffic violation unless
the officer reasonably believes that withholding the reason for the stop is necessary to
protect life or property from imminent threat (CVC 2806.5).
7.9.3.2 STOP DATA ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Officer safety takes precedence over stop data information collection.
When inputting a stop entry, officers shall adhere to the following:
• Do not include personally identifiable information on the stop data entry (e.g., specific
address or name).
• Enter stop data into the application as soon as practicable and no later than before
the end of every shift unless exigent circumstances arise. In such circumstances, the
data entry shall be completed as soon as practicable.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
• Officers shall complete their stop data entry based on their personal observations of
the person stopped, without eliciting demographic information for the purpose of the
entry.
7.9.4 COLLECTION OF STOP DATA MECHANISM
Officers shall only use Department approved electronic devices to enter stop data. If
officers use a mobile device to enter stop data, only the specific mobile device assigned
to the officer shall be used to ensure that data is assigned to the correct officer. In the
event the RIPA application or Department devices are not available, a RIPA paper
template shall be used to collect stop data. The paper template is for temporary collection
purposes only. The same officer who collected the stop data shall transfer the information
from the paper template to the RIPA application using their assigned device, the paper
template shall be shredded.
7.9.5 WHEN TO ENTER STOP DATA
Absent the exceptions listed in 7.9.6 WHEN NOT TO ENTER STOP DATA, Officers shall
enter a stop into the RIPA application when one of the following criteria is met:
1. Any detention by a peace officer of a person, or
2. When a peace officer conducts a search of the person’s body or property in that
person’s possession or control.
7.9.5.1 MULTIPLE OFFICER STOPS
When multiple officers are present and interacting with the detained or searched
person(s), officers shall adhere to the following:
• Only the officer with the highest level of engagement is responsible for collecting the
stop data.
• The officer collecting the stop data shall document all actions taken by each officer
involved in the detention or search.
The primary unit shall ensure that a stop entry is completed for any RIPA stop.
In the event of an officer involved shooting (OIS) or an in-custody death, the Homicide
Detail shall be responsible for the stop data entry of the involved individual/decedent only.
7.9.5.2 MULTIPLE AGENCY STOPS
When multiple agencies are at the scene and interacting with the detained or searched
person(s):
• Only the agency with jurisdiction shall collect stop data.
• If a stop is done in conjunction with a non-reporting agency, LBPD shall be responsible
for collecting stop data, even if LBPD does not have jurisdiction.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.9.5.3 MULTIPLE PERSONS STOPPED
When multiple persons are stopped during one incident, stop data shall be included for
each person within a single report.
During a traffic stop, stop data is only collected on passengers if they are detained for
violating the law or are subjected to a reportable action, excluding vehicle impound.
7.9.6 WHEN TO NOT ENTER STOP DATA
Stop data shall not be collected for persons in the following circumstances even if the
interaction meets the definition of a detention:
• Public Safety Mass Evacuations (e.g., bomb threats, gas leaks, flooding, earthquakes)
and other similar critical incidents
• Active Shooter Incidents where an individual is actively engaged in killing or
attempting to kill people in a populated area
• Routine security screenings (e.g., metal detector screenings, secondary searches or
stops that result from screening of persons at entrances of buildings or special events)
Unless the officer takes additional reportable actions beyond detention, the following
actions shall not be reported as stops:
• Control of vehicles due to a traffic accident or emergency that requires vehicles to be
stopped for public safety purposes.
• Checkpoints or roadblocks in which an officer detains a person because of a neutral
formula that is not based on individualized suspicion of personal characteristics.
• Any type of crowd control in which pedestrians are directed to remain in a location or
routed to a different location for public safety purposes.
• When officers are investigating underage drinking at a residence and detain
individuals to check for proof of age only.
7.9.6.1 SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES
Interactions with subjects contacted in their residence due to a warrant, search conditions,
home detention, or house arrest are exempted from the stop data reporting requirements.
However, a peace officer shall report any interactions with any other persons in the
residence if the officer takes any of the following actions:
• Places a person in handcuffs or flex cuffs
• Arrests a person
• Points a firearm at a person
• Discharges or uses a firearm, conducted electrical weapon, less lethal weapon, baton
or other impact weapon, or chemical agent on a person
• Directs a police canine to contact a person and a contact occurs
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department PATROL
7.9.7 COMPLIANCE REVIEW
Strategic Initiatives Bureau shall conduct stop data entry reviews quarterly and on request
to ensure stop data is being entered in compliance with applicable state law.
7.9.8 STOP DATA USE AND SHARING
The following shall apply to the information collected as stop data:
• All requests for stop data by the public shall be handled in accordance with the LBPD
Public Records Request Act Policy and applicable legal statutes.
• Accessing, copying, forwarding, or releasing any stop data not related to official
Department use is prohibited.
• Stop data elements shall not be used in administrative investigations.
• All stop data are submitted to the California Department of Justice.
• The Strategic Initiatives Bureau shall review the stop data to ensure there is no
personally identifiable information prior to submitting it to the State.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8 INVESTIGATIONS
8.1 INVESTIGATIONS
8.1.1 LETTERS TO VICTIMS OF CRIMES
Due to the nature of the crimes and the investigative techniques used in processing,
victims of the following crimes will NOT receive a disposition letter:
• Homicide/Dead Body
• Sexual assault
• Traffic Collision/hit and run
• Forgery/fraud check cases
• Petty theft drive-outs
• Cases where the victim is a government agency
• Cases where sworn officers are victims
• Unfounded cases
• Refusal to prosecute
There will be other cases that because of their nature or special circumstances, the
available disposition letters will not apply and a disposition letter will not be sent.
Disposition Letter Guidelines
There are 21 disposition letters available to victims of crime. These letters are
programmed into the computer as part of the PSIS system. The letters will be printed as
a part of the computer programming developed under the Management of Criminal
Investigations (MCI). The letters will be generated at the time the investigator-assigned
update function is performed in the individual investigative detail. A letter will be mailed
from the City mailroom.
The following method will be used to assure that the appropriate victims of crime receive
a disposition letter:
Cases that are NOT Assigned for Follow-Up Investigation
A letter (N) will automatically be generated on all cases with little or no solvability factors
present. This will be determined in each, respective, investigative Detail.
Cases that are Assigned for Follow-up Investigation
The investigative detail assigned will perform the investigator-assigned update function.
When an investigator is assigned to a case, a letter will be generated to the victim
informing him/her that the case has been assigned. When the investigator concludes the
investigation and a disposition, a second letter will be generated advising the victim of the
outcome. It will be the responsibility of the assigned investigator to indicate on the case
disposition sheet the specific letter to be sent.
Available Letters/Computer Codes
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
The following is a list of current letters available, the appropriate computer code, and the
intended use:
Letter Code Use
A Auto Theft (Insufficient evidence to continue investigation)
B Case not assigned (no solvability factor)
C Case has been assigned to the Fire Prevention Bureau
D Case has been assigned to the Burglary Detail
E Case has been assigned to the Auto Theft Detail
G Case has been assigned to the Forgery Detail
H Case has been assigned to the Robbery Detail
I Case has been assigned to the Homicide Detail
J Case has been assigned to the Gangs/Violent Crimes Detail
K Case has been assigned to the Sex Crimes Detail
L Case has been assigned to the Career Criminal Apprehension Team (C-CAT)
M Case has been assigned to the Juvenile Division
N Case has been suspended
O Case rejected by the District Attorney
P Case filed by the District Attorney
Q Case filed by the City Prosecutor
R Case rejected by the City Prosecutor
S Juvenile referred to the Probation Department
T Juvenile recovered property
U Case has been assigned to the Fraud Detail
V Information Management Division boat/vehicle reported stolen or missing
The appropriate investigative Detail, after review by the Detail Sergeant, will perform the
investigator not-assigned update function and enter the proper letter code (B) causing a
letter to be mailed.
8.1.2 POLYGRAPH EXAMINATIONS
Juveniles (Persons under 18 years of age)
Juvenile will NOT be administered a polygraph examination unless all of the following
conditions are met:
• Subject agrees to a polygraph
• Written permission has been obtained from the parent or legal guardian
• A properly executed request for polygraph examination form has been submitted and
approved
• All reports and current investigative information have been submitted to the polygraph
examiner to gain information during questioning in the polygraph examination
Adults
Adults may be administered a polygraph examination when:
• Subject agrees to a polygraph
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• A properly executed request form for polygraph examination has been submitted and
approved
• All available reports and current investigative information shall be submitted to the
polygraph examiner. These reports are used by the polygraph examiner to gain
information during questioning in the polygraph examination
The polygraph examination technique is used by this Department as an investigative aid
and should not be used as a substitute for investigation.
When used under proper conditions, the polygraph examination technique is considered
to be about 96% accurate. There are, however, some very serious limitations that could
adversely affect the result of a polygraph examination. Some of these limitations exist
when the following conditions are present:
• Individuals with know or apparent psychiatric disorders
• Individuals suffering from lung or respiratory illness
• Individuals who are under the care of a doctor or who are taking large or multiple daily
medications
• Individuals who are suffering from epilepsy and taking Phenobarbital and Dilantin
medications
• Individuals with any type of heart problem
• Individuals who are considered to be slow or having a very low IQ
• Individuals who are deaf or who have an acute hearing loss
Other individuals considered unfit polygraph subjects at the time of the scheduled
examination, are individuals who are:
• Under the influence of drugs or alcohol
• Physically ill
• Pregnant
• Extremely overweight
• Without sleep or physically exhausted
• Emotionally distraught
• Subjected to long periods of interrogation
• Not fluent in the English language
8.1.3 U-VISA PROGRAM
Revised November 4, 2021
The Investigations Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed November 4, 2021
The Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act (VTVPA) establishes the U-Visa
Program which does not mandate or require local law enforcement agencies participation.
However, the Long Beach Police Department opts to partner with United States Customs
and Immigration Services (USCIS) as a U-Visa certifying agency.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
The U-Visa program provides temporary legal status to individuals without lawful
immigration status who are victims of certain qualifying crimes and who assist or will assist
law enforcement with the investigation or prosecution of such criminal activity.
8.1.3.1 DEFINITIONS
Revised November 4, 2021
U non-immigrant status (U-Visa) – Victims of certain crimes helpful to law enforcement
in the investigations or prosecution of criminal activity.
8.1.3.2 CERTIFICATION
Revised November 4, 2021
U-Visa applicants (petitioners) are required to include the U-Visa Non-Immigrant Status
Certification (Form I-918, Supplement B), which is a certification of helpfulness from a
certifying agency. California Penal Code (CPC) § 679.10 states that upon request, a
certifying official signing the form is certifying that the petitioner meets the following
criteria:
• Has been a victim of a qualifying crime listed on the Department of Homeland
Security’s U-Visa Immigration Relief for Victims of Certain Crimes: An Overview
for Law Enforcement.
• Possesses specific knowledge and detail(s) regarding the criminal activity.
• Has been, is being, or will likely be helpful to law enforcement in the detection,
investigation, or prosecution of the qualifying crime.
For the purposes of determining helpfulness pursuant to CPC § 679.10(h), there is a
rebuttable presumption that a victim is helpful, has been helpful, or is likely to be helpful
to the detection or investigation or prosecution of that qualifying criminal activity.
Per USCIS guidelines, the department may choose to conduct a criminal background
check on the petitioner and document the findings on the I-918 Supplement B. A criminal
history does not automatically render a victim ineligible.
Victims’ have an ongoing responsibility to assist the certifying agency while in U non-
immigrant status. If a victim fails to assist with reasonable requests, the victim’s U non-
immigrant certification can be disavowed by a certifying agency by emailing
LawEnforcement_UTVAWA.VSC@USCIS.dhs.gov.
The department shall process a U-Visa Non-Immigrant Status Certification within 30 days
of the request. If the petitioner is in removal proceedings, the certification shall be
processed within 7 days of the request.
8.1.3.3 CERTIFYING OFFICIAL
Revised November 4, 2021
The Chief of Police has the authority to delegate signing authority to supervisors who will
act on his behalf to sign Form I-918B as a certifying official. Any supervisor acting as a
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
certifying official shall have their name and signature on file with USCIS and all approved
petitions shall be signed in non-black ink.
USCIS guidelines require a letterhead signed by the Chief of Police and emailed to
LawEnforcement_UTVAWA.VSC@USCIS.dhs.gov to add or remove any certifying
official.
8.1.3.4 TRACKING
Revised November 4, 2021
Pursuant to CPC § 679.10(l), certifying agencies receiving requests for Form I-918,
Supplement B certification shall report annually to the State Legislature the following
information:
1) The number of petitioners that requested Form I-918 Supplement B certification from
the agency,
2) The number of those certification forms that were approved, and
3) The number of those certification forms that were denied.
Records Division will be responsible for the tracking and reporting of the noted statistics.
8.1.4 CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS INTERCEPTION TECHNOLOGY
Revised February 13, 2024
The Investigations Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year cycle.
Cellular Communications Interception Technology (CCIT) is defined as any device that
intercepts mobile telephony calling information or content, including an international
mobile subscriber identity catcher or other virtual base transceiver station that
masquerades as a cellular station and logs mobile telephony calling information
(California Government Code §53166).
8.1.4.1 AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL AND TRAINING
Revised February 13, 2024
The CCIT shall only be accessed and operated by LBPD detectives authorized by the
Special Investigations Division (SID) Commander or their designee and who have
received training on CCIT technology. SID shall maintain CCIT training records including
instructor names, student names, and dates of attendance in the Training Section’s
records storage database.
8.1.4.2 DEPLOYMENT
Revised March 17, 2022
Use of the CCIT must be approved by the Sergeant of the Career Criminal Apprehension
Team (CCAT) or by their chain of command prior to deployment, with notification to the
Robbery-Homicide Lieutenant by the CCAT Sergeant. Prior to approval, the CCIT
operator shall ensure the use of the equipment will be in support of a public safety
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
operation in the furtherance of protecting human life (e.g., missing person) or a criminal
investigation, and shall not be utilized unless:
• A search warrant is obtained, or
• An exigent request form is submitted with a telephone/telecommunications company.
In all cases where the CCIT is deployed, the authorized operator shall complete a CCIT
deployment form. The form shall be signed by the operator responsible for the operation,
the CCAT Sergeant who approved the operation, the Robbery – Homicide Lieutenant,
and the Commander of the Special Investigations Division. Upon completion of the
review and signature process, the form will be retained in the CCIT deployment file and
stored with the Special Investigations Division Commander.
Requests from another law enforcement agency to assist them with the use of the CCIT
shall only be approved if it meets Long Beach Police Department policy and legal statute.
CCIT deployment for another agency shall not take place until the proper legal paperwork
(i.e., search warrant or exigent request) has been provided to the CCIT operator and
approved by the Robbery – Homicide Lieutenant, or their designee.
The CCIT shall not be used for immigration enforcement purposes.
8.1.4.3 LEGAL PROCESS
Revised March 17, 2022
The Department is committed to ensuring the collection and retention of data is lawful
and respects the privacy interests of the public. Department employees shall not collect,
retain, or disseminate any data except as authorized by this policy and by law. Consistent
with applicable existing laws and requirements, including any duty to preserve
exculpatory evidence, the Department’s use of the CCIT shall include the following
privacy practices:
• When the CCIT is used to locate a known cellular device, all data must be deleted as
soon as that device is physically located and no less than once daily.
• When the CCIT is used following a disaster, or in a search and rescue context, all
data must be deleted as soon as the person(s) in need of assistance has been
located, and no less than once every ten days.
• Prior to deploying the CCIT for any mission, the CCIT operator must verify the
equipment has been cleared of any previous operational data.
• When a suspect is known to have been in two separate geographically different areas,
any data collected to identify the cellular device shall be deleted upon completion of
the mission, unless the data collected is deemed to have evidentiary value.
• Data collected by the CCIT, which is retained for the investigation, shall only be
shared with those involved within the investigation, or when ordered produced as part
of a legal compliance process.
In the event of a deployment under exigent circumstances, a search warrant shall be
obtained within three days of its use. The CCIT operator shall be responsible for ensuring
the legal paperwork is obtained.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.1.4.4 SECURITY
Revised March 17, 2022
The CCIT equipment shall be secured and maintained in a locked LBPD facility when not
deployed. Access to the equipment shall only be allowed to authorized personnel within
the CCAT chain of command or those approved by the Special Investigations Division
Commander, or their designee.
8.1.4.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW
Revised March 17, 2022
The CCAT Sergeant is responsible for reviewing the usage of the CCIT, to ensure exigent
search warrants are obtained within three days, and ensuring the data obtained is being
deleted in compliance with this policy and the law. The review shall take place no less
than once every three months. The CCAT Sergeant will document and submit the review
to the Robbery - Homicide Section Lieutenant. The review shall be forwarded to the SID
Commander and the Deputy Chief of Investigations for their review. The completed and
signed review form shall be retained by the Commander of the Special Investigations
Division.
8.1.5 FACIAL RECOGNITION TECHNOLOGY
Revised December 13, 2023
The Investigations Bureau will review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
The purpose of this policy is to establish acceptable use of any technology that
incorporates elements of facial recognition technology (FRT). FRT shall not be used for
predictive policing, racial profiling, or mass surveillance. FRT shall not be directly
integrated into a City or Department-operated camera system nor considered as a
positive identification of any person. Facial recognition technology shall be used in
accordance with all applicable laws and policies regarding privacy, civil rights, and civil
liberties.
Any new platforms that have facial recognition technology capabilities must be vetted by
the Strategic Initiatives Bureau and requires a documented policy review by the Office of
Constitutional Policing before use.
8.1.5.1 DEFINITIONS
Biometric data – Data derived from one or more physical traits of humans.
Certified Examiner – An individual who has completed advanced training and meets the
standards to use facial recognition systems and its features. They assess image quality
and appropriateness for facial recognition searches and perform one-to-many and one-
to-one facial image comparisons.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Facial Recognition – The automated searching of a facial image in a biometric database
(one-to-many), typically resulting in a group of facial images ranked by computer-
evaluated similarity.
Investigative Lead – A facial recognition result that can be used in conjunction with other
investigative tools as one part of a complete investigation. A lead is not considered
positive identification or probable cause to arrest.
8.1.5.2 USE OF FACIAL RECOGNITION
Revised April 9, 2024
Only certified examiners assigned to the Investigations Bureau or those approved by the
Deputy Chief of Investigations Bureau are authorized to use facial recognition technology
within approved platforms. Certified examiners shall only use facial recognition
technology to support the investigative efforts of law enforcement and public safety, while
recognizing the established privacy rights of the public. Certified examiners shall not use,
or allow others to use, the equipment or database records for any unauthorized purpose.
Use of the facial recognition software is limited to the following:
1. When the examiner has reasonable suspicion to believe a person has committed a
crime or when an individual is unable to provide reliable identification due to a physical
or mental incapacitation or defect, or death, and immediate identification is needed to
assist the officer in the performance of their lawful duties. All leads shall be reviewed
and corroborated by a separate certified examiner to determine the reliability of the
lead.
2. As an investigative tool to identify and rescue minor and adult victims of human
trafficking. Only Vice Section examiners shall utilize facial recognition technology for
this purpose with authorization from their Lieutenant.
Facial Recognition Technology shall not be used as the sole basis to establish a
probable cause arrest or considered a positive identification of any subject.
8.1.5.3 USE OF FACIAL RECOGNITION WITH A CITY OPERATED CAMERA
SYSTEM
The Department shall not integrate any facial recognition software into a City or
Department-operated camera system.
8.1.5.4 FACIAL RECOGNITION DOCUMENTATION
The lead investigator shall file a supplemental report detailing any information related to
a generated investigative lead. The supplemental report shall include the names of the
examiners who generated and corroborated the investigative lead.
8.1.5.5 FACIAL RECOGNITION USE FOR IMMIGRATION ENFORCEMENT
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
The Long Beach Police Department shall not use nor allow the use of facial recognition
data for the purposes of enforcing immigration in accordance with California Senate Bill
54 (SB 54 - Law enforcement: sharing data) and the Long Beach Values Act.
8.1.5.6 FACIAL RECOGNITION REQUEST BY OUTSIDE AGENCIES
Any assistance rendered in response to a request by an outside agency to use facial
recognition technology shall adhere to our policy and shall be approved by a Commander
or above. The results, or disclosure, of any specific facial recognition investigative
searches shall be provided only to individuals authorized to have access. Prior to the
release of information, the examiner shall advise the requestor that results are an
investigative lead and are not considered positive identification or probable cause to
arrest.
When an employee is assigned to a task force with another agency the employee shall
comply with the Department’s facial recognition technology policy including but not limited
to 8.1.5.5 FACIAL RECONGITION USE FOR IMMIGRATION ENFORCEMENT
regardless of the other agency’s policy related to facial recognition technology.
8.1.5.7 FACIAL RECOGNITION OVERSIGHT
All use(s) of the facial recognition technology and search requests are subject to policy
compliance review. In the event of a review, the user will be required to provide
appropriate justification for the use or request of a facial recognition search. In addition,
the Office of Constitutional Policing shall conduct quarterly reviews to ensure that the use
of facial recognition technology falls within industry best standards, community
expectations, and legislative mandates.
8.1.5.8 RETENTION SCHEDULE
Documentation of the use of facial recognition technology shall be maintained in the same
manner as other evidence and case notes within a criminal investigation. It shall comply
with applicable criminal statutes governing evidence retention as well as the Department’s
retention schedule.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.2 SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS DIVISION (SID)
8.2.1 HOMICIDE DETAIL CALL-OUTS
The Investigations Bureau has audit responsibility.
Revised November 8, 2017
8.2.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Revised November 8, 2017
A) Officer involved shooting () – a firearms discharge from any person employed by the
City of Long Beach who is authorized by the City of Long Beach to carry a firearm
as part of their normal duties.
B) In-custody death (ICD) – a death which occurs at any point in time when a person’s
freedom of movement has been denied by law enforcement, such as during arrest,
detention, attempted arrest, attempted detention or while confined in any law
enforcement vehicle or facility.
8.2.1.2 NOTIFICATIONS
Revised June 17, 2024
The Homicide Detail shall be immediately notified of the following incidents:
1) Homicide or where the victim has sustained a life-threatening injury;
2) Attempted murder of an on-duty police officer;
3) Officer involved shooting;
4) Shootings involving other law enforcement agency employees;
5) Incidents involving an LBPD employee which result in a homicide or critical injury;
6) ICD or incident where an ICD is imminent, including incidents where the in-custody
subject is sustained on life support;
a) If the incident involves a vehicle pursuit ONLY and there are no additional
circumstances related to the incident, the Collision Investigation Detail will
respond and handle, for further reference Manual § 7.4.1.2 COLLISION
INVESTIGATION DETAIL CALL-OUT PROCEDURE;
7) Attempted suicide incidents by an in-custody subject;
8) Sudden or undetermined death of a child, 12-years-old or younger; notification is not
required for the following:
a) Traffic accidents;
b) A death while involved in a sporting event where no injury occurred and no foul
play is suspected; or
c) A death of a child under a doctor’s care, and the doctor will sign the death
certificate;
9) Missing person’s cases in which foul play is suspected;
10) Kidnappings;
a) If parental abduction, contact Child Abuse or the on-call CART Detective;
b) If attempted abduction of a child, where the primary motive is likely sexual
exploitation or the motive cannot be determined, contact Sex Crimes or the on-
call SART Detective (Manual § 8.7.6.1);
c) If victim is still missing, contact the on-call Homicide Detective;
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
d) Kidnappings in which the victim has been located do not require a notification
to Homicide;
11) Deaths of a suspicious nature;
12) Deaths involving suspected or actual drowning (bathtub, swimming pool, etc.);
a) A notification is not required if the decedent is found in a natural body of
water i.e., the ocean, or a flood control and there is no evidence the
decedent died at that location, unless the death is of a suspicious nature;
13) Deaths resulting from a fire;
14) Discovery of human bones or bones believed to be human.
8.2.1.3 RESPONSE FOR OFFICER-INVOLVED SHOOTING OR IN-CUSTODY
DEATH
Revised November 8, 2017
If an OIS or ICD incident occurs within the City of Long Beach, the Homicide Detail will
respond and conduct the following investigations:
LPBD Homicide
Responsibility
Outside Agency
Responsibility
Officer On-Duty Administrative and Criminal None
Officer Off-Duty Administrative and Criminal None
Outside Agency On-Duty Criminal* Administrative and
Criminal*
Outside Agency Off-Duty Criminal Administrative
* The decision of who will handle the criminal investigation of an on-duty, outside agency employee will be determined
on a case-by-case basis.
If an OIS or ICD incident occurs outside the City of Long Beach, the Homicide Detail will
respond and assume the following roles:
LPBD Homicide
Responsibility
Outside Agency
Responsibility
Officer On-Duty Administrative and Criminal* Criminal *
Officer Off-Duty Administrative Criminal
* The decision of who will handle the criminal investigation of an on-duty, Long Beach officer will be determined on a
case-by-case basis.
8.2.1.4 Incident Scene Management
Revised November 8, 2017
1) The Incident Commander shall have control of the incident and remain in charge
until the scene is secure and the tactical situation is concluded. The Homicide Detail
shall then assume control of the investigation.
2) The initial responding field supervisor and field units will secure the crime scene.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
3) Field units should attempt to locate and interview any potential witnesses prior to the
arrival of the Homicide Detective and ask witnesses to remain on scene until
Homicide arrives.
a) Officers should not transport witnesses to the station without a Homicide
Detective’s approval.
b) If a witness cannot remain at the scene, an officer will attempt to properly
identify the witness, obtain a complete statement (recorded if possible), and in
either instance file a report in the Homicide Office.
c) City emergency response personnel who are witnesses to an OIS should
remain on scene until interviewed.
4) Field units should not leave the scene until directed by a Homicide Detective or their
designee.
5) A Lab Unit will process the crime scene in conjunction with the Homicide Detail.
a) Officers should not collect or disturb any evidence inside the crime scene
unless required to immediately apprehend an outstanding suspect, to provide
aid, or to make the scene safe.
b) Under emergency circumstances where it is impractical to maintain the scene,
the on-scene field supervisor or patrol officers shall collect as much physical
evidence as practical, exercising care to accurately record the location of each
item.
▪ If this occurs, officers shall file their evidence reports in the Homicide
Office and upon completion, submit them to a Homicide Detective for
review.
▪ A Homicide Detective will review the collected evidence prior to placing
the items into Property.
6) The Homicide Detail will notify the Department Psychologist as needed.
7) After officers complete their assignment at the incident scene and receive approval
to leave, they will report directly to the Homicide Office to file, unless Homicide
Detectives direct otherwise.
8.2.2 REPORT FILING FOR ALL OFFICER INVOLVED FIREARMS
DISCHARGE AND IN-CUSTODY DEATH INCIDENTS
Revised November 8, 2017
8.2.2.1 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised November 8, 2017
Officers shall complete all original reports in the Homicide Office and give them directly
to a Homicide Detective or the detail secretary unless otherwise directed by Homicide
personnel. Officers shall file these reports prior to end of watch unless otherwise directed
by a Homicide Supervisor or Homicide Detective. Officers directly involved in an OIS or
ICD shall not leave the Homicide Office until approved by the Homicide Supervisor.
Every officer who responds to an incident that results in an officer involved firearms
discharge or in-custody death shall file a police report documenting the following:
1) Role and assignment/duties, including length of time at assignment;
2) Location of response,
3) If relieved, indicate the officer’s name that provided relief.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.2.2.2 SERGEANT AND LIEUTENANT RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised November 8, 2017
Any sergeant or lieutenant who responds to an incident that results in an OIS or ICD shall
file a police report to document his or her role and the decision-making process related
to the command and control of the incident. The report should include the name of the
sergeant or lieutenant that provided relief.
8.2.2.3 COMMAND OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised November 8, 2017
In general, command officers are not required to file a police report unless they assume
command of an incident or give orders or direction that results in employees taking action.
This does not include providing recommendations, insight or experience that may aid
those running the incident.
8.2.2.4 WORKERS COMPENSATION DOCUMENTATION
Revised November 8, 2017
In all cases where an officer discharges their firearm at a person in a hit, or no-hit OIS, a
Homicide Supervisor will complete a “Record ONLY Workers Compensation” entry into
the City’s Workers Compensation database system; this should be input within 24 hours.
If the employee files a future claim, this provides the documentation that the employee
was involved in a traumatic incident.
8.2.3 INTENTIONAL FIREARMS DISCHARGE AND IN-CUSTODY DEATH
INVESTIGATIONS
Revised November 8, 2017
This section shall not apply to discharging a firearm for training or recreational purposes
unless there is an injury to a person because of the firearm discharge.
8.2.3.1 officer Responsibilities
Revised November 8, 2017
If an ON-DUTY officer intentionally discharges a firearm at any person or is involved in
an ICD, as soon as circumstances permit, they shall provide verbal notification to a field
supervisor.
If an OFF-DUTY officer intentionally discharges a firearm at any person or is involved in
an ICD, as soon as circumstances permit, they shall provide verbal notification to the
Watch Commander.
Except under extraordinary circumstances, any officer involved in a shooting shall retain
all equipment with them at the time of the incident; equipment is to remain secured on his
or her person. The following shall apply:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
a) Rifles shall remain with the involved officer or shall be properly secured until
relinquished to a Homicide Detective;
b) Weapons, including less lethal weapons, shall not be opened, loaded, or unloaded
prior to examination by a Homicide Detective.
8.2.3.2 MEDICAL AID
Revised November 8, 2017
As soon as the scene is safe, and out of reverence for life, the responding officer(s) shall
request medical assistance for any injured person and render aid as required. If the
subject is deceased, officers shall not cover the deceased unless Homicide approves.
The radio dispatcher or the communications supervisor shall immediately request
paramedics if on scene personnel have not yet done so unless on scene personnel advise
that paramedics are not needed.
8.2.3.3 In-Custody Death within a Detention Facility
Revised November 8, 2017
In the case of an ICD within a detention facility, the location of the incident shall be
secured pending the arrival of the Homicide Detectives. On-duty detention officers will
remain at the location. If, for security reasons, prisoners are relocated, the jail staff will
identify those inmates and provide that information to Homicide. Each inmate who
witnesses an incident, and if practical, shall be separated from the others and placed into
a secure area to ensure they do not communicate with other witnesses.
In the event a prisoner is transported from one of LBPD's detention facilities unconscious,
the area will be secured and the Watch Commander will be notified. A patrol officer will
be dispatched to the hospital with the prisoner and remain with the prisoner until relieved.
The Watch Commander will ensure the Homicide Detail is notified.
8.2.3.4 Field supervisor responsibilities
Revised November 8, 2017
A field supervisor shall respond to every OIS or ICD. As soon as circumstances permit,
the field supervisor shall provide verbal notification to the Watch Commander. The field
supervisor will assume command of the scene until properly relieved. If the incident is
outside the jurisdiction of the City of Long Beach, the field supervisor will notify the Watch
Commander prior to responding to determine if additional personnel should be sent. If
the incident is excessively far from the City, the Watch Commander will consult with the
SID Commander prior to sending any personnel.
8.2.3.5 Removal from scene
Revised November 8, 2017
Officers involved in an OIS or ICD may only leave the immediate area with the consent
of the Homicide Supervisor. Involved officers may only go to a location approved by the
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Homicide Supervisor. The Homicide Supervisor may designate another supervisor to
accompany the officer and act as a liaison.
8.2.3.6 Involved officer Statement
Revised November 8, 2017
Officers involved in shootings are required to provide a supervisor with a public safety
statement (PSS) from the Public Safety Statement card. The supervisor or officer who
takes the PSS from the involved officer shall file a follow-up report in Homicide.
In general, Homicide Detectives do not interview officers involved in an OIS or ICD. If an
officer is unable to write a report, the Homicide Supervisor or Homicide Detective will
coordinate the filing of a report later.
If the incident occurs in another agency’s jurisdiction and they are conducting the criminal
investigation, the Homicide Supervisor will request the agency allow LBPD officers to file
police reports instead of being interviewed by that agency. The Homicide Supervisor will
ensure that the LBPD turns over all relevant police reports to the handling agency in a
timely manner.
If the involved officer invokes his or her Miranda Rights or refuses to give a statement,
the investigation will continue to a conclusion. The Homicide Supervisor will notify the
designated Investigations Bureau Command Officer, or if unavailable, the Duty Chief
who will determine if Internal Affairs should respond. The Homicide Supervisor will also
advise the involved officer of the following:
− "We will conduct our investigation without your input. When completed, the
available facts will be presented to the District Attorney's office for review and
determination of criminal violations."
The Homicide Supervisor or Homicide Detectives shall not, under any circumstances,
offer the involved officer immunity through the Lybarger process.
In cases where the involved officer chooses not to make a voluntary statement, or
chooses not to answer questions by Homicide Detectives, the officer can be compelled
to answer questions by Internal Affairs Detectives, per Manual § 8.2.6
COMPELLED STATEMENTS. Compelled statements made to Internal Affairs will
not be provided to Homicide Detectives.
If the officer does not provide a voluntary statement, he or she will be placed into an
administrative assignment and will not be permitted to work in a field assignment which
would require contact with the public for law enforcement purposes until the Chief of
Police reviews the incident and authorizes the employee to work in a field assignment.
8.2.3.7 Homicide DETAIL Responsibilities
Revised November 8, 2017
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
The Homicide Detail shall:
1) Assume command of the investigation;
2) Ensure officers are assigned to prepare reports, sketches, diagrams, etc.;
3) Coordinate with Forensic Science Services Division personnel;
4) Coordinate media releases with the Incident Commander and Public Information
Officer;
5) Coordinate the walk-through with involved officers;
6) Notify the coroner, if required;
7) Notify the Department Psychologist, if required;
8) Notify the District Attorney Command Post, if required;
9) Prepare a Critical Incident Debrief per Manual § 7.5.2.5 CRITICAL INCIDENT
DEBRIEF COMMITTEE.
If an officer involved in the incident used force other than a firearm, the Homicide
Supervisor will ensure a Supervisor’s Use of Force Report is completed and forwarded to
Internal Affairs per Manual § Error! Reference source not found..
8.2.3.8 Watch Commander Responsibilities
Revised November 8, 2017
The Watch Commander, or their designee, shall notify the on-call Homicide Supervisor
regarding all OISs and ICDs. The Watch Commander, when feasible, will respond to all
OISs and ICDs.
The Watch Commander, or their designee, shall complete an Unusual Occurrence Report
whenever an OIS or ICD occurs, and deliver the report to the Homicide Supervisor for
approval prior to distribution.
8.2.3.9 PEER OFFICER
Revised November 8, 2017
After an OIS scene is secure, the Incident Commander shall designate a peer officer to
provide security for, and attend to the needs of, the involved officer. The peer officer shall
remain with the involved officer throughout the entire investigation, including during the
filing of reports, until relieved by Homicide. The peer officer shall not participate in the
involved officer’s report filing.
8.2.3.10 internal affairs
Revised November 8, 2017
The Deputy Chief of the Investigations Bureau shall be notified of all officer involved hit-
shootings and ICDs. The Deputy Chief or their designated command officer shall respond
to the scene and coordinate with the Incident Commander and Homicide Supervisor to
determine any potential policy violations. Internal Affairs will only respond to an OIS or
ICD investigation if approved by the Duty Chief, designated Investigations Bureau
Command Officer, a Deputy Chief, or the Chief of Police. Internal Affairs shall not be
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
contacted to respond until after the Investigations Bureau Command Officer and
Homicide have first been consulted.
A response by Internal Affairs does not, in and of itself, initiate a formal Internal Affairs
investigation. The Internal Affairs administrative investigation shall not interfere with the
Homicide Detail’s investigation.
8.2.3.11 department psychologist
Revised November 8, 2017
Homicide will notify the Department Psychologist of an OIS or ICD. The Homicide
Supervisor shall not request the Department Psychologist to respond to the scene except
under extenuating circumstances.
All officers involved in a hit shooting or an ICD will be required to meet with the
Department Psychologist or their designee prior to returning to field duty.
Details of the conversation with the psychologist shall remain confidential. The
Department Psychologist will report a recommendation as to the officer’s work status to
the officer’s Division Commander or Deputy Chief. The SID Commander or designee
may direct other employees, such as witness employees and dispatchers to meet with
the Department Psychologist.
8.2.3.12 EMPLOYEE Association Representative or Attorney
Revised November 8, 2017
An officer involved in an OIS or ICD is entitled to have an association representative or
attorney present prior to any statement beyond a public safety statement. The Homicide
Supervisor or designated Homicide Detective will determine a reasonable amount of time
for the officer's representative to arrive; however, undue delays will result in the detectives
proceeding with the investigation.
If the involved officer agrees to speak with the Homicide Detectives, either the
representative or attorney may be present with the involved officer during the consultation
and walk-through of the scene.
The officer's attorney or representative shall not be present during the filing of relative
police reports; however, the association representative may go to the station with the
involved officer to provide for needs.
8.2.3.13 Public Information officer (PIO)
Revised November 8, 2017
The on-scene Public Information Officer (PIO) may release the following:
1) An acknowledgement that an incident occurred and general dispatch information
(i.e., time, location of incident, type of call, etc.);
2) Status of assigned Homicide Detectives (i.e., on scene or en route);
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Additional information will not be disseminated without the approval of the Homicide
Detail.
The PIO will prepare a press release and obtain final approval from the Homicide
Supervisor or his or her designee prior to its release.
8.2.3.14 RELEASE OF OFFICERS’ NAMES
Revised November 8, 2017
The Department will release the name(s) of an officer(s) involved in an OIS or ICD in
conjunction with the California Supreme Court ruling (LA Times v City of Long
Beach/LBPOA case #S200872) when the Department receives a formal Public Records
Act (PRA) request.
In all cases, the Office of the Chief of Police will be notified of any PRA request to release
the name of an officer. The request will be forwarded to the Homicide Detail who will
determine if there are any known credible threats that have been or are being investigated
in the case.
If a potential or actual threat has been determined, the Office of the Chief of Police shall
be notified and the City Attorney’s Office shall be consulted before a decision is made on
the release of any name(s). The Chief of Police or his or her designee shall have final
authority on whether to release any name(s).
In a case where there is no credible threat, a name will be released to the requestor
unless otherwise directed by the Chief of Police or his or her designee.
8.2.3.15 Paid Administrative Leave
Revised November 8, 2017
The SID Commander, or designee, is responsible for determining how many days of paid
administrative leave each officer will receive following an OIS or ICD; the SID Commander
may authorize up to four days unless otherwise approved by the Chief of Police.
Officers shall not work, including overtime, during those days off; however, they will still
be required to attend all previously scheduled court appearances. During unusual
circumstances where the involved officer cannot make a previously scheduled court
appearance, the Homicide Supervisor will contact the Court Affairs office to ensure the
proper court authorities are notified.
The Homicide Supervisor will notify the following individuals of the number of days off an
officer receives:
1) Deputy Chief of the officer;
2) Commander of the officer;
3) Deputy Chief of Investigations;
4) SID Commander;
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
5) Personnel Administrator; and,
6) Department Psychologist.
8.2.3.16 POST-OIS SHOOTING course
Revised November 8, 2017
Every officer who discharges his or her weapon at a person, whether the person is struck
or not, is required to report to the Police Pistol Range and participate in a shooting course
prior to being released back to field duty.
A) Officer Responsibility
1) The officer shall complete a post-OIS shooting course to reacquaint himself or
herself with the emotions surrounding an OIS, in a controlled environment.
a) An officer involved in an OIS, involving a person, must report to the range
as soon as practical and, if possible, should be done prior to seeing the
Department Psychologist.
2) Upon completing the shooting course, the officer shall schedule an
appointment with the Department Psychologist.
B) Rangemaster
1) The Rangemaster is required to have a standard post-OIS range shooting
course for each officer to complete.
a) This shooting course is not incident specific and is not considered
retraining. The Rangemaster should only conduct retraining that would
normally occur during a routine qualification if they observe a safety
violation, or other firearms training that the officer needs.
b) The Rangemaster should not debrief or discuss the specifics of the OIS
with the officer.
2) The shooting course is not scored.
3) Upon completion of the shooting course, the Rangemaster will notify the
Department Psychologist and the officer’s Division Commander.
8.2.4 UNINTENTIONAL FIREARMS DISCHARGE AND ANIMAL SHOOTINGS
Revised November 8, 2017
This section shall not apply to the discharging of a firearm for training or recreational
purposes unless there is an injury to a person because of the firearm’s discharge.
Any officer-involved, unintentional firearms discharge that results in a hit shooting to any
person will be investigated per Manual § 8.2.3 INTENTIONAL FIREARMS
DISCHARGE AND IN-CUSTODY DEATH INVESTIGATIONS.
If an officer is involved in an OIS where an animal is injured, the responding officer(s)
shall notify Animal Control; if the animal’s owner wants to transport the animal to a
veterinarian, they may do so. An officer will respond to the veterinarian’s office to
preserve evidence. Additionally, a priority lab unit will be called to meet the officer at the
veterinarian’s office for photos, etc.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Under no circumstances will an officer give approval for a deceased animal to be
destroyed (i.e., cremated) prior to the notification and approval of the Homicide Detail.
8.2.4.1 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised November 8, 2017
If an ON-DUTY officer has a no-hit unintentional shooting or intentionally discharges his
or her firearm at an animal, as soon as circumstances permit, they shall verbally notify a
field supervisor. The field supervisor shall verbally notify the Watch Commander.
If an OFF-DUTY officer has a no-hit unintentional shooting or intentionally discharges his
or her firearm at an animal, as soon as circumstances permit, they shall verbally notify
the Watch Commander.
8.2.4.2 FIELD Supervisor Responsibilities
Revised November 8, 2017
A field supervisor or designee will be the primary investigator and conduct the
investigation into the incident unless Homicide personnel respond to oversee and direct
the investigation. A crime scene log and a sketch are not needed unless, in the opinion
of the handling supervisor, they will help the investigation and administrative review of the
incident.
The field supervisor shall:
1) Obtain a public safety statement from the involved officer;
2) Determine if the officer wants to have a representative present for the walk-through
and, if so, wait a reasonable amount of time for the representative before conducting
the walk-through;
3) Account for all rounds fired and thoroughly investigate the path of the round(s) to
ensure no injuries or property damage occurred;
4) Assign a peer officer to the involved officer;
5) Ensure all potential witnesses are interviewed:
6) Conduct a walk-through of the scene with the involved officer,
a) No notes shall be taken or tape recordings shall occur during the walk-through,
7) Ensure the lab responds and takes photographs of the scene and potential
evidence, including photographs of the involved officer as they were dressed at the
time of the incident;
8) Direct all officers to file their reports using the crime classification “officer involved
shooting;"
9) Conduct a weapon inspection of the involved officer’s firearm at the station:
a) The Supervisor will note in his or her report the number of rounds remaining in
both the magazine and the chamber of the gun, and
b) Ensure photographs are taken of the firearm along with any magazine in the
weapon if applicable;
10) Review all reports prior to submission to the Homicide Detail;
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
11) Forward all the original reports connected with the shooting to the Homicide
Supervisor;
12) Complete the Officer Involved Shooting Field Supervisor’s Report;
13) File an Unusual Occurrence Memorandum;
14) If the incident involved an unintentional discharge and the officer indicates the
unintentional discharge might be a result of a weapon malfunction, the Patrol
Supervisor shall place the weapon into Property; otherwise, after the weapon has
been photographed, it may be returned to the officer;
15) Issue the involved officer(s) a written order to report to the range per Manual §
8.2.4.10 POST Unintentional Discharge SHOOTING course and training;
16) Not make an entry into the Department’s Use of Force database system for the
firearm discharge.
8.2.4.3 INVOLVED OFFICER Statement
Revised November 8, 2017
Refer to Manual § 8.2.3.6 Involved officer Statement.
8.2.4.4 Homicide Supervisor Responsibilities
Revised November 8, 2017
The Homicide Supervisor shall do the following:
1) Notify the Homicide Lieutenant or, in his or her absence, the SID Commander;
2) Respond to the scene and oversee the investigation;
3) Determine if a Homicide team is necessary;
4) Assist patrol in the handling of the investigation;
5) If misconduct is suspected, notify the SID Commander or the Deputy Chief of the
Investigations Bureau who will assist in determining Internal Affairs’ response;
6) Prepare a Critical Incident Debrief per Manual § 7.5.2.4 INCIDENT DEBRIEFING;
7) Complete an entry into the Department Use of Force database system for the firearm
discharge.
8.2.4.5 Watch Commander Responsibilities
Revised November 8, 2017
The Watch Commander, when feasible, will respond to the scene, and shall make all
appropriate notifications.
8.2.4.6 Internal Affairs
Revised November 8, 2017
If Internal Affairs responds to the scene based on alleged misconduct, they will follow
their normal investigative and review procedures. The Internal Affairs investigation will
follow the Homicide investigation, or will happen concurrently; however, the Internal
Affairs’ investigation shall not interfere with the Homicide investigation.
8.2.4.7 department psychologist
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Revised November 8, 2017
While not required, the Department reserves the right to refer an employee to the
Department Psychologist. When an employee is referred to the Department
Psychologist, refer to Manual § 8.2.3.11 department psychologist for further.
8.2.4.8 Employee Association Representative or Attorney
Revised November 8, 2017
Refer to Manual § 8.2.3.12 EMPLOYEE Association Representative or Attorney for
further.
8.2.4.9 No-Hit Unintentional Discharge – Animal Shooting Review
Revised November 8, 2017
In general, there will not be a shooting review board for a no-hit, unintentional discharge
or animal shooting unless, based on the totality of the circumstances, the Chief of Police
deems one is necessary. In those cases, the Homicide Supervisor will ensure the
procedures outlined in Manual § 8.2.3.6 Involved officer Statement are followed.
The Homicide Supervisor will complete the No-Hit Unintentional Discharge / Animal
Shooting Review Form and forward the entire package to the Homicide Lieutenant.
All no-hit, unintentional discharges and animal shootings will be reviewed through an
administrative process. The following personnel will review the shooting:
1) Officer’s Division Commander;
2) Officer’s Deputy Chief; and
3) Deputy Chief of the Support Bureau
o If the involved officer is assigned to the Support Bureau, then the Deputy
Chief of the Investigations or Patrol Bureau will conduct the review.
Each reviewer will determine if the incident is in-policy or out-of-policy and if it was
intentional or unintentional. Each reviewer will make an independent determination and
sign the review form. The last reviewer will then return the entire package to the Homicide
Detail.
Homicide will take the final package to the Chief of Police for review, additional comments,
recommendations and signature.
8.2.4.10 POST Unintentional Discharge SHOOTING course and training
Revised November 8, 2017
If an officer has an unintentional discharge, the officer will be required to attend mandatory
training at the Police Pistol Range (Range) prior to returning to work. If the weapon was
taken as evidence, a Homicide Supervisor will schedule the training when the weapon is
available.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
The supervisor in charge of the investigation will give the officer a written order directing
them to report to the Range on the employee’s next workday where the Range is open,
or as soon as practical. An officer will be assigned to administrative duties and will not
be permitted to work in a field assignment which could require contact with the public for
law enforcement purposes until they receive the training and after the Critical Incident
Debrief is concluded. This order shall be given before the officer leaves work on the day
of the incident.
The supervisor providing the written order will ensure the Range staff is notified before
the officer reports for training. The supervisor will advise the Range staff of the
circumstances of the incident and any specific training needs.
The Range staff will be responsible for conducting the training and filing a memorandum
documenting that the training has occurred. The memorandum will be forwarded to the
Homicide Supervisor.
During the Critical Incident Debrief, the Chief of Police will make a determination as to the
duty status of the involved officer(s) and whether they can return to field duty, per Manual
§ 7.5.2.5 CRITICAL INCIDENT DEBRIEF COMMITTEE.
8.2.4.11 UNINTENTIONAL DISCHARGE – NON-POLICE DEPARTMENT
EMPLOYEES
Revised November 8, 2017
If the employee involved in the unintentional discharge is not a Police Department
employee, and the other City department agrees to have the Police Department conduct
the review of the incident, the following personnel will review the shooting:
1) Employee’s Administrative Officer or Division Head;
2) Employee’s Bureau Manager; and
3) Deputy Chief of the Support Bureau
o If the involved officer is assigned to the Support Bureau, the Chairperson of
the Board shall be the Deputy Chief of the Investigations or Patrol Bureau.
Each reviewer will determine if the incident is in-policy, or out-of-policy and if it was
intentional or unintentional. Each reviewer will make an independent determination and
sign the review form. The last reviewer will then return the entire package to the Homicide
Detail.
Homicide will take the final package to the Chief of Police who will provide his or her
recommendations and whether or not he or she concurs with the reviewer’s
recommendations.
The involved employee’s Department Head will then review the case for additional
comments, recommendations, and signature.
8.2.5 DISTRICT ATTORNEY’S OFFICE – RESPONSE TO OFFICER
INVOLVED SHOOTING AND IN-CUSTODY DEATH INVESTIGATIONS
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Revised November 8, 2017
The Department will participate in the District Attorney’s (DA) county-wide program
whereby a District Attorney Team (DA Team) has the discretion to respond to the scene
of an officer-involved hit shooting and ICD. The DA Team will not interview any officer
involved in those incidents. The DA has agreed to accept the Long Beach Police
Department’s reports as the statement of the officer involved and as the statement of any
police officer witness.
The procedures followed during ICDs shall be consistent with those for handling officer-
involved hit shooting investigations. The DA Team may not always respond to ICD
investigations. The decision to respond will be based upon the circumstances of the
incident and will be made by the DA’s Office.
8.2.5.1 DISTRICT ATTORNEY’S OFFICE – AT THE SCENE
Revised November 8, 2017
It shall be the responsibility of the assigned Homicide Supervisor or Homicide Detective
to coordinate the investigation with personnel from the DA’s office.
As soon as practical, the Homicide Supervisor or Homicide Detective shall:
1) Call the DA Command Post;
2) Provide DA personnel with a briefing;
3) Provide a location within the crime scene for the DA Team to clearly observe the
crime scene, physical evidence and investigation;
4) Escort the DA Team into the scene:
a) The DA Team may not enter without an escort from the Homicide
Supervisor/Detective; and
5) Allow DA personnel to inspect the physical evidence found at the scene.
Homicide shall provide a comprehensive walk-through of the scene for the DA Team and
take additional photographs, measurements, or other investigative steps as requested.
The walk-through shall include an explanation of the incident and the identification of all
civilian and sworn witnesses and principals, and their whereabouts.
8.2.5.2 DISTRICT ATTORNEY’S OFFICE – AT THE STATION
Revised November 8, 2017
The Homicide Supervisor/Detective shall continue to coordinate the investigation with the
DA Team. The DA Team may be present when detectives interview civilian witnesses.
The DA Team will not be allowed to ask questions during the initial interview phase. After
Homicide Detectives have finished their initial questioning, they may ask the DA Team if
they have any further questions for the civilian witnesses. These interviews will be
recorded.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Homicide will contact the DA Team regarding any subsequent interviews. The DA Team
may choose to be present for these interviews. The Homicide Supervisor/Detective shall
make every effort to apprise the DA Team on the progress of the investigation.
8.2.5.3 DISTRICT ATTORNEY’S OFFICE NOTIFICATION – OFF-DUTY OFFICER
INVOLVED SHOOTING INVESTIGATIONS
Revised November 8, 2017
If the shooting occurs within the City of Long Beach, the shooting shall be handled per
the guidelines set forth in this policy.
If the shooting occurs outside the City of Long Beach, the outside agency shall have
primary responsibility for investigating the shooting and will follow their own District
Attorney protocol. LBPD personnel will not make any notification to the Los Angeles
County DA regarding off-duty shootings outside of Long Beach city limits.
8.2.6 COMPELLED STATEMENTS
Revised November 8, 2017
If an officer declines to provide Homicide with a voluntary statement of what occurred, the
Internal Affairs Division may obtain a compelled statement from the officer. Internal
Affairs will maintain the officer’s compelled statement.
Homicide will present the case during both the Critical Incident Debrief, the Review Board
process, and Chief of Police review.
If a compelled statement is needed for the Critical Incident Debrief or Review Board
process, Internal Affairs will present the statement. Members of the Homicide Detail
involved in the investigation, including the SID Commander, shall not be present or hear
any part of the officer’s compelled statement.
8.2.6.1 CHIEF OF POLICE REVIEW
Revised November 8, 2017
If a compelled statement is needed for the Chief’s review of the incident, Internal Affairs
will present the statement. Members of the Homicide Detail involved in the investigation,
including the SID Commander, shall not be present or hear any part of the officer’s
compelled statement.
8.2.7 FIREARMS – SHOOTING REVIEW BOARD
Revised November 8, 2017
The following procedure shall be adhered to whenever an officer discharges a firearm in
the line of duty, except for the following:
1) No-hit unintentional discharge,
2) Shooting involving an animal,
3) Firearms qualification,
4) Practice, and
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
5) Training.
The Shooting Review Board reviews incidents involving the discharge of a weapon,
except those listed above, by an employee. The Board shall make recommendations to
the Chief of Police whether the shooting was intentional or unintentional, and in-policy, or
out-of-policy. It shall also make recommendations relative to any other forms of force
used, officer actions, or other Department actions that occurred during the incident. The
Board is not intended to replace the Internal Affairs process. The Board shall be
administrative and make no findings regarding criminal culpability.
The Chief of Police is responsible for making the final determination regarding the
disposition of an OIS.
8.2.7.1 Convening the Board
Revised November 8, 2017
The Board will convene within a reasonable time from the date of the incident. When the
incident results in a death, the Board will not be held until the Homicide Detail receives
the final autopsy report.
It is the responsibility of the Homicide Detail to make a complete, non-biased, and concise
presentation of all the facts surrounding the incident. In the event an officer’s statement
must be compelled, LBPD Manual § 8.2.6 COMPELLED STATEMENTS shall govern how
the information will be presented to the Board.
8.2.7.2 MEMBERSHIP – shooting review board
Revised November 8, 2017
A) The Review Board shall be comprised of the following VOTING members, none of
whom may have been involved in the incident:
1) Deputy Chief of the Support Bureau or designee (Chairperson of the Board):
a) If the involved officer is assigned to the Support Bureau, the Chairperson
of the Board shall be the Deputy Chief of the Investigations or Patrol
Bureau;
2) Chief of Staff or designee;
3) Deputy Chief or designee of involved officer(s) or designee;
4) Training Division representative:
a) The Training Division representative should be qualified to provide
expertise in Department training and be responsible for assembling any
additional training or subject matter experts to provide expert testimony to
the Board;
b) The Training Division representative should be able to provide the Board
with up-to-date training and shooting records of the involved officer(s); and
5) Peer of the involved officer(s).
B) The Review Board shall be comprised of the following NON-VOTING members,
none of whom may have been involved in the incident:
1) Commander of the involved officer;
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
2) Detective assigned to the incident;
3) Employee association representative;
4) Internal Affairs representative;
5) Emergency Communications Department representative;
6) Homicide Supervisor or designee.
The Homicide Detail will make a timely notification to the involved officer(s) regarding the
convening of the Board. The notice will include the incident to be reviewed and the names
of the Board members. The officer has one (1) preemptory challenge of the peer-level
member. If the officer wishes to make a preemptory challenge, he or she needs to notify
the Chairperson of the Board at least three (3) days prior to the convening of the board.
The peer will be replaced by a selection made by the Chairperson of the Board or his or
her designee. The appointment of the second peer is final. If the peer fails to appear,
the Chairperson will select another peer without challenge. The Homicide Supervisor is
responsible for notifying the involved officer(s) being reviewed of any peer changes.
8.2.7.3 Non-Police Department Employees
Revised November 8, 2017
If the officer involved in the shooting is not a Police Department employee, and the other
City department agrees to have the Police Department conduct the review of the incident,
the following changes will be made to the Shooting Review Board:
A) Voting Members
1) The employee’s Bureau Manager or designee of the City department involved
will replace the Deputy Chief of the involved officer;
2) Peer member will come from the department involved.
B) Non-Voting Members
1) The employee’s Administrative Officer, Division Head, or designee of the City
department involved will replace the Commander of the involved officer.
8.2.7.4 Review of Officer Involved Shootings
Revised November 8, 2017
The review process of an OIS shall include an examination of the circumstances of the
shooting, including the events leading up to and after the incident. For each involved
officer, the Shooting Review Board shall make a recommendation as to whether:
1) The involved officer’s actions, prior to the shooting, were within Department policy,
procedure, and training guidelines;
2) The shooting was in-policy, or out of policy;
3) The involved officer’s actions, after the shooting, were within Department policy,
procedure, and training guidelines.
When evaluating an OIS, deviation from policy, procedure or training should be viewed
within the totality of the circumstances.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
The Shooting Review Board shall also make a recommendation as to whether any other
Department actions are needed, or if any non-shooting officer’s actions during the incident
require Department action.
8.2.7.5 Dissenting Opinions
Revised November 8, 2017
Any voting Review Board member who has a dissenting vote (not recommended actions)
in any area will be required to file a memorandum to the Chief of Police explaining his or
her dissenting vote. The Board member will forward the memorandum to the Homicide
Supervisor. A voting Board member may author a memorandum to the Chief of Police
explaining his or her decision, regardless of whether his or her vote was in the majority
or minority.
8.2.7.6 Chief of Police Review
Revised November 8, 2017
The Homicide Detail shall present the completed case and Board recommendations to
the Chief of Police, who will determine final disposition.
8.2.7.7 Non-Police Department Employee Department Head Review
Revised November 8, 2017
If the employee involved in the shooting is not a Police Department employee, and the
other City department agrees to have the Police Department conduct the review, the
Homicide Supervisor shall present the completed case to the Department Head and Chief
of Police for review. The Chief of Police will provide a recommendation to the Department
Head and advise whether he or she concurs with the Board recommendations.
The Department Head will then determine whether the employee’s actions were in-policy,
or out-of-policy.
8.2.7.8 Project Assignment – Shooting Review Board Results
Revised November 8, 2017
The Homicide Detail shall create a memorandum documenting the Chief’s decision.
Completed original project assignments will be sent to the Homicide Supervisor for
inclusion in the case file.
8.2.7.9 Memorandum of Completion
Revised November 8, 2017
The Homicide Detail shall create a memorandum of completion to the Chief of Police. If
the incident does not involve a Police Department employee, the memorandum will be
forwarded to the Department Head of the involved employee and the Chief of Police for
signature.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.2.8 IN-CUSTODY DEATH REVIEW BOARD
Revised November 8, 2017
The In-Custody Death Review Board reviews all ICDs to determine whether the actions
of the involved officer(s) were within established Department policies and procedures.
The Board will make recommendations to the Chief of Police whether the incident was in-
policy, or out-of-policy. The Board will evaluate and make recommendations where
applicable regarding policy, tactics, equipment, and facilities. The Board is not intended
to replace the Internal Affairs process. The Board shall be administrative and make no
findings regarding criminal culpability.
The Chief of Police is responsible for making the final determination regarding the
disposition of an ICD.
8.2.8.1 Convening the Board
Revised November 8, 2017
Refer to LBPD Manual § 8.2.7.1 Convening the Board.
8.2.8.2 MEMBERSHIP – in-custody death review board
Revised November 8, 2017
Refer to LBPD Manual § 8.2.7.2 MEMBERSHIP – shooting review board.
8.2.8.3 Review of In-Custody Deaths
Revised November 8, 2017
It shall be the responsibility of the Homicide Detail to make a complete and concise
presentation of all the circumstances surrounding the ICD to all members of the In-
custody Death Review Board.
The Board will review the circumstances of the incident and the Coroner’s report and
determine if the officer’s actions were in-policy, or out-of-policy. If the death occurs within
a facility, the Board will utilize the same standard of review and will review the facility
policies and procedures to see if any changes or modifications are required.
The Board shall make one of the following findings concerning each officer involved in
the incident:
1) In-Policy – The officer’s actions were in-policy.
2) Out-of-Policy – The officer’s actions were out-of-policy.
In making a decision as to whether the incident was in-policy or out-of-policy, the Board's
review shall include, but is not limited to, an examination of the following:
1) Review any force used and determine if it was within policy;
2) Review the tactics used by the officer, including, but not limited to, the type of contact
(consensual, detention, arrest, etc.), and whether the tactics used before, during and
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
after the contact were consistent with Department policies, procedures, and training;
and
3) Review communication between officers, Communications Center personnel, and
citizens.
8.2.8.4 Dissenting Opinions
Revised November 8, 2017
Refer to LBPD Manual § 8.2.7.5 Dissenting Opinions.
8.2.8.5 Chief of Police Review
Revised November 8, 2017
Refer to LBPD Manual § 8.2.7.6 Chief of Police Review.
8.2.8.6 Project Assignment – In-Custody Death Review Board Results
Revised November 8, 2017
Refer to LBPD Manual § 8.2.7.8 Project Assignment – Shooting Review Board Results.
8.2.8.7 Memorandum of Completion
Revised November 8, 2017
Refer to LBPD Manual § 8.2.7.9 Memorandum of Completion.
8.2.9 HATE CRIMES AND HATE- OR BIAS-MOTIVATED INCIDENTS
The Investigations Bureau will have audit responsibility.
Revised April 14, 2015
Reviewed May 2019
8.2.9.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
Revised April 14, 2015
Reviewed May 2019
This department recognizes and places a high priority on the rights of all individuals
guaranteed under the Constitution and the laws of this state. When such rights are
infringed upon by violence, threats or other harassment, this department will use all
available resources to investigate those incidents. This policy has been developed to
follow the provisions of Penal Code § 13519.6(c) and provides guidelines for identifying
and investigating incidents motivated by hate or other bias.
8.2.9.2 DEFINITIONS
Revised April 14, 2015
Reviewed May 2019
Hate crimes – Penal Code § 422.55(a) defines a hate crime as a criminal act committed
in whole or in part, because of one or more of the following actual or perceived
characteristics of the victim:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
a) Disability
b) Sex
c) Nationality
d) Race or ethnicity
e) Religion
f) Sexual orientation
g) Association with a person or group with one or more of these actual or perceived
characteristics
Examples of hate crimes include, but are not limited to:
1. Interfering with, oppressing or threatening any other person in the free exercise or
enjoyment of any right or privilege secured by the Constitution or laws because of one
or more of the actual or perceived characteristics of the victim (Penal Code § 422.6).
2. Defacing a person’s property because of one or more of the actual or perceived
characteristics of the victim (Penal Code § 422.6(b)).
3 Terrorizing a person with a swastika or burning cross (Penal Code § 11411).
4. Vandalizing a place of worship (Penal Code § 594.3).
Hate- or bias-motivated incident - These incidents do not rise to the level of a hate
crime as defined by the penal code.
According to the Department of Justice, a hate- or bias-motivated incident is not
categorized as a hate crime because it lacks either a criminal act or a bias-motivation.
For example, a note reading, “I HATE HOMOSEXUALS” is posted on the door of a
residence occupied by a homosexual. That act would be classified as a bias-motivated
incident, not a hate crime, because although there was a bias-motivation there was no
criminal act. If the words, “I HATE HOMOSEXUALS” were spray painted on the same
door, that act would be considered a hate crime because it involved a criminal act and a
bias-motivation.
8.2.9.3 PROCEDURE FOR INVESTIGATING HATE CRIMES AND HATE- OR
BIAS-MOTIVATED INCIDENTS
Revised April 14, 2015
Reviewed May 2019
Officer(s) will be promptly assigned to contact the victim, witness, or reporting party to
investigate any suspected hate crime and hate- or bias-motivated incident. The first point
of contact is critical in the handling of hate crimes and hate- or bias-motivated incidents.
The person who first receives the incident information must be aware of the sensitivity to
the distinguishing characteristics of hate crimes, so that the victim and the incident are
treated appropriately.
8.2.9.4 PROCEDURE FOR INVESTIGATING HATE CRIMES AND HATE- OR
BIAS-MOTIVATED INCIDENTS – Preliminary Investigating Officer
Revised April 14, 2015
Reviewed May 2019
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
When an officer receives a report of a suspected hate crime or other activity that
reasonably appears to involve a potential hate crime, the following shall occur:
(a) A supervisor shall be notified of the circumstances as soon as practical.
(b) The Violent Crimes Detail shall be notified. The Violent Crimes Sergeant is
responsible for making the final determination of whether or not the incident will be
classified as a hate crime.
(c) The assigned officer will take all reasonable steps to preserve available evidence
that may tend to establish that a hate crime has been committed.
(d) The assigned officer(s) will interview available witnesses, victims and others to
determine what circumstances, if any, indicate that the incident should potentially
be classified as a hate crime.
(e) Depending on the situation, the assigned officer(s) may request additional
assistance from on-call Violent Crimes detectives or other resources to further the
investigation.
(f) Absent prior approval of a supervisor, all reports will be completed and submitted
by the assigned officer(s) before the end of the shift.
(g) The assigned officer(s) will provide the victim(s) of any suspected hate crime with
a brochure entitled, “We Care about Your Safety – How to Report & Protect
Yourself against Hate Crimes,” (Penal Code § 422.92). This brochure will also be
available to members of the general public upon request. The assigned officer(s)
should make reasonable efforts to assist the victim(s) by providing available
information on local assistance programs and organizations.
(h) At no time will Patrol personnel make notification to the Human Dignity
Coordinator. It will be the responsibility of the Violent Crimes Sergeant to make all
such notifications regarding hate crimes to the Human Dignity Coordinator.
8.2.9.5 PROCEDURE FOR INVESTIGATING HATE CRIMES AND HATE- OR
BIAS-MOTIVATED INCIDENTS – Field Supervisor
Revised April 14, 2015
Reviewed May 2019
A field supervisor shall be dispatched and respond to all hate crime incidents. The field
supervisor shall maintain the flow of information on hate crimes to the Division
Commanding Officer. When a hate crime has occurred, a field supervisor will review all
reports and ensure proper notifications are made to the Violent Crime Detail.
8.2.9.6 PROCEDURE FOR INVESTIGATING HATE CRIMES AND HATE- OR
BIAS-MOTIVATED INCIDENTS – Watch Commander
Revised April 14, 2015
Reviewed May 2019
The Watch Commander will send out an internal Watch Commander Notification using
the event type, “Hate or bias motivated incident.” This notification will automatically be
sent to the Violent Crimes Sergeant and the Command Staff.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
The Watch Commander will ensure that proper notification is made to the Violent Crimes
Detail.
A hate crime incident is a mandatory after-hours and weekend notification to the Duty
Chief. The Duty Chief will assist the Watch Commander in determining whether a CM
Staff notification is appropriate. During business hours, the Watch Commander will first
consult with the Violent Crimes Sergeant or his/her chain of command before sending out
a CM Staff notification.
The Watch Commander or Patrol personnel shall not make a notification to the Human
Dignity Coordinator. It will be the responsibility of the Violent Crimes Sergeant to make
all notifications to the Human Dignity Coordinator.
8.2.9.7 PROCEDURE FOR INVESTIGATING HATE CRIMES AND HATE- OR
BIAS-MOTIVATED INCIDENTS – Investigating Detail Responsibility
Revised April 14, 2015
Reviewed May 2019
The assigned detective will be responsible for following up on the reported hate crime
and hate- or bias-motivated incident as follows:
a) The handling detective will maintain contact with the victim and other involved
individuals as needed.
b) The handling detective will conduct follow-up investigations as needed.
8.2.10 CRIMES AGAINST PEACE OFFICERS
Revised December 17, 2020
Reviewed December 17, 2020
The Investigation Bureau will have review responsibility.
The Los Angeles County District Attorney’s Office has a specialized unit, the Crimes
Against Peace Officers Section (CAPOS) dedicated to the prosecution of those who
commit violent crimes against peace officers. CAPOS will handle cases in which the
assault caused, or could have caused, death or great bodily injury to the officer. CAPOS
is available to respond to crime scenes 24-hours a day upon request by our Department.
Injured Officer Admitted to a Hospital
If an on-duty peace officer is the victim of a gunshot, stabbing, and/or the officer’s injuries
are critical in nature where the officer will be admitted to the hospital, the on-call Homicide
Detective shall be notified to evaluate the circumstances of the incident. The on-call
Homicide Detective will determine if Homicide will respond or defer the incident to the on-
call Violent Crimes Detective based upon the totality of the circumstances. The handling
detail shall be responsible for all follow-up investigation and coordination with the CAPOS
Unit.
Injured Officer Not Requiring Hospitalization
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
If an officer’s injuries do not require hospitalization, the Violent Crimes Section will be
responsible for the follow-up investigation. Violent Crimes detectives are not required to
respond to the scene unless the investigator or watch commander determine a detective
response is necessary.
8.2.11 VIOLENT CRIMES DETECTIVE – NOTIFICATION
Revised October 24, 2014
The Investigations Bureau will have review responsibility (Reviewed July 2019).
The Violent Crimes Detail will be on-call and available after hours to respond to, or handle
inquiries regarding violent crime incidents. The on-call Violent Crimes Detective shall be
notified when the following circumstances exist:
a) An on-duty officer is the victim of an assault resulting in significant injury, to include
a broken bone, loss of consciousness, head trauma, serious cuts or stab wounds;
b) An actual or suspected explosive device requiring a response from the Los Angeles
County Sheriff’s Department Bomb Detail;
c) Hate crimes or potential hate crimes;
d) A criminal act involving stalking or workplace violence where the suspect specifically
targets a City employee because of their employment with the City of Long Beach;
e) Other serious incidents where the Watch Commander determines notification to the
Violent Crimes Detail is warranted.
8.2.12 TARASOFF NOTIFICATION
Revised December 17, 2020
The Investigation Bureau will have review responsibility.
Reviewed December 17, 2020
A licensed psychotherapist shall report to a local law enforcement agency, within 24
hours, the identity of any person under their care who has communicated a serious
threat.
Within 24 hours of the receipt of the Tarasoff report, the local law enforcement agency
shall notify the Department of Justice (DOJ) of the person who has made such a
threat.
8.2.12.1 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
Officers shall ensure the following is completed upon the receipt of a Tarasoff
Report call:
• Notify a supervisor of the Tarasoff report call and ensure an Info-Tarasoff report
is filed prior to the end of the shift. VIC and SUS will not be used for person blocks
as a Tarasoff report is not used to report a crime.
• If, in the course of the Tarasoff notification a crime was found to have occurred
in relation to the target and the person making the threat in the City of Long
Beach, the handling officer shall take a crime report.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• Attempt to notify the target(s) of the threat and document the steps taken to
notify the target in the report. If the target was not notified and all leads were
not exhausted, an officer from the next shift will complete the call and further
documentation.
• Once the target(s) has been notified of the threat or all reasonable leads have
been exhausted in attempting to notify the target(s) of the threat, an on-duty
field supervisor can determine the call closed.
• The officer shall complete and fax DOJ Form (BOF 4074) to The Bureau of Firearms
prior to the end of the shift (available in Laserfiche as "Form BOF 4074").
• A confirmed fax receipt shall be attached to the officer's report and forwarded to
records.
8.2.12.2 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES
• The original handling officer's supervisor shall communicate the information to the
supervisor of the oncoming shift if a continued investigation is necessary.
• The supervisor from the oncoming shift shall assign the call to an officer for
continued investigation.
• Once the target(s) is notified or all reasonable leads are exhausted, as determined
by the on-duty field supervisor, the call can be closed.
• The supervisor shall ensure the BOF 4074 form has been faxed.
• The supervisor shall ensure an entry is made in the Watch Commander Log.
The Reporting Section shall route Tarasoff reports to the Mental Evaluation Team.
The Mental Evaluation Team shall conduct any follow-up investigation as needed.
8.2.13 MISSING PERSON INVESTIGATIONS
Revised March 25, 2021
The Investigations Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed March 25, 2021
The Long Beach Police Department does not consider any report of a missing person to
be routine and assumes that the missing person needs immediate assistance unless
determined otherwise. Missing person cases are prioritized over property-related cases.
A police officer shall be dispatched to all missing person and located missing person calls
for service. A missing person’s report shall be accepted regardless of how long the person
has been missing. All missing person reports shall be taken by a police officer.
8.2.13.1 MISSING PERSON INVESTIGATIONS – DEFINITIONS
Revised March 25, 2021
At-Risk Missing Person – An at-risk missing person is a person who is any of the
following:
• 11 years of age or younger,
• A victim or suspected victim of a crime or foul play,
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• In need of medical attention, or life-saving medication,
• Has no pattern of running away or disappearing,
- A runaway, 12 years of age and older, not in immediate danger may be treated as a
not-at-risk missing person,
• A child that may be the victim of parental abduction and there is reason to believe
harm may come to the child, or
• Mentally impaired, cognitively impaired, or developmentally disabled (i.e.
Dementia, Alzheimer’s, or Autism).
Courtesy Missing Person Report – A missing person report taken by an agency that
does not have jurisdiction over the area where the missing person resides. These reports
are forwarded to the agency with jurisdiction over the investigation.
Missing Person – Any person who is reported missing to law enforcement when the
person’s location is unknown. This includes any child who is missing voluntarily,
involuntarily or under circumstances that do not conform to their ordinary habits or
behavior, and who may need assistance, CPC § 14215. It also includes a child who has
been taken, detained, concealed, enticed away or kept by a parent in violation of the law,
CPC § 277.
8.2.13.2 MISSING PERSON INVESTIGATIONS – NOTIFICATIONS
Revised March 25, 2021
The Homicide Detail shall be notified in the following circumstances:
• If foul play is suspected or the case is suspicious in nature,
• If an at-risk investigation reaches four (4) hours without locating the missing person or
the investigation progresses to a point where an informational bulletin is necessary,
• A parental/family abduction with evidence of an immediate threat to the child, see also
LBPD Manual § 8.2.1.2 NOTIFICATIONS.
- If there is no evidence of an immediate threat to the child, the Child Abuse Detail
shall be notified.
8.2.13.3 MISSING PERSON INVESTIGATIONS – OFFICER RESPONSIBLITIES
Revised March 25, 2021
Officers shall be responsible for the following when handling a missing person
investigation:
• Conduct the initial investigation,
• Take the missing person report,
• Make all necessary notifications,
• Ensure that a BOLO is broadcast and note it in the call history,
• Submit the report to Teletype for DOJ input, see Manual § 8.2.13 MISSING
PERSON INVESTIGATIONS,
• Document in the located missing person report who took custody of a juvenile or
an at-risk missing person.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.2.13.4 MISSING PERSON INVESTIGATIONS – CLASSIFICATION
Revised March 25, 2021
An at-risk missing person classification for a missing person 11 years old or younger, who
is not the victim of a child concealment, shall only be downgraded by the Special
Investigations Division Commander.
Any other at-risk missing person, including a victim of child concealment where there is
no evidence of danger to the child, may be downgraded by the Watch Commander.
If an officer is dispatched to a missing person call and determines it to be an at-risk
missing person call, they shall immediately notify their supervisor and the
Communications Center.
8.1.13.5 MISSING PERSON INVESTIGATIONS – BE ON THE LOOK OUT (BOLO)
Revised March 25, 2021
A Be on the Look Out (BOLO) shall be transmitted, without delay, for any missing person
who is 20 years old or younger, or an at-risk missing person per CPC § 14211(d).
8.2.13.6 MISSING PERSON INVESTIGATIONS – TELETYPE
Revised March 25, 2021
When a missing person is 20 years old or younger, a teletype shall be sent to the
Department of Justice and the National Crime Information Center within two hours after
accepting the report ((42 USC 5779(a) and (42 USC 5780(3)).
8.2.13.7 MISSING PERSON INVESTIGATIONS – LOCATED MISSING PERSONS
Revised March 25, 2021
A police officer shall be dispatched to all calls regarding located missing persons to file
the located missing person report and notify teletype.
When an officer is dispatched to a missing person call and the person is located the
following reporting requirements shall apply:
• If the report has not been submitted to teletype, the officer shall file a missing
person and a located missing person report, these may be completed in the same
report.
• If the report has been submitted to teletype, a separate located missing person
report shall be filed and submitted.
• Department report numbers for missing person reports shall not be voided.
If a located missing person is arrested, complete a located missing person report as
follows:
• Long Beach PD located missing person – File the located missing person report
as a supplement to the original missing person incident number and file the arrest
report with a separate incident report.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• Other jurisdiction located missing person – File the located missing person report
with an LBPD incident number and file the arrest report with a separate incident
report (two incident numbers).
If an officer contacts a subject and discovers the subject is a reported missing person,
regardless of jurisdiction, the officer shall file a located missing person report.
8.2.13.8 COURTESY MISSING PERSON REPORTS
Revised March 25, 2021
If a missing person report is requested where the missing person is not a Long Beach
resident, a courtesy report shall be taken.
8.2.13.9 AMBER AND SILVER ALERTS
Revised March 25, 2021
In the event that Amber or Silver Alert criteria is met, the Watch Commander, or designee
shall notify the on-call Missing Persons Detective.
A. SILVER ALERT CRITERIA
A Silver Alert will not be initiated by the California Highway Patrol unless it meets all of
the following criteria:
• The missing person is 65 years of age or older, developmentally disabled or
cognitively impaired,
• The investigating agency has utilized all available local resources,
• The law enforcement agency determines that the person has gone missing under
unexplained or suspicious circumstances,
• The law enforcement agency believes that the person is in danger because of age,
health, mental or physical disability, environment or weather conditions, that the
person is in the company of a potentially dangerous person, or that there are other
factors indicating that the person may be in peril, and
• There is information available that, if disseminated to the public, could assist in the
safe recovery of the missing person.
B. AMBER ALERT CRITERIA
The California Amber Alert Plan is a voluntary partnership between law enforcement,
transportation, and media to rapidly disseminate information about a suspect and victim
to law enforcement agencies and the public when a child has been abducted.
The decision to initiate an Amber Alert shall be approved by the Watch Commander. Per
the California Highway Patrol, the following criteria must be met to initiate an Amber Alert:
• It has been confirmed that an abduction has occurred, or the child has been taken
by anybody including, but not limited to, parents and/or guardians.
• The victim is 17 years of age or younger, or of proven mental or physical disability.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• There is reason to believe the victim is in imminent danger of serious bodily injury
or death.
• There is information available that, if disseminated to the general public, could
assist in the safe recovery of the victim.
8.2.14 GUN VIOLENCE RESTRAINING ORDERS (GVRO)
Revised January 27, 2022
The Investigations Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed January 27, 2022
GVRO laws provide law enforcement with an intervening mechanism to prevent
escalating firearm-related violence. Officers should consider petitioning a GVRO when
they have reasonable cause to believe a subject poses an immediate and present
danger of causing personal injury to themselves or another by having in their custody
or control, owning, purchasing, possessing, or receiving a firearm or ammunition
(Penal Code §18100).
8.2.14.1 GVRO DEFINITION
Revised January 27, 2022
Gun Violence Restraining Order - an order, in writing, signed by the court, prohibiting
and enjoining a named person from having in his or her custody or control, owning,
purchasing, possessing, or receiving any firearms or ammunition, including
ammunition magazines (Penal Code §18100).
8.2.14.2 TYPES OF GVROs
Revised January 27, 2022
1) Temporary Emergency GVRO – requested by a law enforcement officer which
may be obtained telephonically when court is not in session and expires 21 days from
the date the order is issued (Penal Code § 18125).
2) Ex Parte GVRO – an order that can be requested by law enforcement, as well as
immediate family members, employers, coworkers, or teachers of the subject of the
petition. The order is issued or denied on the same day as submitted to the court,
unless the petition is filed too late in the day to permit effective review (Penal Code §
18150).
3) GVRO Issued After Notice and Hearing– a renewable court order for a period of
one to five years (Penal Code § 18170).
8.2.14.3 GVRO CONSIDERATIONS
Revised January 27, 2022
Officers should consider the use of a GVRO in the following situations (Penal Code
§18108):
• A domestic disturbance response to any residence which is associated with a
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
firearm registration or record, where a firearm is present, or one of the involved
parties owns or possesses a firearm.
• During a contact with a person exhibiting mental health issues, including suicidal
thoughts, statements, or actions, if that person owns or possesses a firearm.
-Officers should consider requesting a response from the Mental Evaluation
Team (MET) or detaining the person for a mental health evaluation (5150
WIC) if there is reasonable cause to believe that the person poses an
immediate and present danger of causing personal injury to themselves or
another person by having custody or control of a firearm.
Additional Considerations:
• A credible threat of self-harm or violence directed at another
• Proximity of potential victims
• Access to firearms
• Prior conviction or outstanding warrant for crimes listed in Penal Code §29805
• Prior restraining order or criminal protective order violations
• Violent criminal history
• Mental health history
• Whether the subject is currently on Parole, Probation, or Post Release Community
Supervision
• Unlawful or reckless use display or brandishing of a firearm
• Documented evidence showing that subject committed crimes involving ongoing
alcohol and/or substance abuse
8.2.14.4 PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING A GVRO
Revised January 27, 2022
Ex Parte GVRO
1) The officer or detective shall contact the designated Deputy City Attorney to explain
the circumstances and provide the required documentary evidence (e.g., police report,
CAD, field interview, Tarasoff Report, 5150 report, criminal history, etc.).
2) If the circumstances meet the threshold for pursuing a GVRO, the Deputy City
Attorney will work with the officer or detective to pursue the acquisition of the GVRO.
3) Once the GVRO is served and the firearms or ammunition are seized, the Deputy City
Attorney shall be contacted with the results and be provided all related documents in
order to prepare for the hearing that follows. If the court determines the GVRO is
upheld, a GVRO issued after notice and hearing will be secured and served. If the
restrained person is present, the service will occur in court.
4) If a restrained party to a GVRO does not appear for the hearing, the GVRO will
proceed “in absentia.” If the order is upheld it will become a GVRO issued after notice
and hearing but will require additional service.
8.2.14.5 TEMPORARY EMERGENCY GUN VIOLENCE RESTRAINING ORDER
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Revised January 27, 2022
Any time access to the court is not available (such as holidays, weekends, or after-hours)
and the Deputy City Attorney is unable to present the request, the officer should pursue
a Temporary Emergency GVRO.
In emergency situations, a Temporary Emergency GVRO may be issued on an ex parte
basis only if a law enforcement officer asserts, and a judicial officer finds, there is
reasonable cause to believe both of the following:
1) The subject of the petition poses an immediate and present danger of causing
personal injury to himself, herself, or another by having in his or her custody or control,
owning, purchasing, possessing, or receiving a firearm or ammunition (Penal Code §
18125(a)(1)).
2) A Temporary Emergency GVRO is necessary to prevent personal injury to the subject
of the petition or another because less restrictive alternatives either have been tried
or found to be ineffective or have been determined to be inadequate or inappropriate
for the circumstances of the subject of the petition (Penal Code § 18125(a)(2)).
To obtain the Temporary Emergency GVRO, the officer or detective shall do the following:
1) Complete a Firearms Emergency Protective Order Form (EPO-002).
2) Call the phone number used for Emergency Protective Orders and state that a
Temporary Emergency GVRO will be requested. The operator will connect the officer
or detective with the Commissioner.
3) The officer or detective will advise the Commissioner of the circumstance surrounding
the investigation.
4) Be prepared to provide the Department Record (DR) number assigned to the
Temporary Emergency GVRO and enter the DR number in the upper right corner of
the EPO-002.
5) The officer or detective shall provide LBPD Records Division with the completed EPO-
002 form. Records Division will provide the completed EPO-002 form to the court and
forward a copy to the Deputy City Attorney.
6) If possible, the officer or detective will serve the restrained party and take possession
of all firearms and ammunition under the control of the restrained party.
8.2.14.6 GVRO SERVICE
Revised January 27, 2022
• All circumstances that warrant the acquisition of a GVRO represent a high level of
risk. It is critical therefore that extreme caution be exercised in the service of such
orders.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• When serving a GVRO, officers are required to demand all firearms and ammunition
be relinquished at the time of service. The restrained party is required by law to
relinquish all firearms and ammunition to law enforcement in a safe manner as
determined by law enforcement.
• If a restrained party refuses to comply with the order to relinquish their firearms or
ammunition, they are in violation of Penal Code §18205 - remain in possession of
firearms and ammunition after a GVRO has been served, and Penal Code §166(a)(4)
- violation of court orders.
• If officers are not given consent to enter a dwelling to recover the firearms or
ammunition, a search warrant shall be obtained.
• Within one business day of service, the officer or detective who served the GVRO
shall submit the proof of service to the Long Beach Police Department Records
Division. Records Division shall submit proof of service to the court.
Officers and detectives shall make reasonable attempts to locate and serve a person
subject to a GVRO. In the event they are unable to locate or serve the person subject to
a GVRO, the officer or detective shall document in a report that all efforts to serve the
restrained person have been exhausted.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.3 FORENSIC SCIENCES
8.3.1 DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE
Revised December 17, 2020
The Investigations Bureau shall review this policy on a three-year review cycle.
Reviewed December 17, 2020
It shall be the responsibility of each Investigative Detail to determine the final disposition
status for items impounded into the Evidence Control Section; items shall be
dispositioned as hold, release, or destroy. If an item is not required in court and the law
permits its return, the assigned detective shall authorize the return of the property to the
legal owner as soon as possible. Evidence shall only be released to an owner with the
authorization of the assigned detective or the detail sergeant.
The assigned detective shall follow the established protocol for closing a case and update
the disposition date and item status to hold, release, or destroy.
The assigned detective, or the detail sergeant shall authorize the release of evidence
utilizing the Release of Property by Evidence Control Section form, which indicates the
owner’s name and date of release when releasing evidence. The Release of Property by
Evidence Control Section form shall be provided to the Evidence Control Section.
Prior to authorizing the release of an item, the assigned detective shall consider the
following:
• Found property may be released to the finder if the item has not been claimed after
120 days. Department employees, listed as a finding person, shall be prohibited from
claiming any unclaimed items.
• If there is a claim of dual ownership for found property/evidence, the assigned detail
shall investigate to determine rightful ownership. If the case is unassigned, the Violent
Crimes Detail shall assume responsibility for conducting the investigation.
• If the item is a firearm, the assigned detective’s authorization and a DOJ background
clearance are required prior to release, for further see Manual § 8.3.5.3 RELEASE
OF FIREARMS.
8.3.1.1 DESTRUCTION OR AUCTION OF PROPERTY
Revised December 17, 2020
Once an item of evidence has been authorized for release by the assigned detective, the
property owner has been notified, and the owner has not claimed the item, it may be
subject to destruction or auction after 90 days.
All other non-evidence items may be subject to destruction or auction according to the
following schedule:
• Safekeeping – 60 days
• Prisoner’s Property – 90 days, or with written notification may be held up to one (1)
year
• Found Property –120 days for the property owner
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• Found Property with a listed finder – 150 days
8.3.1.2 DISPOSITION OF CASH
Revised December 17, 2020
All unclaimed cash impounded into the Evidence Control Section is audited by the Fiscal
Division and deposited into the City General Fund.
8.3.1.3 COURT ORDERED RELEASE
Revised March 25, 2021
The receiving Property clerk shall notify the assigned detail sergeant or detective upon
receipt of a court order.
All return of property from a court order shall be confirmed by the assigned detail sergeant
or detective. If a response is not received from the detective within two (2) business days,
the property will be returned to the customer regardless of detective confirmation.
8.3.1.4 RELEASE OF AMMUNITION
Revised December 17, 2020
All ammunition shall be taken to the Evidence Control Section prior to release or
destruction. Ammunition shall not be released with a firearm. Ammunition may be
released on the following workday.
8.3.1.5 DRUG DESTRUCTION
Revised December 17, 2020
The Evidence Control Section shall coordinate the destruction of drugs, and shall be
responsible for the following:
1) Create a drug manifest for all drugs set for destruction,
2) Audit drugs set for destruction,
3) Coordinate with Internal Affairs to audit the drugs set for destruction,
4) Obtain approval from the Chief of Police, or his or her designee, for the drug
destruction,
5) Obtain a court order for the destruction,
6) Contact and schedule the destruction with the contract disposal facility,
7) Follow established security protocols in place for the destruction of drugs.
8.3.1.6 DRUG INVESTIGATIVE DETAILS (MCI & DRUG INVESTIGATIONS
SECTIONS)
Reviewed December 17, 2020
All drug cases not identified on the “Property Disposition Report” as assigned to a Detail,
shall be destroyed at the end of one year.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Drug investigative Details shall audit their assigned case file to monitor the requirement
for evidence to be saved past one year.
It is the responsibility of each investigative Detail to notify the Property Section, in a timely
manner, of any evidence that must be saved.
8.3.1.7 STOLEN PROPERTY IN COMPUTER SYSTEMS (AUTOMATED
FIREARMS SYSTEM (AFS) & AUTOMATED PROPERTY SYSTEM (APS)
Reviewed December 17, 2020
It is the responsibility of each investigative Detail to file appropriate follow-up reports for
all recovered Long Beach stolen property. The information shall be forwarded to the
Police Systems Section who shall be responsible for removing the stolen information from
the California Justice Information System (CJIS).
Each assigned case is incomplete until such time as a final disposition of the evidence
has been made and the stolen information removed from computer system.
8.3.2 PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE CHECK-OUT AND RETURN
Revised December 17, 2020
It is the responsibility of the person checking out an item to contact the Evidence Control
Section and provide the signed Release of Property by Evidence Control Section form
regarding the final disposition of any item not being returned.
8.3.3 PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE PACKAGING AND HANDLING
Revised December 17, 2020
Department personnel shall file and maintain property in an appropriate and credible
manner, using the correct forms and accurately itemizing all property and evidence.
Property and evidence shall be handled and packaged in a manner to minimize damage,
loss, or contamination. Items shall not be packaged permanently, or temporarily in
disposable gloves.
Items of evidence, safekeeping, prisoner’s or found property shall be properly sealed with
sealing tape. Envelops and other packages shall not be stapled. A proper seal shall
contain the following legible information:
• The packaging officer’s signature or initials,
• The packaging officer’s DID number,
• The date.
All property and evidence shall be entered on the log sheet at each property pick-up
location. This includes bikes and bulk property that are stored in any cage, trailer, or
garage area.
8.3.4 IMPOUNDING OF PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Revised December 17, 2020
All impounded property shall be inventoried and itemized on a Report of Property form
and secured in an evidence locker or delivered to the Evidence Control Section prior to
the end of an officer’s shift. One copy of the completed report indicating the contents of
each package shall be attached to the corresponding package.
An after-hours call-out to the Evidence Control Sergeant or Supervisor is required when
impounding a large number of drugs, money, guns, or items that cannot be secured in a
locker or cage.
8.3.4.1 IMPOUNDING OF UNITED STATES CURRENCY AND COINS
Revised December 17, 2020
United States (US) currency and coins may be listed on the Report of Property form with
all other items but shall be packaged separately. Packages containing US currency and
coins shall have a money count sheet attached to the outside of the package along with
a copy of the Report of Property form.
8.3.4.2 IMPOUNDING OF ITEMS FOR FREEZER STORAGE
Revised December 17, 2020
Any items that require placement into the freezer may be listed on the Report of Property
form with all other items. However, it shall be packaged separately with a copy of the
Report of Property form attached to the outside of the package.
8.3.4.3 IMPOUNDING OF WET OR BLOODY EVIDENCE
Revised December 17, 2020
Wet and bloody evidence shall not be left in evidence lockers for pickup. Wet and bloody
evidence must be air dried thoroughly before packaging and impounding.
If wet and bloody evidence is collected at a scene where a Lab Unit is not responding,
the on-call analyst for the Crime Laboratory shall be notified.
Evidence items which are wet and bloody may be transported temporarily in red plastic
biohazard bags to prevent leakage of any biohazardous materials. Evidence items shall
be removed from the biohazard bags as soon as possible.
8.3.4.4 IMPOUNDING OF NARCOTICS
Revised December 17, 2020
Narcotics may be listed on the Report of Property form with all other items. However,
narcotics shall be packaged separately.
Due to the high risk for exposure to bloodborne pathogens from a needle-stick, the
Forensic Sciences Services Division will not routinely analyze syringes that are suspected
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
of containing a controlled substance. Syringe contents will only be analyzed in the
following circumstances:
• The syringe is the only piece of evidence and results are needed for probable
cause to continue an investigation into other charges, or
• As part of an Internal Affairs investigation.
8.3.4.5 IMPOUNDING OF BICYCLES
Revised December 17, 2020
Bicycles may be listed on the Report of Property form with all other items. However, a
copy of the Report of Property form shall be attached to the bicycle.
8.3.4.6 IMPOUNDING OF KNIVES AND BLADES
Revised December 17, 2020
Knives and razor blades shall be packaged in a manner to avoid injury while handling and
moving the package.
8.3.4.7 IMPOUNDING OF COLLECTIBLES
Revised December 17, 2020
Collectibles are defined as items that are collected as a hobby, or as an investment,
whose value may appreciate over time. These items include, but are not limited to the
following:
• Stamps
• Rare coins
- Rare coins are defined as a piece of metal stamped and issued by the authority
of a government for use as money. Rare coins are characterized as being
seldom found, uncommon or unusual, and have a potential value greater than
face value. Rare coins shall be listed as “rare coins” on the Report of Property
form. Rare coins are not considered money and will be auctioned once the
assigned detective has cleared the evidence for disposition.
• Baseball cards
• Comic books
• Action figures
• Sports memorabilia
• Artwork
• Any other item of potential value
8.3.4.8 IMPOUNDING OF JEWELRY
Revised December 17, 2020
Jewelry shall not be identified by naming a specific stone or metal; rather it shall be
described by listing a stone color or metal color.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Costume jewelry is defined as an item looking like jewelry but made from a plastic or
plastic-like material. Costume jewelry, also called fashion or fake jewelry, shall be listed
as “costume jewelry” on the Report of Property form, along with a description.
8.3.4.9 IMPOUNDING OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
Revised December 17, 2020
Flammable liquids may be retained only with approval by the Deputy Chief of the
Investigations Bureau.
8.3.4.10 IMPOUNDING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
Revised December 17, 2020
The Evidence Control Section will not accept hazardous waste of any type. Hazardous
waste shall not be placed in property lockers, brought to the Public Safety Building, or
any Police Department Sub-Station.
8.3.4.11 IMPOUNDING OF PRISONER’S PROPERTY
Revised December 17, 2020
When an individual is arrested and booked into the LBPD Jail with property that cannot
be stored in Booking, the property shall be impounded as bulk property into the Evidence
Control Section. These items, such as luggage, backpacks, or other large items must be
stored as prisoner’s property. Officers shall inventory and itemize all prisoner’s property
impounded as bulk property.
8.3.5 FIREARMS HANDLING AS PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE
Revised December 17, 2020
The Long Beach Police Department shall not sell firearms or firearms components. Any
firearm placed into the Evidence Control Section shall be unloaded and packaged into a
separate, marked container. All firearms information shall be listed on the Report of
Property Form. The complete name, address, identifying information, and date of birth of
the individual who found the item shall be indicated on the Report of Property Form.
An officer impounding a firearm shall verify ownership of the firearm. For stolen firearms,
the Evidence Control Section shall be responsible for sending a locate to teletype. The
firearm may then be released to the legal owner or other police agency. Firearms shall
not be released until authorized by the assigned detective.
8.3.5.1 FOUND FIREARMS
Revised December 17, 2020
The Evidence Control Section shall verify any holds or stolen information on the weapon
and make appropriate notifications with the Automated Firearms Systems.
8.3.5.2 FIREARMS - SAFEKEEPING
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Revised December 17, 2020
Officers who receive a firearm for safekeeping will advise the owner that the weapon may
not be retrieved until the assigned detective clears the firearm for release.
8.3.5.3 RELEASE OF FIREARMS
Revised March 25, 2021
A firearm in LBPD custody shall only be released after all the following have been met:
1. Proof of legal right of ownership,
2. California Department of Justice (DOJ) Law Enforcement Gun Release Letter
(LEGR) showing proof of firearms eligibility,
3. Weapon verification, and
4. Evidence Control receives a completed Gun Release Form from the handling detail
sergeant or detective.
Right of Ownership
Right of ownership may be established through the Automated Firearms System (AFS).
Circumstances may exist when an individual (requestor) is not listed as the registered
owner in AFS, the following additional forms of documentation may be used by a
requestor to show a right of ownership:
• Power of Attorney,
• Letter of appointment as executor of the registered owner’s estate,
• Documentation of registration of ownership,
• Court order,
• Other documentation that may prove a right of ownership.
DOJ Law Enforcement Gun Release Letter
Per California Penal Code § 33850(a), the requestor seeking the release of the firearm
shall receive DOJ clearance prior to the release of any LBPD held firearm. Once DOJ
completes a firearms eligibility check, the requestor will receive an LEGR with a gold
embossed seal confirming or denying eligibility to possess a firearm. The Evidence
Control Section shall only release a firearm in exchange for the original LEGR, no copies
of the LEGR shall be accepted.
An LEGR is valid for 30 days from the date on the letter. The LBPD shall not accept any
LEGR after 30 days. A failure to redeem the firearm within the 30-day period will require
the individual to contact the DOJ to conduct another firearms eligibility check.
DOJ Denial
If the requestor’s LEGR is a denial letter, the requestor may initiate a third-party transfer
through a Federal Firearms Licensed (FFL) dealer. If the requestor choses to initiate a
third-party transfer, they shall provide the detective with a copy of the LEGR. Once
approved by the detective, the requestor can make arrangements with the FFL dealer to
receive the firearm from property.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Prior to the transfer of the firearms to an FFL, the detective shall verify that a valid FFL
dealer is willing to accept the firearm. The owner shall arrange for the shipping.
Per DOJ, the handling detective is not required to show state identification and is not
required to be listed in a third-party sale. If the FFL dealer insists on listing the detective
in the sales transaction, refer the FFL dealer to DOJ for clarification. In the event the
third-party sale cannot be performed, the detective shall return the firearm to the LBPD
Property Section.
Weapon Release and Verification
The detail sergeant or handling detective shall verify that a firearm meets the legal
standard for possession, i.e., the weapon is not an illegal or banned firearm, and is not
evidence in a pending case.
Prior to releasing a firearm, the Property Clerk shall verify that the serial number, make
and model of the firearm match the information on the Gun Release Form and the LEGR.
Per Manual § 8.3.1.4 RELEASE OF AMMUNITION, ammunition shall not be
released with firearms from the Property Section. The ammunition may be released on
the following workday.
8.3.5.4 FIREARMS DESTRUCTION
Revised March 25, 2021
Per CPC § 33875(a) any unclaimed firearm may be disposed of by a law enforcement
agency 180 days after the owner has been notified that the firearm is available for return.
The Evidence Control Section shall coordinate the destruction of firearms, and shall be
responsible for the following:
1) Create a manifest for all firearms set for destruction,
2) Audit firearms set for destruction,
3) Coordinate with Internal Affairs Division to do a random audit of firearms set for
destruction,
4) Ensure the destruction is handled by a contract disposal facility,
5) Enter each firearm in the Automated Firearms System (AFS) as destroyed,
6) Follow established security protocols in place for the destruction of firearms.
8.3.6 CRIME LAB SERVICES
Revised December 17, 2020
Scientific analysis of evidence can provide information vital to the successful investigation
and prosecution of crimes.
The Crime Lab provides the following functions:
Blood Alcohol – Blood samples are screened with instrumentation for the presence of
alcohol. The volume of alcohol content to blood is reported, and testimony is offered by
analysts.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Breath Alcohol – The Crime Laboratory is responsible for all intoxilyzer machines in the
City. The machines are maintained, training given to officers and testimony offered by
analysts.
Crime Scene – Crime scenes are documented, photographed, and analyzed for the
presence of probative evidence. Reports are written, and testimony offered.
Drug Chemistry – Suspected controlled substances are examined through
instrumentation. Reports are written, and testimony is offered by analysts.
Evidence Processing (also known as latent print processing) – Evidence is examined for
the presence of latent prints and/or bodily fluids. Evidence may also be documented
through photography and sketches. Reports are written and testimony offered by
analysts.
Firearms – Submitted firearms are test fired for functionality or to collect bullets and/or
cartridge cases. Bullets and cartridge cases are compared to previously submitted
evidence and can be searched through a national database. Proximity testing can be
performed on clothing. Serial number restoration can be performed on submitted
firearms. Reports are written, and testimony offered by analysts.
Latent Prints – Latent print evidence is compared to listed subjects or searched through
local, regional, and national databases. Reports are written and testimony offered by
analysts.
8.3.7 CRIME LAB REQUESTS
Revised December 17, 2020
The Crime Lab processes evidence based on requests received from officers or
detectives. The officer handling the initial investigation, or the detective assigned to
investigate shall be responsible for ensuring that evidence is identified correctly, complete
all required paperwork and request lab analysis as necessary.
8.3.7.1 FORENSIC ANALYST FIELD CALL-OUT
Revised December 17, 2020
A forensic analyst field call-out request shall be made for any of the following:
1) Homicide,
2) Officer involved shooting,
3) Sexual Assault Response Team call-out,
4) In-custody death,
5) Evidence that cannot be secured or protected, or
6) Evidence that cannot be preserved due to the weather.
8.3.7.2 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised December 17, 2020
Officers responding to property crimes in which further evidence processing is required
shall do the following prior to leaving the crime scene:
• Advise the victim that the Crime Lab has been requested to process the crime scene,
and that appointment scheduling will be handled by Crime Lab personnel,
• Advise the victim to protect and preserve the crime scene as best they can,
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• Assist the victim in identifying items to preserve for fingerprint processing, such as
items with a smooth and non-porous surface,
• Whenever possible, photograph the items of evidence at the scene,
• Collect items left at the scene by the suspect that could be lost, damaged, or
contaminated prior to the Crime Lab response, and
• Request that the crime scene is added to the Lab List for processing.
Officers can request the Crime Lab to prioritize a property crime response if evidence
cannot be preserved.
Officers responding to property crime scenes in which further evidence processing is not
required will advise the victim that Crime Lab processing will not be requested and why.
A Request for Analysis is required in the following circumstances:
• For all Crime Lab services performed in the lab;
• For processing of all vehicles, including those towed to the City of Long Beach tow
yard; or
• For cases that require extended processing time with the use of specialized
equipment.
8.3.7.3 CRIME LAB REPORTS
Revised December 17, 2020
All Crime Lab reports are reviewed by a second qualified analyst prior to publication.
8.3.12 IDENTIFICATION TECHNICIAN
The investigating officer or filing officer shall make requests for an ID Technician to
respond to a crime scene location. The officer requesting an ID Technician shall
accomplish this by one of the following methods:
• Notify the Communication Center via radio, so the call can be logged on Code 700.
The call will then be prioritized and an ID Technician can be advised or dispatched to
the crime scene location when available
• Call the Crime Lab at 570-7205, during normal working hours, to request an ID
Technician for service. After normal working hours, refer to the Crime Lab on-call
Duty Roster kept by the Watch Commander
• Complete and submit a Request for Technician Service Form, PD Form 4100.010
(3/82). The forms are available in Records and can be submitted to the Crime Lab or
placed in the Crime Lab box on the Records counter
Incident Reports
Incident Reports contain a check-off indicating whether an ID Technician has been
requested or has been at the scene. Checking this box is not an automatic request for
an ID Technician. Officers are still required to call Communications, the Crime Lab, or
submit a Request for Technician Service Form, PD Form 4100.010 (3/82).
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Priority Request
If an ID Technician is required on a priority basis, the requesting officer shall obtain a
Field Supervisor’s approval. A priority request for an ID Technician is made only when
evidence cannot be preserved or protected through reasonable measures.
The following incidents are priority requests:
• Homicide
• Officer-involved shooting
• Sex Crimes call-out
• In-custody death
• Photographs needed prior to removal of evidence, victim or suspect
• Evidence that cannot be secured or protected
• Evidence that cannot be preserved due to weather
Priority calls require an explanation of the circumstances to allow the ID Technician to
properly prepare for the crime prior to responding.
Special Requests
If more than one ID Technician is required during daytime hours, the investigating officer
shall advise the Communications Supervisor, who will notify the Crime Lab. After 1700
hours, the request shall be made through the Communications Supervisor to the Watch
Commander who will notify the ID Technician on-call.
Vehicle Requests
If a vehicle is impounded for a felony, a “Hold for Prints” sticker shall be placed on the
windshield. The Incident Report number should be indicated on the sticker and the
Impound Report. If the officer determines that latent prints are to be lifted, a request for
technician service may be made by calling the Communications Center and providing the
vehicle description and type of processing requested.
Auto Burglaries
If a burglarized vehicle (459-APC) meets at least one of the following criteria, the officer
may request an ID Technician and Crime lab services. The officer or employee taking
the report should call Communications or the Crime lab during normal business hours.
• A suspect is in custody
• The victim or a witness obtained a license number, or usable suspect information
• Where property taken is identifiable by serial number, other identifiers, or unique
markings
If the Auto Burglary Report is taken in the evening, the victim should be advised to
preserve the vehicle from outside contamination and call the Crime Lab the following
business day to have the vehicle printed at the station. If the vehicle cannot be driven,
the victim should call the Crime Lab to make other arrangements. The victim can reach
the Crime Lab by calling 570-7205.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
The officer should never tell the victim to drive the vehicle to the Station for printing without
first calling the Crime Lab for an appointment.
ID Technician Service Requests for Crimes Other Than Auto-Burglaries
ID Technician services should be requested in the following circumstances:
• Window entries
• Cases where extensive ransacking has taken place
• Cases where articles suitable for obtaining latent prints are known to have been
handled by the suspect
• Cases where pry marks, footprints, or tire marks are present and photographs or
plaster casts are required
• Felony crime scenes where a suspect has been arrested
• Vandalism (extensive damage) where prints, photos, et cetera, may assist in the
identification and/or prosecution of the suspect
ID Technician service should not be requested in the following circumstances:
• Where entry is questionable (door unlocked, no ransacking, unknown loss)
• Where the articles or surfaces handled by the suspect are unsuitable for obtaining
latent prints (concrete; rough, dirty, scaly wood; cloth or uneven surfaces, except
where photographs can be used)
• Where the article or surfaces handled by the suspect have also been handled by other
individuals (door handles, drawer handles, counter tops, et cetera)
Information to be Given to the Victim
ID Technician not requested:
• Advise the victim that the ID technician will not be requested and explain why the
request is not being made
• If there is further concern, give the victim the Crime Lab phone number, 570-7205,
and ask them to call during normal business hours
ID Technician is requested:
• Advise the victim that the ID Technician will arrive as soon as possible, however, it
may be the following day
• Advise the victim to have someone at the scene to admit the ID Technician
• Do not tell the victim that an ID Technician will arrive at a specific time or will call prior
to responding
Before Leaving the Crime Scene
Advise the victim to protect and preserve the crime scene. The officer should assist the
victim in preserving articles to be processed for prints. The officer should not take
evidence to the Station to be fingerprinted, unless it is an article that was left at the scene
by the suspect and does not belong to the victim.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.4 JUVENILE
Revised December 15, 2016
The Investigations Bureau has audit responsibility.
8.4.1 DEFINITIONS
Revised December 15, 2016
A) Dependent child - Any person, under 18 years of age, who is subject to abuse or
neglect committed by his or her parent or guardian (see Welfare and Institutions
Code (WIC) § 300).
B) Status offender - Any person, under 18 years of age, who persistently or habitually
refuses to obey the reasonable and proper orders or directions of his or her parents,
guardian, or custodian, or who is beyond the control of that person, or who is under
18 years of age when he or she violated any ordinance, of any city or county of this
state establishing a curfew based solely on age that is within the jurisdiction of the
juvenile court which may adjudge the minor to be a ward of the court (see WIC §
601).
C) Juvenile offender - Any person, under 18 years of age, who is alleged to have
committed an offense that would subject an adult to arrest (a non-status offense)
(see WIC § 602).
8.4.2 JUVENILE INTAKE AND DETENTION
Revised December 15, 2016
All juveniles taken into custody, with the exception of some dependent and found children
who are described in WIC § 300 and § 601, will be taken to the Juvenile Investigations’
facility for processing. Juveniles brought into the booking area shall be searched prior to
the removal of handcuffs.
The following juveniles cannot be detained at the Juvenile Investigations facility and shall
be transported to a hospital or county facility:
1) Under the influence of alcohol or drugs to the point of being unable to care for
themselves;
2) In need of immediate or continuing medical care;
3) Who are an immediate threat to themselves or others;
4) Who present a physical control problem;
5) Who require special handling that may exceed the abilities of booking personnel;
a) If in doubt, contact Juvenile Investigations; after normal operating hours,
contact the adult booking desk for guidance.
Occasionally, a situation may arise that does not meet the criteria in the above list. In
these instances, officers should consult with a Juvenile Investigations’ supervisor or a
field supervisor for guidance.
8.4.2.1 DEPENDENT AND FOUND CHILDREN
Revised December 15, 2016
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Dependent and found children, while awaiting final disposition by DCFS, shall not be
housed temporarily in the Public Safety Building or any other police facility where status
offenders, juvenile offenders or adult offenders are located. All dependent children, and
those taken into temporary custody, under authority of WIC § 305, shall be released
directly to DCFS in the manner described below:
A) Found children
1) Found children, listed solely as a missing person, in police custody may be
released to a parent or a legal guardian.
2) If a parent or legal guardian cannot be reached, the child shall be released to
DCFS.
3) Under no circumstances shall an officer allow a citizen, who has found a child,
to return the child to his or her parent(s) or legal guardian(s). The officer shall
take charge of the child.
B) Dependent children (WIC § 300)
1) Dependent children who have warrants may be brought to the Juvenile
Investigations’ facility for processing.
2) Children under 3 years of age - On rare occasions, children under 3 years of
age may have warrants; these children shall not be brought to the Juvenile
Investigations’ facility.
3) Dependent children shall not be detained with status offenders or juvenile
offenders.
4) The arresting officers shall keep WIC § 300 children in constant visual and
auditory contact.
5) Dependent children, who are taken by DCFS and not brought to the Juvenile
Investigations’ facility, must still be processed through the booking computer.
8.4.2.2 CUSTODY OF STATUS OFFENDERS
Revised December 15, 2016
Any minor arrested solely on a Juvenile Court warrant, issued pursuant to WIC § 601,
shall be booked. After booking is complete, the following options are available for
processing:
1) If a parent or guardian is contacted, but unable to respond within 6 hours, officers
may transport the minor to his or her parent or guardian with authorization from the
Watch Commander.
2) If a parent or guardian cannot be reached, officers should contact DCFS to arrange
placement with a Status Offender Detention Alternative (SODA) home (for juveniles
who reside within Los Angeles County) or coordinate an alternative placement
solution with DCFS.
8.4.2.3 CUSTODY OF JUVENILE OFFENDERS
Revised December 15, 2016
Any minor who is alleged to have committed an offense that would subject an adult to
arrest (a non-status offense), pursuant to WIC § 602, will be booked. The following options
are available after booking:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
1) Release the minor back to a parent or legal guardian.
2) Arrange for the minor to be detained in a county facility.
3) Arrange an alternative solution with DCFS.
8.4.2.4 NOTIFICATION OF PARENT OR GUARDIAN
Revised December 15, 2016
Per WIC § 627, officers shall take immediate steps to notify the juvenile’s parent, guardian
or a responsible relative that the juvenile is in custody, and the location where the juvenile
is being held. This includes situations where a juvenile is taken directly to a hospital.
Pursuant to WIC § 627(b), “Immediately after being taken to a place of confinement
pursuant to this article and, except where physically impossible, no later than one hour
after being taken into custody, the minor shall be advised and has the right to make at
least two phone calls from the place where he [or she] is being held, one completed to
his [or her] parent or guardian, a responsible relative, or his [or her] employer, and another
call completed to an attorney.”
8.4.3 MEDICAL CARE OF JUVENILES
Revised December 15, 2016
Arresting officers are responsible for the proper medical care of juveniles they detain.
Juveniles who are bleeding, have open wounds, are complaining of pain, or are showing
signs of medical distress must immediately, and prior to booking, be taken to a hospital.
Any juvenile, who is under the influence of alcohol or drugs to the point of being unable
to care for themselves, should be immediately transported to the hospital.
Officers shall not administer medication to juveniles.
Occasionally, a juvenile may need to be admitted to a hospital or have a need for
continuous medical treatment. If the juvenile being detained has committed a serious
felony, they will need to be booked at an approved county medical facility. Juveniles who
have committed minor offenses may be released, not booked. Contact Juvenile
Investigations for guidance when these situations occur; after normal operating hours,
contact the adult booking desk for guidance.
Officers shall notify the booking personnel of the minor’s medical condition, and of any
drug or alcohol use, prior to booking.
In instances where an officer requires guidance regarding a situation, officers should
contact a Juvenile Investigations’ supervisor or a field supervisor. A Juvenile
Investigations’ supervisor or a field supervisor is responsible for determining if a juvenile’s
medical condition deems the juvenile acceptable for booking. If the juvenile is considered
unacceptable for booking, it is the arresting officer’s responsibility to ensure the care and
transportation of the juvenile.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.4.3.1 Suicidal Juveniles
Revised December 15, 2016
Juveniles who are suicidal shall not be taken to a Juvenile Booking facility; rather, they
shall be transported to a hospital that will accept juveniles held under WIC § 5150 (see
Training Bulletin #62).
If a juvenile is brought to the booking facility and exhibits suicidal behavior or makes
suicidal statements, they shall be transported to a hospital that will accept juveniles held
under WIC § 5150 (see Training Bulletin #62). The booking officer will notify the Watch
Commander that the juvenile was taken to the hospital from the Juvenile Booking Facility.
If a juvenile has committed a crime and is taken directly to a hospital that accepts juveniles
being held under WIC § 5150, officers shall notify a Juvenile Investigations’ detective; if
after hours, officers shall notify adult booking. Officers shall also ensure that a copy of
the paperwork is sent to Juvenile Investigations before the end of shift.
If a juvenile is detained for a status offense and will be taken to a hospital that accepts
juveniles being held under WIC § 5150, the juvenile shall not be cited. Instead, officers
shall file an RNB and any required reports.
8.4.3.2 Separation of Juveniles at Juvenile Investigations Detail
Revised December 15, 2016
Dependent children shall not be detained with status offenders or juvenile offenders.
Status offenders shall not be held, or have contact, with juvenile offenders. Contact is
defined as verbal or visual communication between individuals.
The arresting officer shall remain in constant visual and auditory contact with all juveniles
until the appropriate paperwork is completed and until they are notified by the assigned
booking employee that they are relieved.
8.4.4 JUVENILE CITATIONS
Revised December 15, 2016
Officers have the discretion of booking a juvenile or issuing a misdemeanor citation for a
variety of offenses, or any infraction. A complete list of citable offenses is located at
Juvenile Investigations. Before citing a juvenile, officers must confirm the juvenile’s name,
address, and birthdate through proper identification. If a juvenile’s parent or guardian is
available to confirm the juvenile’s name, address, and birthdate, officers may issue a
citation in the field without seeing identification. A school district employee, with access
to current school records, may be utilized to confirm a juvenile’s identification.
Juveniles whose identity cannot be confirmed in the field must be brought to Juvenile
Investigations. While at the Juvenile Facility, if the officer can confirm the juvenile’s
identity through Records or contact with a parent or guardian, the officer may issue a
citation and release the juvenile to their parent or guardian. The arresting officer is
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
responsible for the supervision of the juvenile until they are released to a parent or
guardian, or until the arresting officer is relieved by juvenile booking personnel.
If a juvenile is arrested for a warrant and a separate citable charge, the officer may:
1) Book the juvenile for the warrant and the citable charge, or;
2) Book the juvenile for the warrant only and cite the juvenile for the additional citable
charge.
8.4.4.1 JUVENILE CITATIONS – NON-CITABLE JUVENILES
Revised December 15, 2016
An officer shall not cite and release a minor in the field if the minor has consumed any
alcohol, or has ingested any illegal drug or substance.
8.4.5 ADMONISHMENTS TO JUVENILES
Revised December 15, 2016
This heading has no text.
8.4.5.1 MIRANDA ADVISEMENT
Revised December 15, 2016
All in custody, status offenders or juvenile offenders shall be read their Miranda Rights
per WIC § 625(c), regardless of whether the minor is questioned or not.
8.4.5.2 Gladys R Questionnaire
Revised December 15, 2016
When citing or arresting a juvenile who is 13 years of age or younger, officers shall
complete a Gladys R. Questionnaire. Once filled out, it must be attached to the citation
or booking report.
8.4.6 TRUANCY, LOITERING – DAYTIME & NIGHTTIME
Revised December 15, 2016
This heading has no text.
8.4.6.1 DAYTIME LOITERING ENFORCEMENT & PROCESSING
Revised December 15, 2016
Officers may arrest or assume temporary custody, during school hours, of any minor
subject to compulsory, full-time education or to compulsory, continuation education found
away from his or her home and who is absent from school without valid excuse, per
California Education Code § 48264 and Long Beach Municipal Code (LBMC) §
9.58.020(a).
8.4.6.2 CURFEW ENFORCEMENT & PROCESSING
Revised December 15, 2016
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Officers may arrest or assume temporary custody, during nighttime hours, as per LBMC
§ 9.58.01, of any minor found loitering in a public place without proper supervision or
permission from a parent, legal guardian or employer.
Arresting officers are responsible for detaining the juvenile until a parent or legal guardian
arrives, or the juvenile is released to another approved entity per Manual § 8.4.2.2
CUSTODY OF STATUS OFFENDERS
8.4.7 JUVENILE DETENTION - WEAPONS
Revised December 15, 2016
Officers shall deposit their weapons in the gun lockers provided prior to entering a WIC §
601 and § 602 detention areas, per Penal Code § 4574(a).
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.5 SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS
8.5.1 LICENSING
The following list identifies City offices and the respective licensing activities provided.
Office of the Chief of Police – 570-7301
• Concealed Weapons Pursuits
Financial Management Bureau, Billing & Collection Section – 432-3909
• Alarm agents
• Alarm business
• Alarm Systems
• Garage Sales
Special Permits – 570-7427
• Adult book stores
• Adult Movies/Theaters
• After Hours Clubs
• Alcohol Beverage Control Licensing
• Arcades, amusement games and rides and machines
• Bail permittee, agents and solicitors
• Bingo
• Candy selling (charitable)
• Charitable solicitations
• Entertainment cafes with/without dancing
• Family billiard rooms
• Fortune telling
• Going out of business sales
• Las Vegas nights
• Live musical event
• Masseurs and massage parlors
• Miscellaneous adult entertainment business licenses
• Occasional dance permits
• Parking lot sales
• Peddlers and vendors
• Pool halls, pool tables, pinball machines and miscellaneous amusement machines
• Private investigators
• Private patrol operators
• Private patrol persons (any problem or complaints)
• Public card rooms
• Public dance halls
• Rummage sale permits
• Selling clubs (i.e., coupon books)
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• Street hawkers
• Taxi cab drivers
• Taxi cab operators
• Tow truck drivers
• Tow truck operators
• Transient business (i.e., transient photographer)
Pawn Shop – 570-7273
• Antique dealers
• Coin and stamp shops
• Handgun dealers
• Junk dealers
• Pawnshop dealers
• Salvage yards
• Secondhand stores
• Swap meets
• Thrift shops
Special Events– 570-7462
• Block parties
• Movie filming
• Races and walks
• Special events
• Street closures
State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs – 620-4360
• Auction
• Tear gas permits
City Health Department – 427-7421
• Baked food sale permits
Inquiries regarding any license or permit that is not listed should be directed to City Hall,
licensing Division, telephone number 570-6211.
8.5.2 SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS – CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT FILE
SYSTEM
• Officers shall adhere to Manual § 8.5.3 USE OF INFORMANTS/INFORMANT
PAYMENT POLICY
• Subsequent to file compilation, new confidential informants shall be given an alpha-
numeric file number
Confidential Informant Alpha-numeric File System
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• The alpha-numeric number shall originate from the filing officer’s photo number and
consist of one letter followed by three numbers, and then by two numbers, followed
by the last two numbers of the current year (example: A-123-01-88)
• The letter for the file originates from the first number of the filing officer’s photo number
Example: If the officer’s photo number begins with #1
• The following three numbers originate from the last three numbers of the filing officer’s
photo number
• The next two numbers indicate the number of confidential informants of the filing
officer
• The final two numbers identify the current year
Example: The filing officer’s photo number is 1889. The officer’s first confidential
informant alphanumeric file number would be: A889-01-88. His/her next number would
be A889-02-88.
The filing officer shall complete three, 3x5 index cards with the following information:
• Name of confidential informant
• New confidential informant alpha-numeric identification number
• Name and photo number of filing officer
• Date
• Bureau/Division and/or Section/Detail of filing officer
• One card shall be submitted to the Drug Investigations Lieutenant who shall be
responsible for file maintenance
• One card shall be given to the officer’s immediate supervisor for future audit
• One card shall be retained by the filing officer for reference
• All references to the confidential informant in reports, expense receipts, and imprest
cash expenditures will be made using the assigned, alphanumeric number
• To avoid duplication, it shall be the filing officer’s responsibility to confirm with the Drug
Investigations Lieutenant or his/her designee, to ensure that an existing file is not
duplicated
8.5.3 USE OF INFORMANTS/INFORMANT PAYMENT POLICY
It shall be the policy of this Department to pay City funds to informants, either as
reimbursement for expenditures incurred incidental to a police investigation, or as a
reward for services rendered in the furtherance of a police investigation.
Whenever an informant is used, and particularly when there is a request for payment of
City Funds to an informant either as reimbursement or as a reward for services rendered,
specific procedures shall be followed to ensure proper documentation and that payments
conform to established City and Department policies.
Procedures
The following factors should be adhered to when dealing with a confidential informant:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• When meeting with an informant in the field, an officer shall be accompanied by, or
under the surveillance of at least one other officer
• The relationship between the officer and the informant shall remain on a professional
level at all times
• The officer’s supervisor shall be advised of any scheduled or unscheduled meetings
the officer has with an informant
• The officer shall not accept gifts or gratuities from and informant
All confidential informants, whether compensated or no, shall have a file jacket that shall
be retained in the confidential informant file and maintained within the Drug Investigations
Section, with the exception of Administrative Security who shall maintain their own file.
The file shall be locked and all access recorded.
Each file shall contain:
• Individual photograph of the informant to be utilized
• Criminal Identification and Information check
• Long Beach Police Department Rap Sheet
• Department of Motor Vehicle check
• Address verification
• Accomplishment Record
• Completed Fingerprint Card
NOTE: There shall not be any payments made to an informant prior to completion of all
the above.
• All agreements for compensation shall be recorded in the informant’s file
• All agreements with the informant must be reiterated to the informant prior to his/her
participation, for example
• What expenses shall be paid to him/her
• What he/she should tell the court of probation office if information is requested of them
• The law regarding the handling of narcotics and other evidence
• He/she should be given explicit instruction regarding what to do and what not to do
(i.e., handling narcotics, entrapment, et cetera)
• The dangers involved
• All agreements and arrangements between the informant and an officer must have
the prior approval of a supervisor
• All negotiations involving a would-be informant and his/her attorney shall be approved
by a Lieutenant or his/her designee
• The terms between the informant and the Department will be submitted to the District
Attorney as soon as possible for approval
• All work completed by the confidential informant shall be recorded on his/her
accomplishment record
• Advance payments are not to be made without a detailed explanation of the
transaction and the approval of a Lieutenant and/or Division Commander
• Investigating Officer is required to provide an updated confidential informant file jacket
to the Drug Investigations Section Supervisor at the time payment is requested
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• The file shall be left with the cash withdrawal slip so both may be completed at the
conclusion of the transaction
• Investigating Officer shall not make promises or guarantees to either defendants or
informants
• Informants shall be instructed that unless they are working under the direction of an
officer, they are acting in an independent capacity, not as an agent of the Department
• Individual arrested for a violation of law shall be used as an informant only after being
booked for such violation. Subsequent to booking, prospective informants may be
released pursuant to § 849(b) PC by the investigating officer, or may be required to
post bail or be released on their own recognizance (OR)
• Individuals on formal probation require the approval of their probation officer prior to
being used as a confidential informant
• Individuals with a history of violent crimes (i.e., armed robbery, battery on a peace
officer, et cetera) or child molestation shall not be used as confidential informants
without the permission of a Lieutenant. Utilization of these types of informants is
strongly discouraged.
8.5.4 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANTS – PAYMENTS TO (SECRET SERVICE
FUND)
Confidential informants shall be compensated for services based on the following criteria:
• Importance of the violator (how serious was the violation?)
• Type and/or quantity of the drug or other activity involved
• Criminal record of the violator
• Clientele of the violator (i.e., juveniles, et cetera)
If a confidential informant is unsatisfactory, the investigating officer shall submit a written
report to the Drug Investigations Section Lieutenant detailing the confidential informant’s
unsatisfactory performance. A confidential informant may be considered unsatisfactory
who:
• Fails to keep appointments
• Fails to follow the instructions of the Investigating Officer
• Gives false or misleading information
• Does not give information at the level of which he/she has knowledge
• Is unsatisfactory for any other reason
Before a confidential informant is permitted to purchase evidence, he/she must be
identified, thoroughly searched and kept under surveillance prior to meeting with the
suspect. He/she must again be searched upon his/her return. Under no circumstances
may a confidential informant return. Under no circumstances may a confidential informant
retain any of the evidence.
Anytime a confidential informant of another agency is utilized, the confidential informant
shall be documented with this Department prior to the expenditure of City funds.
Payment/Approval Schedule
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• Payment of $1.00 to $200.00 to a confidential informant requires prior approval by the
Section Sergeant
• Payment of $201.00 to $400.00 requires prior approval by a Lieutenant or Division
Commander
• Payments exceeding $400.00 shall be presented to the Deputy Chief, Investigations
Bureau in a confidential memorandum requesting payment. Specific grounds for
payment shall accompany this request. Other accomplishments by the confidential
informant should be readily available, if requested. Requests for consideration in
criminal matters shall follow these same guidelines
• The Deputy Chief, Detective Bureau shall verbally apprise the Chief of Police
whenever a payment exceeds $2,000.00 and shall seek approval prior to making
payment to the confidential informant
• Weekly, Imprest Cash Fund Reports documenting confidential informant payments
shall be prepared by each Section supervisor and signed by the Section Lieutenant,
Division Commander, and the Bureau Deputy Chief
In order to initiate the confidential informant payment process, the case investigator, when
applicable shall complete the following identified forms.
• Background Data Form: A background data form must be completed for each
confidential informant. In addition to the personal data information, the investigating
officer shall complete a background check and obtain a current photograph of the
confidential informant. If the data information is not current, it is the responsibility of
the investigating officer to update the form
• Record of Accomplishments: To support the reliability of a confidential informant, it is
necessary to keep an accurate record of the activity that the confidential informant is
involved in. The form is self-explanatory and must have an entry by the investigating
officer for each transaction in which the confidential informant is involved
• Informant Instructions: Confidential informants used by the Department become
agents for the Department. To protect the Department and the confidential informant,
specific rules must be adhered to. These rules are partially set forth in the informant’s
instructions. The instructions shall be read to the confidential informant by the
investigating officer and each statement shall be initialed by the confidential informant
to acknowledge that he/she understands the instructions
• Expense Receipt: This form is used for recording payments to a confidential informant.
It requires two officer’s signatures; one issuing the payment, the other acting as a
witness. The numbered form is filed in the confidential informant’s jacket and also
noted on the Imprest Cash receipt
• Cash Receipt: This form records the cash draw of City funds used, and the name of
the supervisor issuing the funds
• Juvenile Parental Consent Form: This form shall be completed when officers find it
necessary to utilize a juvenile informant. As a general rule, juveniles shall not be used
as confidential informants, however, under special circumstances, exceptions may be
made. In the event a juvenile is used, written approval must be obtained from the
juvenile’s parents or legal guardian. A Lieutenant shall give final approval prior to
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
using a juvenile as a confidential informant. If the juvenile is ward of the court or has
charges pending, permission by the Superior Court must be obtained
Payment for the purchase of any drug shall be discussed between the case agent and
supervisors. Payment should be based on the quality of the confidential informant,
amount of drug seized, the number of subjects arrested, and the extent of the
investigation.
Major Cash Seizures
Payment to confidential informants utilized in reverse sting operations or drug seizures
that result in cash seizures are subject to the following guidelines:
• Payment shall be discussed between case agent and Drug Investigations Section
Supervisor and based on the confidential informant’s credibility, past case history,
potential for future use, reliability, level of case, liability factor, et cetera
• Payment shall not exceed 10% of the total monetary amount seized
• Payments shall conform to established City and Department policies pertaining to the
use of and payment to confidential informants
8.5.5 INTERAGENCY ASSET SEIZURE
Department policy shall be to determine the equitable distribution of seized assets on a
case-by-case basis. Mutual determination and agreement shall be made as early in the
investigation as possible.
Participating agencies shall agree to the criteria followed in determining the distribution
of seized assets. Criteria shall include the following:
• Determine the number of agencies participating in the operation including the
prosecution
• Determine the amount and type of supporting equipment used by each agency
• Number of personnel representing each agency
• Number of work hours expended and degree of participation by each agency
• Determine which agency has ultimate control over the investigation and informant.
How will informant payments be made?
• All arrangements relative to the sharing of assets shall be reviewed by the Section
Lieutenant and approved by the SID Commander and Deputy Chief, Investigations
Bureau.
If participating agencies are unable to mutually agree on the percentage of assets
received, the dispute shall be referred for mediation to the District Attorney’s Office or the
Federal Agency having jurisdiction.
Department personnel shall cooperate with the mediating agency and provide the
necessary information for determination of assets received. If disagreement prevails, the
District Attorney will submit the matter to arbitration. The arbiter’s findings are binding on
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
all parties. The United States Attorney shall review disputed cases involving the FBI and
DEA for a final binding determination.
8.5.6 FORFEITED PROPERTY – ADOPTION & TRANSFER OF FEDERAL &
STATE FORFEITED PROPERTY
The Asset Forfeiture Officer of the Drug Investigations Section shall be responsible for
the filing of Federal forfeitures (United States Department of Justice, Form DAG-71)
involving property seizures. The Asset Forfeiture Officer shall be responsible for the filing
of state forfeitures involving property seizures with the Los Angeles County District
Attorney’s Office.
Federal Procedure
Federal forfeitures shall be submitted as soon as possible, but not later than 21 days
following the seizure of property in a joint investigation or, in the case of an adopted
seizure, within 21 days after the property is transferred to the Federal Bureau of
Investigation.
All Federal forfeiture forms and requests for Federal adoption requiring the signature of
the Chief of Police shall be submitted to the Chief’s Office within 10 days subsequent to
the seizure in order to comply with Federal time limits.
Some cases may require further investigation, i.e., probable cause for search warrants of
multiple bank accounts and records. In those incidents, the Federal forms may have to
be submitted to the Chief later than the 10-day time period. A memorandum to the Chief
detailing the reasons for the delay shall accompany the forms.
State Procedure
State forfeitures shall be submitted to the Los Angeles County District Attorney’s Office
within 10 days and not later than 15 days following a seizure of property.
State forfeitures requiring more than the 15-day filing period shall require prior
authorization by the Los Angeles County District Attorney’s Office.
All State forfeitures shall comply with the narcotic forfeiture policy and filing procedure.
8.5.7 DESIGNATION OF CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES FOR REVERSE
STINGS AND CANINE UNIT (CU) OPERATIONS
Revised December 17, 2020
Reviewed December 17, 2020
The Investigation Bureau will have review responsibility.
The Department shall ensure the accountability and control of illegal substances used in
reverse sting and CU operations by adhering to the following procedures:
• Upon adjudication of a narcotics case, controlled substances designated for use in
future reverse sting and CU operations shall be identified and brought to the attention
of the Crime Laboratory, by a supervisor of the Drug Investigations or CU Section, for
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
weighing and analysis. A report shall be prepared and maintained by the Crime
Laboratory.
• All repurposed controlled substances will be given a new DR number and entered into
“proproom” within the property management system by the Forensic Science Services
Division (FSSD). Separate tag numbers and item numbers will be assigned to each
type or quantity of reverse sting or CU controlled substances. The original case DR
number and item number from which the controlled substances were obtained from
will be included in the new tag number.
• After the Crime Laboratory conducts their analysis the item shall be packaged and
sealed, and then sealed into a larger outer plastic bag.
• The repurposed controlled substances will then be transported to the Evidence
Control Section (ECS) for storage in a separate location from other evidence. The
ECS will be responsible for maintaining a record of the location of all repurposed
controlled substances. All transactions involving repurposed controlled substances
will be recorded and maintained by the ECS utilizing the chain of custody within the
property/evidence management system.
8.5.7.1 FORENSIC SCIENCE SERVICES DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
Revised December 17, 2020
Reviewed December 17, 2020
The Investigation Bureau will have review responsibility.
• The FSSD will be responsible for collecting all repurposed controlled substances
in the Evidence Control Section.
• Each item shall be weighed in grams and qualitatively analyzed, if possible.
• The Criminalist shall prepare a report indicating case number, weight, and analysis
for each item.
• All analyzed items shall be returned to the ECS.
8.5.8 USE OF CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES IN REVERSE STING, CU, AND
OUTSIDE AGENCY OPERATIONS
Revised December 17, 2020
Reviewed December 17, 2020
The Investigation Bureau will have review responsibility.
Only the Drug Investigations Section (DIS) shall be authorized to conduct reverse narcotic
stings and shall ensure accountability of controlled substances. §11367.5 of the Health
and Safety Code shall be adhered to and used as reference. The Special Investigations
Division (SID) Commander shall approve all reverse stings. The following procedures
shall be followed:
8.5.8.1 DRUG INVESTIGATIONS SECTION (DIS)
Revised December 17, 2020
Reviewed December 17, 2020
The Investigation Bureau will have review responsibility.
The DIS Lieutenant shall evaluate potential reverse stings and ensure the following:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• If necessary, the Case Investigator will present the case to the District Attorney for
review, prior to implementation.
• The identity of the intended buyer is established and his/her desire to freely engage
in the transaction can be articulated to preclude an entrapment defense.
• LACLEAR has been contacted and all deconfliction has been done to ensure that the
buyer is not a police officer or agent.
• DIS will obtain a court order to use repurposed controlled substances from any closed
case. The DIS will advise the FSSD of the quantity and type of drugs needed.
• Checked out repurposed controlled substances shall be securely stored in the DIS
narcotics safe when not being utilized in an approved operation.
• At the conclusion of the operation, the repurposed controlled substances shall be
returned to FSSD.
8.5.8.2 CANINE UNIT (CU)
Revised December 17, 2020
Reviewed December 17, 2020
The Investigation Bureau will have review responsibility.
• The CU will obtain a court order to use repurposed controlled substances from any
closed case (see Manual 7.1.33 DRUGS FOR K-9 RECOGNITION TRAINING
for more specific CU policies).
Outside Agencies
The following procedures are required regarding outside agencies:
• A letter to the Chief of Police from the requesting agency must be received with all
pertinent information and copies of all necessary documents that support the request.
These documents must include a current copy of the agency’s “Controlled Substance
Registration Certificate” issued by the United States Department of Justice, Drug
Enforcement Administration. This document will outline the schedule of drugs the
agency is permitted to possess.
• The above request must be submitted to the Chief of Police for approval.
• The outside agency representative will obtain a court order to use repurposed
controlled substances from any closed case.
• Controlled substances checked out by an outside agency, not being held as evidence
on a new case, will be returned no later than one year from the date they are received
by the outside agency.
Return of Repurposed Controlled Substances
FSSD personnel shall adhere to the following procedures when dealing with returned
repurposed controlled substances:
• Repurposed controlled substances that are returned unused, with the outer seal still
intact, shall require no further analysis.
• Repurposed controlled substances that are returned with the outer seal broken, but
the item is not evidence – A Property Report shall indicate “Analyze and return to the
ECS”. Results will be compared with the retained sample and any significant
discrepancies will be immediately reported. Any discrepancy shall be noted in a
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
supplemental report, under the new DR number obtained by FSSD, filed by the section
that checked out the item, documenting the reason for the discrepancy.
• Repurposed controlled substances that are returned with the outer seals broken and
the item is evidence – A Property Report shall be prepared indicating this is
repurposed controlled substances indicating the closed case which it was collected
from. The Criminalist will compare results and weights from the earlier analysis; any
significant discrepancies will be immediately reported under the new DR of the
successful sting operation, filed by the section/agency that checked out the item.
DIS personnel shall adhere to the following procedures when dealing with returned
repurposed controlled substances:
• Checked out repurposed controlled substances shall be returned to the ECS as soon
as possible following the conclusion of any reverse sting operation.
• Any discrepancies in the returned items found by FSSD shall be immediately reported
to DIS supervision and a report shall be filed documenting the reason for the
discrepancies.
CU personnel shall adhere to the following procedures when dealing with returned
repurposed controlled substances:
• Any discrepancies in the returned items found by FSSD shall be immediately reported
to CU supervision and a report shall be filed documenting the reason for the
discrepancies (see Manual 7.1.33 DRUGS FOR K-9 RECOGNITION TRAINING
for more specific CU policies).
Outside agency personnel should adhere to the following procedures when returning
repurposed controlled substances:
• Controlled Substances checked out by an outside agency, not being held as evidence
on a new case, will be returned one year from the date they are received by the outside
agency.
• Any discrepancies in the returned items found by FSSD shall be immediately reported
to the outside agency supervision and a report shall be filed documenting the reason
for the discrepancies.
8.5.9 INVESTIGATION OF CLANDESTINE LABORATORIES
Officers shall adhere to the following procedures relative to the investigation of suspected
of confirmed clandestine laboratories.
Background
The introduction of a variety of new chemicals and compounds in the drug manufacturing
processes has revealed previously unknown dangers to personnel if exposed to
hazardous chemicals.
Due to the hazardous nature of clandestine laboratories, officers of the Drug Lab Team,
Drug Investigations Section, Special Investigations Division and Crime Lab have received
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
specialized training and equipment and are knowledgeable in the innate dangers
associated with the manufacturing of dangerous drugs.
An entry into clandestine labs and exposure to related chemicals is extremely dangerous.
The existence of suspects in a lab when officers make entry pose even greater danger.
Heath hazards associated with exposure to carcinogens, water reactant chemicals, fire,
and explosion in lab investigations have never been greater. In an effort to preclude any
personnel injuries, the following procedures shall be adhered to when investigating
clandestine laboratories.
Procedures
Preliminary Investigation
Patrol personnel shall not enter a known clandestine laboratory, occupied by suspects or
not, absent authorization from a member of the Drug Investigations Section, Drug Lab
Team or the Department’s Hazardous Materials Coordinator.
• If entry is made into a location previously unknown to contain a lab and one is
discovered, officers shall immediately vacate the location and notify their supervisor
and Watch Commander
If You Suspect You Have Located a Laboratory:
I. Determine if a lab exists:
• Attempt to discover the source of any chemical odor
• Look for unusual activity in the area (i.e., people carrying buckets, chemical
containers or debris; lookouts, fleeing suspects)
II. If a Lab Exists:
• Notify the Fire Department. DO NOT have them respond to the location. Request
the Fire Department to standby a few blocks away so they may respond if there is
an emergency
III. Precautions
• If suspects attempt to dispose of or destroy items, DO NOT stop them. (You
cannot destroy a lab by dumping or burning)
• If a suspect attempts to throw a liquid on you, use that force which is necessary to
stop him/her. These chemicals may cause death or disfigurement
• Remember, ether and other solvents are highly flammable and a spark can cause
ignition
• If you stop a suspect leaving a lab location and he/she has any type of white
powder, do not field test, hold for evidence
ALL LABS ARE EXTREMELY DANGEROUS. THE CHANCES OF FIRE AND
EXPLOSION ARE ALWAYS PRESENT. THE GASES THAT CERTAIN CHEMICALS
EMIT WILL KILL YOU, IF NOT NOW, LATER.
Officer Responsibilities
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• The senior officer or supervisor present is the Incident Commander, until relieved by
a higher-ranking officer
• Treat the location as a crime scene
• Contain the scene and prevent the escape of suspects
• Notify the Fire Department relative to the explosive dangers
• Notify the Watch Commander to ensure notification of the Hazardous Materials
Coordinator and the Drug Investigations Section Lieutenant
• Establish a command post
Supervisor Responsibilities
• Incident Management
• Review of all related reports
• Preparation of Unusual Occurrence Report
Hazardous Materials Coordinator Responsibilities
• Evaluate contamination of officers and equipment at the scene
• Take steps to decontaminate officers and equipment at the scene
• Notify the Health Department and request their response to the scene
• Notify the City’s on-call hazardous materials storage and disposal contractor
Drug Investigations Section, Drug Lab Team Responsibility
• Collection and preservation of evidence samples for criminal prosecution
NOTE: Long Beach Municipal Code Sections 1820.010 through 1820.380 provide for the
removal of a nuisance and dangerous buildings. Long Beach Municipal Code Section
1808.050 defines a nuisance or dangerous building. Item #14 of that Section applies to
buildings containing clandestine labs and allows the Health Department to declare the
building unsafe for human habitation and subsequent demolition.
Watch Commander Responsibilities
Mandatory incident notification to the following:
• Special Investigations Division, Division Commander
• Drug Investigations Section, Drug Lab Team (on file in Watch Commander’s Office)
• Detective Division, Crime Lab, Hazardous Materials Coordinator
OFFICERS WORKING DIRECTLY WITH THE PROCESSING OF A CLANDESTINE
LAB SHALL WEAR DISPOSABLE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SUITS IMPERVIOUS
TO THE CHEMICALS USED; A RESPIRATOR TO FILTER-OUT DANGEROUS
VAPORS AND POWDERS (PREFERABLY A SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING
APPARATUS) AND GOGGLES.
8.5.9.1 ALERT TASK FORCE & CALL-OUT PROCEDURE
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
POLICY
The Allied Laboratory Enforcement Response Team (ALERT Task Force) is composed
of State, County and local law enforcement officers. The mission of ALERT is to
investigate, seize and dismantle clandestine drug laboratory operations, and target
methamphetamine drug distributors who acquire their source drugs from clandestine
laboratory operators in Los Angeles County.
The goals of ALERT are as follows:
• Provide investigative and technical expertise to Los Angeles County law enforcement
agencies by responding to methamphetamine laboratories.
• Initiate and investigate clandestine laboratories, specifically targeting repetitive
methamphetamine laboratory operators.
• Identify, target and investigate methamphetamine distributors who acquire the source
drug from clandestine laboratories.
• Provide clandestine laboratory enforcement and safety training to law enforcement
agencies and the citizens of Los Angeles County.
Procedures for a Found Lab
Clandestine laboratories are most often found by patrol officers or narcotics detectives
during unrelated investigations. Labs, chemicals and equipment may be found in
vehicles, motel rooms, mobile homes, sheds, yards, garages, houses, apartments or
businesses. Lab operators are often heavily armed and at times have elaborate security
systems.
Labs range from small processing operations using only jars and bottles to large-scale
operations that produce hundreds of pounds of methamphetamine. The chemicals can
cause fires, explosions, toxic exposures, and the release of poisonous gases.
Clandestine lab operators are known to dump dangerous chemicals in surrounding areas;
so extreme caution must be exercised.
Another concern for officers is encountering suspects who may throw chemicals on them.
Additional problems occur if the suspects have visible contamination on their clothing, or
if an officer becomes contaminated. Except in emergency situations, individuals who
have been exposed to chemicals or other contaminants should be isolated and approved
decontamination procedures should be followed prior to the individual leaving the area of
exposure, or coming into contact with other people, objects, or food.
When a lab is suspected, or located, a Field Supervisor and the Fire Department should
be notified as early as possible. Patrol officers have the primary responsibility of
containing and controlling the lab scene pending the arrival of the Fire Department and
Drug Investigations Section (DIS). Officers should have as little contact as possible with
the actual laboratory and, when necessary, evacuate the lab location, neighboring
buildings and area. Do not allow entry of any person(s) into the secured area unless the
individual(s) is authorized, properly trained, or must perform an emergency function.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Drug Investigations Section (DIS) Responsibilities
If the Drug Investigations Section is not already on scene, they should then be notified.
• A DIS detective will be assigned as case agent and will prepare a search warrant,
when necessary. Lawful entry may be gained due to the exigency and a hazardous
materials cleanup could lawfully be done. However, to ensure a successful
prosecution, a search warrant is the preferred approach.
• DIS detectives shall be responsible for suspect interviews and follow-up
investigations.
• The case agent will prepare a Supplemental Report and file the case with the District
Attorney.
ALERT Task Force Call-Out
Notification to ALERT can be made directly to the Los Angeles Office of the California
Bureau of Narcotic Enforcement (BNE) by the Field Supervisor or case agent, or through
the Communications Center. ALERT can be contacted during business hours at
telephone number (213) 887-4111, or 24 hours a day at the Department of Justice (DOJ),
Sacramento Command Post at (916) 227-3244.
Upon arrival, ALERT will take over any site safety issues and conduct a thorough search
of the crime scene. Evidence will be inventoried, photographed, sampled, and
fingerprinted where appropriate. Contaminated suspects will be decontaminated by
ALERT and provided with disposable clothing, when necessary.
ALERT will notify the California Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC) who will
issue an Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) number for this event, and arrange for
a hazardous materials disposal company to complete the cleanup. ALERT will prepare
the appropriate DOJ reports, property inventory, and State reports.
When a public health hazard or chemical waste disposal is suspected, the Fire
Department will assess the need for response by the City Department of Health and
Human Services Hazardous Materials Specialists and be responsible for making the
notification.
Officer Responsibilities
• Patrol officers, except under circumstances such as contaminated or injured prisoners
will do transportation and booking of the suspects. Contaminated suspects will be
decontaminated at the scene, and their clothing will be retained as evidence or
disposed of appropriately.
• Notify Jail personnel that the suspects were arrested inside a clandestine laboratory
and have been through a decontamination process.
• The dispatched officers will prepare the Arrest Report to include all probable cause
and exigent circumstances, if any that led to the arrest and lab seizure. An evidence
report may be necessary if items of uncontaminated evidence are retained by LBPD.
8.5.11 REGISTRATION OF SEX, DRUG & ARSON OFFENDERS
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Convicted narcotics (drug), arson, and sex offenders shall be registered by the
Department in accordance with State law at a time and place prescribed by the Chief of
Police.
Narcotics Registrants
Pursuant to Section 11590 Health and Safety Code, upon release from State prison,
county jail, or as directed by the court, individuals convicted of certain narcotics violations,
will be instructed to register, within 30 days, with the local law enforcement agency having
jurisdiction over their place of residence.
Once the registered individual moves within the same law enforcement jurisdiction they
must, within 10 days, complete a change of address form, either by appointment or over
the telephone.
Under the current requirements, a narcotics registrant's responsibility to maintain their
registration extends 5 years beyond their discharge from probation of parole.
Arson Registrants
Pursuant to Section 452 PC, upon release from State prison, county jail, or as directed
by the court, individuals convicted of arson will be instructed to register, within 14 days,
with the local law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over their place of residence.
Once the registered individual moves within the same jurisdiction, they must complete a
change of address form within 10 days, and only by appointment.
An Arson registrant's responsibility to maintain current registration is a lifetime
requirement.
Sex Registrants
Pursuant to Section 290 PC, upon release from State prison, county jail, or as directed
by the court, individuals convicted of certain sex offenses will be instructed to register with
the local law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over their place of residence within
5 working days.
Once the registered individual moves within the same jurisdiction, they must complete a
change of address form within 5 working days and do so by appointment only. If they
move outside of their registered jurisdiction, they must register with their new jurisdiction
and notify their old registered jurisdiction within 5 working days.
The registered sex offender must annually up-date their registration within 5 working days
of their birthday.
A sex registrant's responsibility to ensure their registration is accurate and current is a
lifetime requirement and failure to do so is punishable as a felony.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Procedure
Currently registration for narcotics, arson, and sex violators is by appointment only
through the Family Services Section, Registration Unit. Appointments can be made by
telephoning (562) 570 5692 between the hours of 0730 and 1600 Monday through Friday.
8.5.11.1 SEX OFFENDER IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION (MEGAN'S LAW)
POLICY
California Penal Code, Section 290.4 was enacted in January 1997, and is commonly
referred to as "Megan's Law." This law obligates municipal police departments of cities
with populations of more than 200,000, such as the Long Beach Police Department, to
provide access to the database containing information on registered sex offenders to the
public for viewing. The database is obtained from the California Department of Justice
and personnel in the Community Relations Division shall supervise its use.
PROCEDURES
The computer containing information on registered sex offenders is located in the
Community Relations Division. Members of the public may view the information as
follows:
• The Megan's Law Database is available for public access on a walk-in basis Monday
– Friday 0800-1700. Individual viewing may be limited to 15 minutes, depending on
public demand and the workload of personnel in the Community Relations Division.
To view the Database information, the applicant must comply with the following:
• Present valid identification in the form of a California Driver's License or California
Identification Card
• Sign a statement on the "Request to View Sexual Offender Identification Information"
form (BCIA 4078, 4/97) provided by the Department of Justice, stating that:
− The applicant is not a registered sex offender
− The applicant understands the purpose of the release of information is to allow
members of the public to protect themselves and their children from sex offenders
− The applicant understands the information from the database may not be
reproduced mechanically or photographically by the public; however, handwritten
notes are allowed
− The applicant understands it is unlawful to use information obtained from the
database to commit a crime against a registrant, or engage in illegal discrimination
or harassment of any registrant. (A copy of the signed statement may be provided
to the applicant)
The Community Relations Division shall maintain the register of applicants and the signed
statement by the applicant who wishes to view the database information in a file for five
years. The records of persons requesting to view the database are confidential and not
subject to disclosure pursuant to the Public Records Act. Copies of applications
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
concerning requests to view the database may be disclosed to law enforcement agencies
for law enforcement purposes.
Department personnel shall not provide any sex registration information by telephone,
except to law enforcement personnel for law enforcement purposes. Refer telephone
inquiries to the Department of Justice at (900) 463-0400.
Department personnel can view the database information for law enforcement purposes
during normal business hours by contacting the Sex Crimes Detail. If an emergency
occurs during non-business hours, which requires database access, contact the Sex
Crimes Detail Sergeant or on-call SART Detective.
Department personnel shall not disseminate any information obtained from the database
in any area outside the City limits of Long Beach without the permission of the Detective
Division Commander or Deputy Chief, and the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction
of the locale to be notified.
An offender's registration status and classification may be verified anytime by accessing
CLETS, Violent Crime Information Network.
See also TB #218 "Sex Offender Status – Community & Individual Notification (Megan's
Law)
8.5.12 WARRANT SUSPECT PICK-UP POLICY
The Warrant Detail shall be responsible for securing transportation of Long Beach warrant
suspects from foreign jurisdiction for booking at the Long Beach Police Department.
During regular business hours, all notifications or requests for transportation shall be
referred to the Warrant Detail through the Watch Commander. At other times, all
notifications or requests for transportation should be made directly to the Watch
Commander.
Warrant Suspects in Custody in Los Angeles County
Warrant suspects in custody with Los Angeles County must be picked by the Long Beach
Police Department within 24 hours of their arrest.
If the 24-hour time limit does not fall within the normal work of the Warrant Detail, the
Watch Commander shall obtain all pertinent information regarding the suspect and make
written notification to the Warrant Detail. NO further action by the Watch Commander will
be required.
If the 24-hour time limit does not fall within the normal work shift of the Warrant Detail,
AND the total amount of bail is $2,500.00 or less, the Watch Commander shall request
the arresting agency to release the suspect and cite him/her into Long Beach Court. The
Watch Commander will advise the citing agency of the appropriate court date (obtained
from the Business Desk).
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
If the 24-hour time limit does not fall within the normal work shift of the Warrant Detail,
AND the total amount of bail is greater than $2,500.00, the Watch Commander shall send
a unit as soon as practical. The Watch Commander shall inform the arresting agency of
our intention to pick up the suspect and provide them with an estimated time of arrival.
Warrant Suspects In Custody in Other Than Los Angeles County
All warrant suspects in custody in other than Los Angeles County must be transported to
Long Beach within five days of their arrest. The Warrant Detail will handle the majority of
these cases.
The Watch Commander shall take all pertinent information and make written notification
to the Warrant Detail. The Watch Commander shall advise the arresting jurisdiction that
the suspect will be picked up by the Warrant Detail.
Under NO circumstances shall the Long Beach Police Department:
Accept an arrestee on a warrant who requires medical treatment without prior and proper
medical treatment being rendered by the arresting jurisdiction. Discretion should be used
in accepting suspects with medical problems. (Citations in lieu of booking) Advise the
arresting agency to release the suspect and that our agency will reactivate the warrant.
8.5.13 RELEASE OF CRIMINAL STATISTICS TO THE PUBLIC
Information contained in the monthly statistical report may be released to the general
public. The following reports are available at the Long Beach Main Library:
• Reported Crime Monthly, Quarterly and Annual
To release criminal statistics or other crime information for a specific address or area,
employees shall adhere to the following procedures:
Community Relations
• Requests for reports compiled for the City Council should be referred to the Library
• The Community Relations Division may release information to the public by reporting
district only. Requests may be made in person, by telephone, or in writing, and are
limited to one month’s worth of one reporting districts’ statistics. Requests for multiple
reporting districts or multiple month statistics should be directed to the Library
• If information is requested for a specific address, or for crime information not contained
in the monthly Statistical Report, or by reporting district, a letter for the request shall
be submitted to the Chief of Police. Upon approval, the Chief of Police may charge
the requesting party the actual cost of collecting and duplicating the data prior to the
release of information in accordance with City policy
Crime analysis Unit
• All non-law enforcement requests for criminal statistics will be directed to the Office of
the Chief of Police for approval
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• Upon approval by the Chief of Police, the Crime Analysis Unit will process the request
and return to the Chief’s Office
• Only criminal statistical information and reports approved by the Office of the Chief of
Police may be released to the public from the Crime Analysis Unit. The Chain of
command shall be strictly adhered to with these reports
8.5.14 NARCOTICS FLASH FUND
The Narcotics Flash Fund was established to have money readily available to assist
Narcotics Detectives in purchasing narcotics during undercover operations. This fund
has $27,500.00 cash stored in the Drug Investigations Section safe.
Personnel authorized to receive money from the Narcotics Flash Fund shall adhere to the
following procedures:
• The Section Lieutenant, Division Commander, Bureau Chief and Chief of Police shall
be verbally briefed on the operation
• A memorandum from the Special Investigations Division Commander to the Budget
Management Division Manager shall indicate the amount needed and to whom the
check should be made payable. This memorandum shall be maintained by the Budget
Management Division
• A check shall be issued to the indicated person by the Budget Management Division
and requires two signatures from the following positions: Sergeant, Lieutenant, or
Division Commander of the Drug Investigations Section (only one Sergeant may sign).
This person shall be accompanied to the bank by another officer to negotiate the check
• All money withdrawn from the account must be re-deposited within 24 hours after
withdrawal, and the deposit receipt given to Budget Management Division personnel.
If the transaction occurs after hours, the money must be secured in either the
narcotic’s safe, or the safe in the Officer of the Chief of Police. If it is impractical for
the money to be re-deposited within 24 hours, the Investigations Bureau Deputy Chief
may authorize additional time to retain the money
• This fund will be audited each calendar month by a member of the Budget
Management on a random, unannounced basis
8.5.15 DRUG INTERDICTION FUND
The Drug Interdiction Fund was established to supplement the funds available to
Narcotics Detectives during undercover operation. The account is to be accessed only
in an emergency situation when large sums of money need to be flashed in order to make
undercover purchases of narcotics. This fund has $100,000.00 deposited in a checking
account at the Bank of America.
Personnel authorized to receive money from the Drug Interdiction Fund shall adhere to
the following procedures:
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
• A memorandum explaining the circumstances must be submitted to the Chief of Police
for approval. When time is limited to make a transaction, a verbal briefing from a
Sergeant or above to the Chief of Police will be sufficient
• Upon approval, a check will be issued to the requesting party. The check then requires
two signatures from the following positions: Chief of Police, Executive Secretary for
the Chief of Police, Chief of Staff, and Deputy Chief of Investigations Bureau
• All money withdrawn from the account must be re-deposited within 24 hours after
withdrawal, and the deposit receipt given to the Office of the Chief of Police. If the
transaction occurs after hours, the money must be secured in wither the narcotic’s
safe, or the safe in the Office of the Chief of Police. If it is impractical for the money
to be re-deposited within 24 hours, the Chief’s Office must be immediately notified
• This fund will be audited each calendar month by a member of the Budget
Management Division on a random, unannounced basis
8.5.16 VEHICLE CONTAINMENT TECHNIQUE
Revised December 17, 2020
Reviewed December 17, 2020
The Investigation Bureau will have review responsibility.
Special Order – Vehicle Containment Technique 2024-2
8.5.16.1 PRE-DEPLOYMENT
Revised December 17, 2020
Reviewed December 17, 2020
The Investigation Bureau will have review responsibility.
A briefing shall be conducted with all personnel involved prior to the deployment of the
VCT. Briefings shall include:
• Information on the criminal case involved
• Location(s) of the surveillance or area to be searched
• Possible or known suspect(s) and vehicles
• Known threats
• A tactical review to determine if SWAT/REACT should be included in the mission
• Notification to all involved personnel of the jurisdiction
• Medical plan including route to the nearest trauma center
• Deconfliction notifications made
8.5.16.2 DEPLOYMENT
Revised December 17, 2020
Reviewed December 17, 2020
The Investigation Bureau will have review responsibility.
The VCT shall be deployed with a minimum of three vehicles that possess and utilize an
emergency police lighting package which provides 360 degrees of visibility. An additional
police vehicle, either a dual purpose or a marked patrol vehicle shall be utilized unless
otherwise approved by a supervisor.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
During the deployment of the VCT, authorized officers shall be easily identifiable as police
officers and shall be wearing a minimum of one of the following:
1. Tactical vest, plate carrier or raid jacket with the word "POLICE" visible on the front
and back.
2. A police officer uniform.
Considerations for the use of VCT include, but are not limited to the following:
• Type of weapon used
• The suspect’s criminal history and propensity for violence
• Preservation of evidence
• Recovery of property
• Arrest and identification of unknown suspects
• Prevention of pursuits
• Safety to the community and the involved officers
• Deployment of less lethal munitions when appropriate
Modifications to the VCT should emphasize the successful containment, arrest, and
safety to the public and involved officers.
8.5.16.3 NOTIFICATIONS
Special Order – Vehicle Containment Technique 2024-2
8.5.16.4 VEHICLE CONTACT
Special Order – Vehicle Containment Technique 2024-2
8.5.16.5 VCT TRAINING
Special Order – Vehicle Containment Technique 2024-2
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.6 VICE INVESTIGATIONS
Special Order - Vice Operations - 2024 - 1
8.6.1 HANDLING OF LEWD CONDUCT COMPLAINTS
Revised August 17, 2017
The Investigations Bureau has audit responsibility.
8.6.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Revised August 17, 2017
Lewd conduct is any unlawful act that occurs in a public place, committed by an individual
with the purpose of arousing the libido or sexual interest of themselves or the person
towards which the act is directed. Lewd conduct criminal offenses typically involve but
are not limited to pornography related crimes, prostitution or indecent exposure related
crimes.
8.6.1.2 SCOPE
Revised August 17, 2017
When responding to a lewd conduct complaint, the primary goal is to handle the specific
complaint, as well as create an environment that prevents future activity from occurring.
Enforcement of lewd conduct laws should include collaborative work between the Vice
Investigations Section, other Police Department resources, City departments, community
organizations, and business owners. Proactive measures should include, but not be
limited to the following:
• Parking marked police vehicles in areas where lewd conduct complaints are
frequent;
• High visibility by patrol officers,
• Create a less conducive environment for public sexual activity using crime
prevention through environmental design (CPTED) strategies, which establishes a
cooperative link between police and citizen groups to monitor areas where
complaints of lewd conduct occur.
8.6.1.3 Enforcement
Revised August 17, 2017
Investigations of suspected lewd conduct should focus on locations that generate
complaints. Long Beach Police Department personnel assigned to investigate suspected
lewd conduct will not engage in discriminatory practices including discrimination based
on, but not limited to race, color, national origin, religion, gender, gender identity, sexual
orientation, or sexual self-identification.
Undercover operations, with the purpose of investigating lewd conduct activity in
response to specific complaints, should be used only when necessary and preventive
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
measures are no longer practical. The Commander of the Detective Division shall
approve these operations.
8.6.1.4 Procedures
Revised August 17, 2017
The Vice Investigations Section shall document and maintain complaints received
regarding public sexual activity.
Complaints shall be documented through a department report (DR) and referred to the
appropriate Patrol Division Commander for primary responsibility. If the Patrol Division is
unable to resolve the complaints, they should document their efforts in a supplemental
follow-up report and the Vice Investigations Section may be requested as an investigative
resource.
The Vice Investigation Section utilizes the following strategies when investigating a lewd
conduct complaint: Vice Detectives shall present a written action plan to Vice
Investigations Section Supervisors for approval.
1) Vice Investigations Supervisors should identify and collaborate with stakeholders
who have an interest in the complaint location. Partners to be considered are
community watch groups, community neighborhood organizations, private security
companies, other City Departments, and nearby businesses.
2) Develop a plan to address the complaint to incorporate strategies of education,
prevention and suppression, with consideration given to the following areas:
a) Signage - The use of signs can warn that public sexual activity is a crime and
may lead to arrest and/or citations.
b) Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) - Building
design, lighting improvements, tree and shrub trimming, and site renovation are
effective deterrents to discourage activity associated with lewd conduct.
c) Hours of Operation - Limit a location’s hours of operation, when applicable.
d) Public Outreach - Utilize social media and community outreach to publicize
the complaints and warn that illegal activity may result in arrests and/or
citations.
3) When Vice Investigations Section employees initiate a lewd conduct operation, a
specific time frame will be established for the investigation. At the end of the specific
time frame, the assigned supervisor will evaluate the effectiveness of the
investigation and determine if an additional operation period is needed.
4) Undercover Vice Investigations Detectives shall not initiate, simulate or engage in
lewd activity while investigating criminal activity. Detectives shall not engage in
behavior consistent with “cruising,” such as hand gestures, demonstration of overt
emotions, or known signals.
5) Detectives shall not simulate masturbation, utilize props, or commit a lewd act in an
attempt to initiate any criminal activity. Detectives shall not engage in behaviors
intended to encourage the commission of lewd conduct in their presence, or
communicate sexual advances.
6) Under circumstances where probable cause exists to make an arrest, a detective
shall, as soon as possible or reasonable, identify himself or herself as a Long Beach
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Police Officer and arrest the suspect. Detectives shall not intentionally delay an
arrest when probable cause to make an arrest is present.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
8.7 SPECIAL VICTIMS INVESTIGATIONS
Revised March 2, 2018
The Investigations Bureau will have audit responsibility.
8.7.1 DOMESTIC VIOLENCE/SEXUAL ASSAULT RESOURCES FORM
Renumbered 11/8/17, Revised 2004
(PD Form 2310.003)
As mandated by State Senate Bill 835, effective January 1, 1992, all sworn personnel
involved in a sexual assault investigation shall furnish the victim(s) with a “Domestic
Violence/Sexual Assault Resource Form”, (PD Form 2310.003) which describes the
victim’s basic rights and identifies local resources, services, and 24-hour telephone
numbers.
• With prior approval by the victim, sworn employees shall inform a local rape crisis
center whenever a sexual assault victim is taken to a hospital for examination and
treatment
• Sworn employees shall provide the victim with a copy of PD Form 2310.003 (Domestic
Violence/Sexual Assault Victim Resource Form)
• Documentation that the victim was provided a Resource Form shall be indicated in
related police reports
8.7.2 DEFINITIONS
Revised November 4, 2021
Abuse – is intentionally or recklessly causing or attempting to cause bodily injury or placing
another person in reasonable apprehension of imminent serious bodily injury to himself,
herself, or another, per CPC § 13700(a).
Child – A person under the age of 18 years.
Child abuse or neglect – Physical injury inflicted by other than accidental means upon
a child, sexual abuse of a child, the negligent failure of a person to protect a child, willful
harming or injuring of a child, endangering of the person or health of a child, and unlawful
corporal punishment or injury of a child (CPC §11165.6).
Domestic Violence – is abuse committed against an adult or fully emancipated minor who
is a spouse, former spouse, cohabitant, former cohabitant, or person with whom the suspect
has had or is having a child or has had a dating or engagement relationship, per CPC §
13700(b).
Dominant Aggressor – is the person determined to be the most significant, rather than the
first aggressor, per CPC § 13701(b).
Injury - Any physical injury that requires professional medical treatment.
MANUAL of the Long Beach Police Department INVESTIGATIONS
Serious bodily injury - A serious impairment of physical condition, including, but not
limited to, the loss of consciousness; concussion; bone fracture; protracted loss or
impairment of function of any bodily member or organ; a wound requiring extensive
suturing; and serious disfigurement.
8.7.3 DOMESTIC ABUSE RESPONSE TEAM (DART)
Revised March 2, 2018
The Long Beach Police Department Domestic Abuse Response Team (DART) works in
collaboration with domestic violence advocates, sexual assault nurse examiners, the Los
Angeles County District Attorney’s Office, and the Long Beach City Prosecutor’s Office to
provide a comprehensive approach to investigating domestic violence related crimes.
8.7.3.1 DART Call-Out Criteria
Revised March 2, 2018
Officers shall notify a Field Supervisor and the on-call DART Detective if any of the
following criteria are met:
1) Domestic partner felony sexual assault which occurred within the past 24 hours;
a) This applies to subjects who are spouses, former spouses, cohabitants, former
cohabitants, or have a child in common;
b) If there is an alleged domestic partner sexual assault that occurred between 24
and 120 hours (5 days), contact the sexual assault nurse examiner for a
forensic exam;
2) The victim is treated at an emergency room or admitted to a hospital due to serious
bodily injury as defined in CPC § 243(e)(4)(f)(4);
3) The victim received serious bodily injury and refused treatment;
4) Chronic history of domestic violence;
a) Three prior reported domestic violence incidents involving the victim and
suspect;
5) Domestic violence incidents involving the following:
a) Any Long Beach Police Department employee;
b) Any sworn law enforcement officer; regardless